Scripture - Rom 2:11 - Rom 2:29

Rom 2:11	Hist Com	For there is no partiality^G4382^N-NSF with God.
Rom 2:12	Hist Com	For all who have sinned^G264^V-2AAI-3P without the Law will also perish^G622^V-FMI-3P without the Law, and all who have sinned^G264^V-2AAI-3P under the Law will be judged^G2919^V-FPI-3P by the Law;
Rom 2:13	Hist Com	for it is not the hearers^G202^N-NPM of the Law who are just^G1342^A-NPM before^G3844^PREP God, but the doers^G4163^N-NPM of the Law will be justified.^G1344^V-FPI-3P
Rom 2:14	Hist Com	For when Gentiles who do not have the Law do^G4160^V-PAS-3P instinctively^G5449^N-DSF the things of the Law, these, not having the Law, are a law to themselves,
Rom 2:15	Hist Com	in that they show^G1731^V-PMI-3P the work^G2041^N-ASN of the Law written^G1123^A-ASN in their (those not having the Law)hearts,^G2588^N-DPF their (those not having the Law)conscience^G4893^N-GSF bearing witness^G4828^V-PAP-GSF and their (those not having the Law)thoughts^G3053^N-GPM alternately accusing^G2723^V-PAP-GPM or else defending^G626^V-PNP-GPM them,
Rom 2:16	Hist Com	on the day when, according^G2596^PREP to my (Paul)gospel,^G2098^N-ASN God will judge^G2919^V-FAI-3S the secrets^G2927^A-APN of men through Christ Jesus.
Rom 2:17	Hist Com	But if you (Roman Christians?)bear the name^G2028^V-PPI-2S "Jew" and rely^G1879^V-PNI-2S upon the Law and boast^G2744^V-PNI-2S in God,
Rom 2:18	Hist Com	and know^G1097^V-PAI-2S His (God's)will^G2307^N-ASN and approve^G1381^V-PAI-2S the things that are essential,^G1308^V-PAP-APN being instructed^G2727^V-PPP-NSM out of the Law,^G3551^N-GSM
Rom 2:19	Hist Com	and are confident^G3982^V-2RAI-2S that you (Roman Christians? Those who know the Law?)yourself are a guide^G3595^N-ASM to the blind,^G5185^A-GPM a light^G5457^N-ASN to those who are in darkness,^G4655^N-DSN
Rom 2:20	Hist Com	a corrector^G3810^N-ASF of the foolish,^G878^A-GPM a teacher^G1320^N-ASM of the immature,^G3516^A-GPM having^G2192^V-PAP-ASM in the Law the embodiment^G3446^N-ASF of knowledge^G1108^N-GSF and of the truth,^G225^N-GSF
Rom 2:21	Hist Com	you, therefore, who teach^G1321^V-PAP-NSM another, do you (teacher)not teach^G1321^V-PAI-2S yourself? You (preacher)who preach^G2784^V-PAP-NSM that one shall not steal, do you steal?^G2813^V-PAN
Rom 2:22	Hist Com	You (one who says that one should not commit adultery)who say^G3004^V-PAP-NSM that one should not commit adultery,^G3431^V-PAN You (one who abhors idols)who abhor^G948^V-PNP-NSM idols,^G1497^N-APN do you (one who abhors idols)rob temples?^G2416^V-PAI-2S
Rom 2:23	Hist Com	You (one who boasts in the Law)who boast^G2744^V-PNI-2S in the Law,^G3551^N-DSM through your (one who boasts in the Law)breaking^G3847^N-GSF the Law, do you (one who boasts in the Law)dishonor^G818^V-PAI-2S God?
Rom 2:24	Hist Com	For "THE NAME^G3686^N-NSN OF GOD IS BLASPHEMED^G987^V-PPI-3S AMONG THE GENTILES BECAUSE^G1223^PREP OF YOU," just as it is written.
Rom 2:25	Hist Com	For indeed circumcision is of value^G5623^V-PAI-3S if you practice^G4238^V-PAS-2S the Law; but if you are a transgressor^G3848^N-NSM of the Law, your circumcision has become uncircumcision.
Rom 2:26	Hist Com	So if the uncircumcised man keeps^G5442^V-PAS-3S the requirements^G1345^N-APN of the Law, will not his uncircumcision be regarded^G3049^V-FPI-3S as circumcision?
Rom 2:27	Hist Com	And he who is physically^G5449^N-GSF uncircumcised, if he keeps^G5055^V-PAP-NSF the Law, will he not judge^G2919^V-FAI-3S you who though having the letter^G1121^N-GSN of the Law and circumcision are a transgressor^G3848^N-ASM of the Law?
Rom 2:28	Hist Com	For he is not a Jew who is one outwardly^G1722^PREP nor is circumcision that which is outward^G5318^A-DSN in the flesh.
Rom 2:29	Hist Com	But he is a Jew who is one inwardly;^G2927^A-DSN and circumcision is that which is of the heart,^G2588^N-GSF by the Spirit,^G4151^N-DSN not by the letter;^G1121^N-DSN and his praise^G1868^N-NSM is not from men,^G444^N-GPM but from God.^G2316^N-GSM

Repetition	List	Comparison	Contrast	Cause	Effect
italic 1	ul 1	1	1	plain 1	bold 1
italic 2	ul 2	2	2	plain 2	bold 2
italic 3	ul 3	3	3	plain 3	bold 3
italic 4	ul 4	4	4	plain 4	bold 4
italic 5	ul 5	5	5	plain 5	bold 5
italic 6	ul 6	6	6	plain 6	bold 6
italic 7	ul 7	7	7	plain 7	bold 7

Key Words - Definitions from Strongs Concordance (Public Domain) or 'A Greek English Lexicon of the New Testament and Other Early Christian Literature' Bauer, Danker, Arndt, Gingerich. Source referenced next to definition.

Rom 2:11

Definition

RMAC

Strongs: G4382
English: partiality
Greek: προσωπολημψία
Lemma: προσωποληψία
Transliteration: prosōpolēpsía
Definition (BDAG): a right that is specially conferred, privilege 1 Pt 2:7 (FDanker, ZNW 58, ’67, 96), difft. REB ‘has great worth’; NRSV ‘is precious’.—B. 825; 1143. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

honor conferred through compensation, honorarium, compensation (testament of Lycon [III B.C.] fgm. 15 W., in Diog. L. 5, 72, a physician’s honorarium; Sir 38:1; s. 2a above), so prob. 1 Ti 5:17 (MDibelius, Hdb. ad loc. and see s.v. διπλοῦς).—Mng. 2b is also poss. In that case cp. Ael. Aristid. 32, 3 K.=12 p. 134 D.: διπλῇ τιμῇ τιμῆσαι.—MGreindl (s. δόξα, end).

manifestation of esteem, honor, reverence act., the showing of honor, reverence, or respect as an action (X., Cyr. 1, 6, 11; Diod. S. 17, 76, 3; Herodian 4, 1, 5; 2 Macc 9:21; Just., A I, 13, 1; Tat. 32, 1; Ath. 30, 2; Theoph. Ant. 1, 11 [p. 82, 5]; usually as a commendation for performance; s. Reader, Polemo 280) 1 Ti 6:1. ταύτῃ τῇ τιμῇ τιμήσωμεν τ. υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ GPt 3:9. So perh. τῇ τιμῇ ἀλλήλους προηγούμενοι Ro 12:10 (s. προηγέομαι 3). Pl. οἵ πολλαῖς τιμαῖς ἐτίμησαν ἡμᾶς Ac 28:10 (cp. Diod. S. 11, 38, 5 τιμαῖς ἐτίμησε τὸν Γέλωνα; OGI 51, 13 τοὺς τοιούτους τιμᾶν ταῖς πρεπούσαις τιμαῖς; Jos., Ant. 20, 68. In 1 Th 4:4 τιμή may well be understood in this sense, if σκεῦος refers to a female member of the household; s. also c.—For the τιμαί that belong to the physician, s. Sir 38:1; s. 3 below). Of the demonstrations of reverence that characterize polytheistic worship (OGI 56, 9 αἱ τιμαὶ τῶν θεῶν; Himerius, Or. 8 [=23], 11 ἡ θεῶν τιμή.—S. Orig., C. Cels. 8, 57, 29) Dg 2:8; Judean worship 3:5a. pass. the respect that one enjoys, honor as a possession. The believers are promised τιμή 1 Pt 2:7 (it is given them w. Christ, the λίθος ἔντιμος vs. 6) but see 4 below; cp. IMg 15. τιμὴν ἔχειν be honored (Hdt. 1, 168) J 4:44; Hb 3:3. τιμήν τινι (ἀπο)διδόναι Ro 13:7; 1 Cor 12:24; Rv 4:9 (w. δόξαν). τιμήν τινι ἀπονέμειν (Ath. 32, 3) 1 Pt 3:7; 1 Cl 1:3; MPol 10:2. τιμήν τινι περιτιθέναι 1 Cor 12:23. λαβεῖν τιμήν (w. δόξαν) 2 Pt 1:17; (w. δόξαν and δύναμιν; cp. FPfister, Philol 84, 1929, 1–9) Rv 4:11; 5:12 (w. δύναμις, as Plut., Mor. 421e: the divinity grants both of them if it is addressed by its various names). τ. τιμῆς μεταλαβεῖν Dg 3:5b. ἑαυτῷ τιμὴν περιποιεῖσθαι Hm 4, 4, 2 (w. δόξαν).—εἰς τιμήν for honor=to be honored σκεῦος, a vessel that is honored (or dishonored) by the use to which it is put Ro 9:21; 2 Ti 2:20f. εἰς τιμήν τινος for someone’s honor=that the pers. might be honored (Cornutus 28 p. 55, 7 εἰς τιμὴν τῆς Δήμητρος; OGI 111, 26 εἰς τιμὴν Πτολεμαίου; εἰς τιμὴν τῶν Αἰώνων Iren. 1, 5, 1 [Harv. I 42, 16]; εἰς τ. γονέων Did., Gen. 50, 21) IEph 2:1; 21:1, 2; IMg 3:2; ITr 12:2; ISm 11:2; IPol 5:2b; cp. vs. 2a (εἰς τιμὴν τῆς σαρκὸς τοῦ κυρίου). On εἰς λόγον τιμῆς IPhld 11:2 s. λόγος 2c.—An outstanding feature of the use of τ., as already shown in several passages, is its combination w. δόξα (Dio Chrys. 4, 116; 27 [44], 10; Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 18 §68; Arrian, Ind. 11, 1; Plut., Mor. 486b; Jos., Ant. 12, 118; Iren. 1, 2, 6 [Harv. I 23, 8]): of earthly possessions τὴν δόξαν καὶ τὴν τιμὴν τῶν ἐθνῶν Rv 21:26 (τιμή concr.=an object of value: Ezk 22:25). Of the unique, God-given position of the ruler 1 Cl 61:1, 2 (in the latter pass. w. ἐξουσία). Mostly of heavenly possessions: Ro 2:7 (w. ἀφθαρσία), vs. 10 (w. εἰρήνη); 1 Pt 1:7 (w. ἔπαινος); 1 Cl 45:8. Christ is (acc. to Ps 8:6) crowned w. δόξα and τιμή Hb 2:7, 9. God is called (amid many other predicates) φῶς, τιμή, δόξα, ἰσχύς, ζωή Dg 9:6.—Hence esp. in the doxological formulas (God as the recipient of τ.: Eur., Bacch. 323 θεῷ τιμὴν διδόναι; Paus. 9, 13, 2; Ps 28:1 [w. δόξα]; 95:7 [w. δόξα]; TestAbr B 14 p. 119, 3 [Stone p. 86]; ApcEsdr 7:16 [w. δόξα, κράτο]; Philo; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 206) 1 Ti 1:17 (w. δόξα); 6:16 (w. κράτος αἰώνιον); w. δόξα and κράτος Jd 25 v.l.; Rv 5:13 (w. δόξα et al.); 7:12 (w. δόξα et al.); 1 Cl 64 (w. δόξα et al.); 65:2 (w. δόξα et al.); MPol 20:2; 21 (both w. δόξα et al.). as a state of being, respectability (cp. τίμιος 1c) 1 Th 4:4 (w. ἁγιασμός). If τιμή is here to be understood as a nomen actionis, the pass. belongs in a. place of honor, (honorable) office (Hom. et al. [s. FBleek on Hb 5:4]; pap. In Joseph. of the high-priestly office: Ant. 12:42 Ἐλεαζάρῳ τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ ταύτην λαβόντι τὴν τιμήν; 157 and oft.) οὐχ ἑαυτῷ τις λαμβάνει τὴν τιμήν no one takes the office of his own accord Hb 5:4.

the amount at which someth. is valued, price, value (s. ApcMos 18 νόησον τὴν τιμήν τοῦ ξύλου Eden’s tree) esp. selling price (Hdt. et al.; O. Wilck II, 318, 3; POxy 1382, 18 [II A.D.]) συνεψήφισαν τὰς τιμὰς αὐτῶν (s. συμψηφίζω) Ac 19:19. Also concrete the price received in selling someth. 5:2. W. the gen. of that for which the price is paid (Is 55:1; Jos., Vi. 153, Ant. 4, 284; TestZeb 3:2) ἡ τιμὴ τοῦ χωρίου the price paid for the piece of ground vs. 3. ἡ τιμὴ τοῦ τετιμημένου (τιμάω 1) Mt 27:9. τιμὴ αἵματος the money paid for a bloody deed (αἷμα 2a), blood money vs. 6. Pl. (Diod. S. 5, 71, 3; 6=prize, price, reward) τὰς τιμὰς τῶν πιπρασκομένων Ac 4:34. τὰς τιμὰς αὐτῶν the prices that they received for themselves 1 Cl 55:2.—W. the gen. of price ᾧ (by attr. of the rel. for ὅ) ὠνήσατο Ἀβραὰμ τιμῆς ἀργυρίου which Abraham had bought for a sum of silver Ac 7:16. Abs. τιμῆς at or for a price, for cash (Hdt. 7, 119; PTebt 5, 185; 194; 220 [118 B.C.]; BGU 1002, 13 δέδωκά σοι αὐτὰ τιμῆς.—B-D-F §179, 1; Rob. 510f; Dssm., LO 275f [LAE 323f ]) ἠγοράσθητε τιμῆς 1 Cor 6:20; 7:23 (ἀγοράζω 2).—οὐκ ἐν τιμῇ τινι Col 2:23 may be a Latinism (cp. Ovid, Fasti 5, 316 nec in pretio fertilis hortus; Livy 39, 6, 9; Seneca, Ep. 75, 11. See Lohmeyer ad loc.) are of no value (NRSV). See also s.v. πλησμονή.—GBornkamm, TLZ 73 ’48, col. 18, 2 observes that τ. here has nothing to do with ‘honor’, as it does in the expr. ἐν τιμῇ εἶναι X., An. 2, 5, 38; Herodian 4, 2, 9; Arrian, Anab. 4, 21, 10; Lucian, De Merc. Cond. 17.

τιμή, ῆς, ἡ (s. τιμάω; Hom.+; loanw. in rabb.).

Return to: Rom 2:11

N-NSF
Part of Speech: Noun
Case: Nominative
Number: Singular
Gender: Feminine

Rom 2:12
Definition	RMAC
Strongs: G264 English: have sinned Greek: ἥμαρτον Lemma: ἁμαρτάνω Transliteration: hamartánō Definition (BDAG): ἁμαρτάνω fut. ἁμαρτήσω Mt 18:21, cp. Hm 4, 1, 1f (W-S. §13, 8; Mlt-H. 227); 2 aor. (Theognis, Pind. et al.) ἥμαρτον, subj. ἁμάρτω Lk 17:3; 1 aor. (H. Gk.) ἡμάρτησα, subj. ἁμαρτήσω Mt 18:15; Lk 17:4; Ro 6:15, ptc. ἁμαρτήσας Ro 5:14 (cp. ἐπί, 6ac) 16; Hb 3:17; 2 Pt 2:4; pf. ἡμάρτηκα LXX, 1 pl. ἡμαρτήκαμεν 1J 1:10; pf. pass. ptc. neut. ἡμαρτημένα (Just.; Ath., R. 76, 10; s. B-D-F §75; 77; Mlt-H. 214; on the LXX forms s. Thackeray 259)to commit a wrong, to sin (in the sense ‘transgress’ against divinity, custom, or law since Hom., esp. LXX, also pseudepigr., Philo, Joseph., Herm. Wr., Just., Ath.; in gen. sense ‘miss the mark, err, do wrong’ Hom. et al.; also Diogenes 37, 7 p. 158, 11 Malherbe; cp. Papias [2:15] of Mark’s compilation). Return to: Rom 2:12	V-2AAI-3P Tense: second Aorist Voice: Active Mood: Indicative Person: third Number: Plural
Strongs: G622 English: perish Greek: ἀπολοῦνται Lemma: ἀπόλλυμι Transliteration: apóllymi Definition (BDAG): to lose someth. that one already has or be separated from a normal connection, lose, be lost act. w. colloq. flavor ἵνα πᾶν ὃ δέδωκέν μοι μή ἀπολέσω ἐξ αὐτοῦ that I should lose nothing of all that he has given me J 6:39 (B-D-F §466, 3 on Semitic assoc.; Rob. 437; 753).—ἀ. τὴν ψυχήν (cp. Sir 20:22) lose one’s life Mt 10:39; 16:25; Mk 8:35; Lk 9:24; 17:33; cp. J 12:25. For this ἀ. ἑαυτόν lose oneself Lk 9:25 (similar in form is Tyrtaeus [VII B.C.], fgm. 8 Diehl2 lines 11–14: ‘One who risks his life in battle has the best chance of saving it; one who flees to save it is most likely to lose it’). mid. (Antiphon: Diels, Vorsokrat. 87, fgm. 54 ἀπολόμενον ἀργύριον; X., Symp. 1, 5; 1 Km 9:3; Tat. 9, 2) ISm 10:1. Of falling hair Lk 21:18; Ac 27:34; a member or organ of the body Mt 5:29f; remnants of food J 6:12. Of wine that has lost its flavor Hm 12, 5, 3.—Of sheep gone astray Mt 10:6; 15:24; Lk 15:4, 6; B 5:12 (cp. Jer 27:6; Ezk 34:4; Ps 118:176). Of a lost son Lk 15:24 (Artem. 4, 33 ἡ γυνὴ … τ. υἱὸν ἀπώλεσε καὶ … εὗρεν αὐτόν); of humanity in general ἀπολλύμενος ἐζητήθη ἵνα ζωοποιηθῇ διὰ τῆς υἱοθεσίας when lost, humanity was sought, so that it might regain life through acceptance into sonship AcPlCor 2:8 (cp. 1bα.—JSchniewind, D. Gleichn. vom verl. Sohn ’40). ἀ. θεῷ be lost to God Hs 8, 6, 4 (cod. A for ἀπέθανον).—B. 758. DELG s.v. ὄλλυμι. M-M. TW. to fail to obtain what one expects or anticipates, lose out on, lose (X., Pla.+; PPetr III, 51, 5; POxy 743, 23; PFay 111, 3ff; Sir 6:3; 9:6; 27:16 al.; Tob 7:6 BA; 4 Macc 2:14; Tat. 8, τὸν ἐρώμενον; 15, 1) τ. μισθόν lose the reward Mt 10:42; Mk 9:41; Hs 5, 6, 7. δραχμήν (Dio Chrys. 70 [20], 25) Lk 15:8f; ἀ. ἃ ἠργασάμεθα lose what we have worked for 2J 8. διαθήκην B 4:7, 8. τὴν ζωὴν τ. ἀνθρώπων Hm 2:1; cp. s 8, 6, 6; 8, 7, 5; 8, 8, 2f and 5. τὴν ἐλπίδα m 5, 1, 7. to cause or experience destruction act. ruin, destroy α. of pers. (Sir 10:3) Mk 1:24; Lk 4:34. W. ref. to eternal destruction μὴ ἐκεῖνον ἀπόλλυε do not bring about his ruin Ro 14:15. Esp. kill, put to death (Gen 20:4; Esth 9:6 v.l.; 1 Macc 2:37; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 122; Mel., P. 84, 635 [Ch.] τὸν ἐχθρόν σου) Hs 9, 26, 7. παιδίον Mt 2:13; Jesus 12:14; 27:20; Mk 3:6; 11:18; Lk 19:47; B 12:5; the wicked tenants κακοὺς κακῶς ἀ. (s. κακός 1a) he will put the evildoers to a miserable death Mt 21:41. τοὺς γεωργούς Mk 12:9; Lk 20:16; τ. φονεῖς Mt 22:7; τ. μὴ πιστεύσαντας those who did not believe Jd 5; πάντας Lk 17:27, 29. W. σῶσαι (like Chariton 2, 8, 1) Js 4:12; Hs 9, 23, 4. Of eternal death (Herm. Wr. 4, 7; Tat. 11:2 ἀπώλεσεν ἡμᾶς τὸ αὐτέξουσιον) ψυχὴν κ. σῶμα ἀ. ἐν γεέννῃ Mt 10:28; ψυχήν B 20:1; τ. ψυχάς Hs 9, 26, 3 (cp. Sir 20:22). β. w. impers. obj. ἀ. τ. σοφίαν τ. σοφῶν destroy the wisdom of the wise 1 Cor 1:19 (Is 29:14). ἀ. τ. διάνοιαν destroy the understanding Hm 11:1 (cp. Just., D. 93, 1 τὰς φυσικὰς ἐννοίας). γ. without obj. J 10:10. mid. perish, be ruined α. of pers. perish, die (schol. on Nicander, Ther. 188 ἀπόλλυται ὁ ἀνήρ=the man dies; Tat. 21, 2 τοὺς ἀνθρώπους … ἀπόλλυσθαι) 1 Cl 51:5; 55:6; B 5:4, 12; D 16:5; Hs 6, 2, 1f. As a cry of anguish ἀπολλύμεθα we are perishing! (Epict. 2, 19, 16 [in a storm-tossed vessel]; PPetr II, 4 [1], 4f νυνὶ δὲ ἀπολλύμεθα) Mt 8:25; Mk 4:38; Lk 8:24 (Arrian, Peripl. 3, 3 of disaster that the stormy sea brings to the seafarer). ἐν μαχαίρῃ ἀ. die by the sword Mt 26:52. λιμῷ of hunger (Ezk 34:29) Lk 15:17. τῇ ἀντιλογίᾳ τοῦ Κόρε Jd 11c (because of 11a and b it should perh. = be corrupted; cp. Polyb. 32, 23, 6). ὑπό τινος (Hdt. 5. 126; Dio Chrys. 13 [7], 12) ὑπὸ τ. ὄφεων killed by the snakes 1 Cor 10:9; cp. vs. 10. Abs. of a people perish J 11:50. Of individuals (Lev 23:30) Ac 5:37; 2 Pt 3:9; 1 Cl 12:6; 39:5 (Job 4:20).—Esp. of eternal death (cp. Ps 9:6f; 36:20; 67:3; 72:27; 82:18; 91:10; Is 41:11) J 3:16; 17:12. ἀπολέσθαι εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα perish forever 10:28 (Bar 3:3 ἡμεῖς ἀπολλύμενοι τὸν αἰῶνα). ἀνόμως ἀ. Ro 2:12; μωρῶς ἀ. IEph 17:2 (cp. ἀσκόπως Just., D. 8, 4); ἐν καυχήσει because of boasting ITr 4:1; cp. IPol 5:2. Abs. 1 Cor 8:11; 15:18; 2 Cl 17:1.—οἱ ἀπολλύμενοι (opp. οἱ σῳζόμενοι, as in Plut., Mor. 469d) those who are lost 1 Cor 1:18; 2 Cor 2:15; 4:3; 2 Th 2:10; 2 Cl 1:4; 2:5. For this τὸ ἀπολωλός Lk 19:10 (Mt 18:10 v.l.—Ezk 34:4, 16). τὰ ἀπολλύμενα 2 Cl 2:7 (cp. SIG 417, 9 τὰ τε ἀπολωλότα ἐκ τ. ἱεροῦ ἀνέσωσαν). S. also 3b end. β. of things be lost, pass away, be ruined (Jos., Bell. 2, 650 of Jerusalem; Tat. 17, 2 πάθος … ἀπολλύμενον) of bursting wineskins Mt 9:17; Mk 2:22; Lk 5:37; fading beauty Js 1:11; transitory beauty of gold 1 Pt 1:7. AcPl Ha 2, 24; [χρυσὸς]\| γὰρ ἀπόλλυται 9:8f; passing splendor Rv 18:14 (w. ἀπό as Jer 10:11; Da 7:17). Of earthly food J 6:27; spoiled honey Hm 5, 1, 5; σαρκὸς ἀπολλυμένης AcPlCor 2:15. Of the heavens which, like the earth, will pass away Hb 1:11 (Ps 101:27). Of the end of the world Hv 4, 3, 3, Of the way of the godless, which is lost in darkness B 11:7 (Ps 1:6). μὴ … τὸ μνημόσυνον [ὑμῶν]\| ἀπόλιτε (read ἀπόληται) AcPl Ha 1, 22f. ἀπόλλυμι for its conjug. s. B-D-F §101 (s.v. ὄλλυμι); W-S. §14, 18; Rob. 317; fut. ἀπολέσω Hs 8, 7, 5; Att. ἀπολῶ 1 Cor 1:19 (Is 29:14; ParJer 1:1, 8); 1 aor. ἀπώλεσα; 1 pf. ἀπολώλεκα. Mid.: fut. ἀπολοῦμαι Lk 13:3; 2 aor. ἀπωλόμην; the 2 pf. ἀπόλωλα functions as a pf. mid.; ptc. ἀπολωλώς (Hom.+). Return to: Rom 2:12	V-FMI-3P Tense: Future Voice: Middle Mood: Indicative Person: third Number: Plural
Strongs: G264 English: have sinned Greek: ἥμαρτον Lemma: ἁμαρτάνω Transliteration: hamartánō Definition (BDAG): ἁμαρτάνω fut. ἁμαρτήσω Mt 18:21, cp. Hm 4, 1, 1f (W-S. §13, 8; Mlt-H. 227); 2 aor. (Theognis, Pind. et al.) ἥμαρτον, subj. ἁμάρτω Lk 17:3; 1 aor. (H. Gk.) ἡμάρτησα, subj. ἁμαρτήσω Mt 18:15; Lk 17:4; Ro 6:15, ptc. ἁμαρτήσας Ro 5:14 (cp. ἐπί, 6ac) 16; Hb 3:17; 2 Pt 2:4; pf. ἡμάρτηκα LXX, 1 pl. ἡμαρτήκαμεν 1J 1:10; pf. pass. ptc. neut. ἡμαρτημένα (Just.; Ath., R. 76, 10; s. B-D-F §75; 77; Mlt-H. 214; on the LXX forms s. Thackeray 259)to commit a wrong, to sin (in the sense ‘transgress’ against divinity, custom, or law since Hom., esp. LXX, also pseudepigr., Philo, Joseph., Herm. Wr., Just., Ath.; in gen. sense ‘miss the mark, err, do wrong’ Hom. et al.; also Diogenes 37, 7 p. 158, 11 Malherbe; cp. Papias [2:15] of Mark’s compilation). Return to: Rom 2:12	V-2AAI-3P Tense: second Aorist Voice: Active Mood: Indicative Person: third Number: Plural
Strongs: G2919 English: will be judged Greek: κριθήσονται Lemma: κρίνω Transliteration: krínō Definition (BDAG): to ensure justice for someone, see to it that justice is done (LXX) τινί to someone 1 Cl 8:4 (Is 1:17).—B. 1428. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. to engage in a judicial process, judge, decide, hale before a court, condemn, also hand over for judicial punishment, freq. as a legal t.t. (in a forensic sense Hom. et al.; ins, pap, LXX). of a human court α. act. and pass. abs. Ac 13:27. W. adv. GPt 3:7. κ. τινά: κατὰ τὸν νόμον J 18:31; Ac 23:3; 24:6 v.l. οὐδὲ ἐγὼ κρίνω ὑμᾶς GJs 16:3. Of the right of the apostle and the church to judge believers 1 Cor 5:12ab. μὴ ὁ νόμος ἡμῶν κρίνει τὸν ἄνθρωπον; does our law (personified) judge a person? J 7:51 (Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 50 §205 certain senators desire that before Mark Antony is declared a public enemy he should be brought to trial, ὡς οὐ πάτριον σφίσιν ἀκρίτου καταδικάζειν ‘on the ground that it was not their ancestral custom to condemn someone without a hearing’). ἐκ τ. στόματός σου κρινῶ σε I will punish you on the basis of your own statement Lk 19:22. Pass. Ac 25:10. κρίνεσθαι ἐπί τινι be on trial because of a thing 26:6 (Appian, Basil. 12 κρινόμενος ἐπὶ τῷδε=be brought to trial because of this thing; likew. Iber. 55 §233; Ath. 2, 3; of God ApcrEzk fgm. d). Also περί τινος (Diod. S. 12, 30, 5) 23:6; 25:20; w. addition of ἐπί w. gen. of the court of judicature before someone (schol. on Hes., Op. 9) 24:21; 25:9; D 11:11.—τί δὲ καὶ ἀφ᾿ ἑαυτῶν οὐ κρίνετε τὸ δίκαιον; Lk 12:57, which leads over into the sphere of jurisprudence (vs. 58), means: why cannot you yourselves decide what is right? (cp. the prayer for vengeance fr. Amorgos [BCH 25, 1901 p. 416; Dssm., LO 94=LAE 118] ἐπάκουσον, θεά, καὶ κρῖναι τὸ δίκαιον; cp. Appian, Mithrid. 89 §403 κρίνειν τὴν μάχην=decide the battle; Just., A II, 15, 5). β. mid. and pass.: ‘dispute, quarrel, debate’, also go to law (so Thu. 4, 122, 4 δίκῃ κρίνεσθαι; Hos 2:4 al. in LXX; TestSol 4:4ff D; Mel., P. 101, 773) τινί with someone (Job 9:3; 13:19) Mt 5:40; B 6:1 (Is 50:8); μετά τινος (Vi. Aesopi W 76 κριθῆναί με μετὰ τῆς κυρίας μου ἐπὶ σοί=I am pleading my case with my mistress before you; Eccl 6:10) 1 Cor 6:6. ἐπί τινος before someone (as judge) vs. 1 (on the beginning of 1 Cor 6 cp. the decree of Alexander to the Greeks in Ps.-Callisth. 2, 21, 21: βούλομαι δὲ μὴ ἐν ἑαυτοῖς κρίνειν ὅσον τις ὑμῶν ἔχει πρὸς ἕτερον, οὐδὲ ἐφ᾿ οὗ βούλεσθε=it is my wish [will] that you are not to go to law among yourselves, no matter what any of you may have against another, nor before anyone you wish). of the divine tribunal α. occupied by God or Christ: abs. administer justice, judge J 5:30; 8:16, 50; cp. vs. 26; Rv 6:10; B 5:7. Pass. be judged Mt 7:1b, 2b; Lk 6:37b; Rv 11:18.—W. acc. foll. (PGM 4, 1013 of Horus ὁ κρίνων τὰ πάντα) J 5:22; 8:15b. τοὺς ἔξω 1 Cor 5:13. ζῶντας καὶ νεκρούς judge the living and the dead 2 Ti 4:1; 1 Pt 4:5; B 7:2. τὰ κρυπτὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων Ro 2:16. τὸν κόσμον B 4:12 (TestAbr A 13 p. 92, 10 [Stone p. 32]; ApcEsdr 3:3 p. 27, 8 Tdf.). τὴν οἰκουμένην Ac 17:31; AcPl Ha 9, 29. κ. κατὰ τὸ ἑκάστου ἔργον judge each one by what that person does 1 Pt 1:17; cp. Rv 20:13. ἐκρίθησαν οἱ νεκροὶ ἐκ τῶν γεγραμμένων ἐν τοῖς βιβλίοις κατὰ τὰ ἔργα αὐτῶν the dead were judged by what was written in the books (of life and of death), in accordance w. their deeds vs. 12; δικαίως κ. judge uprightly (Sotades [280 B.C.] fgm. 11, 2 Diehl2 II 6 p. 191 [in Stob. 4, 34, 8 vol. V p. 826, 5=Coll. Alex. p. 243] ὁ παντογενὴς … οὐ κρίνει δικαίως) 1 Pt 2:23; B 19:11. Also ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ Rv 19:11. διὰ νόμου κρίνεσθαι be judged on the basis of the law Js 2:12.—Oft. the emphasis is unmistakably laid upon that which follows the Divine Judge’s verdict, upon the condemnation or punishment: condemn, punish (opp. σῴζειν as TestJud 24:6; Mel., P. 104, 810; cp. ApcEsdr 1, 11 p. 25, 3 Tdf. ἐμὲ κρῖνον ὑπὲρ τῶν ψυχῶν τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν) J 3:17; cp. 18ab; 12:47ab, 48a; cp. 48b; Ac 7:7 (Gen 15:14); Dg 7:5f (opp. ἀγαπᾶν). διὰ νόμου κ. punish on the basis of the law Ro 2:12.—3:6f; 1 Cor 11:31f (here of the temporal punishment which God brings upon sinners); 2 Th 2:12; Hb 10:30 (κρινεῖ κύριος τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ the Lord will judge = punish his pe to come to a conclusion after a cognitive process, reach a decision, decide, propose, intend (Isocr. 4, 46; Polyb. 3, 6, 7; 5, 52, 6; 9, 13, 7; Epict. 2, 15, 7; Appian, Bell. Civ. 14, 118 §497 ὅταν οἱ θεοὶ κρίνωσιν; LXX) τί οὖν θέλετε, κρίνατε (restored) so decide now what you wish (to be done); w. inf. (Diod. S. 4, 33, 10; 17, 95, 1; UPZ 42, 37 [162 B.C.]; PTebt 55, 4 [II B.C.] ἔκρινα γράψαι; PLond III, 897, 11 p. 207 [84 A.D.]; 1 Macc 11:33; 3 Macc 1:6; Jdth 11:13; Wsd 8:9; Jos., Ant.7, 33; 12, 403; 13, 188; Did., Gen. 179, 7) Ac 3:13; 20:16; 25:25; 1 Cor 2:2; 5:3; Tit 3:12. W. τοῦ and inf. (B-D-F §397, 2) ἐκρίθη τοῦ ἀποπλεῖν ἡμᾶς Ac 27:1. ἐπεὶ ἤδη σεαυτῷ κέκρικας τοῦ μὴ δύνασθαι τὰς ἐντολὰς ταύτας ὑπὸ ἀνθρώπου φυλαχθῆναι since you have already decided in your own mind that these commandments cannot be kept by anyone Hm 12, 3, 6.—W. acc. and inf. (2 Macc 11:25, 36; 3 Macc 6:30; TestSol 10:8; SibOr 3, 127; Just., D. 102, 2) Ac 21:25 (even in the substantially different rdgs.). τοῦτο κέκρικεν …, τηρεῖν τὴν ἑαυτοῦ παρθένον he has determined this, namely to keep his fiancée (pure and undefiled) 1 Cor 7:37 (s. s.v. γαμίζω 2; Diod. S. 4, 73, 2 of a father: κρίναι ταύτην [i.e. his daughter] παρθένον διαφυλάττειν). τοῦτο κρίνατε μᾶλλον, τὸ μὴ τιθέναι πρόσκομμα but rather decide this, (namely) to give no offense Ro 14:13b. ἔκρινα ἐμαυτῷ τοῦτο, τὸ … ἐλθεῖν 2 Cor 2:1. τὰ δόγματα τὰ κεκριμένα ὑπὸ τ. ἀποστόλων Ac 16:4 (cp. Polyb. 5, 52, 6 πράξας τὸ κριθέν; Epict. 2, 15, 7 τοῖς κριθεῖσιν ἐμμένειν δεῖ). to make a judgment based on taking various factors into account, judge, think, consider, look upon w. double acc. of the obj. and the predicate (Soph., Oed. R. 34; Pla., Rep. 9, 578b and s. Cebes 39, 4; 3 Macc 2:33; Just., D. 112, 1) οὐκ ἀξίους κρίνετε ἑαυτούς you do not consider yourselves worthy Ac 13:46 (Jos., Ant. 6, 159 ὃν αὐτὸς τ. βασιλείας ἄξιον ἔκρινεν; EpArist 98); cp. PtK 3 p. 15, 17. τὰ ὑστερήματα αὐτῶν ἴδια ἐκρίνετε you considered their shortcomings as your own 1 Cl 2:6. Pass. (Thu. 2, 40, 3; Jos., Ant. 4, 193) τί ἄπιστον κρίνεται παρ᾿ ὑμῖν; why do you think it is incredible? Ac 26:8 (Jos., Ant. 18, 76 ἄπιστα αὐτὰ κρίνειν).—Foll. by acc. w. inf. (Pla., Gorg., 452c, Rep. 9, 578b; X., An. 1, 9, 5; 28) κεκρίκατέ με πιστὴν … εἶναι Ac 16:15.—W. inf. foll. κρίνω μὴ παρενοχλεῖν τοῖς κτλ. 15:19.—Foll. by τοῦτο ὅτι 2 Cor 5:14.—W. direct quest. foll. ἐν ὑμῖν αὐτοῖς κρίνατε judge, decide for yourselves 1 Cor 11:13.—W. indirect quest. foll. (Thu. 4, 130, 7 κρίναντες ἐν σφίσιν αὐτοῖς, εἰ … ; X., Cyr. 4, 1, 5) εἰ δίκαιόν ἐστιν, ὑμῶν ἀκούειν μᾶλλον ἢ τοῦ θεοῦ, κρίνατε decide whether it is right to obey you rather than God Ac 4:19.—κρίνατε ὑμεῖς ὅ φημι pass your own judgment on what I say 1 Cor 10:15.—ὀρθῶς ἔκρινας you have judged rightly Lk 7:43. to pass judgment upon (and thereby seek to influence) the lives and actions of other people judge, pass judgment upon, express an opinion about Mt 7:1a, 2a; Lk 6:37a; 1 Cl 13:2; Pol 2:3 (Sextus 183 ὁ κρίνων ἄνθρωπον κρίνεται ὑπὸ τ. θεοῦ). κ. δικαίως D 4:3; B 19:11. κ. κατ᾿ ὄψιν by the outward appearance J 7:24a. κατὰ τὴν σάρκα 8:15. τὴν δικαίαν κρίσιν κ. pass a right judgment 7:24b (on the expr. cp. Dt 16:18). This is perh. the place for 1 Pt 4:6 ἵνα κριθῶσιν κατὰ ἀνθρ. (s. ESelwyn, comm. ad loc. ref. to Lghtf.; cp. Wsd 3:4). esp. pass an unfavorable judgment upon, criticize, find fault with, condemn (Epict. 2, 21, 11) Ro 2:1abc, 3; 14:3f, 10, 13a (a play on words, w. κρίνειν used in two different mngs. in the same vs.; s. 4 below on vs. 13b); Col 2:16; Js 4:11, 12; D 11:12. μή τι κρίνετε do not pronounce judgment on anything 1 Cor 4:5. ἱνατί γὰρ ἡ ἐλευθερία μου κρίνεται ὑπὸ ἄλλης συνειδήσεως; why is my freedom (of action) to be unfavorably judged by another person’s scruples? 1 Cor 10:29. μακάριος ὁ μὴ κρίνων ἑαυτόν happy is the one who finds no fault w. himself Ro 14:22.—Also of a human judgment directed against God ὅπως ἂν νικήσεις ἐν τῷ κρίνεσθαί σε that you may win when you are judged Ro 3:4 (OMichel in KEK prefers active sense); 1 Cl 18:4 (both Ps 50:6). to make a selection, select, prefer (Aeschyl., Suppl. 39 τὶ; Pla., Rep. 3, 399e κρίνειν τινὰ πρό τινος ‘prefer someone to someone’, cp. Phlb. 57e; Himerius, Or. 40 [=Or. 6], 3 κ. τί τινι=select someth. because of someth. [a place because of its size]; κ. τὸ πρακτέον καὶ μὴ πρακτέον Did., Gen. 27, 3) ὃς μὲν γὰρ κρίνει ἡμέραν παρ᾿ ἡμέραν the one prefers one day to another Ro 14:5a. In the other half of the sentence ὃς δὲ κρίνει πᾶσαν ἡμέραν, κ. prob. has the sense recognize, approve (X., Hell. 1, 7, 34 ἔκριναν τὴν τῆς βουλῆς γνώμην) the other holds every day in esteem vs. 5b. Closely associated is mng. κρίνω (s. κρίμα; Hom.+) fut. κρινῶ; 1 aor. ἔκρινα; pf. κέκρικα; plpf. 3 sg. κεκρίκει (on the lack of augment s. B-D-F §66, 1; W-S. §12, 4; Mlt-H. 190; ἐκεκρίκει Just., D. 102, 2). Pass.: impf. ἐκρινόμην; 1 fut. κριθήσομαι; 1 aor. ἐκρίθην; pf. κέκριμαι. Primary mng.: ‘to set apart so as to distinguish, separate’, then by transference Return to: Rom 2:12	V-FPI-3P Tense: Future Voice: Passive Mood: Indicative Person: third Number: Plural

Rom 2:13
Definition	RMAC
Strongs: G202 English: for it is not the hearers Greek: ἀκροαταὶ Lemma: ἀκροατής Transliteration: akroatḗs Definition (BDAG): ἀκροατής, οῦ, ὁ (Thu. et al.; PLond I, 46, 177 [IV A.D.] p. 70; Is 3:3; Sir 3:29; EpArist 266; Just.; Tat. 22, 3; Ath. 2, 2) a hearer Dg 2:1. ἀ. λόγου (cp. Philo, Congr. Erud. Grat. 70) Js 1:23; pl. (Diod. S. 4, 7, 4) vs. 22 (Thu., 3, 38, 4 a similar reproach directed against the θεαταὶ μὲν τῶν λόγων, ἀκροαταὶ δὲ τῶν ἔργων). ἀ. νόμου Ro 2:13 (cp. Jos., Ant. 5, 107; 132 νόμων ἀκροαταί). ἀ. ἐπιλησμονῆς a forgetful hearer Js 1:25. γενοῦ ἀ. listen! Hv 1, 3, 3. ἀκροατὴν καὶ αὐτόπτην hearer and eye-witness Papias (2:2)—DELG s.v. ἀκροάομαι. M-M. Return to: Rom 2:13	N-NPM Part of Speech: Noun Case: Nominative Number: Plural Gender: Masculine
Strongs: G1342 English: who are just Greek: δίκαιοι Lemma: δίκαιος Transliteration: díkaios Definition (BDAG): The neuter denotes that which is obligatory in view of certain requirements of justice, right, fair, equitable (Dio Chrys. 67 [17], 12; Jos., Ant. 15, 376; cp. Strabo 4, 18, 7; s. Larfeld I 494) δ. παρὰ θεῷ it is right in the sight of God 2 Th 1:6. Also δ. ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ Ac 4:19; δ. καὶ ὅσιον it is right and holy 1 Cl 14:1, pl. Phil 4:8; δ. ἐστιν it is right Eph 6:1; w. inf. foll. Phil 1:7; 1 Cl 21:4 (cp. Hyperid. 6, 14; PSI 442, 14 [III B.C.] οὐ δίκαιόν ἐστι οὕτως εἶναι; Sir 10:23; 2 Macc 9:12; 4 Macc 6:34); δ. ἡγοῦμαι I consider it right (Diod. S. 12, 45, 1 δ. ἡγοῦντο) 2 Pt 1:13; τὸ δ. (Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 97 §409 τὸ δ.=the just cause; Arrian, Anab. 3, 27, 5; Polyb.; IMagnMai; SEG XLI, 625, 5; pap; 2 Macc 4:34; 10:12; 3 Macc 2:25; EpArist; Jos., Bell. 4, 340 Ant. 16, 158; το νῦν δ. Tat. 1, 3) what is right Lk 12:57. τὸ δ. παρέχεσθαι give what is right Col 4:1. ὃ ἐὰν ᾖ δ. δώσω ὑμῖν whatever is right I will give you Mt 20:4 (Diod. S. 5, 71, 1 τὸ δίκαιον άλλήλοις διδόναι; 8, 25, 4). Abstract for concrete (Philipp. [=Demosth. 12] 23 μετὰ τοῦ δ.; Dio Chrys. 52 [69], 6 ἄνευ νόμου κ. δικαίου; Ael. Aristid, 46 p. 302 D.) τὸ δίκαιον ὀρθὴν ὁδὸν ἔχει uprightness goes the straight way Hm 6, 1, 2. Pl. (Diod. S. 15, 11, 1; 19, 85, 3; Appian, Samn. 11 §4 al.; Lucian, Dial. Mort. 30, 1; Jos., Ant. 19, 288; SibOr 3, 257; Just., A I, 68, 3 δ. ἀξιοῦν; D. 28, 4 φυλάσσει τὰ αἰώνια δ.) δίκαια βουλεύεσθαι have upright thoughts Hv 1, 1, 8 (cp. λαλεῖν Is 59:4; ἐκζητήσεται 1 Macc 7:12; κρίνειν Ar. 15, 4; Just., A II, 15, 5).—B. 1180. DELG s.v. δίκη. M-M. TW. Spicq. Sv. pert. to being in accordance with high standards of rectitude, upright, just, fair of humans α. In Gr-Rom. tradition a δ. pers. is one who upholds the customs and norms of behavior, including esp. public service, that make for a well-ordered, civilized society (Hom, Od. 6, 120f hospitality and fear of God mark an upright pers.; Dem. 3, 21 a δίκαιος πολίτης gives priority to the interest of the state). Such perspective opened a bridge to Greco-Romans for understanding of Jewish/Christian perspectives: e.g. the description of an eccl. overseer (w. σώφρων, ὅσιος) Tit 1:8. Both polytheistic and monotheistic societies closely associated uprightness, with special reference to behavior toward humans (cp. Pla., Rep. 4, 443; Aristot. EN 5, 1, 1129a-1130a), and piety in reference esp. to familial obligations and deity (Augustus enshrined the perspective, taking pride in being awarded a crown for his δικαιοσύνη and εὐσέβεια Res Gestae 34). In keeping with OT tradition, NT writers emphasize a connection between upright conduct and sense of responsibility to God; δ. like צַדִּיק=conforming to the laws of God and people. General definition ὁ ποιῶν τὴν δικαιοσύνην δ. ἐστιν one who does what is right, is righteous 1J 3:7; cp. Rv 22:11.—Ro 5:7. δικαίῳ νόμος οὐ κεῖται law does not apply to an upright person 1 Ti 1:9. οὐκ ἔστιν δίκαιος Ro 3:10 (cp. Eccl 7:20); δ. παρὰ τῷ θεῷ righteous in the sight of God Ro 2:13; δ. ἐναντίον τοῦ θεοῦ (Gen 7:1; Job 32:2) Lk 1:6. W. φοβούμενος τὸν θεόν of Cornelius Ac 10:22. W. εὐλαβής (Pla., Pol. 311ab ἤθη εὐλαβῆ κ. δίκαια, τὸ δικαιον κ. εὐλαβές) Lk 2:25. W. ἀγαθός (Kaibel 648, 10; Jos., Ant. 8, 248; 9, 132 ἀνὴρ ἀγ. κ. δίκ.; s. ἀγαθός 2aα) 23:50; ἀθῷος (Sus 53) 1 Cl 46:4; ὅσιος (En 103:9) 2 Cl 15:3; ταπεινός B 19:6. (ὡς δίκαιον καὶ ἀναμάρτητον Just., D. 47, 5). Serving God w. a pure heart makes one δ. 2 Cl 11:1. Hence the δίκαιοι=the just, the upright in a specif. Israelite-Christian sense Mt 13:43 (cp. Da 12:3 Theod.) Lk 1:17; 1 Pt 3:12 (Ps 33:16); 1 Cl 22:6 (Ps 33:16); 33:7; 45:3f; 48:3 (Ps 117:20); 2 Cl 6:9; 17:7; 20:3f; B 11:7 (Ps 1:5f); MPol 14:1; 17:1; also of those who only appear upright (cp. Pr 21:2) Mt 23:28; Lk 18:9; 20:20; specifically of Christians Mt 10:41; Ac 14:2 D; 1 Pt 4:18 (Pr 11:31); Hv 1, 4, 2. W. apostles MPol 19:2; cp. 1 Cl 5:2. Esp. of the righteous of the OT: πατέρες δ. 1 Cl 30:7. W. prophets Mt 13:17; 23:29 (perh. teachers: DHill, NTS 11, ’64/65, 296–302). Of Abel (Did., Gen. 181, 10) Mt 23:35 (construction with τοῦ αἵματος deserves consideration: GKilpatrick, BT 16, ’65, 119); Hb 11:4; Enoch 1 Cl 9:3; Lot 2 Pt 2:7f (Noah: Just., D. 20, 1; 138, 1; δίκαιοι καὶ πατριάρχαι ibid. 67, 7); John the Baptist (w. ἅγιος) Mk 6:20; δ. τετελειωμένοι just persons made perfect (i.e., who have died) Hb 12:23. Opp. ἄδικοι (Pr 17:15; 29:27; En 99:3; 100:7) Mt 5:45; Ac 24:15; 1 Pt 3:18; ἁμαρτωλοί (Ps 1:5; En 104:6 and 12; PsSol 2:34) Mt 9:13; Mk 2:17; Lk 5:32; 15:7; ἁμαρτωλοί and ἀσεβεῖς (Ps 1:5f) 1 Ti 1:9; 1 Pt 4:18 (Pr 11:31); πονηροί (Pr 11:15) Mt 13:49 (μοχθηροί Tat. 3, 2). W. regard to the Last Judgment, the one who stands the test is δ. righteous Mt 25:37, 46.—Ro 1:17 (s. ζάω 2bβ); Gal 3:11; Hb 10:38 (all three Hab 2:4; cp. Larfeld I 494); Ro 5:19. Resurrection of the just Lk 14:14; prayer Js 5:16; cp. 5:6 (1bβ below). Joseph, who is interested in doing the right thing honorable, just, good (Jos., Ant. 15, 106; Diod. S. 33, 5, 6 ἀνδρὸς εὐσεβοῦς κ. δικαίου; Conon [I B.C.–I A.D.]: 26 fgm. 1, 17 Jac.; Galen CMG V/10, 3 p. 33, 13f [XVIII/1 p. 247 K.] ἄνδρες δ.) Mt 1:19 (w. connotation of ‘merciful’ DHill, ET 76, ’65, 133f; s. δικαιοσύνη 3b). β. of things relating to human beings ἔργα 1J 3:12; αἷμα δ. (Jo 4:19; La 4:13=αἷμα δικαίου Pr 6:17, where αἷ. δίκαιον is a v.l.) blood of an upright, or better, an innocent man Mt 23:35 (s. 1bβ below), and esp. 27:4, where δ. is v.l. for ἀθῷον; AcPl Ha 11, 8; ψυχὴ δ. upright soul (cp. Pr 10:3; s. also GrBar 10:5) 2 Pt 2:8; πνεῦμα δ. upright spirit Hm 5, 2, 7; ἐντ δίκαιος, αία, ον (s. δικαιοσύνη; Hom.+; loanw. in rabb.) Return to: Rom 2:13	A-NPM Part of Speech: Adjective Case: Nominative Number: Plural Gender: Masculine
Strongs: G3844 English: before Greek: παρὰ Lemma: παρά Transliteration: pará Definition (BDAG): marker of something that is less, less (Hdt. 9, 33; Plut., Caesar 722 [30, 5]; Jos., Ant. 4, 176; POxy 264, 4 [I A.D.]) τεσσεράκοντα παρὰ μίαν forty less one=thirty-nine (i.e. lashes) 2 Cor 11:24 (cp. Makkoth 3, 10 [tr. HDanby, The Mishnah ’33, 407]).—On παρ᾿ αὐτά ITr 11:1 s. παραυτά.—DELG. M-M. TW. marker of that which does not correspond to what is expected, against, contrary to (Hom., Alc. et al.; ins, pap, LXX; Just., Tat., Ath.—Schwyzer II 497) π. τὴν διδαχήν Ro 16:17. παρ᾿ ἐλπίδα against hope (s. ἐλπίς 1a) in wordplay w. ἐπ᾿ ἐλπίδι 4:18. παρὰ φύσιν (Thu. 6, 17, 1; Pla., Rep. 5, 466d; Tat. 22, 2; Ath. 26, 2, R. 6 p. 54, 13) 1:26; 11:24. παρὰ τὸν νόμον (Just., A II, 2, 4; Ath. 1, 3; cp. X., Mem. 1, 1, 18 παρὰ τοὺς νόμους; PMagd 16, 5 [222 B.C.] παρὰ τοὺς νόμους; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 233; Just., A I, 68, 10) Ac 18:13. παρ᾿ ὅ contrary to that which Gal 1:8f (Just., A I, 43, 8). marker of causality, because of (cp. Pind., O. 2, 65 κενεὰν παρὰ δίαιταν ‘in the interest of ’ or ‘for the sake of a scanty livelihood’, the scantiness here contrasting with the immense labor involved; Demosth. 4, 11; 9, 2; PRyl 243, 6; POxy 1420, 7) παρὰ τό w. acc. foll. because (SIG 495, 130; UPZ 7, 13 [163 B.C.] παρὰ τὸ Ἕλληνά με εἶναι.—Mayser II/1, 1926, 331; Gen 29:20; Ex 14:11) 1 Cl 39:5f (Job 4:20f). π. τοῦτο because of this (Kühner-G. I 513, 3; Synes., Ep. 44 p. 185a; 57 p. 192d) ITr 5:2; IRo 5:1 (quot. fr. 1 Cor 4:4, where Paul has ἐν τούτῳ). οὐ παρὰ τοῦτο οὐ (double neg. as a strengthened affirmative) not for that reason any the less 1 Cor 12:15f. marker of degree that falls slightly short in comparison, except for, almost παρὰ μικρόν except for a little, almost (s. μικρός 1eγ) Hs 8, 1, 14. Likew. παρά τι (cp. Vett. Val. 228, 6) Lk 5:7 D; Hs 9, 19, 3. marker of comparative advantage, in comparison to, more than, beyond ἁμαρτωλοί, ὀφειλέται π. πάντας Lk 13:2, 4 (PSI 317, 6 [95 A.D.] παρὰ πάντας; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 234 παρὰ τ. ἄλλους ἅπαντας; JosAs 10:6 παρὰ πάσας τὰς παρθένους; Just., A I, 20, 3 παρὰ πάντας ἀδίκως μισούμεθα). κρίνειν ἡμέραν παρ᾿ ἡμέραν (s. κρίνω 1) Ro 14:5. π. πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν B 11:9 (prophetic quot. of unknown orig.). π. πάντα τὰ πνεύματα more than all other spirits Hm 10, 1, 2. ἐλαττοῦν τινα π. τινα make someone inferior to someone Hb 2:7, 9 (s. ἐλαττόω 1 and cp. PGrenf I, 42, 12 [II B.C.] ἐλαττουμένων ἡμῶν παρὰ τοὺς δεῖνα). εἶδος ἐκλεῖπον π. τὸ εἶδος τῶν ἀνθρώπων (s. ἐκλείπω 4) 1 Cl 16:3.—After a comp. (Thu. 1, 23, 3; ApcEsdr 1:22; Tat. 2, 2) Lk 3:13; Hb 1:4; 3:3; 9:23; 11:4; 12:24; B 4:5 (cp. Da 7:7); Hv 3, 12, 1; s 9, 18, 2.—When a comparison is made, one member of it may receive so little attention as to pass fr. consideration entirely, so that ‘more than’ becomes instead of, rather than, to the exclusion of (Plut., Mor. 984c; PsSol 9:9; EpArist 134; Just., A I, 22, 2) λατρεύειν τῇ κτίσει παρὰ τὸν κτίσαντα serve the creation rather than the Creator Ro 1:25 (cp. EpArist 139: the Jews worship τὸν μόνον θεὸν παρ᾿ ὅλην τὴν κτίσιν). δεδικαιωμένος παρ᾿ ἐκεῖνον justified rather than the other Lk 18:14. ἔχρισέν σε … παρὰ τοὺς μετόχους (God) has anointed you and not your comrades Hb 1:9 (Ps 44:8). ὑπερφρονεῖν παρ᾿ ὃ δεῖ φρονεῖν Ro 12:3 (Plut., Mor. 83f παρ᾿ ὃ δεῖ).παρὰ καιρὸν ἡλικίας Hb 11:11 (Plut., Rom. 25, 6 παρ᾿ ἡλικίαν; cp. ἡλικία 2a).—παρὰ δύναμιν beyond their means (s. δύναμις 2) 2 Cor 8:3.—After ἄλλος (Pla., Lach. 178b, Leg. 3, 693b; X., Hell. 1, 5, 5; Demosth. 18, 235) another than 1 Cor 3:11. marker of extension in time,during, from … to (Lucian, Catapl. 24 παρὰ τ. βίον=during his life; POxy 472, 10; TestAbr A 20 p. 102, 26 [Stone p. 52] παρὰ μίαν ὥραν; Tat. 14, 2 παρ᾿ ὃν ἔζων χρόνον) παρ᾿ ἐνιαυτόν from year to year (Plut., Cleom. 15, 1; cp. ἐνιαυτός 1) B 10:7. marker of a position viewed as extended (w. no difference whether παρά answers the question ‘where?’ or ‘whither?’ See B-D-F §236, 1; Rob. 615). by, along περιπατεῖν παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν (Pla., Gorg. 511e. Cp. SIG 1182; Jos., Ant. 2, 81) Mt 4:18; cp. Mk 1:16. at the edge or to the edge of α. παρὰ (τὴν) θάλασσαν by the sea (or lake) , at the shore Mt 13:1; Mk 4:1; 5:21; Ac 10:6, 32; cp. Lk 5:1, 2. παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν by the side of the road (X., An. 1, 2, 13; Plut., Lysander 450 [29, 4] a tomb παρὰ τ. ὁδόν=beside the road) Mt 20:30; Mk 10:46; Lk 18:35 (but on the road is also poss. in these three places; s. d below). β. παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν to (the side of) the sea ( lake) Mt 15:29; Mk 2:13. παρὰ ποταμόν to the river Ac 16:13. gener. near, at παρὰ τοὺς πόδας τινός at someone’s feet (sit, fall, place etc.; TestAbr A 17 p. 98, 16 [Stone p. 44]) Mt 15:30; Lk 7:38; 8:35, 41; 10:39 v.l.; 17:16; Ac 4:35, 37 v.l.; 5:2; 7:58; 22:3 (s. ET 30, 1919, 39f). παρὰ τὸν πὺργον beside the tower Hs 9, 4, 8; 9, 6, 5; 8; 9, 7, 1; 9, 11, 6.—παρὰ τὴν ἰτέαν 8, 1, 2 (cp. TestAbr A 6 p. 83, 10 [Stone p. 14] παρὰ τὴν δρῦν τὴν Μαμβρῆ). on παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν on the road (w. motion implied; Aesop, Fab. 226 P.=420 H.: πεσὼν παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν; Phot., Bibl. 94 p. 74b on Iambl. Erot. [Hercher I p. 222, 22] πίπτουσι παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν) Mt 13:4, 19; Mk 4:4; Lk 8:5; on the road (w. no motion implied; Theophr., HP 6, 6, 10: the crocus likes to be trodden under foot, διὸ καὶ παρὰ τὰς ὁδοὺς κάλλιστος; Phot. p. 222, 29 H. [s. above]) Mk 4:15; Lk 8:12. Perh. also Mt 20:30; Mk 10:46; Lk 18:35 (s. bα above).—παρὰ τὸ χεῖλος τῆς θαλάσσης on the seashore Hb 11:12 (TestAbr A 1 p. 78, 1 [Stone p. 4]; ApcEsdr 3:10; ApcSed 8:9). C. w. acc. of pers. or thing marker of a relationship w. a narrow focus, among, before παρ᾿ ἑαυτοῖς among themselves (Philo, Cher. 48) διαλογίζεσθαι Mt 21:25 v.l. (cp. Demosth. 10, 17 γιγνώσκειν παρ᾿ αὑτῷ; Epict., Ench. 48, 2).—In ἐν τούτῳ μενέτω παρὰ θεῷ 1 Cor 7:24, the mng. of παρὰ θεῷ is not certain: let the pers. remain in that position (the same one in which he was when called to salvation) before God; it is prob. meant to remind Christians of the One before whom they cannot even have the appearance of inferiority (ins: Mitt-Wilck, I/2, 4, 4 [13 B.C.] παρὰ τῷ κυρίῳ Ἑρμῇ=‘before, in the sight of’; Sb 7616 [II A.D.] τὸ προσκύνημά σου ποιῶ παρὰ τῷ κυρίῳ Σαράπι=‘before the Lord’ S.; 7661, 3 [c. 100 A.D.]; 7932, 7992, 6 [letter II/III A.D.]). Or perh. it simply means that no matter what the situation may be, one is to be focused on God. marker of connection of a quality or characteristic w. a pers., with (οὐκ) ἔστιν τι παρά τινι someth. is (not) with or in someone, someone has someth. (nothing) to do w. someth. (Demosth. 18, 277 εἰ ἔστι καὶ παρ᾿ ἐμοί τις ἐμπειρία; Gen 24:25; Job 12:13; Ps 129:4 παρὰ σοι ὁ ἱλασμός ἐστιν; Just., D. 82, 1 παρὰ … ἡμῖν … χαρίσματα) οὐκ ἔστιν προσωπολημψία παρὰ τ. θεῷ Ro 2:11 (TestJob 43, 13). Cp. 9:14; Eph 6:9; Js 1:17. Sim. Mt 8:10; 2 Cor 1:17. marker of personal reference, at the side of, with almost equivalent to the dat. as such (Ps 75:13): δυνατόν or ἀδύνατον παρά τινι possible or impossible for someone (Gen 18:14; Just., A I, 33, 2; Ath., R. 9 p. 58, 6) Mt 19:26ab; Mk 10:27abc; Lk 1:37 v.l.; 18:27ab; 1 Cl 27:2.—AFridrichsen, SymbOsl 14, ’35, 44–46. Closely related in mng. is marker of one whose viewpoint is relevant, in the sight or judgment of someone (Soph., Hdt.; PSI 435, 19 [258 B.C.] παρὰ τῷ βασιλεῖ) παρὰ τῷ θεῷ: δίκαιος παρὰ τῷ θεῷ righteous in the sight of God Ro 2:13 (cp. Job 9:2; Jos., Ant. 6, 205; Ath. 31, 2 εὐδοξοῦμεν … παρὰ τῷ θεῷ).—Cp. 1 Cor 3:19; Gal 3:11; 2 Th 1:6; Js 1:27; 1 Pt 2:4; 2 Pt 3:8. θυσία δεκτὴ παρὰ τῷ θεῷ Hs 5, 3, 8. ἔνδοξος παρὰ τῷ θεῷ m 2:6; s 5, 3, 3; 8, 10, 1; 9, 27, 3; 9, 28, 3; 9, 29, 3.—9, 7, 6.—Acc. to the judgment of humans (Jos., Ant. 7, 84; Just., A I, 20, 3) 8, 9, 1. τί ἄπιστον κρίνεται παρ᾿ ὑμῖν; Ac 26:8. ἵνα μὴ ἦτε παρ᾿ ἑαυτοῖς φρόνιμοι Ro 11:25; cp. 12:16 (s. Pr 3:7 μὴ ἴσθι φρόνιμος παρὰ σεαυτῷ).—‘In the judgment’ passes over into a simpler with (PsSol 9:5 παρὰ κυρίῳ; Jos. Himerius, Or. 8 [=23], 10 παρὰ θεοῖς=with the gods) εὑρεῖν χάριν παρά τινι find favor with someone (Ex 33:16; cp. Num 11:15) Lk 1:30; Hs 5, 2, 10. τοῦτο χάρις παρὰ θεῷ 1 Pt 2:20. χάριν ἔχειν (Ex 33:12) m 5, 1, 5. προέκοπτεν ἐν τῇ χάριτι παρὰ θεῷ καὶ ἀνθρώποις Lk 2:52. τί ταπεινοφροσύνη παρὰ θεῷ ἰσχύει, τί ἀγάπη ἁγνὴ παρά θεῷ δύναται how strong humility is before God, what pure love before God can do 1 Cl 21:8. marker of nearness in space, at/by (the side of), beside, near, with, acc. to the standpoint fr. which the relationship is viewed near, beside α. w. things (Synes., Ep. 126 p. 262a; Kaibel 703, 1; POxy 120, 23; 2 Km 10:8; 11:9; Jos., Ant. 1, 196) εἱστήκεισαν παρὰ τῷ σταυρῷ J 19:25. κεῖσθαι παρὰ τῷ πύργῳ Hv 3, 5, 5. β. w. persons ἔστησεν αὐτὸ παρ᾿ ἑαυτῷ he had him (i.e. the child) stand by his side Lk 9:47. in (someone’s) house, city, company, etc. (Demetr.: 722 fgm. 1, 5 al. παρὰ Λάβαν) α. house: ἀριστᾶν Lk 11:37. καταλύειν 19:7 (Pla., Gorg. 447b; Demosth. 18, 82). μένειν (JosAs 20:8; Jos., Ant. 1, 298; 299) J 1:39; Ac 9:43; 18:3; 21:8. ξενίζεσθαι 10:6; 21:16 (ξενίζω 1). So prob. also ἕκαστος παρ᾿ ἑαυτῷ each one at home 1 Cor 16:2 (cp. Philo, Cher. 48 παρ᾿ ἑαυτοῖς, Leg. ad Gai. 271). ὃν ἀπέλιπον ἐν Τρῳάδι παρὰ Κάρπῳ 2 Ti 4:13. β. city: Rv 2:13. So prob. also ἦσαν παρ᾿ ἡμῖν ἑπτὰ ἀδελφοί Mt 22:25.—J 4:40; Col 4:16 (where the congregation at Laodicea is contrasted w. the one at Col.). γ. other uses: παρὰ Ἰουδαίοις among Judeans Mt 28:15. παρ᾿ αὐτοῖς ἐπιμεῖναι remain with them Ac 28:14; cp. 21:7. οἱ παρ᾿ ὑμῖν πρεσβύτεροι the elders among you 1 Cl 1:3.—παρὰ τῷ πατρί with (of spatial proximity) the Father Mt 6:1; J 8:38a; cp. 17:5 (Synes., Kingship 29 p. 31d: philosophy has her abode παρὰ τῷ θεῷ and if the world refuses to receive her when she descends to earth, μένει παρὰ τῷ πατρί). Of Jesus: παρ᾿ ὑμῖν μένων while I was with you (on earth) J 14:25. Of the Spirit: παρ᾿ ὑμῖν μένει vs. 17. Of the Father and Son in their relation to the faithful Christian: μονὴν παρ᾿ αὐτῷ ποιησόμεθα we will take up our abode with him vs. 23. δ. fig. παρά τινι before someone’s judgment seat (Demosth. 18, 13 εἰς κρίσιν καθιστάναι παρά τινι; Appian, Maced. 11 §8 παρ᾿ ὑμῖν ἐς κρίσιν) 2 Pt 2:11 v.l. Closely related is B. w. dat., the case that exhibits close association marker of the point fr. which an action originates, from after verbs α. of asking, demanding αἰτεῖν and αἰτεῖσθαι (cp. X., An. 1, 3, 16, Hell. 3, 1, 4; SIG 785, 9f; PFay 121, 12ff; Tob 4:19 BA al.; LXX; TestAbr A 9 p. 87, 2 [Stone p. 22]; TestJob 20:2; ParJer 7:14; Jos., Ant. 15, 92) Mt 20:20 v.l. (for ἀπ᾿ αὐτοῦ); J 4:9; Ac 3:2; 9:2; Js 1:5; 1J 5:15 v.l. (for ἀπ᾿ αὐτοῦ); 1 Cl 36:4 (Ps 2:8); Hm 9:2, 4; Dg 1. ζητεῖν (Tob 4:18; Sir 7:4; cp. 1 Macc 7:13) Mk 8:11; Lk 11:16; 12:48. β. of taking, accepting, receiving λαμβάνειν (class.; Appian, Mithrid. 88 §397; SIG 546 B, 23 [III B.C.]; Jdth 12:15; Sus 55 Theod.; 1 Macc 8:8; 11:34; 4 Macc 12:11; TestJob 11:5; JosAs 24:11; Just., A I, 39, 5 al.) Mk 12:2; Lk 6:34; J 5:34, 41, 44; 10:18; Ac 2:33; 3:5; 17:9; 20:24; 26:10 (Jos., Ant. 14, 167 λαβὼν ἐξουσίαν παρά σου [= τ. ἀρχιερέως]; 11, 169); Js 1:7; 2 Pt 1:17; 2J 4; Rv 2:28; Hs 1:8; 8, 3, 5; GJs 20, 2 codices. ἀπολαμβάνειν (SIG 150, 19f [restored text; IV B.C.]; 4 Macc 18:23) Hv 5:7. παραλαμβάνειν (Hdt. et al.; oft. ins; POxy 504, 14 al. in pap) Gal 1:12; 1 Th 2:13; 4:1; 2 Th 3:6. δέχεσθαι (Thu. 1, 20, 1 et al.; 1 Macc 15:20; TestJob 11:12; cp. διαδέχεσθαι Ath. 37, 1) Ac 22:5; Phil 4:18a. κομίζεσθαι (SIG 244 I, 5ff [IV B.C.]; Gen 38:20; 2 Macc 7:11; Ath. 12, 1) Eph 6:8. εὑρεῖν (SIG 537, 69; 1099, 28; cp. εὑρίσκω 3, end) 2 Ti 1:18. ἔχειν τι παρά τινος have received someth. fr. someone (1 Esdr 6:5) Ac 9:14; cp. Hv 3, 9, 8. γίνεταί μοί τι παρά τινος I receive someth. from someone (Att.) Mt 18:19. ἔσται μεθ᾿ ἡμῶν χάρις … παρὰ θεοῦ πατρὸς καὶ παρὰ Ἰησοῦ 2J 3 (cp. X., An. 7, 2, 25). οἱ πιστευθέντες παρὰ θεοῦ ἔργον those who were entrusted by God with a task 1 Cl 43:1 (cp. Polyb. 3, 69, 1; SIG 1207, 12f). παρὰ τοῦ κυρίου πλουτίζεσθαι receive one’s wealth fr. the Lord Hs 2:10.—Sim. in the case of a purchase the seller is introduced by παρά: buy fr. someone ἀγοράζειν (s. ἀγοράζω 1, end) Rv 3:18. ὠνεῖσθαι Ac 7:16. ἄρτον φαγεῖν παρά τινος receive support from someone 2 Th 3:8. γ. of learning, coming to know, hearing, asking ἀκούειν (s. ἀκούω 1bβ and 3) J 1:40; 6:45; 7:51; 8:26, 40; 15:15; Ac 10:22; 28:22; 2 Ti 1:13; 2:2; AcPlCor 1:6; ἀκριβοῦν Mt 2:7, 16. ἐξακριβάζεσθαι Hm 4, 2, 3. ἐπιγινώσκειν Ac 24:8. μανθάνειν (since Aeschyl., Ag. 858; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 176; Sir 8:8f; 2 Macc 7:2 v.l.; 3 Macc 1:1; Just., A I, 23, 1 and D. 78, 1 al.; Ath. 7, 2; 22, 8) 2 Ti 3:14. πυνθάνεσθαι (Hdt. 3, 68; X., Cyr. 1, 6, 23; Pla., Rep. 5, 476e; SIG 1169, 30; 2 Ch 32:31) Mt 2:4; J 4:52 (without παρά v.l.); B 13:2 (Gen 25:22). w. adjectival function ὁ, ἡ, τὸ παρά τινος made, given, etc., by someone α. w. a noun (funct. as a gen.: Pla., Symp. 197e ὁ παρά τινος λόγος ‘the expression made by someone’; X., Hell. 3, 1, 6 δῶρον παρὰ βασιλέως, Mem. 2, 2, 12 ἡ παρά τινος εὔνοια, Cyr. 5, 5, 13 τὸ παρ᾿ ἐμοῦ ἀδίκημα ‘the crime committed by me’; Polyb. 3, 69, 3 ἡ παρ᾿ αὐτοῦ σωτηρία; Polyaenus 3, 9, 28 ἡ παρὰ στρατηγοῦ ἀρετή; SIG 543, 27; Ex 4:20; 14:13; Philo, Plant. 14; Jos., Ant. 12, 400; Just., A I, 32, 8 and D. 92, 1 al.; Ath. 7, 1) ἡ παρ᾿ ἐμοῦ διαθήκη Ro 11:27 (Is 59:21).—Ac 26:12 v.l.; 22 v.l. β. w. subst. function א. τὰ παρά τινος what someone gives, someone’s gifts (X., Mem. 3, 11, 13; Jos., Bell. 2, 124, Ant. 8, 175; Tat. 32, 1 τὰ παρὰ θεοῦ) Lk 10:7; Phil 4:18b. τὰ παρ᾿ αὐτῆς her property, what she had Mk 5:26 (cp. IPriene 111, 177). τὰ παρὰ ζώσης καὶ μενούσης (the help that I received) from a living, contemporary voice Papias (2:4). ב. οἱ παρά τινος someone’s envoys (οἱ παρὰ βασιλέω πρέσβει X., Hell. 1, 3, 9; oft. in ins.: see, e.g., OGI 5, 50 from Ptolemy; the full expression οἱ παρ᾿ ὑμῶν πρεσβείς OGI 8 VI, 108–9; Schwyzer II 498; B-D-F §237, 2) οἱ παρὰ τοῦ βασιλέως (1 Macc 2:15; 1 Esdr 1:15) 1 Cl 12:4.—The Koine also uses this expr. to denote others who are intimately connected w. someone, e.g. family, relatives (PGrenf II, 36, 9 [II B.C.]; POxy 805 [I B.C.]; 298, 37 [I A.D.]; CPR I, 179, 16; 187, 7; Sb 5238, 19 [I A.D.]; Sus 33; 1 Macc 13:52; Jos., Ant. 1, 193. marker of one who originates or directs, from (Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 100 §420 παρὰ τ. θεῶν; TestJob 38:8 παρὰ θεοῦ) παρὰ κυρίου ἐγένετο αὕτη this was the Lord’s doing Mt 21:42; Mk 12:11 (both Ps 117:23). W. a double negative: οὐκ ἀδυνατήσει παρὰ τ. θεοῦ πᾶν ῥῆμα (s. ἀδυνατέω) Lk 1:37. τὰ λελαλημένα αὐτῇ παρὰ κυρίου what was said to her (by the angel) at the Lord’s command vs. 45. ἀπεσταλμένος παρὰ θεοῦ John the Baptist was not, like Jesus, sent out fr. the very presence of God, but one whose coming was brought about by God J 1:6 (cp. 2 Macc 11:17). παρ᾿ ἑαυτῆς φέρει καρπὸν καὶ παρὰ τῆς πτελέας it (i.e. the vine) bears fruit which comes both from itself and from the elm Hs 2:3. On 2 Pt 2:11 s. κρίσις 1bβ. marker of extension from the side of, from (the side of) w. local sense preserved, used w. verbs of coming, going, sending, originating, going out, etc. (TestAbr A 2 p. 78, 30 [Stone p. 4] παρὰ τοῦ μεγάλου βασιλέως ἀπεστάλην; Lucian, Demon. 13 ἀπιὼν παρ᾿ αὐτοῦ) ἐκπορεύεσθαι J 15:26b. ἐξέρχεσθαι 16:27; 17:8; Lk 2:1; 6:19. ἔρχεσθαι 8:49. παραγίνεσθαι Mk 14:43. πέμπειν τινὰ παρά τινος J 15:26a. πνεύματος ἁγίου … παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς ἀποσταλέντος εἰς αὐτήν (=Μαρίαν) AcPlCor 2:5. εἶναι παρά τινος be from someone (cp. Job 21:2, 9) J 6:46; 7:29; 9:16, 33; 17:7. A. W. gen., which nearly always as in Hom., Hdt., Pla., X. et al. denotes a pers., and indicates that someth. proceeds fr. this pers. (Hs 2:3 is an exception): παρά (Hom.+. On elision s. B-D-F §17; Rob. 208) prep. w. three cases (Kühner-G. §440; Schwyzer II 491–98; B-D-F §236–38; Rob. 612–16. Further lit. s.v. ἀνά, beg.; also HRau, De praepositionis παρά usu: GCurtius, Studien etc. III 1870). Return to: Rom 2:13	PREP PREPosition
Strongs: G4163 English: but the doers Greek: ποιηταὶ Lemma: ποιητής Transliteration: poiētḗs Definition (BDAG): one who does what is prescribed, a doer w. obj. gen. (cp. 1 Macc 2:67) Ro 2:13; Js 4:11. (Opp. ἀκροατής) π. λόγου 1:22f. π. ἔργου a doer that acts (opp.: a forgetful hearer) vs. 25.—B. 1299. DELG s.v. ποιέω. M-M. TW. one who does someth. by producing someth., maker (of God Pla., Tim. 28c; Just., D. 56, 4 al. ὁ τῶν ὅλων ποιητής; Tat., Ath.), then specif. poet (so Aristoph., Ran. 96; 1030; Pla., Phd. 61b al.; oft. ins [SIG IV 510b index; OGI II 694b ind.]; PHerm 125 B, 6; POsl 189, 13 [III A.D.]; TestSol; EpArist 31; Philo; Jos., Ant. 12, 38; 110 al.; Just., A I, 4, 9 al.; Tat., Ath.) Ac 17:28. ποιητής, οῦ, ὁ (ποιέω) Return to: Rom 2:13	N-NPM Part of Speech: Noun Case: Nominative Number: Plural Gender: Masculine
Strongs: G1344 English: will be justified Greek: δικαιωθήσονται Lemma: δικαιόω Transliteration: dikaióō Definition (BDAG): to demonstrate to be morally right, prove to be right, pass. of God is proved to be right Ro 3:4; 1 Cl 18:4 (both Ps 50:6). Of Christ 1 Ti 3:16.—Lit. s. on δικαιοσύνη 3c.—HRosman, Iustificare (δικαιοῦν) est verbum causativum: Verbum Domini 21, ’41, 144–47; NWatson, Δικ. in the LXX, JBL 79, ’60, 255–66; CCosgrove, JBL 106, ’87, 653—70.—DELG s.v. δίκη. M-M. EDNT. TW. Spicq. to cause someone to be released from personal or institutional claims that are no longer to be considered pertinent or valid, make free/pure (the act. Ps 72:13) in our lit. pass. δικαιοῦμαι be set free, made pure ἀπό from (Sir 26:29; TestSim 6:1, both δικ. ἀπὸ [τῆς] ἁμαρτίας) ἀπὸ πάντων ὧν οὐκ ἠδυνήθητε ἐν νόμω Μωϋσέως δικαιωθῆναι from everything fr. which you could not be freed by the law of Moses Ac 13:38; cp. vs. 39. ὁ ἀποθανὼν δεδικαίωται ἀπὸ τ. ἁμαρτίας the one who died is freed fr. sin Ro 6:7 (s. KKuhn, ZNW 30, ’31, 305–10; EKlaar, ibid. 59, ’68, 131–34). In the context of 1 Cor 6:11 ἐδικαιώθητε means you have become pure.—In the language of the mystery religions (Rtzst., Mysterienrel.3 258ff) δικαιοῦσθαι refers to a radical inner change which the initiate experiences (Herm. Wr. 13, 9 χωρὶς γὰρ κρίσεως ἰδὲ πῶς τὴν ἀδικίαν ἐξήλασεν. ἐδικαιώθημεν, ὦ τέκνον, ἀδικίας ἀπούσης) and approaches the sense ‘become deified’. Some are inclined to find in 1 Ti 3:16 a similar use; but see under 4. to render a favorable verdict, vindicate. as activity of humans justify, vindicate, treat as just (Appian, Liby. 17 §70; Gen 44:16; Sir 10:29; 13:22; 23:11 al.) θέλων δ. ἑαυτόν wishing to justify himself Lk 10:29; δ. ἑαυτὸν ἐνώπιόν τινος j. oneself before someone=‘you try to make out a good case for yourselves before the public’ 16:15 (δ. ἐαυτόν as En 102:10; but s. JJeremias, ZNW 38, ’39, 117f [against him SAalen, NTS 13, ’67, 1ff ]). ὁ δικαιούμενός μοι the one who vindicates himself before (or against) me B 6:1 (cp. Is 50:8). τελῶναι ἐδικαίωσαν τὸν θεόν βαπτισθέντες tax-collectors affirmed God’s uprightness and got baptized i.e. by ruling in God’s favor they admitted that they were in the wrong and took a new direction (opp. τὴν βουλὴν τ. θεοῦ ἀθετεῖν) Lk 7:29 (cp. PsSol 2:15; 3:5; 8:7, 23; 9:2). of experience or activity of transcendent figures, esp. in relation to humans α. of wisdom ἐδικαιώθη ἀπὸ τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς is vindicated by her children (on δικ. ἀπό cp. Is 45:25. S. also Appian, Basil. 8: δικαιόω=consider someth. just or correct) Lk 7:35; also ἀπὸ τῶν ἔργων αὐτῆς Mt 11:19 (v.l. τέκνων). On this saying s. DVölter, NThT 8, 1919, 22–42; JBover, Biblica 6, 1925, 323–25; 463–65; M-JLagrange, ibid. 461–63. Of an angel Hm 5, 1, 7. β. of God be found in the right, be free of charges (cp. TestAbr A 13 p. 93, 14 [Stone p. 34] ‘be vindicated’ in a trial by fire) Mt 12:37 (opp. καταδικάζειν). δεδικαιωμένος Lk 18:14; GJs 5:1; δεδικαιωμένη (Salome) 20:4 (not pap). Ac 13:39 (but s. 3 below); Rv 22:11 v.l; Dg 5:14.—Paul, who has influenced later wr. (cp. Iren. 3, 18, 7 [Harv. II 102, 2f ]), uses the word almost exclusively of God’s judgment. As affirmative verdict Ro 2:13. Esp. of pers. δικαιοῦσθαι be acquitted, be pronounced and treated as righteous and thereby become δίκαιος, receive the divine gift of δικαιοσύνη through faith in Christ Jesus and apart from νόμος as a basis for evaluation (MSeifrid, Justification by Faith—The Origin and Development of a Central Pauline Theme ’92) 3:20 (Ps 142:2), 24, 28; 4:2; 5:1, 9; 1 Cor 4:4; Gal 2:16f (Ps 142:2); 3:11, 24; 5:4; Tit 3:7; Phil 3:12 v.l.; B 4:10; 15:7; IPhld 8:2; Dg 9:4; (w. ἁγιάζεσθαι) Hv 3, 9, 1. οὐ παρὰ τοῦτο δεδικαίωμαι I am not justified by this (after 1 Cor 4:4) IRo 5:1. ἵνα δικαιωθῇ σου ἡ σάρξ that your flesh (as the sinful part) may be acquitted Hs 5, 7, 1; δ. ἔργοις by (on the basis of) works, by what one does 1 Cl 30:3; cp. Js 2:21, 24f (ἔργον 1a and πίστις 2dδ); δι᾿ ἐαυτῶν δ. by oneself=as a result of one’s own accomplishments 1 Cl 32:4. (cp. κατὰ νόμον Hippol., Ref. 7, 34, 1).—Since Paul views God’s justifying action in close connection with the power of Christ’s resurrection, there is sometimes no clear distinction between the justifying action of acquittal and the gift of new life through the Holy Spirit as God’s activity in promoting uprightness in believers. Passages of this nature include Ro 3:26, 30; 4:5 (on δικαιοῦν τὸν ἀσεβῆ cp. the warning against accepting δῶρα to arrange acquittal Ex 23:7 and Is 5:23; δικαιούμενοι δωρεάν Ro 3:24 is therefore all the more pointed); 8:30, 33 (Is 50:8); Gal 3:8; Dg 9:5. For the view (held since Chrysostom) that δ. in these and other pass. means ‘make upright’ s. Goodsp., Probs. 143–46, JBL 73, ’54, 86–91. to take up a legal cause, show justice, do justice, take up a cause τινά (Polyb. 3, 31, 9 ὑμᾶς δὲ αὐτοὺς … δικαιώσεσθε ‘you will (find it necessary to) take up your own cause’ = you will sit in judgment on yourselves; Cass. Dio 48, 46 ‘Antony was not taking Caesar’s side’ in the matter; 2 Km 15:4; Ps 81:3) δικαιῶσαι δίκαιον take up the cause of an upright pers. 1 Cl 16:12 (Is 53:11); τινί χήρᾳ (χήραν v.l.) 8:4 (Is 1:17 ‘take up the cause of the widow’). δικαιόω fut. δικαιώσω; 1 aor. ἐδικαίωσα. Pass.: 1 fut. δικαιωθήσομαι; 1 aor. ἐδικαιώθην, subj. δικαιωθῶ, ptc. δικαιωθείς; pf. δεδικαίωμαι Ro 6:7; 1 Cor 4:4; ptc. δεδικαιωμένος Lk 18:14 (Soph., Hdt.; Aristot., EN 1136a; et al.; pap, LXX; En 102:10; TestAbr A 13 p. 93, 14 [Stone p. 34]; Test12Patr; ApcSed, 14:8 p. 136, 15 Ja.; Jos., Ant. 17, 206; Just.; Ath., R. 53, 1; 65, 14) to practice δικαιοσύνη. Return to: Rom 2:13	V-FPI-3P Tense: Future Voice: Passive Mood: Indicative Person: third Number: Plural

Rom 2:14
Definition	RMAC
Strongs: G4160 English: do Greek: ποιῶσιν Lemma: ποιέω Transliteration: poiéō Definition (BDAG): make/do someth. for oneself or of oneself mid. mostly as a periphrasis of the simple verbal idea (s. 2d) ἀναβολὴν ποιεῖσθαι Ac 25:17 (s. ἀναβολή). ἐκβολὴν ποιεῖσθαι 27:18 (s. ἐκβολή); αὔξησιν π. Eph 4:16; δέησιν or δεήσεις π. Lk 5:33; Phil 1:4; 1 Ti 2:1 (s. δέησις). διαλογισμοὺς π. 1 Cl 21:3; τὰς διδασκαλίας Papias (2:15); τὴν ἕνωσιν π. IPol 5:2; ἐπιστροφὴν π. 1 Cl 1:1 (ἐπιστροφή 1); καθαρισμὸν π. Hb 1:3 (καθαρισμός 2). κοινωνίαν Ro 15:26. κοπετόν Ac 8:2 v.l.; λόγον (Isocr., Ep. 2, 2; Just., D. 1, 3 al.) 1:1; 11:2 D; Ro 1:9; Eph 1:16; 1 Th 1:2; Phlm 4 (μνεία 2). μνήμην 2 Pt 1:15 (s. μνήμη 1). μονήν J 14:23 (μονή 1). νουθέτησιν 1 Cl 56:2 (Just., A I, 67, 4). ὁμιλίαν IPol 5:1 (ὁμιλία 2). ποιεῖσθαι τὴν παραβολήν AcPlCor 2:28. πορείαν π. (=πορεύεσθαι; cp. X., An. 5, 6, 11, Cyr. 5, 2, 31; Plut., Mor. 571e; Jos., Vi. 57; 2 Macc 3:8; 12:10; Ar. 4, 2) Lk 13:22. πρόνοιαν π. make provision, care (Isocr. 4, 2 and 136; Demosth., Prooem. 16; Ps.-Demosth. 47, 80; Polyb. 4, 6, 11; Dion. Hal. 5, 46; Aelian, VH 12, 56. Oft. in ins and pap [esp. of civic-minded people]; Da 6:19 προν. ποιούμενος αὐτοῦ; Jos., Bell. 4, 317, C. Ap. 1, 9; Ar. 13, 2) Ro 13:14; Papias (2:15). προσκλίσεις π. 1 Cl 47:3; σπουδὴν π. be eager (Hdt. 1, 4; 5, 30 πᾶσαν σπουδὴν ποιούμενος; 9, 8; Pla., Euthyd. 304e, Leg. 1, 628e; Isocr. 5, 45 πᾶσαν τὴν σπ. περὶ τούτου ποιεῖσθαι; Polyb. 1, 46, 2 al.; Diod. S. 1, 75, 1; Plut., Mor. 4e; SIG 539A, 15f; 545, 14 τὴν πᾶσαν σπ. ποιούμενος; PHib 71, 9 [III B.C.] τ. πᾶσαν σπ. ποίησαι; 44, 8) Jd 3. συνελεύσεις ποιεῖσθαι come together, meet 1 Cl 20:10 (Just., A I, 67, 7). συνωμοσίαν ποιεῖσθαι form a conspiracy (Polyb. 1, 70, 6; Herodian 7, 4, 3; SIG 526, 16) Ac 23:13.—Cp. use of the act. 2d. w. double acc., of the obj. and pred. (Lucian, Prom. Es in Verb. 6 σεμνοτάτας ἐποιεῖτο τὰς συνουσίας; GDI 4629, II, 22; 25 [Laconia]; Jos., Ant. 2, 263; s. 2hβ) βεβαίαν τὴν κλῆσιν ποιεῖσθαι make the calling certain 2 Pt 1:10. οὐδενὸς λόγου ποιοῦμαι τὴν ψυχὴν τιμίαν ἐμαυτῷ I don’t consider my life as something of value for myself Ac 20:24. Cp. use of the act. 2hβ.—B. 538. Cp. πράσσω. Schmidt, Syn. I 397–423. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv. to be active in some way, work, be active, abs. (X., An. 1, 5, 8; Ruth 2:19) w. acc. of time (Socrat., Ep. 14, 8 ποιήσας ἡμέρας τριάκοντα) μίαν ὥραν ἐποίησαν they have worked for only one hour Mt 20:12a. ποιῆσαι μῆνας be active for months Rv 13:5.—Somet. it is not a general action or activity that is meant, but the doing of someth. quite definite. The acc. belonging to it is easily supplied fr. the context: λέγουσιν καὶ οὐ ποιοῦσιν they say (it), but do not do or keep (it) Mt 23:3c (the contrast is not betw. speaking [λαλεῖν] and acting in general).—2 Cor 8:10f (s. Betz, 2 Cor p. 64); 1 Th 5:24. do, make, with variations in specialized expressions get or gain someth. for oneself, provide oneself with someth. ποιήσατε ἑαυτοῖς βαλλάντια Lk 12:33; φίλους 16:9 (cp. X., An. 5, 5, 12 φίλον ποιεῖσθαί τινα).—Without a dat. Ἰησοῦς μαθητὰς ποιεῖ Jesus was gaining disciples J 4:1. of mental construction assume, suppose, take as an example (Hdt. et al.) w. double acc. (Pla., Theaet. 197d) ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον καλόν suppose the tree is good Mt 12:33a; cp. vs. 13:23; Ec 6:12; Tob. 10:7 BA; TestJob 20:5; 31:4; ParJer 6:16; ApcMos 37 ὥρας τρεῖς; Jos. Ant. 6, 18 μῆνας τέσσαρας; cp. our colloquial ‘do time’. Demosth. 19, 163 and Pla., Phileb. 50d are wrongly cited in this connection, as shown by WSchulze, Graeca Latina 1901, 23f) χρόνον (Dionys. Hal. 4, 66; ParJer 7:33; ApcMos 31) Ac 15:33; 18:23. μῆνας τρεῖς 20:3. τρεῖς μῆνας GJs 12:3. νυχθήμερον 2 Cor 11:25. ἐνιαυτόν Js 4:13 (TestJob 21:1 ἔτη). καλῶς ποιεῖν w. ptc. foll. do well if, do well to, as a formula somet.=please (s. καλῶς 4a and cp. SIG 561, 6f καλῶς ποιήσειν τοὺς πολίτας προσδεξαμένους; UPZ 110, 11 [164 B.C.]; POxy 300, 5 [I A.D.]; 525, 7; Hdt. 5, 24 εὖ ἐποίησας ἀφικόμενος; SIG 598e, 8f) Ac 10:33; Phil 4:14; 2 Pt 1:19; 3J 6; GEg 252, 53.—Sim. καλῶς ποιεῖν, εἰ … Js 2:8 (cp. PPetr II, 11 [1], 1 καλῶς ποιεῖς εἰ ἔρρωσαι). αὕτη ἡ ἡμέρα κυρίου ποιήσει ὡς βούλεται this day of the Lord will turn out as (the Lord) wills GJs 17:1 (deStrycker cites Mt 6:34 for the construction); if the accentuation αὐτή is adopted, render: the day of the Lord shall itself bring things about as (the Lord) wills. to do someth. to others or someth., do someth. to/with, of behavior involving others, π. τι w. some indication of the pers. (or thing) with whom someth. is done; the action may result to the advantage or disadvantage of this person: neutral π. τί τινα do someth. with someone (double acc. as Demosth. 23, 194 τὶ ποιεῖν ἀγαθὸν τὴν πόλιν) τί ποιήσω Ἰησοῦν; what shall I do with Jesus? Mt 27:22. τί οὖν αὐτὴν ποιήσωμεν; what, then, shall I do about (Mary)? GJs 8:2; cp. 14:1; 17:1. τί ποιήσεις τὸν ἀγρόν; what will you do with the land? Hs 1:4 (ParJer 3:9 τί θέλει ποιήσω τὰ ἅγια σκεύη). Cp. Mk 15:12.—B-D-F §157, 1; Rob. 484.—Neutral is also the expr. π. τί τινι do someth. to someone J 9:26; 12:16; 13:12; Ac 4:16. Likew. the passive form of the familiar saying of Jesus ὡς ποιεῖτε, οὕτω ποιηθήσεται ὑμῖν as you do (whether it be good or ill), it will be done to you 1 Cl 13:2. to someone’s advantage: π. τί τινι (Diod. S. 18, 51, 3; TestAbr B 12 p. 116, 19 [Stone p. 80]; ParJer 3:12; ApcMos 3): ὅσα ἐὰν θέλητε ἵνα ποιῶσιν ὑμῖν οἱ ἄνθρωποι Mt 7:12a. τί θέλετε ποιήσω ὑμῖν; what do you want me to do for you? Mt 20:32.—25:40; cp. vs. 45; Mk 5:19f; 7:12; 10:35f, 51; Lk 1:49; 8:39ab; J 13:15a.—π. τι εἴς τινα 1 Th 4:10. π. τι μετά τινος (B-D-F §227, 3, add. reff. B-D-R) Ac 14:27; 15:4 (TestJob 1:4; on the constr. w. μετά s. 3b above and cp. BGU 798, 7; 948, 8). to someone’s disadvantage: π. τί τινι (Gen 20:9; JosAs 28:10 μὴ ποιήσητε αὐτοῖς κακόν; ApcMos 42) τί ποιήσει τοῖς γεωργοῖς; what will he do to the vine-dressers? Mt 21:40.—Mk 9:13; Lk 6:11; 20:15; Ac 9:13; Hb 13:6 (Ps 117:6); GJs 9:2.—π. τι εἴς τινα (PSI 64, 20; 22 [I B.C.] μηδὲ ποιήσειν εἰς σὲ φάρμακα) J 15:21. π. τι ἔν τινι Mt 17:12; Lk 23:31. w. dat. and adv. ἐποίησαν αὐτοῖς ὡσαύτως they treated them in the same way Mt 21:36. οὕτως μοι πεποίηκεν κύριος the Lord has dealt thus with me Lk 1:25; cp. 2:48; Mt 18:35. εὖ ποιεῖν τινι Mk 14:7. καλῶς π. τινι Mt 5:44 v.l.; Lk 6:27. ὁμοίως π. τινι 6:31b.—In a condensed colloquialism (ποιεῖν) καθὼς ἐποίει αὐτοῖς (to do) as he was accustomed to do for them Mk 15:8 (s. εὐποιΐα 1). w. dat. and prep. κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ ἐποίουν τοῖς προφήταις οἱ πατέρες αὐτῶν Lk 6:23; cp. vs. 26. to carry out an obligation of a moral or social nature, do, keep, carry out, practice, commit do, keep the will or law obediently τὸ θέλημα τοῦ θεοῦ etc. (JosAs 12:3; s. θέλημα 1cγ) Mt 7:21; 12:50; Mk 3:35; J 4:34; 6:38; 7:17; 9:31; Eph 6:6; Hb 10:7, 9 (both Ps 39:9), 36; 13:21; 1J 2:17; Pol 2:2; τὰ θελήματα Mk 3:35 v.l.; Ac 13:22; GEb 121, 34. π. τὰ θελήματα τῆς σαρκός Eph 2:3. Cp. Mt 21:31.—π. τὸν νόμον J 7:19; Gal 5:3; cp. Mt 5:19; Ro 2:14; Gal 3:10 (Dt 27:26); vs. 12 (cp. Lev 18:5).—Mt 7:24, 26; Lk 6:46; J 2:5; 8:44. ἐκεῖνο τὸ προσταχθὲν ἡμῖν ποιήσωμεν let us do what has been commanded us GMary 463, 27f (ParJer 6:9).—ὃ ἐὰν φανηρώσῃ … ὁ θεός, τοῦτο ποιήσομεν GJs 8:2.—ἐξουσίαν ποιεῖν exercise authority Rv 13:12a. do, practice virtues (cp. SIG 304, 41f τὰ δίκαια): π. τὴν ἀλήθειαν (ἀλήθεια 2b) live the truth J 3:21 (cp. 1QS 1:5 al.); 1J 1:6. (τὴν) δικαιοσύνην (δικαιοσύνη 3a) 1J 2:29; 3:7, 10; Rv 22:11; 2 Cl 4:2; 11:7. τὰ ἐντολά Ro 22:14 v.l. (SGor- anson, NTS 43, ’97, 154–57). Differently Mt 6:1 (δικαιοσύνη 3b), which belongs with ποιεῖν ἐλεημοσύνην vs. 2a and 3a (s. ἐλεημοσύνη 1); cp. Ac 9:36; 10:2; 24:17. π. ἐγκράτειαν 2 Cl 15:1. π. χρηστότητα Ro 3:12 (Ps 13:1, 3; 52:4 v.l.). π. ἔλεος show mercy Js 2:13; μετά τινος to someone Lk 1:72; 10:37a (JosAs 23:4; s. ἔλεος a and μετά A2γג). do, commit, be guilty of sins and vices (τὴν) ἁμαρτίαν (ἁμαρτία 1a) J 8:34; 2 Cor 11:7; 1 Pt 2:22; 1J 3:4a, 8, 9; pl. Js 5:15 (TestAbr B 10 p. 115, 10 [Stone p. 78, 10]). ἁμάρτημα (TestJob 11:3; ParJer 2:2; s. ἁμάρτημα) 1 Cor 6:18. (τὴν) ἀνομίαν (ἀνομία 2) Mt 13:41; 1J 3:4b; 1 Cl 16:10 (Is 53:9). βδέλυγμα καὶ ψεῦδος Rv 21:27. τὸ πονηρὸν τοῦτο GJs 13:1; cp. 13:2; 15:3f; ταῦτα 15:2. τὰ μὴ καθήκοντα Ro 1:28. ὃ οὐκ ἔξεστιν Mk 2:24; cp. Mt 12:2. The manner of action is more definitely indicated by means of an adv. (Jos., C. Ap. 2, 51). καλῶς ποιεῖν do good or well Mt 12:12; 1 Cor 7:37, 38a (ApcMos 17). κρεῖσσον π. 7:38b; Js 2:8 (s. 5d below), 19; φρονίμως π. act wisely Lk 16:8; π. οὕτως do so (Chariton 8, 6, 4 ποιήσομεν οὕτως=this is the way we will proceed; JosAs 10:20; ApcMos 40; Mel., P. 13, 82) Mt 24:46; Lk 9:15; 12:43; J 14:31 (καθὼς … οὕτως π.); Ac 12:8; 1 Cor 16:1; Js 2:12; B 12:7; GJs 7:2. π. ὡσαύτως proceed in the same way Mt 20:5; ὁμοίως π. Lk 3:11; 10:37b. ὥσπερ οἱ ὑποκριταὶ ποιοῦσιν as the dissemblers do Mt 6:2b. καθὼς ποιεῖτε 1 Th 5:11.—ποιεῖν foll. by a clause beginning w. ὡς: ἐποίησεν ὡς προσέταξεν he did as (the angel) had ordered Mt 1:24; cp. 26:19. Or the clause begins w. καθώς Mt 21:6; J 13:15b (TestJob 7:9). For GJs 17:1 s. 5e. The manner of the action is more definitely indicated by a prepositional expr. ποιεῖν κατά τι do or act in accordance w. someth. (SIG 915, 13 π. κατὰ τὰς συνθήκας; 1016, 6; PLille 4, 6; 22 [III B.C.]; BGU 998 II, 12 [II B.C.] π. κατὰ τὰ προγεγραμμένα) κατὰ τὰ ἔργα αὐτῶν as they do Mt 23:3b.—Lk 2:27. Also π. πρός τι: πρὸς τὸ θέλημα 12:47. to undertake or do someth. that brings about an event, state, or condition, do, cause, bring about, accomplish, prepare, etc. ἔργα π. do deeds, also in sg. (as JosAs 29:3 μὴ ποιήσῃς τὸ ἔργον τοῦτο) τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ π. do as Abraham did J 8:39. τὰ ἔργα τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν vs. 41; cp. 10:37. τὰ πρῶτα ἔργα Rv 2:5. ἔργον commit a deed 1 Cor 5:2 v.l. ἔργον ποίησον εὐαγγελιστοῦ 2 Ti 4:5 (s. ἔργον 2).—ἔργον or ἔργα somet. refer to wondrous deeds: ἓν ἔργον ἐποίησα I have done just one (wondrous) deed J 7:21. Pl. 14:12a; cp. vs. Mt 7:22; 13:58; Ac 19:11 (Just., A I, 26, 2 al.); sg. Mk 6:5; 9:39. θαυμάσια Mt 21:15 (cp. Sir 31:9). μεγάλα καὶ θαυμάσια AcPl Ha 8, 33=BMM verso 5f (Just., A I, 62, 4). σημεῖα (Ex 4:17) J 2:23; 3:2; 7:31; 9:16; 11:47b; 20:30; Rv 13:13a; 16:14; 19:20. Sing. J 6:30; 10:41. τέρατα καὶ σημεῖα Ac 6:8; 7:36. ὅσα Mk 3:8; 6:30; Lk 9:10.—Ac 10:39; 14:11. of conditions bring about, etc.: εἰρήνην make, establish peace Eph 2:15; Js 3:18 (cp. 2 Macc 1:4). τὴν ἔκβασιν provide a way out 1 Cor 10:13 (on the foll. gen. of the inf. w. the art. s. B-D-F §400, 2; Rob. 1067). ἐπίστασιν ὄχλου cause a disturbance among the people Ac 24:12. τὰ σκάνδαλα create difficulties Ro 16:17. On Mk 6:20 v.l. KRomaniuk, ETL 69, ’93, 140f.—W. dat. of advantage ἐποίουν χαρὰν τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς they brought joy to the members Ac 15:3 (s. ἀδελφός 2a). used w. a noun as a periphrasis for a simple verb of doing (s. 7a below; B-D-F §310, 1.—ποιέω in such combinations as early as IPriene 8, 63 [c. 328 B.C.], also Plut., Crass. 551 [13, 6]; s. ἑορτή, end). ἐποίησεν ᾆσμα GJs 6:3. διαθήκην π. Hb 8:9 (Jer 38:32 cod. Q; cp. Is 28:15; TestAbr A 8 p. 86, 6 [Stone p. 20] διάταξιν). π. τὴν ἐκδίκησιν Lk 18:7f; cp. Ac 7:24 (s. ἐκδίκησις 1). ἐνέδραν 25:3. κοπετόν 8:2. κρίσιν (s. κρίσις 1aα and β) J 5:27; Jd 15. θρῆνον GJs 3:1. κυνηγίαν AcPl Ha 1, 33. λύτρωσιν Lk 1:68. ὁδὸν ποιεῖν (v.l. ὁδοποιεῖν) Mk 2:23 (ὁδός 2). π. (τὸν) πόλεμον (μετά τινος) wage war (on someone) Rv 11:7; 12:17; 13:7 (Da 7:8 LXX; 7:21 Theod.; Gen 14:2). πρόθεσιν Eph 3:11; συμβούλιον π. Mk 3:6 v.l.; 15:1; συστροφήν Ac 23:12; cp. vs. 13. φόνον Mk 15:7 (cp. Dt 22:8; Callinicus, Vi. Hyp. 98, 21 Bonn; TestAbr B 10 p. 115, 4 [Stone p. 78, 4]).—τὸ ἱκανὸν ποιεῖν τινι vs. 15 s. ἱκανός 1. what is done is indicated by the neut. of an adj. or pron.: τὸ ἀγαθὸν π. do what is good Ro 13:3; τὰ ἀγαθὰ π. J 5:29; ἀγαθὸν π. do good Mk 3:4; 1 Pt 3:11 (Ps 33:15). τὸ καλὸν Ro 7:21; 2 Cor 13:7b; Gal 6:9. τὰ καλὰ (καὶ εὐάρεστα ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ) 1 Cl 21:1. καλόν Js 4:17. τὸ κακόν Ro 13:4. τὰ κακά 3:8. κακόν 2 Cor 13:7a (κακὸν μηδέν; cp. SIG 1175, 20 κακόν τι ποιῆσαι). κακά 1 Pt 3:12 (Ps 33:17). τὰ ἀρεστὰ αὐτῷ (=τῷ θεῷ) J 8:29; cp. Hb 13:21b; 1J 3:22 (TestAbr A 15 p. 96, 12 [Stone p. 40] πάντα τὰ ἀρεστὰ ἐνώπιον σου ἐποίησεν). πάντα 1 Cor 9:23; 10:31b; IEph 15:3.—ὅ Mt 26:13; Mk 14:9; J 13:7, 27a. τοῦτο Mt 13:28; Mk 5:32; Lk 5:6; J 14:13, 14 v.l.; AcPl Ha 9, 27; Ro 7:15f, 20 (cp. Epict. 2, 26, 4 ὃ θέλει οὐ ποιεῖ καὶ ὃ μὴ θέλει ποιεῖ); 1 Cor 11:24f (the specific sense ‘sacrifice’ in this passage is opposed by TAbbott [JBL 9, 1890, 137–52], but favored by FMozley [ET 7, 1896, 370–86], AAndersen [D. Abendmahl in d. ersten zwei Jahrh. 1904], and K Goetz [D. Abendmahlsfrage2 1907]). αὐτὸ τοῦτο Gal 2:10. ταῦτα Mt 21:23; 23:23; Gal 5:17; 2 Pt 1:10b. αὐτά J 13:17; Ro 1:32; 2:3. τὸ αὐτό Mt 5:46, 47b.—τί ποιήσω; Mk 10:17; cp. J 18:35 (TestAbr A 4 p. 81, 19 [Stone p. 10]; ParJer 6:14 τί ποιήσωμεν; ApcEsdr 7:4 p. 32, 14 Tdf.). τί ἀγαθὸν ποιήσω; Mt 19:16. τί κακὸν ἐποίησεν; Mt 27:23; Lk 23:22; Mk 15:14. τί περισσὸν ποιεῖτε; Mt 5:47a. τί ποιεῖτε τοῦτο; what is this that you are doing? or why are you doing this? Mk 11:3 (GrBar 2:2 τί ἐποίησας τοῦτο; s. B-D-F §299, 1; Rob. 736; 738; Rdm.2 25f). τί ταῦτα ποιεῖτε; Ac 14:15a (as Demosth. 55, 5). τί σὺ ὧδε ποιεῖς; Hv 1, 1, 5. W. ptc. foll. (B-D-F §414, 5; Rob. 1121) τί ποιεῖτε λύοντες; what are you doing, untying? Mk 11:5. τί ποιεῖτε κλαίοντες; what are you doing, weeping? or what do you mean by to produce someth. material, make, manufacture, produce τὶ someth. (Gen 6:14ff; 33:17 al.; JosAs 16:8; GrBar 3:5 ‘build’; ApcMos 20; Mel., P. 38, 261). of human activity: σκεῦος 2 Cl 8:2. χιτῶνας, ἱμάτια Ac 9:39. εἰκόνα Rv 13:14b. θεούς make gods Ac 7:40 (Ex 32:1). ναοὺς ἀργυροῦς 19:24. ἀνθρακιάν J 18:18. τέσσαρα μέρη 19:23 (s. μέρος 1a). πηλόν 9:11, 14. σκηνὰς pitch tents, build huts (1 Ch 15:1; 2 Esdr 18: 16f; Jdth 8:5; Jos., Ant. 3, 79; Just., D. 127, 3 σκηνήν) Mt 17:4; Mk 9:5; Lk 9:33. ἁγίασμα GJs 6:1; καταπέτασμα τῷ ναῷ 10:1; τὴν πορφύραν καὶ τὸ κόκκινον 12:1.—Used w. prepositional expressions ποιῆσαι αὐτὴν (i.e. τὴν σκηνὴν τοῦ μαρτυρίου) κατὰ τὸν τύπον to make it (the tent of testimony) according to the model (Ex 25:40) Ac 7:44; cp. Hb 8:5. ποιεῖν τι ἔκ τινος make someth. from or out of someth. (i.e. fr. a certain material; Hdt. 2, 96; cp. X., An. 4, 5, 14; Theophr., HP 4, 2, 5; Ex 20:24f; 28:15; 29:2) J 2:15; 9:6; Ro 9:21. of divine activity, specifically of God’s creative activity create (Hes., Op. 109; Heraclitus, fgm. 30 κόσμον οὔτε τις θεῶν οὔτε ἀνθρώπων ἐποίησεν, ἀλλ᾿ ἦν ἀεὶ καὶ ἔστιν καὶ ἔσται; Pla., Tim. 76c ὁ ποιῶν ‘the Creator’; Epict. 1, 6, 5; 1, 14, 10; 2, 8, 19 σε ὁ Ζεὺς πεποίηκε; 4, 1, 102; 107; 4, 7, 6 ὁ θεὸς πάντα πεποίηκεν; Ael. Aristid. 43, 7 K.=1 p. 2 D.: Ζεὺς τὰ πάντα ἐποίησεν; Herm. Wr. 4, 1. In LXX oft. for בָּרָא also Wsd 1:13; 9:9; Sir 7:30; 32:13; Tob 8:6; Jdth 8:14; Bar 3:35; 4:7; 2 Macc 7:28; Aristobulus in Eus., PE13, 12, 12 [pp. 182 and 184 Holladay]; JosAs 9:5; Philo, Sacr. Abel. 65 and oft.; SibOr 3, 28 and fgm. 3, 3; 16; Just., A II, 5, 2 al.) w. acc. ἡ χείρ μου ἐποίησεν ταῦτα πάντα Ac 7:50 (Is 66:2). τοὺς αἰῶνας Hb 1:2 (s. αἰών 3). τὸν κόσμον (Epict. 4, 7, 6 ὁ θεὸς πάντα πεποίηκεν τὰ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ καὶ αὐτὸν τὸν κόσμον ὅλον; Sallust. 5 p. 10, 29; Wsd 9:9; TestAbr A 10 p. 88, 21 [Stone p. 24]) Ac 17:24. τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν (cp. Ael. Aristid. above; Gen 1:1; Ex 20:11; Ps 120:2; 145:6; Is 37:16; Jer 39:17 et al.; TestJob 2:4; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 121; Aristobulus above) Ac 4:24; 14:15b; cp. Rv 14:7. τὰ πάντα PtK 2 p. 13, 26 (JosAs 12, 2; Just., D. 55, 2; also s. Ael. Aristid. above). Lk 11:40 is classed here by many. Of the relation of Jesus to God Ἰησοῦν, πιστὸν ὄντα τῷ ποιήσαντι αὐτόν=appointed him Hb 3:2 (cp. Is 17:7).—W. a second acc., that of the predicate (PSI 435, 19 [258 B.C.] ὅπως ἂν ὁ Σάραπις πολλῷ σὲ μείζω ποιήσῃ) ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ ἐποίησεν αὐτούς (God) created them male and female Mt 19:4b; Mk 10:6 (both Gen 1:27c).—Pass. Hb 12:27.—ὁ ποιήσας the Creator Mt 19:4a v.l. ποιέω (Hom.+) impf. ἐποίουν; fut. ποιήσω; 1 aor. ἐποίησα; pf. πεποίηκα; plpf. πεποιήκειν Mk 15:7 (as IMagnMai 93b, 24; on the omission of the augment s. B-D-F §66, 1; Mlt-H. 190). Mid.: impf. ἐποιούμην; 1 aor. ἐποιησάμην; pf. πεποίημαι 1 Cl 1:1. Pass. (has disappeared almost entirely; B-D-F §315): 1 fut. ποιηθήσομαι; 1 aor. 3 pl. ἐποιήθησαν (En 22:9); pf. 3 sg. πεποίηται (Ec 8:14; Tat. 11, 2), ptc. πεποιημένος (Ec 1:14 al.) Hb 12:27. A multivalent term, often without pointed semantic significance, used in ref. to a broad range of activity involving such matters as bringing someth. into being, bringing someth. to pass, or simply interacting in some way with a variety of entities. Return to: Rom 2:14	V-PAS-3P Tense: Present Voice: Active Mood: Subjunctive Person: third Number: Plural
Strongs: G5449 English: instinctively Greek: φύσει Lemma: φύσις Transliteration: phýsis Definition (BDAG): an entity as a product of nature, natural being, creature (X., Cyr. 6, 2, 29 πᾶσα φύσις=every creature; 3 Macc 3:29.—Diod. S. 2, 49, 4 plants are called φύσεις καρποφοροῦσαι; 3, 6, 2 θνητὴ φ.= a mortal creature. Ps.-Callisth. 1, 10, 1 ἀνθρωπίνη φ. = a human creature. It can also mean species [X. et al.; 4 Macc 1:20; Philo] and then at times disappear in translation: Ps.-Pla, Epin. 948d ἡ τῶν ἄστρων φύσις=the stars; X., Lac. 3, 4 ἡ τῶν θηλειῶν φύσις=the women; Aristot., Part. An. 1, 5 περὶ τῆς ζῳϊκῆς φ.=on animals) πᾶσα φύσις θηρίων κτλ. Js 3:7a. Also prob. ἡ φ. ἡ ἀνθρωπίνη humankind 3:7b; s. 2 above.—Kl. Pauly IV 841–44 (lit.).—DELG s.v. φύομαι C 6. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv. the regular or established order of things, nature (Ar. 4, 2 κατὰ ἀπαραίτητον φύσεως ἀνάγκην=in accordance with the non-negotiable order of things; Ath. 3, 1 νόμῳ φύσεως) μετήλλαξαν τὴν φυσικὴν χρῆσιν εἰς τὴν παρὰ φύσιν they exchanged the natural function for one contrary to nature Ro 1:26 (Diod. S. 32, 11, 1 παρὰ φύσιν ὁμιλία; Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 109 §511; Athen. 13, 605d οἱ παρὰ φύσιν τῇ Ἀφροδίτῃ χρώμενοι=those who indulge in Aphrodite contrary to nature; TestNapht 3:4; Philo, Spec. Leg. 3, 39 ὁ παιδεραστὴς τὴν παρὰ φύσιν ἡδονὴν διώκει=a lover of boys pursues unnatural pleasure; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 273; Tat. 3:4; Ath. 26, 2; on φ. as definer of order s. JKube, ΤΕΧΝΗ und ΑΡΕΤΗ ’69, esp. 44–46; on relation to κτίσι in Paul, s. OWischmeyer, ZTK 93, ’96, 352–75). ὅταν ἔθνη φύσει τὰ τοῦ νόμου ποιῶσιν when gentiles fulfil the law’s demands by following the natural order (of things) Ro 2:14 (cp. Ltzm., Hdb., exc. on Ro 2:14–16; but s. 2 above). ἡ φύσις διδάσκει ὑμᾶς 1 Cor 11:14 (Epict. 1, 16, 9f; Plut., Mor. 478d; Synes., Calv. [Baldhead] 14 p. 78c φύσις as well as νόμος prescribes long hair for women, short hair for men.—Ltzm., Hdb. ad loc.). τὸ ὄνομα, ὃ κέκτησθε φύσει δικαίᾳ the name which you bear because of a just natural order IEph 1:1 (s. Hdb. ad loc.—τῇ φ. τὸ ἀγαθὸν ἀνώφορόν ἐστιν Did., Gen. 21, 5.—JKleist, transl. ’46, 119 n. 2 suggests ‘natural disposition’).—RGrant, Miracle and Natural Law ’52, 4–18. the natural character of an entity, natural characteristic/disposition (χρυσὸς … τὴν ἰδίαν φ. διαφυλάττει Iren. 1, 6, 2 [Harv. I 55, 2]; Hippol., Ref. 5, 8, 12) ἡ φύσις ἡ ἀνθρωπίνη human nature (Pla., Tht. 149b, Tim. 90c; Aristot. 1286b, 27; Epict. 2, 20, 18; Philo, Ebr. 166 al.; Aelian, VH 8, 11 τῶν ἀνθρώπων φύσις θνητή; TestJob 3:3 ἡ ἀνθρωπίνη φ.; Orig., C. Cels. 1, 52, 13; Just., A II, 6, 3 τῇ φύσει τῶν ἀνθρώπων) Js 3:7b (unless the sense should be humankind, s. 4 below). Euphemistically: παρθένος ἐγέννησεν, ἃ οὐ χωρεῖ ἡ φύσις αὐτῆς while remaining a virgin, a virgin has had a child or a virgin has given birth, something that does not accord w. her natural condition (as a virgin) GJs 19:3. τὸ ἀδύνατον τῆς ἡμετέρας φύσεως the weakness of our nature Dg 9:6. θείας κοινωνοὶ φύσεως sharers in the divine nature 2 Pt 1:4 (cp. ὅσοι φύσεως κοινωνοῦντες ἀνθρω[πίν]ης IReisenKN, p. 371, 46f; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 232 θείας μετεσχηκέναι φύσεως; Himerius, Or. 48 [=Or. 14], 26 of Dionysus: πρὶν εἰς θεῶν φύσιν ἐλθεῖν=before he attained to the nature of the gods; Ar. 13, 5 μία φ. τῶν θεῶν. Difft. AWolters, Calvin Theological Journal 25, ’90, 28–44 ‘partners of the Deity’).—Also specif. of sexual characteristics (Diod. S. 16, 26, 6 originally παρθένοι prophesied in Delphi διὰ τὸ τῆς φύσεως ἀδιάφθορον=because their sexuality was uncorrupted. φύσις of sex and its change Dicaearchus, fgm. 37 W.; ἑρμαφροδίτου φ. Iren. 1, 11, 5 [Harv. I 108, 8]. Obviously φ. also has the concrete mng. ‘sex organ’: Nicander, fgm. 107; Diod. S. 32, 10, 7 φ. ἄρρενος corresponding to φ. θηλείας following immediately; Anton. Lib. 41, 5; Phlegon: 257 fgm. 36, 2, 1 Jac.). In the context of Mary’s virginal delivery ἐραυνήσω τὴν φύσιν αὐτῆς=I will examine whether she remains a virgin GJs 19:3b; 20:1 (where Tdf. with codd. reads ἔβαλε Σαλώμη τὸν δάκτυλον αὐτῆς εἰς τὴν φύσιν αὐτῆς [cp. J 20:25]). The hyena παρ᾿ ἐνιαυτὸν ἀλλάσσει τὴν φύσιν changes its nature every year, fr. male to female and vice versa B 10:7 (s. ὕαινα). Polytheists worship τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσιν θεοῖς beings that are by nature no gods at all Gal 4:8 (s. CLanger, Euhemeros u. die Theorie der φύσει u. θέσει θεοί: Αγγελος II 1926, 53–59; Mel., P. 8, 58 φύσει θεὸς ὢν καὶ ἄνθρωπος; Synes., Prov. 1, 9 p. 97c τοῖς φύσει θεοῖς; Diod. S. 3, 9, 1 differentiates between two kinds of gods: some αἰώνιον ἔχειν κ. ἄφθαρτον τὴν φύσιν, others θνητῆς φύσεως κεκοινωνηκέναι κ. δι᾿ ἀρετὴν … τετευχέναι τιμῶν ἀθανάτων=some ‘have an everlasting and incorruptible nature’, others ‘share mortal nature and then, because of their personal excellence, … attain immortal honors’).—ὅταν ἔθνη φύσει τὰ τοῦ νόμου ποιῶσιν when gentiles spontaneously (i.e. without extraneous legal instruction; cp. the prophetic ideal Jer 31:32–34) fulfill the demands of the (Mosaic) law Ro 2:14 (s. WMundle, Theol. Blätter 13, ’34, 249–56 [the gentile as Christian under direction of the πνεῦμα]; difft. s. 3 below). condition or circumstance as determined by birth, natural endowment/condition, nature, esp. as inherited fr. one’s ancestors, in contrast to status or characteristics that are acquired after birth (Isocr. 4, 105 φύσει πολίτης; Isaeus 6, 28 φύσει υἱός; Pla., Menex. 245d φύσει βάρβαροι, νόμῳ Ἕλληνες; Just., A I, 1, 1 Καίσαρος φύσει υἱῷ; SIG 720, 3; OGI 472, 4; 558, 6 al.; PFay 19, 11.—Theoph. Ant. 1, 13 [p. 86, 16]) ἡμεῖς φύσει Ἰουδαῖοι Gal 2:15 (cp. Ptolemaeus, Περὶ Ἡρῴδου τ. βασιλέως: no. 199 Jac. [I A.D.] Ἰουδαῖοι … ἐξ ἀρχῆς φυσικοί; Jos., Ant. 7, 130; φύσει Λιμναίου IK XXXVII, 15, 3 of the birth daughter of L. in contrast to her adoptive relationship w. one named Arsas). ἡ ἐκ φύσεως ἀκροβυστία the uncircumcision that is so by nature (a ref. to non-Israelites, who lack the moral cultivation of those who are circumcised and yet ‘observe the upright requirements of the law’ [Ro 2:26]. Israelites who violate their responsibilities to God, despite their privileged position indicated by receipt of circumcision and special revelation, run the risk of placing themselves in the condition of the uncircumcised) Ro 2:27. ἤμεθα τέκνα φύσει ὀργῆς we were, in our natural condition (as descendants of Adam), subject to (God’s) wrath Eph 2:3 (the position of φύσει betw. the two words as Plut., Mor. 701a; DTurner, Grace Theological Journal 1, ’80, 195–219). The Christians of Tralles have a blameless disposition οὐ κατὰ χρῆσιν, ἀλλὰ κατὰ φύσιν not from habit, but by nature ITr 1:1 (here the contrast is between perfunctory virtue and spontaneous or instinctive behavior; Pindar sim. extolled the virtues of athletes who, in contrast to those w. mere acquired learning, reflected their ancestral breeding for excellence: O. 7, 90–92; P. 10, 11–14; N. 3, 40–42; 6, 8–16). οἱ κατὰ φύσιν κλάδοι the natural branches Ro 11:21, 24c. ἡ κατὰ φύσιν ἀγριέλαιος a tree which by nature is a wild olive vs. 24a; opp. παρὰ φύσιν contrary to nature vs. 24b; s. lit. s.v. ἀγριέλαιος and ἐλαία 1. On κατὰ and παρὰ φύσιν s. MPohlenz, Die Stoa I ’48, 488c. φύσις, εως, ἡ (φύω; Hom.+) Return to: Rom 2:14	N-DSF Part of Speech: Noun Case: Dative Number: Singular Gender: Feminine

Rom 2:15
Definition	RMAC
Strongs: G1731 English: in that they show Greek: ἐνδείκνυνται Lemma: ἐνδείκνυμι Transliteration: endeíknymi Definition (BDAG): to display conduct that affects another, show τί τινι someth. to someone, accord, do to (Vett. Val. 200, 19; Gen 50:17; 2 Macc 13:9; TestZeb 3:8 v.l. ἐνεδείξαντο αὐτῷ κακά) πολλά μοι κακὰ ἐνεδείξατο he showed (=did) me a great deal of harm 2 Ti 4:14. The mng. of ἐ. is sharpened for the Gr-Rom. ear and mind by the cultural expectation that exemplary conduct is to be rewarded by a recipient. The reciprocal system is freq. expressed with the verbs ἐνδείκνυμι (e.g. SIG 347, 34f ἐνδεικνύωνται τὴν εὔνοιαν τῶ[ι] δήμωι) and ἀποδίδωμι (e.g. χάριν ἀξίαν ἀποδιδοὺς τῶν εὐεργεσίων ‘expressing appropriate appreciation for the benefactions’ SIG 547, 10). Alexander the coppersmith is cast in an especially bad light through the use of diction that characterizes him as one at odds not only with Paul but Gr-Rom. culture. Instead of εὔνοια or the like, Alexander ‘displays’ or ‘shows’ a base character in his dealings w. the apostle and will receive an appropriate requital from the Lord.—M-M. to direct attention to or cause someth. to become known, show, demonstrate, τὶ someth. (X., An. 6, 1, 19 εὔνοιαν; Wsd 12:17) τὴν ὀργήν Ro 9:22. πᾶσαν πίστιν ἀγαθήν Tit 2:10; cp. 3:2. Hb 6:11; 1 Cl 21:7. τὶ εἴς τινα or εἴς τι show someth. toward someone or someth. οἱ εἰς τὰ κωφὰ τὴν αὐτὴν ἐνδεικνύμενοι φιλοτιμίαν those who show the same respect to the mute (cult images) Dg 3:5. (ἀγάπην) εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ show love for God’s name (ἧς for ἥν by attraction) Hb 6:10. τὴν ἔνδειξιν ἐνδείκνυσθαι (as Pla., Leg. 12, 966b) εἴς τινα give proof to someone 2 Cor 8:24. Appoint, designate Lk 10:1 P75. Used w. double acc. (Jos. Bell. 2, 109) ἐ. τὸ ἔργον τοῦ νόμου γραπτόν show that what the law demands is written Ro 2:15; cp. Dg 5:4. τὶ ἔν τινι show someth. in someone Ro 9:17 (Ex 9:16); cp. 1 Ti 1:16; someth. in or by someth. τὴν σοφίαν ἐν ἔργοις ἀγαθοῖς 1 Cl 38:2. τὸ πλοῦτος τ. χάριτος ἐν χρηστότητι Eph 2:7. ἐνδείκνυμι fut. ptc. ἐνδειξόμενος 2 Macc 13:9; in our lit. only in mid. 1 aor. ἐνεδειξάμην (s. prec. entry and δείκνυμι; Hom. et al.; ins, pap, LXX; TestJob 50:2; TestZeb 3:8 v.l.; ApcEsdr 3:15 p. 27, 29 Tdf.; EpArist, Philo; Jos., Bell. 2, 109, Ant. 19, 33 al.). Return to: Rom 2:15	V-PMI-3P Tense: Present Voice: Middle Mood: Indicative Person: third Number: Plural
Strongs: G2041 English: the work Greek: ἔργον Lemma: ἔργον Transliteration: érgon Definition (BDAG): someth. having to do with someth. under discussion, thing, matter (Hom. et al.) Ac 5:38. κρεῖττον IRo 2:1 (cp. GrBar 5:3 μείζονα τούτων ἔργα). ἔ. εὐφροσύνης a joyful thing B 10:11; οὐ πεισμονῆς τὸ ἔ. not a matter of persuasion IRo 3:3. οὐ νῦν ἐπαγγελίας τὸ ἔ. it is not a matter of what we now profess IEph 14:2. Perh. also 1 Ti 3:1 (s. 2 above).—JKleist, ‘Ergon’ in the Gospels: CBQ 6, ’44, 61–68. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv. that which is brought into being by work, product, undertaking, work (Hom. et al.; Gen 2:2; 3 Km 7:15, 19; Jer 10:3; 1 Esdr 5:44; TestAbr A 13 p. 93, 11 [Stone p. 34] εἴ τινος κατακαύσει τὸ πὺρ; Just., D. 88, 8; Mel., P. 36, 244) work in the passive sense. W. special ref. to buildings (Aristoph., Av. 1125; Polyb. 5, 3, 6; Diod. S. 1, 31, 9; Appian, Mithrid. 30 §119; Arrian, Anab. 6, 18, 2; Dionys. Byz. §27; IG IV2/1, 106, 56; 114, 31 al.; PPetr III, 43 [2] I, 2 [III B.C.] εἰς τὰ ἔργα=for the buildings al.; 1 Macc 10:11; SibOr 4, 59; EPeterson, Biblica 22, ’41, 439–41) 1 Cor 3:13, 14, 15. Perh. a building is also meant in 1 Cor 9:1 and Ro 14:20 (s. καταλύω 2b). γῆ κ. τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ ἔ. 2 Pt 3:10 (FDanker, ZNW 53, ’62, 82–86, would read καὶ γῇ κατὰ τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ ἔργα). Images of deities as ἔργα ἀνθρώπων 2 Cl 1:6 (Herodas 4, 26 ἔργα καλά of works of sculpture; Ath. 17:3f); sim. in the formulation ἔργον χειρός (cp. En 98:5; ApcEsdr 1:10; Herodas 7, 2f τῶν σῶν … χειρέων νοῆρες ἔργον; Epict. 3, 7, 24 τὰ χειρὸς ἔργα; Jos., Bell. 3, 268 of courageous deeds χειρῶν ἔργα; cp. Just., D. 23, 5 of circumcision not as ἔργον δικαιοσύνης) τὸ ἔ. τῶν χειρῶν τινος the work of someone’s hands=what someone has made Ac 7:41; Hb 1:10 (Ps 101:26; Ar 4:24 al.); 2:7 v.l.; B 5:10; 15:3. τὰ ἔ. τοῦ διαβόλου the devil’s undertakings or enterprises (Arrian, Anab. 1, 11, 7 Τρωικὸν ἔ.=the Trojan undertaking, of the Trojan War) 1J 3:8. τὰ ἔργα τῆς θηλείας the works of the female (w. ref. to sensual desire like Horapollo 1, 11 p. 18 θηλείας ἔργον and Longus 4, 19, 5 ἔργα γυναικῶν) GEg 252, 56. Of adultery Rv 2:22. that which one does as regular activity, work, occupation, task (cp. Aristoph., Av. 862; X., Mem. 2, 10, 6; Arrian, Anab. 5, 23, 1; Epict. 1, 16, 21; Sir 11:20; TestSol 1:2 al.; Just., A II, 3, 5 βασιλικόν) w. gen. of the one who assigns the task τοῦ κυρίου 1 Cor 15:58; 16:10; Phil 2:30. διδόναι τινὶ τὸ ἔ. αὐτοῦ assign his task to someone Mk 13:34; πληροῦν ἔ. accomplish a task Ac 14:26. τ. ἔ. τελειοῦν finish the work (Dionys. Hal. 3, 69, 2 τ. οἰκοδομῆς τ. πολλὰ εἰργάσατο, οὐ μὴν ἐτελείωσε τὸ ἔργον; 2 Esdr 16:3, 16) J 17:4; cp. 4:34. ἡ κυρίου τοῦ ἔργου shop superintendent GJs 2:2 (s. deStrycker ad loc.) Of the task and work of the apostles Ac 13:2; 15:38. οἱ πιστευθέντες παρὰ θεοῦ ἔργον τοιοῦτο those who were entrusted by God with so important a duty 1 Cl 43:1. καρπὸς ἔργου fruit of work Phil 1:22. To love someone διὰ τὸ ἔ. αὐτοῦ because of what the person has done 1 Th 5:13. Of an office 1 Ti 3:1 (4 is also poss.). ἔ. ποιεῖν εὐαγγελιστοῦ do the work of an evangelist 2 Ti 4:5.—ἔ. συγγενικὸν ἀπαρτίζειν accomplish a proper, natural task IEph 1:1. that which displays itself in activity of any kind, deed, action in contrast to rest Hb 4:3, 4 (Gen 2:2), 10. In contrast to word: freq. used to describe people of exceptional merit, esp. benefactors (X., Hier. 7, 2, Cyr. 6, 4, 5; Cebes 2, 2 λόγῳ καὶ ἔργῳ Πυθαγόρειος; Lucian, Tox. 35. Oft. in Epict.; GDI 5039, 20 [Crete] οὔτε λόγῳ οὔτε ἔργῳ; Sir 3:8; 16:12; 4 Macc 5:38; En 14:22 πᾶς λόγος αὐτοῦ ἔργον; TestAbr A 9 p. 86, 26 [Stone p. 20] ἐν παντὶ ἔργῳ καὶ λόγῳ; Philo; Jos., Ant. 17, 220, C. Ap. 2, 12; Larfeld I 497f) δυνατὸς ἐν ἔργῳ καὶ λόγῳ mighty in word and deed Lk 24:19; cp. Ac 7:22; ἐν λόγῳ ἢ ἐν ἔ. in word and deed Col 3:17; cp. Ro 15:18; 2 Cor 10:11; 2 Th 2:17; Tit 1:16a; 1J 3:18; 2 Cl 17:7, also 4:3. A similar contrast betw. the ποιητὴς ἔργου doer who acts and the forgetful hearer Js 1:25, and betw. ἔργα and a πίστις that amounts to nothing more than a verbal statement 2:14–26 (s. JRopes, Exp. 7th ser., 5, 1908, 547–56 and his comm. 1916 ad loc.; HPreisker, ThBl 4, 1925, 16f; ETobac, RHE 22, 1926, 797–805; AMeyer, D. Rätsel des Jk 1930, 86ff; ASchlatter, D. Brief des Jak. ’32, 184–207). manifestation, practical proof τὸ ἔ. τῆς πίστεως 1 Th 1:3; 2 Th 1:11. ἔ. διακονίας Eph 4:12. τὸ ἴδιον ἔργον τῆς προσευχῆς AcPl Ha 4, 27. τὸ ἔ. τοῦ νόμου acting in accordance with the law Ro 2:15 (perh. also the bringing of the law into effect, as Polyaenus 1, 19 τοῦ λογίου τὸ ἔργον=realization or fulfilment of the oracular response). ἡ ὑπομονὴ ἔ. τέλειον ἐχέτω let endurance show itself perfectly in practice Js 1:4. deed, accomplishment α. of the deeds of God and Jesus, specif. miracles (Epict. 3, 5, 10 ἰδεῖν ἔργα τὰ σά [=τοῦ θεοῦ]; Ael. Aristid. 50, 17 K.=26 p. 506 D.: ἔργον τοῦ θεοῦ θαυμαστόν; Quint. Smyrn. 9, 481 ἔργον ἀθανάτων of the healing of Philoctetes; Josh 24:29; Ps 45:9; 65:5; 85:8; JosAs 9:5; Jos., Bell. 5, 378 τ. ἔργα τοῦ θεοῦ, C. Ap. 2, 192) Mt 11:2; J 5:20, 36; 7:3, 21 (Diod. S. 5, 33, 5 ἓν ἔργον=just one practice); 9:3; 10:25, 37f; 14:10, 11, 12; 15:24; Ac 13:41 (Hab 1:5); 15:18 v.l.; Hb 3:9 (Ps 94:9); Rv 15:3. On Mt 11:19 s. δικαιόω 2bα. β. of the deeds of humans, exhibiting a consistent moral character, referred to collectively as τὰ ἔργα (Ps 105:35; Job 11:11; Jon 3:10) J 3:20 f; 7:7; Js 3:13; 1J 3:12; Rv 2:2, 19; 3:1, 8, 15. σωτῆρος ἡμῶν τὰ ἔ. Qua. τὰ πρῶτα ἔ. Rv 2:5. πάντα τὰ ἔργα (Am 8:7; Mi 6:16) Mt 23:5. κατὰ τὰ ἔργα in accordance w. the deeds (Ps 27:4; 61:13; Pr 24:12; En 100:7; PsSol 2:16) Mt 23:3; Ro 2:6; 2 Ti 1:9; 4:14; Rv 2:23; 20:12f. Also κατὰ τὸ ἔργον 1 Pt 1:17. The collective τὸ ἔργον is used for the pl. (Sir 11:20) Gal 6:4; Hb 6:10; Rv 22:12. The ἔργον or ἔργα is (are) characterized by the context as good or bad Lk 11:48; 1 Cor 5:2; 2 Cor 11:15; 2 Ti 4:14; Js 2:25; 3J 10; Rv 14:13; 16:11; 18:6 (since in all these passages except Rv 14:13 ἔ. refers to something bad, it is well to point out that ἔργον when used alone also means an evil or disgraceful deed, e.g., Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 22 §83 ἔργον οὐδὲν αὐτοῖς ἀπῆν=they abstained from no shameful deed; Apollon. Rhod. 4, 476; 742; Arrian, Anab. 3, 21, 4). Or they are characterized by an added word: ἔ. ἀγαθόν Ro 2:7; 13:3; 2 Cor 9:8; Phil 1:6; Col 1:10; 1 Ti 5:10; 2 Ti 2:21; 3:17; Tit 1:16b; 3:1; Hb 13:21 v.l. Pl. Eph 2:10 (misunderstood by JSanders, Ethics in the NT, ’75, 78; cp. Phil 1:6); 1 Ti 2:10. πλήρης ἔργων ἀγαθῶν rich in good deeds Ac 9:36. ἔ. καλόν Mt 26:10; Mk 14:6; J 10:33. Pl. (GrBar 15:2; Dio Chrys. 3, 52) Mt 5:16; J 10:32; 1 Ti 5:10a, 25; 6:18; Tit 2:7, 14; 3:8, 14, Hb 10:24; 1 Pt 2:12 (WvanUnnik, NTS 1, ’54/55, 92–110; cp. Diod. S. 16, 1, 1); 2 Pt 1:10 v.l.; 2 Cl 12:4. ἔργα ὅσια, δίκαια 6:9. ἔ. δικαιοσύνης B 1:6 (PsSol 18:8). ἐξ ἔργων τῶν ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ righteous deeds Tit 3:5. τὰ ἔ. τοῦ θεοῦ the deeds that God desires (Jer 31:10; 1 Esdr 7:9, 15) J 6:28; cp. vs. 29. τὰ ἔ. μου (i.e. Χριστοῦ) Rv 2:26. ἔργα πεπληρωμένα ἐνώπιον τ. θεοῦ 3:2. ἔ. ἄξια τ. μετανοίας Ac 26:20. ἔ. τῆς πίστεως the deeds that go with faith Hs 8, 9, 1. ἔ. αἰώνιον an im ἔργον, ου, τό (Hom.+) work. Return to: Rom 2:15	N-ASN Part of Speech: Noun Case: Accusative Number: Singular Gender: Neuter
Strongs: G1123 English: written Greek: γραπτὸν Lemma: γραπτός Transliteration: graptós Definition (BDAG): γραπτός , ή, όν (Eur. et al.; ins, pap) pert. to being set down in writing, written (so Gorgias, fgm. B 11a [Palamedes] 30 [V B.C.]; PPetr III, 21g, 38; PAmh 78, 17; cp. EpArist 56; LXX; Just., A I, 19, 2) τὸ ἔργον τ. νόμου γραπτὸν ἐν τ. καρδίαις Ro 2:15 (cp. 1QH 18:27f ‘write on the heart’. Similarly Plut., Mor. 780c; TestJud 20:3 v.l.).—DELG s.v. γράφω. M-M. Return to: Rom 2:15	A-ASN Part of Speech: Adjective Case: Accusative Number: Singular Gender: Neuter
Strongs: G2588 English: in their hearts Greek: καρδίαις Lemma: καρδία Transliteration: kardía Definition (BDAG): interior, center, heart, fig. ext. of 1 (Ezk 27:4, 25; Jon 2:4; Ps 45:3; EpJer 19) τῆς γῆς Mt 12:40.—S., in addition to works on Bibl. anthropology and psychology (πνεῦμα end): HKornfeld, Herz u. Gehirn in altjüd. Auffassung: Jahrb. für jüd. Gesch. u. Lit. 12, 1909, 81–89; ASchlatter, Herz. u. Gehirn im 1. Jahrh.: THaering Festschr. 1918, 86–94; RBultmann, Theologie des NT ’48, 216–22 (Paul), tr., Theol. of the NT, KGrobel, ’51, I, 220–27; RJewett, Paul’s Anthropological Terms, ’71, 305–33. For OT viewpoints s. RNorth, BRev 11/3, ’95, 33 (lit.)—B. 251. EDNT. DELG. M-M. TW. Sv. heart as seat of physical, spiritual and mental life (as freq. in Gk. lit.), fig. extension of ‘heart’ as an organ of the body (Il. 13, 282 al.), a mng. not found in our lit. as the center and source of physical life (Ps 101:5; 103:15) ἐμπιπλῶν τροφῆς … τὰς κ. satisfying the hearts w. food Ac 14:17. τρέφειν τὰς κ. fatten the hearts Js 5:5. as center and source of the whole inner life, w. its thinking, feeling, and volition (νοῦν κ. φρένας κ. διάνοιαν κ. λογισμὸν εἶπέ τις ποιητὴς [Hes., fgm. 247 Rz.] ἐν καρδίᾳ περιέχεσθαι=some poet said that the heart embraces perception, wit, intellect, and reflection), of humans whether in their pre-Christian or Christian experience α. in an all-inclusive sense: said of God’s or Christ’s awareness about the inner life of humans γινώσκειν τὰς καρδίας (cp. 1 Km 16:7; 1 Ch 28:9; s. also Did., Gen. 170, 24) Lk 16:15; δοκιμάζειν 1 Th 2:4; ἐρευνᾶν Ro 8:27; Rv 2:23 (νεφροὺς κ. καρδίας as Ps 7:10; Jer 17:10; 20:12); κριτικὸς ἐνθυμήσεων καὶ ἐννοιῶν καρδίας Hb 4:12; τὰ κρυπτὰ τῆς κ. 1 Cor 14:25 (cp. TestReub 1:4). Generally, of human attitudes ὁ κρυπτὸς τῆς κ. ἄνθρωπος 1 Pt 3:4. ἐκ καρδίας from (the bottom of) the heart=sincerely (Aristoph., Nub. 86) Ro 6:17. Also ἀπὸ τῶν καρδιῶν (M. Ant. 2, 3, 3 ἀπὸ καρδίας εὐχάριστος τ. θεοῖς; Lucian, Jupp. Tr. 19; Is 59:13; La 3:33) Mt 18:35. ἐκ καθαρᾶς καρδίας 1 Ti 1:5; 2 Ti 2:22; 1 Pt 1:22. ἐξ ὅλης τ. καρδίας (TestLevi 13:1) Ac 8:37 v.l. Χριστὸν ἁγιάσατε ἐν ταῖς κ. ὑμῶν 1 Pt 3:15. Opp. κοιλία Mk 7:19. Opp. πρόσωπον and καρδία externals and inner attitude of heart (cp. 1 Km 16:7 ἄνθρωπος ὄψεται εἰς πρόσωπον, ὁ δὲ θεὸς ὄψεται εἰς καρδίαν) 2 Cor 5:12. The same contrast προσώπῳ οὐ καρδίᾳ outwardly, not inwardly 1 Th 2:17. As seat of inner life in contrast to mouth or lips, which either give expression to the inner life or deny it Mt 15:8; Mk 7:6 (both Is 29:13); Mt 15:18; Ro 10:8 (Dt 30:14); vs. 9f; 2 Cor 6:11. ψάλλοντες (+ ἐν v.l.) τῇ καρδίᾳ Eph 5:19. ᾄδειν ἐν ταῖς κ. Col 3:16. β. of inner awareness (see the ‘poet’ under 1b above; Aesop, Fab. 254P.=232H//134b H-H.//184 Ch.; 3 Km 10:2; Job 12:3; 17:4): 2 Cor 4:6; Eph 1:18; 2 Pt 1:19. τῇ κ. συνιέναι understand Mt 13:15b; Ac 28:27b (both Is 6:10). νοεῖν τῇ κ. think J 12:40b. ἐν τῇ κ. λέγειν (Dt 8:17; 9:4; Ps 13:1. Also Aesop Fab. 62 H.=283b 5 H-H.//179c Ch. βοῶν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ alternating w. ταῦτα καθ᾿ ἑαυτὸν λέγοντος) say to oneself, i.e. think, reflect, without saying anything aloud Mt 24:48; Lk 12:45; Ro 10:6; Rv 18:7; διαλογίζεσθαι Mk 2:6, 8; Lk 3:15; 5:22; Hv 1, 1, 2; 3, 4, 3. The κ. as the source of διαλογισμοί Mt 15:19; Mk 7:21; Lk 2:35; 9:47. διαλογισμοὶ ἀναβαίνουσιν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ Lk 24:38. ἀναβαίνει τι ἐπὶ τὴν καρδίαν τινός someth. enters someone’s mind=someone thinks of someth. (s. ἀναβαίνω 2) Ac 7:23; 1 Cor 2:9; Hv 3, 7, 2; m 12, 3, 5; s 5, 7, 2. Also of memory Hv 3, 7, 6; m 4, 2, 2; 6, 2, 8. θέσθαι ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ Lk 1:66. διατηρεῖν ἐν τ. καρδίᾳ Lk 2:51 (cp. TestLevi 6:2). συμβάλλειν vs. 19. ἐνθυμεῖσθαι Mt 9:4. διακρίνειν Hv 1, 2, 2. πάντα τὰ ῥήματά μου ἐν καρδίᾳ λαμβάνων taking all my words to heart AcPl Ha 1, 6.—Likew. of a lack of understanding: ἡ ἀσύνετος κ. the senseless mind Ro 1:21; βραδὺς τῇ κ. slow of comprehension Lk 24:25 (cp. Tetr. Iamb. 2, 31a, 6 the mocking words of the fox ὦ ἀνόητε κ. βραδὺ τῇ καρδίᾳ). ἐπαχύνθη ἡ κ. τοῦ λαοῦ Mt 13:15a; Ac 28:27a (both Is 6:10). πωροῦν τὴν κ. J 12:40a; κ. πεπωρωμένη Mk 6:52; 8:17; ἡ πώρωσις τῆς κ. 3:5; Eph 4:18. ἀπατᾶν καρδίαν αὐτοῦ Js 1:26; cp. Ro 16:18. κάλυμμα ἐπὶ τὴν κ. κεῖται 2 Cor 3:15 (cp. ἐστί τι ‘κάλλυμα’ἀγνοίας ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ Orig., C. Cels. 4, 50, 5).—As the seat of thought, κ. is also the seat of doubt διακρίνεσθαι ἐν τῇ κ. Mk 11:23. διστάζειν Hm 9:5.—The gospel is sown in the heart Mt 13:19 v.l.; Mk 4:15 v.l.; Lk 8:12, 15. God opens the heart Ac 16:14 or the eyes of the heart 2 Cor 9:7 (NRSV) (cp. TestJos 17:3 ἐπὶ προαιρέσει καρδίας). θέτε ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν (s. 1 Km 21:13) make up your minds Lk 21:14; cp. Ac 5:4. πρόθεσις τ. καρδίας 11:23. βάλ καρδία, ας, ἡ (since Hom. [καρδίη, κραδίη]. Rather rare in other wr. in the period of the Gk. Bible [s. Diod. S. 32, 20; Plut., Mor. p. 30a; 63a; Epict. 1, 27, 21; M. Ant. 2, 3, 3; 7, 13, 3; Ps.-Apollod. 1, 4, 1, 5; Lucian; pap, incl. PGM 5, 157; 13, 263; 833; 1066; s. below 1bη], but common LXX, pseudepigr.; Ar. 15, 3; Just., D. 39, 5; 46, 5 al.; Ath. 31, 3. On Philo and Joseph. s. ASchlatter, D. Theol. d. Judentums nach d. Bericht d. Jos. ’32, 21). Return to: Rom 2:15	N-DPF Part of Speech: Noun Case: Dative Number: Plural Gender: Feminine
Strongs: G4893 English: their conscience Greek: συνειδήσεως Lemma: συνείδησις Transliteration: syneídēsis Definition (BDAG): attentiveness to obligation, conscientiousness (for ins s. New Docs 3, 85; pap.) μετὰ συνειδήσεως conscientiously 1 Cl 2:4; ἐν ὁμονοίᾳ συναχθέντες τῇ σ. assembled in concord, with full consciousness of our duty 1 Cl 34:7.—MKähler, Das Gewissen I 1, 1878, RE VI 1899, 646ff; RSteinmetz, Das Gewissen bei Pls 1911; MPohlenz, GGA 1913, 642ff, Die Stoa ’48; ’49 (index), ZNW 42, ’49, 77–79; HBöhlig, Das Gewissen bei Seneka u. Pls: StKr 87, 1914, 1–24; FTillmam, Zur Geschichte des Begriffs ‘Gewissen’ bis zu den paulin. Briefen: SMerkle Festschr. 1922, 336–47; FZucker, Syneidesis-Conscientia 1928; TSchneider, D. paulin. Begriff d. Gewissens (Syneidesis): Bonner Zeitschr. f. Theol. u. Seelsorge 6, 1929, 193–211, D. Quellen d. paul. Gewissensbegr.: ibid. 7, 1930, 97–112; BSnell, Gnomon 6, 1930, 21ff; MDibelius Hdb.2 ’31 exc. on 1 Ti 1:5; HOsborne, Σύνεσις and σ.: ClR 45, ’31, 8–10, Συνείδησις: JTS 32, ’31, 167–79; GRudberg, JAEklund Festschr. ’33, 165ff; GJung, Συνείδησις, Conscientia, Bewusstsein: Archiv f. d. gesamte Psychologie 89, ’34, 525–40; WAalders, Het Geweten, ’35; CSpicq, La conscience dans le NT: RB 47, ’38, 50–80; BReicke, The Disobedient Spirits and Christian Baptism ’46, 174–82; JDupont, Studia Hellenistica 5, ’48, 119–53; HClavier, Συν., une pierre de touche de l’Hellénisme paulinien, announced in Studia Paulina [JdeZwaan Festschr.] ’53, p. 80 n. 1; CPierce, Conscience in the NT, ’55; BReicke, TZ 12, ’56, 157–61, esp. 159; DMariella Jr., The NT Concept of Conscience, diss. Vanderbilt ’59; PDelhaye, Studia Montis Regii (Montreal) 4, ’61, 229–51; JStelzenberger, Syneidesis im NT, ’61; MThrall, NTS 14, ’67/68, 118–25; BHarris, Westminster Theol. Journal 24, ’62, 173–86; RJewett, Paul’s Anthropological Terms, ’71, 402–46; HEckstein, Der Begriff Syneidesis bei Paulus ’83; GSelby, The Meaning and Function of σ. in Hb 9 and 10: Restoration Qtrly 28, ’86, 145–54 (internal awareness of sin); PGooch, Conscience in 1 Cor 8 and 10: NTS 33, ’87, 244–54; PTomson, Paul and the Jewish Law (CRINT III/1) ’90, 208–20 (‘consciousness’); EBorgh, La notion de conscience dans le NT: Filología Neotestamentaria 10, 1997, 85–98.—RAC X 1025–1107; BHHW I 564f.—New Docs 3 no. 69. DELG s.v. οἶδα C. M-M. EDNT. TW. Spicq. Sv. the inward faculty of distinguishing right and wrong, moral consciousness, conscience (Menand., Monost. 597 ἅπασιν ἡμῖν ἡ συνείδησις θεός comes close to this mng.; cp. 654; Dionys. Hal., De Thuc. 8 μιαίνειν τὴν ἑαυτοῦ συνείδησιν; Heraclit. Sto., 37 p. 54, 8 σ. ἁμαρτόντος ἀνθρώπου; Ps.-Lucian, Amor. 49 οὐδεμιᾶς ἀπρεποῦς συνειδήσεως παροικούσης; Hierocles 14, 451; Stob., Flor. 3, 24 [I 601ff H.] quotes sayings of Bias and Periander on ὀρθὴ or ἀγαθὴ συνείδησις; PRyl 116, 9 [II A.D.] θλιβομένη τῇ συνειδήσει περὶ ὧν ἐνοσφίσατο; Mitt-Wilck. II/2, 88 I, 35 [II A.D.]; BGU 1024 III, 7; PFlor 338, 17 [III A.D.] συνειδήσει=‘conscientiously’, also s. 3, below; Wsd 17:10; Jos., Ant. 16, 103 κατὰ συνείδησιν ἀτοπωτέραν; TestReub 4:3; TestJud 20:2 v.l.; συνείδησιν μολύνειν Hippol., Ref. 9, 23, 4) w. subj. gen. Ro 2:15; 9:1; 1 Cor 10:29a; 2 Cor 1:12; 4:2; 5:11; Hb 9:14 al.; ἡ ἰδία σ. 1 Ti 4:2. Opp. ἄλλη σ. another’s scruples 1 Cor 10:29b; διὰ τὴν σ. for conscience’ sake (cp. OGI 484, 37 διὰ τὸ συνειδός; Ps.-Dio Chrys. 20 [37], 35) Ro 13:5; 1 Cor 10:25, 27f; τὸ μαρτύριον τῆς σ. 2 Cor 1:12, cp. σ. as the subj. of μαρτυρεῖν Ro 9:1; cp. 2:15, or of ἐλέγχειν J 8:9 v.l. (s. ἐλέγχω 2). W. attributes: σ. ἀγαθή a good conscience (cp. Herodian 6, 3, 4; PRein s.v. καλός 2b) Ac 23:1; 1 Ti 1:5; 1 Pt 3:21 (on the topic cp. FSokolowski, Lois sacrées des cités grecques, Supplément ’62 no. 108, 4–7 ‘one who enters the temple … must be pure, not through bathing but in mind’); ἔχειν ἀγαθὴν σ. (cp. ἐλευθέραν ἐχ. τὴν σ. Did., Gen. 89, 11) 1 Ti 1:19; 1 Pt 3:16. Also ἐν ἀγαθῇ σ. ὑπάρχειν 1 Cl 41:1. ἐν ἀμώμῳ καὶ ἁγνῇ συνειδήσει περιπατεῖν Pol 5:3 (μετὰ συνειδήσεως ἀγαθῆς τελευτᾶν Hippol., Ref. 9, 26, 4); cp. 1 Cl 1:3. σ. ἀσθενής a weak conscience, indecisive because of being bound to old ways 1 Cor 8:7; cp. vss. 10, 12. σ. ἀπρόσκοπος Ac 24:16; καθαρὰ σ. 1 Ti 3:9; 2 Ti 1:3; 1 Cl 45:7; καθαρὸς τῇ σ. ITr 7:2; καλὴ σ. Hb 13:18; 2 Cl 16:4. σ. πονηρά a bad conscience or a consciousness of guilt (s. καρδία 1bδ) Hb 10:22; D 4:14; B 19:12; Hm 3:4. ἡ σ. μολύνεται 1 Cor 8:7. μιαίνεται Tit 1:15 (s. Dionys. Hal. above). καθαριεῖ τ. συνείδησιν ἡμῶν ἀπὸ νεκρῶν ἔργων Hb 9:14. κατὰ συνείδησιν (s. on this Vett. Val. 210, 1) τελειῶσαί τινα vs. 9. awareness of information about someth., consciousness (Democr., fgm. 297 σ. τῆς κακοπραγμοσύνης; Chrysipp. in Diog. L. 7, 85 τὴν ταύτης συνείδησιν; Eccl 10:20; Sir 42:18 v.l.; Jos., Ant. 16, 212; Just.; Theoph. Ant. 2, 4 [p. 102, 8]) w. obj. gen. συνείδησις ἁμαρτιῶν consciousness of sin Hb 10:2 (Diod. S. 4, 65, 7 διὰ τὴν συνείδησιν τοῦ μύσους; Philo, Det. Pot. Ins. 146 οἱ συνειδήσει τῶν οἰκείων ἀδικημάτων ἐλεγχόμενοι, Virt. 124 σ. ἁμαρτημάτων). συνείδησις θεοῦ consciousness, awareness of God 1 Pt 2:19 (s. ESelwyn, 1 Pt ’46, 176–78). Opp. σ. τοῦ εἰδώλου in awareness that this is an idol 1 Cor 8:7a v.l. (for συνηθείᾳ). συνείδησις, εως, ἡ (συνεῖδον) Return to: Rom 2:15	N-GSF Part of Speech: Noun Case: Genitive Number: Singular Gender: Feminine
Strongs: G4828 English: bearing witness Greek: συμμαρτυρούσης Lemma: συμμαρτυρέω Transliteration: symmartyréō Definition (BDAG): συμμαρτυρέω (Soph., Thu. et al.) ‘to testify’ or ‘bear witness with’ (Plut., Thes. et Romul. 6, 5, Mor. 64c; BGU 86, 40 [II A.D.] al.), then also gener. to provide supporting evidence by testifying, confirm, support by testimony (as early as Solon 24, 3 D.2 the prefix συν- has in the highest degree the effect of strengthening. Likewise trag. et al.; Pla., Hipp. Major 282b συμμαρτυρῆσαι δέ σοι ἔχω ὅτι ἀληθῆ λέγεις; X., Hell. 7, 1, 35 συνεμαρτύρει αὐτῷ ταῦτα πάντα; 3, 3, 2; Jos., Ant. 19, 154. Without dat. and w. ὅτι foll. Plut., Mor. 724d) συμμαρτυρούσης αὐτῶν τῆς συνειδήσεως Ro 2:15. συμμαρτυρούσης μοι τῆς συνειδήσεώς μου … ὅτι 9:1 (on the witness of the conscience Jos., C. Ap. 2, 218). τὸ πνεῦμα συμμαρτυρεῖ τῷ πνεύματι ἡμῶν ὅτι 8:16.—The mid. Rv 22:18 t.r. (Erasmian rdg.).—DELG s.v. μάρτυς. M-M. s.v. συνμαρτυρέω. TW. Return to: Rom 2:15	V-PAP-GSF Tense: Present Voice: Active Mood: Participle Case: Genitive Number: Singular Gender: Feminine
Strongs: G3053 English: and their thoughts Greek: λογισμῶν Lemma: λογισμός Transliteration: logismós Definition (BDAG): the capability of reasoning, reasoning power, wisdom (Epicurus in Diog. L. 10, 132 νήφων λογισμός=sober reasoning; TestGad 6:2 τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ μίσους ἐτάρασσέ μου τὸν λογισμὸν πρὸς τὸ ἀνελεῖν αὐτόν; TestJob 21:4 ἀνελάμβανον λογισμὸν μακρόθυμον; Jos., Bell. 2, 31; Just., A I, 17, 3 al.) ἄνθρωπος αἴσθησιν ἔχει κ. λογισμόν a pers. has the power to feel and think Dg 2:9 (λ. w. αἴσθησις as Philo, Praem. 28).—DELG s.v. λέγω B 2. M-M. TW. Sv. the product of a cognitive process, calculation, reasoning, reflection, thought in our lit. in pl. W. ἔννοιαι thoughts and sentiments Pol 4:3 (Ath. 9, 1). μεταξὺ ἀλλήλων τῶν λ. κατηγορούντων as their thoughts accuse one another Ro 2:15 (here the thoughts are personified as prosecution and defense; Straub 30; cp Pr 19:21). Not infreq. in an unfavorable sense (as e.g. Vett. Val. 49, 8; 173, 11; λ. κακοί Pr 6:18; cp. Wsd 1:3, 5; 11:15) οἱ προκατέχοντές σου τὴν διάνοιαν λογισμοί the (prejudiced) thoughts that preoccupy your mind Dg 2:1. λογισμοὶ ἐθνῶν the designs of nations 1 Cl 59:3. λογισμοὺς καθαιροῦντες we demolish sophistries 2 Cor 10:4. λογισμός, οῦ, ὁ (Thu. +). Return to: Rom 2:15	N-GPM Part of Speech: Noun Case: Genitive Number: Plural Gender: Masculine
Strongs: G2723 English: accusing Greek: κατηγορούντων Lemma: κατηγορέω Transliteration: katēgoréō Definition (BDAG): without legal connotation accuse, reproach (X., Mem. 1, 3, 4; Aelian, VH 9, 17; Herodian 6, 9, 1; Philo, Plant. 80; SB V/2, 7835, 17 [New Docs 1, 28]) Job αὐτὸς ἑαυτοῦ κατηγορεῖ he accuses himself 1 Cl 17:4. Abs., of thoughts Ro 2:15.—B. 1439. DELG s.v. ἀγορά. M-M. TW. nearly always as legal t.t.: bring charges in court before a human judge: against someone τινά someone Mk 3:2 v.l.; τινός (Hdt., Aristoph., Pla. et al., also SIG 173, 37; 780, 8; PPetr III, 21g, 14; PEdgar 33 [=Sb 6739], 4; AscIs 3:6) Mt 12:10; Mk 3:2; Lk 6:7; 11:54 v.l.; 23:2, 10; J 8:6; Ac 25:5. τί τινος accuse someone of a thing (trag., X., Demosth. et al., also 1 Macc 7:25) κατηγόρουν αὐτοῦ πολλά Mk 15:3 (for πολλά cp. PLond 893, 12 [40 A.D.] πολλὰ κ.); cp. vs. 4. οὐχ ὡς τοῦ ἔθνους μου ἔχων τι κατηγορεῖν not that I had any charge to bring against my own people Ac 28:19. This may also be the place for περὶ πάντων τούτων, ὧν ἡμεῖς κατηγοροῦμεν αὐτοῦ of which we accuse him 24:8; sim. 25:11, if this is a case of attraction of the relative ὡν = τούτων ἅ. But it is also poss. to take it as a double gen. (cp. Demosth. 21, 5 παρανόμων ἔμελλον αὐτοῦ κατηγορεῖν; Dositheus 68, 2 βίας σου κατηγορῶ).—Also τινὸς περί τινος (Thu. 8, 85, 2; X., Hell. 1, 7, 2; Jos., Ant. 13, 104) Ac 24:13. κατά τινος (X., Hell. 1, 7, 9) w. gen. or (in the case of attraction, s. above) acc. of thing Lk 23:14. Abs. (OGI 218, 95 [III B.C.]; POxy 237 VIII, 21) Ac 24:2, 19. Pass. be accused ὑπό τινος by someone (Thu. 1, 95, 3 ἀδικία κατηγορεῖτο αὐτοῦ ὑπὸ τ. Ἑλλήνων; 2 Macc 10:13; Philo, Mut. Nom. 206) Mt 27:12. τί κατηγορεῖται ὑπὸ τ. Ἰουδαίων Ac 22:30. ὁ κατηγορούμενος the accused (PCairMasp 63, 2) 25:16. before God’s tribunal κατηγορήσω ὑμῶν πρὸς τ. πατέρα J 5:45a (for the constr. w. πρός cp. 1 Macc 7:6; 2 Macc 10:13). ὁ κατήγωρ … ὁ κατηγορῶν αὐτοὺς ἐνώπιον τ. θεοῦ ἡμῶν Rv 12:10 (for the acc. s. PLond I, 41, 10 p. 28 [161 B.C.] ὁ βουκόλος κατηγόρησεν αὐτάς). Subst. ὁ κατηγορῶν the accuser (cp. Jos., C. Ap. 2, 137) J 5:45b. κατηγορέω impf. κατηγόρουν; fut. κατηγορήσω; 1 aor. κατηγόρησα; aor. pass. 3 sg. κατηγορήθη (AscIs 3:5) (trag., Hdt. +; loanw. in rabb.) gener. ‘speak against’ Return to: Rom 2:15	V-PAP-GPM Tense: Present Voice: Active Mood: Participle Case: Genitive Number: Plural Gender: Masculine
Strongs: G626 English: defending Greek: ἀπολογουμένων Lemma: ἀπολογέομαι Transliteration: apologéomai Definition (BDAG): ἀπολογέομαι impf. ἀπελογούμην; fut. ἀπολογήσομαι Jer 12:1; 1 aor. ἀπελογησάμην; pf. inf. ἀπολελογῆσθαι; 1 aor. pass. inf. ἀπολογηθῆναι (Lk 21:14; TestSol 5:6) (s. ἀπολογία; Eur., Hdt.+; OGI 609, 39; PStras 5, 15 et al.; LXX, pseudepigr., Joseph., Just., Ath.) to speak in one’s own defense against charges presumed to be false, defend oneself (Jos., Ant. 4, 169; 15, 35; Ath. 31, 2 ἐμαυτόν). Abs. (opp. κατηγορέω) Ro 2:15 (cp. assoc. of charge and defense Dionys., Hal. 7, 58, 1); Lk 21:14. ὁ Παῦλος ἀπελογεῖτο Ac 26:1. Ending of Mark in the Freer ms. 1. W. acc. ταῦτα αὐτοῦ ἀπολογουμένου as he spoke thus in his defense Ac 26:24. πῶς ἢ τί ἀπολογήσησθε how or what you should answer Lk 12:11. τὰ περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ ἀ. I make my defense Ac 24:10. ἀ. περί τινος defend oneself against someth. (Demosth. 19, 214; Diod. S. 4, 53, 1; Just., A II, 2, 8) 26:2 (ἐπί τινος before someone; sim. Ath. 11, 2).—W. dat. of pers. (Pla., Prot. 359a; esp. later writers [Nägeli 43]; Epict. 2, 16, 42 σοὶ [God] ἀπολογήσομαι [ὑπέρ τινος πρός τινα=in a matter before someone]; Maximus Tyr. 3, 7a; Vett. Val. 209, 13 βασιλεῖ ἀπολογήσεται) ἀ. τῷ δήμῳ make a defense before the people Ac 19:33; ὑμῖν ἀ. 2 Cor 12:19; αὐτοῖς MPol 10:2.—W. ὅτι foll. τοῦ Παύλου ἀπολογουμένου, ὅτι when Paul said in his defense (direct quot. foll.) Ac 25:8.—DELG s.v. λέγω B. M-M. Return to: Rom 2:15	V-PNP-GPM Tense: Present Voice: middle or passive depoNent Mood: Participle Case: Genitive Number: Plural Gender: Masculine

Rom 2:16
Definition	RMAC
Strongs: G2596 English: according Greek: κατὰ Lemma: κατά Transliteration: katá Definition (BDAG): Somet. the κατά phrase, which would sound cumbersome in the rendering ‘such-and-such’, ‘in line with’, or ‘in accordance with’, is best rendered as an adj., a possessive pron., or with a genitival construction to express the perspective from which something is perceived or to be understood. In translation it thus functions as an adj. (Synes., Kingdom 4 p. 4d τὰ κατ᾿ ἀρετὴν ἔργα i.e. the deeds that are commensurate with that which is exceptional = virtuous deeds; PHib 27, 42 ταῖς κ. σελήνην ἡμέραις; 4 Macc 5:18 κ. ἀλήθειαν=ἀληθής; Just., A I, 2, 1 τοὺς κ. ἀλήθειαν εὐσεβεῖς; Tat. 26, 2 τῆς κ. ἀλήθειαν σοφίας) οἱ κ. φύσιν κλάδοι the natural branches Ro 11:21. ἡ κατ᾿ εὐσέβειαν διδασκαλία 1 Ti 6:3; cp. Tit 1:1b. οἱ κ. σάρκα κύριοι the earthly masters (in wordplay, anticipating the κύριος who is in the heavens, vs. 9) Eph 6:5. Cp. 2 Cor 5:16b, in case (s. 5bβ above) κ. σ. belongs w. Χριστόν (as the majority, incl. Ltzm., take it): a physical Christ, a Christ in the flesh, in his earthly relationships (σάρξ 5). Correspondingly in vs. 16a κ. σ. would be taken w. οὐδένα: no one simply as a physical being.—JMartyn, JKnox Festschr., ’67, 269–87. a possessive pron., but with limiting force (Demosth. 2, 27 τὰ καθ᾿ ὑμᾶς ἐλλείμματα [i.e. in contrast to the activities of others: ‘your own’]; Aelian, VH 2, 42 ἡ κατ᾿ αὐτὸν ἀρετή; 3, 36; OGI 168, 17 παραγεγονότες εἰς τοὺς καθ᾿ ὑμᾶς τόπους; SIG 646, 6; 807, 15 al.; UPZ 20, 9 [II B.C.] ἐπὶ τῆς καθ᾿ ἡμᾶς λειτουργίας; PTebt 24, 64; 2 Macc 4:21; Tat. 42, 1 τίς ὁ θεὸς καὶ τίς ἡ κατ᾿ αὐτὸν ποίησις; Mel., HE 4, 26, 7 ἡ καθ᾿ ἡμᾶς φιλοσοφία) τῶν καθ᾿ ὑμᾶς ποιητῶν τινες some of your (own) poets Ac 17:28. ἡ καθ᾿ ὑμᾶς πίστις Eph 1:15. ὁ καθ᾿ ὑμᾶς νόμος Ac 18:15. τὸ κατ᾿ ἐμὲ πρόθυμον my eagerness Ro 1:15. a gen. w. a noun (Polyb. 3, 113, 1 ἡ κ. τὸν ἥλιον ἀνατολή; 2, 48, 2; 3, 8, 1 al.; Diod. S. 14, 12 ἡ κ. τὸν τύραννον ὠμότης; Dionys. Hal. 2, 1; SIG 873, 5 τῆς κ. τ. μυστήρια τελετῆς; 569, 22; 783, 20; PTebt 5, 25; PLond III, 1164k, 20 p. 167 [212 A.D.] ὑπὸ τοῦ κ. πατέρα μου ἀνεψιοῦ) τὰ κ. Ἰουδαίους ἔθη the customs of the Judeans Ac 26:3 (Tat. 12, 5 τῇ κ. Βαβυλωνίους προγνωστικῇ; 34, 2 ἡ κ. τὸν Ἀριστόδημον πλαστική). Cp. 27:2. ἡ κ. πίστιν δικαιοσύνη the righteousness of faith Hb 11:7. ἡ κατ᾿ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις purpose of election Ro 9:11.—Here also belong the titles of the gospels εὐαγγέλιον κατὰ Ματθαῖον etc., where κατά is likew. periphrasis for a gen. (cp. JLydus, De Mag. 3, 46 p. 136, 10 Wünsch τῆς κ. Λουκανὸν συγγραφῆς; Herodian 2, 9, 4 of an autobiography ἐν τῷ καθ᾿ αὑτὸν βίῳ; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 18 τ. καθ᾿ αὐτὸν ἱστορίαν; 2 Macc 2:13. Cp. B-D-F §163; 224, 2; Zahn, Einleitung §49; BBacon, Why ‘According to Mt’? Exp., 8th ser., 16, 1920, 289–310).—On the periphrasis of the gen. by κατά s. Rudberg (ἀνά beg.) w. many exx. fr. Pla. on. But it occurs as early as Thu. 6, 16, 5 ἐν τῷ κατ᾿ αὐτοὺς βίῳ.—M-M. DELG. EDNT. TW. denoting relationship to someth., with respect to, in relation to κ. σάρκα w. respect to the flesh, physically of human descent Ro 1:3; 4:1; 9:3, 5 (Ar. 15, 7 κ. σάρκα … κ. ψυχήν; Just., D. 43, 7 ἐν τῷ γένει τῷ κ. σάρκα τοῦ Ἀβραάμ al.). κ. τὸν ἔσω ἄνθρωπον 7:22 (cp. POxy 904, 6 πληγαῖς κατακοπτόμενον κ. τὸ σῶμα). Cp. Ro 1:4; 11:28; Phil 3:5, 6b (for vs. 6a s. 5bβ above); Hb 9:9b. τὰ κ. τινα (Hdt. 7, 148; Diod. S. 1, 10, 73; Aelian, VH 2, 20; PEleph 13, 3; POxy 120, 14; Tob 10:9; 1 Esdr 9:17; 2 Macc 3:40; 9:3 al.) someone’s case, circumstances Ac 24:22 (cp. PEleph 13, 3 τὰ κ. σε; Just., A I, 61, 13 τὰ κ. τὸν Ἰησοῦν πάντα, D. 102, 2 τὰ κ. αὐτόν; Ath. 24, 4 τὸ κ. τοὺς ἀγγέλους); Eph 6:21; Phil 1:12; Col 4:7. κ. πάντα in all respects (since Thu. 4, 81, 3; Sb 4324, 3; 5761, 22; SIG 834, 7; Gen 24:1; Wsd 19:22; 2 Macc 1:17; 3 Macc 5:42; JosAs 1:7; Just., A II, 4, 4, D. 35, 8 al.); Ac 17:22; Col 3:20, 22a; Hb 2:17 (Artem. 1, 13 αὐτῷ ὅμοιον κ. π.); 4:15a. marker of norm of similarity or homogeneity, according to, in accordance with, in conformity with, according to to introduce the norm which governs someth. α. the norm of the law, etc. (OGI 56, 33; Mitt-Wilck., I/2, 352, 11 κ. τὰ κελευσθέντα [as Just., D. 78, 7]; POxy 37 II, 8) κ. τὸν νόμον (Jos., Ant. 14, 173; 15, 51; Just., D. 10, 1 al.; Ath. 31, 1; κ. τοὺς νόμους Ἀρεοπαγείτης, letter of MAurelius: ZPE 8, ’71, 169, ln. 27) Lk 2:22; J 18:31; 19:7; Hb 7:5. τὰ κ. τ. νόμον what is to be done according to the law Lk 2:39 (cp. EpArist 32). κ. τὸ ὡρισμένον in accordance w. what has been determined 22:22. Cp. 1:9; 2:24, 27, 42; Ac 17:2; 22:3. κ. τὸ εὐαγγέλιόν μου Ro 2:16; 16:25a; 2 Ti 2:8. κ. τὸ εἰρημένον Ro 4:18 (cp. Ath. 28, 1 κ. τὰ προειρημένα). κ. τὰς γραφάς (Just., D. 82, 4; cp. Paus. 6, 21, 10 κ. τὰ ἔπη=according to the epic poems; Just., A I, 32, 14 κ. τὸ λόγιον, D. 67, 1 κ. τὴν προφητείαν ταύτην) 1 Cor 15:3; cp. Js 2:8. κ. τὴν παράδοσιν Mk 7:5 (Tat. 39, 1 κ. τὴν Ἑλλήνων παράδοσιν).—κ. λόγον as one wishes (exx. in Dssm., B 209 [not in BS]; also PEleph 13, 1; 3 Macc 3:14) Ac 18:14 (though 5bβ below is also prob.).—It can also stand simply w. the acc. of the pers. according to whose will, pleasure, or manner someth. occurs κ. θεόν (cp. Socrat., Ep. 14, 5 κ. θεόν; 26, 2; Nicol. Dam.: 90 fgm. 4 p. 332, 1 Jac. and Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 84 §352 κ. δαίμονα; Jos., Ant. 4, 143 ὁ κ. τοῦτον[=θεόν] βίος; Just., D. 5, 1 κ. τινας … Πλατωνικούς; Tat. 1, 3 κ. … τὸν κωμικόν) Ro 8:27; 2 Cor 7:9–11; κ. Χριστὸν Ἰ. Ro 15:5. κ. κύριον 2 Cor 11:17. Cp. 1 Pt 1:15. κ. τ. Ἕλληνας in the manner of the Greeks, i.e. polytheists PtK 2, p. 14, 1; 7. κ. Ἰουδαίους ln. 25. β. the norm according to which a judgment is rendered, or rewards or punishments are given ἀποδοῦναι τινι κ. τ. πρᾶξιν or ἔργα αὐτοῦ (Ps 61:13; Pr 24:12; Just., A I, 12, 1; 17, 4 al.; κατ᾿ ἀξίαν τῶν πράξεων) Mt 16:27; Ro 2:6; 2 Ti 4:14; Rv 2:23. μισθὸν λήμψεται κ. τ. ἴδιον κόπον 1 Cor 3:8. κρίνειν κ. τι J 7:24; 8:15; 1 Pt 1:17; cp. Ro 2:2. γ. of a standard of any other kind κ. τ. χρόνον ὃν ἠκρίβωσεν in accordance w. the time which he had ascertained Mt 2:16. κ. τ. πίστιν ὑμῶν acc. to your faith 9:29. κ. τ. δύναμιν acc. to his capability 25:15 (Just., D. 139, 4; Tat. 12, 3; cp. Just., A II, 13, 6 κ. δύναμιν). Cp. Lk 1:38; 2:29; Ro 8:4; 10:2; Eph 4:7. ἀνὴρ κ. τ. καρδίαν μου Ac 13:22 (καρδία 1bε). δ. Oft. the norm is at the same time the reason, so that in accordance with and because of are merged: οἱ κ. πρόθεσιν κλητοί Ro 8:28. κατ᾿ ἐπιταγὴν θεοῦ 16:26; 1 Ti 1:1; Tit 1:3. κ. ἀποκάλυψιν Eph 3:3 (Just., D. 78, 2). οἱ καθ᾿ ὑπομονὴν ἔργου ἀγαθοῦ Ro 2:7. κατ᾿ ἐκλογήν 11:5 (Just., D. 49, 1). Cp. κ. τὴν βουλήν Eph 1:11 (Just., A I, 63, 16 al.); 2 Th 2:9; Hb 7:16. κ. τί γνώσομαι τοῦτο; by what shall I know this? (cp. Gen 15:8) Lk 1:18.—Instead of ‘in accordance w.’ κ. can mean simply because of, as a result of, on the basis of (Ael. Aristid. 46 p. 219 D.: κ. τοὺς νόμους; Jos., Ant. 1, 259; 278; Just., A I, 54, 1 κατ᾿ ἐνέργειαν τῶν φαύλων δαιμόνων; Ath. 7, 1 κ. συμπάθειαν τῆς παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ πνοῆς; 32, 1 κ. χρησμόν). κ. πᾶσαν αἰτίαν for any and every reason (αἰτία 1) Mt 19:3. κ. ἀποκάλυψιν Gal 2:2. Cp. Ro 2:5; 1 Cor 12:8 (κ. τ. πνεῦμα = διὰ τοῦ πν.); Eph 1:5; 4:22b; Phil 4:11; 1 Ti 5:21; 2 Ti 1:9; Tit 3:5; κ. ἀνάγκην Phlm 14 (Ar. 1, 2; 4, 2 al.; Just., A I, 30, 1; 61, 10; Ath. 24, 2); IPol 1:3. ὁ κ. τὸ πολὺ αὐτοῦ ἔλεος ἀναγεννήσας ἡμᾶς 1 Pt 1:3.—καθ᾿ ὅσον (Thu. 4, 18, 4) in so far as, inasmuch as Hb 3:3. καθ᾿ ὅσον … , κ. τοσοῦτο in so far as … , just so far (Lysias 31, 8; Galen, De Dignosc. Puls. 3, 2, VIII 892 K.) 7:20, 22. as a periphrasis to express equality, similarity, or example in accordance with, just as, similar(ly) to (TestJob 32:6 τίς γὰρ κ. σε ἐν μέσῳ τῶν τέκνων σου; Tat. 25, 1 κ. … τὸν Πρωτέα like Proteus; schol. on Nicander, Ther. 50: sheep are not burden-bearers κ. τοὺς ὄνους=as donkeys are). α. κ. τὰ ἔργα αὐτῶν μὴ ποιεῖτε do not do as they do Mt 23:3. κ. Ἰσαάκ just as Isaa marker of intention or goal, for the purpose of, for, to (Thu. 6, 31, 1 κ. θέαν ἥκειν=to look at something; cp. Sb 7263, 6 [254 B.C.]; X., An. 3, 5, 2 καθ᾿ ἁρπαγὴν ἐσκεδασμένοι; Arrian, Anab. 1, 17, 12; 4, 5, 1; 21, 9; 6, 17, 6; 26, 2; Lucian, Ver. Hist. 2, 29; Anton. Lib., Fab. 24, 1 Δημήτηρ ἐπῄει γῆν ἅπασαν κ. ζήτησιν τῆς θυγατρός; 38; Jdth 11:19) κ. τὸν καθαρισμὸν τῶν Ἰουδαίων for the Jewish ceremonial purification J 2:6. κατὰ ἀτιμίαν λέγω to my shame 2 Cor 11:21 (cp. Jos., Ant. 3, 268 κ. τιμὴν τ. θεοῦ τοῦτο ποιῶν). ἀπόστολος … κ. πίστιν … καὶ ἐπίγνωσιν an apostle … for the faith … and the knowledge Tit 1:1 (but the mng. ‘in accordance with’ is also prob.). marker of division of a greater whole into individual parts, at a time, in detail, distributive use apart from indications of place (s. above 1d) and time (s. 2c) w. numerals: κ. δύο ἢ τὸ πλεῖστον τρεῖς two or, at the most, three at a time (i.e. in any one meeting, cp. ἀνὰ μέρος) 1 Cor 14:27 (Dio Chrys. 80 [30], 42 κ. δύο καὶ τρεῖς; Jos., Ant. 3, 142 κ. ἕξ; 5, 172 κ. δύο καὶ τρεῖς). καθ᾿ ἕνα (on this and the foll. s. εἷς 5e) singly, one after the other vs. 31. κ. ἕνα λίθον each individual stone Hs 9, 3, 5; καθ᾿ ἕνα λίθον 9, 6, 3. κ. ἓν ἕκαστον one by one, in detail Ac 21:19; 1 Cl 32:1 (Ath. 28, 4 καθ᾿ ἕκαστον). εἷς καθ᾿ εἷς Mk 14:19; J 8:9; cp. Ro 12:5 (B-D-F §305; Rob. 460). κ. ἑκατὸν καὶ κ. πεντήκοντα in hundreds and in fifties Mk 6:40. περί τινος λέγειν κ. μέρος speak of someth. in detail Hb 9:5 (s. μέρος 1c). κατ᾿ ὄνομα (each one) by name (ἀσπάζομαι … τοὺς ἐνοίκους πάντες κα[τ᾿] ὄνομα PTebt [III A.D.] 422, 11–16; Jos., Vi. 86) J 10:3; 3J 15 (cp. BGU 27, 18); ISm 13:2. marker of temporal aspect (Hdt. et al.; ins, pap, LXX, apolog.) in definite indications of time: at, on, during (Hdt. 8, 17; Polemon Soph. B 43 Reader κατ᾿ ἐκείνην τὴν ἡμέραν ‘in the course of that day’) κατ᾿ ἀρχάς in the beginning (cp. ἀρχή 1b) Hb 1:10 (Ps 101:26). κ. τὴν ἡμέραν τοῦ πειρασμοῦ in the day of trial 94:8.—Cp. Antig. Car. 173 κ. τὸν σπόρου καιρόν). νεκροῦ … ἀνάστασιν κατ᾿ αὐτὸν γεγονυῖαν ἱστορεῖ (Papias) reports that a resurrection from the dead occurred in his time Papias (2, 9; so, with personal names, Hdt.; Just., D. 23, 1 τοῦ θεοῦ … τοῦ κ. τὸν Ἐνώχ; Tat. 31, 2 Θεαγένης … κ. Καμβύσην γεγονώς). Of the future: κ. τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον at that time, then Ro 9:9 (Gen 18:10). Of the past: κ. ἐκεῖνον τὸν καιρόν at that time, then (2 Macc 3:5; TestJos 12:1; Jos., Ant. 8, 266; cp. κατ᾿ ἐκεῖνο τοῦ καιροῦ Konon: 26 fgm. 3 p. 191, 25 Jac.; Just., A I, 17, 2; 26, 3 al.) Ac 12:1; 19:23. κ. καιρόν at that time, then Ro 5:6 (Just., D. 132, 1; cp. OGI 90, 28 καθ᾿ ὃν καιρόν), unless καιρός here means the right time (s. καιρός 1b end). κατ᾿ ὄναρ (as καθ᾿ ὕπνον Gen 20:6; Just., D 60, 5 κ. τοὺς ὕπνους) during a dream, in a dream Mt 1:20; 2:12 (s. s.v. ὄναρ for ins). with indefinite indications of time: toward, about κ. τὸ μεσονύκτιον about midnight Ac 16:25; cp. 27:27.—8:26 (s. μεσημβρία 1). distributively (cp. 1d): x period by x period: κατ᾿ ἔτος every year (s. ἔτος) Lk 2:41. Also κατ᾿ ἐνιαυτόν (s. ἐνιαυτός 1) Hb 9:25; 10:1, 3. καθ᾿ ἡμέραν daily, every day (s. ἡμέρα 2c) Mt 26:55; Mk 14:49; Lk 16:19; 22:53; Ac 2:46f; 3:2; 16:5; 17:11; 19:9; 1 Cor 15:31; Hb 7:27; 10:11. Also τὸ καθ᾿ ἡμέραν (s. ἡμέρα 2c) Lk 11:3; 19:47; Ac 17:11 v.l. ἡ ἐπίστασις ἡ καθ᾿ ἡμέραν (s. ἐπίστασις) 2 Cor 11:28. κ. πᾶσαν ἡμέραν every day (Jos., Ant. 6, 49) Ac 17:7. Also καθ᾿ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν (s. ἡμέρα 2c) Hb 3:13. κ. μίαν σαββάτου on the first day of every week 1 Cor 16:2. κ. πᾶν σάββατον every Sabbath Ac 13:27; 15:21b; 18:4. κ. μῆνα ἕκαστον each month Rv 22:2 (κ. μῆνα as SIG 153, 65; POxy 275, 18; 2 Macc 6:7). κ. ἑορτήν at each festival Mt 27:15; Mk 15:6. marker of spatial aspect of extension in space, along, over, through, in, upon (Hom. et al.; OGI 90, 7 ἐκ τῶν κ. τ. χώραν ἱερῶν; PHib 82, 19; PTebt 5, 188; LXX; Just.; Mel., HE 4, 26, 5) Ac 24:12. καθ᾿ ὅλην τ. πόλιν throughout the city Lk 8:39 (cp. Diod. S. 4, 10, 6 καθ᾿ ὅλην τὴν Ἐλλάδα). ἐγένετο λιμὸς κ. τὴν χώραν ἐκείνην 15:14. κ. τὰς κώμας 9:6. κ. πόλεις καὶ κώμας 13:22 (Appian., Maced. 9 §1 and 4 κ. πόλεις; Just., A I, 67, 3 κ. πόλεις ἢ ἀγρούς).—κ. τόπους in place after place Mt 24:7; Mk 13:8; Lk 21:11 (Theophr., περὶ σημ. 1, 4 p. 389 W.; Cat. Cod. Astr. III 28, 11 ἐν μέρει τ. ἀνατολῆς κ. τόπους, VIII/3, 186, 1 λιμὸς καὶ λοιμὸς καὶ σφαγαὶ κ. τόπους). οἱ ὄντες κ. τὴν Ἰουδαίαν those throughout Judea or living in Judea Ac 11:1. διασπαρῆναι κ. τὰς χώρας τῆς Ἰουδαίας be scattered over the regions of Judea 8:1. κ. τὴν οὖσαν ἐκκλησίαν in the congregation there 13:1. τοῖς κ. τὴν Ἀντιόχειαν καὶ Συρίαν καὶ Κιλικίαν ἀδελφοῖς 15:23. τοὺς κ. τὰ ἔθνη Ἰουδαίους the Judeans (dispersed) throughout the nations 21:21. τοῖς κ. τὸν νόμον γεγραμμένοις throughout the law = in the law 24:14b. κ. τὴν ὁδόν along or on the way (Lucian, Catapl. 4; Jos., Ant. 8, 404) Lk 10:4; Ac 25:3; 26:13. τὸ κ. Κιλικίαν καὶ Παμφυλίαν πέλαγος the sea along the coast of Cilicia and Pamphylia 27:5; but the geographical designation τὰ μέρη τ. Λιβύης τῆς κ. Κυρήνην 2:10 prob. belongs to b: the parts of Libya toward Cyrene. of extension toward, toward, to, up to ἐλθεῖν (γίνεσθαι v.l.) κ. τὸν τόπον come up to the place (Jos., Vi. 283) Lk 10:32. ἐλθόντες κ. τὴν Μυσίαν to Mysia Ac 16:7; cp. 27:7. πορεύεσθαι κ. μεσημβρίαν (s. μεσημβρία 2) toward the south 8:26 (cp. Jos., Bell. 5, 505). κ. σκοπὸν διώκειν run (over the course) toward the goal Phil 3:14. λιμὴν βλέπων κ. λίβα καὶ κ. χῶρον a harbor open to the southwest and northwest Ac 27:12 (s. βλέπω 8).—κ. πρόσωπον to the face (cp. Jos., Ant. 5, 205) Gal 2:11. ἔχειν τινὰ κ. πρόσωπον meet someone face to face (Thieme 19 has reff. for the use of κατὰ πρόσωπον as a legal formula) Ac 25:16. κ. πρόσωπον ταπεινός humble when personally present 2 Cor 10:1. κ. πρόσωπόν τινος in the presence of someone Lk 2:31; Ac 3:13. τὰ κ. πρόσωπον what lies before one’s eyes, i.e. is obvious 2 Cor 10:7. κ. ὀφθαλμοὺς προγράφειν portray before one’s eyes Gal 3:1. of isolation or separateness, by (Thu. 1, 138, 6 οἱ καθ᾿ ἑαυτοὺς Ἕλληνες ‘the Greeks by themselves’; Polyb. 1, 24, 4; 5, 78, 3; 11, 17, 6; Diod. S. 13, 72, 8; Gen 30:40; 43:32; 2 Macc 13:13; Philo, Migr. Abr. 87; 90; Just., D. 4, 5 αὐτὴ καθ᾿ ἑαυτήν γενομένη; Tat. 13, 1 ἡ ψυχὴ καθ᾿ ἑαυτήν; Ath. 15, 2 ὁ πηλὸς καθ᾿ ἑαυτόν) ἔχειν τι καθ᾿ ἑαυτόν keep someth. to oneself Ro 14:22 (cp. Jos., Ant. 2, 255; Heliod. 7, 16, 1). καθ᾿ ἑαυτὸν μένειν live by oneself of the private dwelling of Paul in Rome Ac 28:16. πίστις νεκρὰ καθ᾿ ἑαυτήν faith by itself is dead Js 2:17 (Simplicius in Epict. p. 3, 43 τὸ σῶμα καθ᾿ αὑτὸ νεκρόν ἐστιν). ἡ κατ᾿ οἶκον ἐκκλησία the congregation in the house Ro 16:5; 1 Cor 16:19. κατ᾿ ἰδίαν s. ἴδιος 5. κ. μόνας (Thu. 1, 32, 5; Menand., Epitr. 988 S. [658 Kö.], fgm. 146 Kö. [158 Kock]; Polyb. 4, 15, 11; Diod. S. 4, 51, 16; BGU 813, 15 [s. APF 2, 1903, 97]; LXX) alone, by oneself Mk 4:10; Lk 9:18; Hm 11:8 (here, as well as BGU loc. cit. and LXX, written as one word καταμόνας). of places viewed serially, distributive use w. acc., x by x (Arrian., Anab. 4, 21, 10 κ. σκηνήν=tent by tent) or from x to x: κατ᾿ οἶκον from house to house (PLond III, 904, 20 p. 125 [104 A.D.] ἡ κατ᾿ οἰκίαν ἀπογραφή) Ac 2:46b; 5:42 (both in ref. to various house assemblies or congregations; w. less probability NRSV ‘at home’); cp. 20:20. Likew. the pl. κ. τοὺς οἴκους εἰσπορευόμενος 8:3. κ. τὰς συναγωγάς 22:19. κ. πόλιν (Jos., Ant. 6, 73) from city to city IRo 9:3, but in every (single) city Ac 15:21; 20:23; Tit 1:5. Also κ. πόλιν πᾶσαν (cp. Herodian 1, 14, 9) Ac 15:36; κ. πᾶσαν πόλιν 20:23 D. κ. πόλιν καὶ κώμην Lk 8:1; cp. vs. 4. B. w. acc. (so in the NT 399 times [besides καθ᾿ εἷς and κατὰ εἷς]) down upon, toward, against someone or someth, fig. ext. of 1. w. verbs of swearing, to denote what one swears by (Thu. 5, 47, 8; Lysias 32, 13; Isaeus 7, 28; Demosth. 21, 119; 29, 26; SIG 526, 4ff; 685, 25; UPZ 110, 39 [164 B.C.]; BGU 248, 13; Jdth 1:12; Is 45:23; 2 Ch 36:13) by ἐξορκίζειν (q.v.) Mt 26:63. ὀμνύναι (q.v.) Hb 6:13, 16. ὁρκίζειν (q.v.) Hs 9, 10, 5. Sim. ἐρωτᾶν κ. τινος request, entreat by someone Hv 3, 2, 3. in a hostile sense, against α. after verbs that express hostile action, etc. διχάζειν Mt 10:35. ἐπαίρεσθαι 2 Cor 10:5. ἰσχύειν Ac 19:16. κακοῦν 14:2. στρατεύεσθαι 1 Pt 2:11. φυσιοῦσθαι 1 Cor 4:6 β. after words and expressions that designate hostile speech, esp. an accusation ἔχειν (τι) κ. τινος have or hold someth. against someone Rv 2:4, 14, 20. φέρειν J 18:29. ἐγκαλεῖν Ro 8:33. ἐντυγχάνειν τινὶ κ. τινος 11:2 (TestJob 17:5). κατηγορεῖν Lk 23:14. ποιεῖν κρίσιν Jd 15a. τὸ κ. ἡμῶν χειρόγραφον the bond that stands against us Col 2:14. ἐμφανίζειν Ac 24:1; 25:2. αἰτεῖσθαί τι 25:3, 15. αἱ κ. τινος αἰτίαι vs. 27. εἰπεῖν πονηρόν Mt 5:11 (cp. Soph., Phil. 65 κακὰ λέγειν κ. τινος. X., Hell. 1, 5, 2; Isocr., C. Nic. 13; Plut., Mor. 2a λέγειν κ.; SIG 1180, 1 λέγειν κ. τινος; Just., A I, 23, 3; 49, 6 κ. τῶν … ὁμολογούντων). λαλεῖν ῥήματα Ac 6:13; cp. Jd 15b (TestDan 4:3; JosAs 23:15). μαρτυρεῖν κ. τ. θεοῦ give testimony in contradiction to God 1 Cor 15:15. ζητεῖν μαρτυρίαν κ. τινος testimony against someone Mk 14:55. ψευδομαρτυρεῖν 14:56f. ψευδομαρτυρία Mt 26:59. γογγύζειν 20:11. στενάζειν Js 5:9. διδάσκειν Ac 21:28. συμβούλιον διδόναι (ποιεῖν v.l.) Mk 3:6; σ. λαβεῖν Mt 27:1. ψεύδεσθαι Js 3:14 (Lysias 22, 7; X., Ap. 13; Ath. 35, 1 καθ᾿ ἡμῶν … κατεψεύσατο). γ. after expressions that designate such a position or state of mind in a different way εἶναι κ. τινος be against someone (opp. ὑπέρ) Mk 9:40 (WNestle, ZNW 13, 1912, 84–87; AFridrichsen, ibid., 273–80); Ro 8:31; (opp. μετά) Mt 12:30; Lk 11:23. δύνασθαί τι κ. τινος be able to do someth. against someone 2 Cor 13:8. ἔχειν τι κ. τινος have someth. against someone (in one’s heart) Mt 5:23; Mk 11:25; Hs 9, 24, 2; cp. ibid. 23, 2, where the acc. is to be supplied. ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν J 19:11. ἐπιθυμεῖν Gal 5:17. μερίζεσθαι καθ᾿ ἑαυτῆς Mt 12:25. Cp. 1 Cl 39:4 (Job 4:18).—κατά prob. means against also in ἔβαλεν κατ᾿ αὐτῆς ἄνεμος Ac 27:14. ἐτελείωσαν κ. τ. κεφαλῆς αὐτῶν τὰ ἁμαρτήματα they completed the full measure of sins against their own head GPt 5:17. marker of extension or orientation in space or specific area of location that is relatively lower, down from someth. (Hom. et al.; LXX; Ath. 1, 4 κ. κόρρης προπηλακίζειν=to smack on one side of the head) ὁρμᾶν κ. τοῦ κρημνοῦ rush down (from) the bank (cp. Polyb. 38, 16, 7 κ. τῶν κρημνῶν ῥίπτειν; Jos., Bell. 1, 313) Mt 8:32; Mk 5:13; Lk 8:33. κ. κεφαλῆς ἔχειν have someth. on one’s head (lit. hanging down fr. the head, as a veil. Cp. Plut., Mor. 200f ἐβάδιζε κ. τῆς κεφαλῆς ἔχων τὸ ἱμάτιον.; Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 499, 5 of a mummy ἔχων τάβλαν κ. τοῦ τραχήλου) 1 Cor 11:4. of position relatively deep, into someth. (Od. 9, 330 κ. σπείους ‘into the depths of the cave’; Hdt. 7, 235; X., An. 7, 1, 30) ἡ κ. βάθους πτωχεία extreme (lit. ‘reaching down into the depths’; cp. Strabo 9, 3, 5 [419] ἄντρον κοῖλον κ. βάθους) or abysmal poverty 2 Cor 8:2. This may perh. be the mng. of πλήσσειν τινὰ κ. τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν strike someone deep into the eyes ApcPt 11:26 (cp. Demosth. 19, 197 ξαίνει κ. τοῦ νώτου; PPetr II, 18 [2b], 15 [246 B.C.] ἔτυπτεν αὐτὸν κ. τοῦ τραχήλου).—κ. γαστρός Just., D. 78, 3 for ἐν γαστρί Mt 1:18 (cp. Ath. 35, 2 τὸ κ. γαστρὸς ζῶον εἶναι). extension in various directions within an area, throughout (so in Luke’s writings; Polyb. 3, 19, 7 κ. τῆς νήσου διεσπάρησαν; PGiss 48, 8 κ. κυριακῆς γῆς; Jos., Ant. 8, 297; SibOr 3, 222; 4, 24; 5, 305) γνωστὸν γενέσθαι καθ᾿ ὅλης Ἰόππης become known throughout all Joppa Ac 9:42. καθ᾿ ὅλης τῆς Ἰουδαίας 9:31; 10:37; Lk 23:5. φήμη ἐξῆλθεν καθ᾿ ὅλης τῆς περιχώρου 4:14. A. w. the gen. κατά (Hom.+) prep. (s. the lit. s.v. ἀνά beg., also LfgrE s.v. κατά 1346; with the gen. 74 times in NT; w. acc. 391 times in NT). Return to: Rom 2:16	PREP PREPosition
Strongs: G2098 English: to my gospel Greek: εὐαγγέλιόν Lemma: εὐαγγέλιον Transliteration: euangélion Definition (BDAG): a book dealing with the life and teaching of Jesus, a gospel account that deals w. the life and teaching of Jesus (Just., A I, 66, 3 al.) Dg 11:6 (ἐν τοῖς εὐ.; TestSol 1:13 D; Orig., C. Cels. 1:9, 19 [w. ἐν τοῖς προφήταις]) τὸ καθ᾿ Ἐβραίους εὐ.—Papias (2:17).—(Cp. ὁ τὸ εὐ. γράψας Ἰωάννης Orig., C. Cels. 5, 12, 13).—ASeeberg, D. Evangelium Christi 1905; Harnack, Entstehg. u. Entwicklg. d. Kirchenverfassung 1910, 199–239; PZondervan, Het woord ‘Evangelium’: TT 48, 1914, 187–213; MBurrows, The Origin of the Word ‘Gospel’: JBL 44, 1925, 21–33; JSchniewind, Euangelion 1; 2; 1927, ’31, Die Begriffe Wort u. Evglm. b. Pls, diss. Halle 1910; AFridrichsen, Τὸ εὐαγγέλιον hos Pls: NorTT 13, 1912, 153–70; 209–56, Der Begriff Evgl. b. Irenäus, Hippolyt, Novatian: ibid. 1917, 148–70; AOepke, D. Missionspredigt des Ap. Pls. 1920, 50ff; EBurton, ICC Gal 1921, 422f; EMolland, D. Paulin. Euangelion; D. Wort u. d. Sache ’34; RAsting, D. Verkündigung im Urchristentum ’39 (on Word of God, Gospel, Witness); GFriedrich, TW II 705–35; KRengstorf, ZNW 31, ’32, 54–56; MAlbertz, D. Botschaft des NT, vols. I and II, ’47–’57; JvDodewaard, Biblica 35, ’54, 160–73; HKoester, TU 65, ’57, 6–12; JBowman, ‘Gospel’ and Its Cognates in Palestinian Syriac, NT Essays (TManson memorial), ed. Higgins ’59, 54–67; HFrankemölle, Evangelium ’88; HKoester, From the Kerygma to the Written Gospels: NTS 35, ’89, 361–81; RAC VI 1107–60.—DELG s.v. ἄγγελος. M-M. On εὐαγγελ- terms s. New Docs 3, 12–14. EDNT. TW. Spicq. Sv. details relating to the life and ministry of Jesus, good news of Jesus D 8:2; 11:3; 15:3f; 2 Cl 8:5; MPol 4:1; perh. also Mk 1:1 (LKeck, The Introduction to Mark’s Gospel, NTS 12, ’66, 352–70; DDormeyer, NTS 33, ’87, 452–68); IPhld 8:2; ISm 7:2. This usage marks a transition to God’s good news to humans, good news as proclamation abs. α. τὸ εὐαγγέλιον Mk 1:15; 8:35; 10:29; Ro 1:16; 10:16; 11:28; 1 Cor 4:15; 9:18, 23; 2 Cor 8:18; Gal 2:2; Eph 3:6; Phil 1:5; 2:22; 4:3; 1 Th 2:4; 2 Ti 1:8, 10; IPhld 5:1, 2; 8:2; 9:2; ISm 5:1; 7:2; MPol 1:1; 22:1. β. in gen., dependent on another noun ὁ λόγος τοῦ εὐ. Ac 15:7; τὸ μυστήριον τ. εὐ. Eph 6:19; cp. vs. 15; Phil 1:7, 12, 16; ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ εὐ. Gal 2:5, 14; Col 1:5 (but the last passage can also be transl. the true message of the gospel). ἡ ἐλπὶς τοῦ εὐ. the hope that is kindled by the gospel vs. 23; ἡ πίστις τοῦ εὐ. faith in the gospel Phil 1:27; ἐν τ. δεσμοῖς τοῦ εὐ. Phlm 13; ἡ ἐξουσία τοῦ εὐ. authority over (i.e. to proclaim) the gospel B 8:3; ἀρχὴ τοῦ εὐ. beginning (of the proclaiming) of the gospel Phil 4:15; cp. 1 Cl 47:2 (s. on this WHartke, D. Sammlung u. d. ältesten Ausgaben der Paulusbriefe 1917, 55); Mk 1:1 (s. 3 below). γ. in certain combinations w. verbs τὸ εὐ. κηρύσσειν Mt 26:13; Mk 13:10; 14:9 (JJeremias, ZNW 44, ’53, 103–7: apocalyptic proclamation); 16:15; cp. Mt 4:23; 9:35; 24:14; Mk 1:14; Ac 1:2 D; B 5:9; GMary 463, 29; 33. καταγγέλλειν 1 Cor 9:14. γνωρίζειν 15:1. εὐαγγελίζεσθαι Gal 1:11 (cp. 2 Cor 11:7). in combination α. w. adj. εὐ. αἰώνιον Rv 14:6. ἕτερον 2 Cor 11:4; Gal 1:6 (EGrässer, ZTK 66, ’69, 306–44). ἅγιον AcPlCor 2:36. β. w. gen. (s. OSchmitz, D. Christusgemeinschaft des Pls im Lichte seines Genetivgebrauchs 1924, 45–88). א.objective genitive εὐ. τῆς βασιλείας Mt 4:23; 9:35; 24:14. τ. θεοῦ Mk 1:14. τ. χάριτος τ. θεοῦ of God’s grace Ac 20:24. τ. εἰρήνης Eph 6:15. τ. σωτηρίας 1:13. τ. δόξης τ. Χριστοῦ of the glory of Christ 2 Cor 4:4; cp. 1 Ti 1:11 (τὸ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ εὐ. Orig., C. Cels. 2, 13, 62). εὐ. τ. Χριστοῦ is usu. interpr. as the gospel (good news) about Christ (because of Ro 1:1–3; 2 Cor 4:4; 1 Th 3:2, cp. Ro 15:16) Ro 15:19; 1 Cor 9:12; 2 Cor 2:12 (here and Ro 1:1 εἰς εὐαγγέλιον=for the purpose of bringing the good news, as Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 113 §474). 2 Cor 9:13; 10:14; Gal 1:7; Phil 1:27; 1 Th 3:2; cp. Ro 1:9; 2 Th 1:8; B 5:9; MPol 19:1. εὐ. τῆς ἀκροβυστίας the gospel for the uncircumcised Gal 2:7. ב.Subjective genitive (τοῦ) θεοῦ Ro 1:1; 15:16; 2 Cor 11:7; 1 Th 2:2, 8, 9; 1 Pt 4:17. The one who is commissioned to do the proclaiming can be mentioned in the subj. gen. εὐ. μου, ἡμῶν Ro 2:16; 16:25; 2 Cor 4:3; 1 Th 1:5; 2 Th 2:14; 2 Ti 2:8. S. LBaudiment, ‘L’Évangile’ de St. Paul 1925; Molland (3 below) 83–97. εὐαγγέλιον, ου, τό (s. prec. entry; Hom. et al.; LXX, TestSol D 1:13; ApcSed 14:9; Joseph., Just., Mel.) orig. ‘a reward for good news’, then simply ‘good news’ (so Plut., Sertor. 573 [11, 8]; 582 [26, 6], Phoc. 749 [16, 8]; 752 [23, 6] al.; Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 93 §384; 4, 20 §78; Ps.-Lucian, Asin. 26; Jos., Bell. 2, 420; 4, 618; 656; IG III, 10 = II2, 1077 [OWeinreich, ARW 18, 1915, p. 43, 3]; papyrus letter [after 238 A.D.] in Dssm., LO 313f [LAE 371]=Sb 421.—Also in sacral use: Diod. S. 15, 74, 2 Διονύσιος τοῖς θεοῖς εὐαγγέλια θύσας=offered a sacrifice for good news to the gods; OGI 458=IPriene 105, 40f ἦρξεν δὲ τῷ κόσμῳ τῶν δι᾿ αὐτὸν εὐανγελίων ἡ γενέθλιος τοῦ θεοῦ [s. AHarnack, Red. u. Aufs. I2 1906, 310ff; PWendland, ZNW 5, 1904, 335ff, D. urchristl. Literaturformen 1912, 409f ]; Philostrat., Vi. Apollon. 1, 28 of the appearing of Apollon.; Ael. Aristid. 53, 3 K.=55 p. 708 D.: Ζεὺς Εὐαγγέλιος) in our lit. only in the sense of good news relating to God’s action in Jesus Christ. Return to: Rom 2:16	N-ASN Part of Speech: Noun Case: Accusative Number: Singular Gender: Neuter
Strongs: G2919 English: will judge Greek: κρίνει Lemma: κρίνω Transliteration: krínō Definition (BDAG): to ensure justice for someone, see to it that justice is done (LXX) τινί to someone 1 Cl 8:4 (Is 1:17).—B. 1428. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. to engage in a judicial process, judge, decide, hale before a court, condemn, also hand over for judicial punishment, freq. as a legal t.t. (in a forensic sense Hom. et al.; ins, pap, LXX). of a human court α. act. and pass. abs. Ac 13:27. W. adv. GPt 3:7. κ. τινά: κατὰ τὸν νόμον J 18:31; Ac 23:3; 24:6 v.l. οὐδὲ ἐγὼ κρίνω ὑμᾶς GJs 16:3. Of the right of the apostle and the church to judge believers 1 Cor 5:12ab. μὴ ὁ νόμος ἡμῶν κρίνει τὸν ἄνθρωπον; does our law (personified) judge a person? J 7:51 (Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 50 §205 certain senators desire that before Mark Antony is declared a public enemy he should be brought to trial, ὡς οὐ πάτριον σφίσιν ἀκρίτου καταδικάζειν ‘on the ground that it was not their ancestral custom to condemn someone without a hearing’). ἐκ τ. στόματός σου κρινῶ σε I will punish you on the basis of your own statement Lk 19:22. Pass. Ac 25:10. κρίνεσθαι ἐπί τινι be on trial because of a thing 26:6 (Appian, Basil. 12 κρινόμενος ἐπὶ τῷδε=be brought to trial because of this thing; likew. Iber. 55 §233; Ath. 2, 3; of God ApcrEzk fgm. d). Also περί τινος (Diod. S. 12, 30, 5) 23:6; 25:20; w. addition of ἐπί w. gen. of the court of judicature before someone (schol. on Hes., Op. 9) 24:21; 25:9; D 11:11.—τί δὲ καὶ ἀφ᾿ ἑαυτῶν οὐ κρίνετε τὸ δίκαιον; Lk 12:57, which leads over into the sphere of jurisprudence (vs. 58), means: why cannot you yourselves decide what is right? (cp. the prayer for vengeance fr. Amorgos [BCH 25, 1901 p. 416; Dssm., LO 94=LAE 118] ἐπάκουσον, θεά, καὶ κρῖναι τὸ δίκαιον; cp. Appian, Mithrid. 89 §403 κρίνειν τὴν μάχην=decide the battle; Just., A II, 15, 5). β. mid. and pass.: ‘dispute, quarrel, debate’, also go to law (so Thu. 4, 122, 4 δίκῃ κρίνεσθαι; Hos 2:4 al. in LXX; TestSol 4:4ff D; Mel., P. 101, 773) τινί with someone (Job 9:3; 13:19) Mt 5:40; B 6:1 (Is 50:8); μετά τινος (Vi. Aesopi W 76 κριθῆναί με μετὰ τῆς κυρίας μου ἐπὶ σοί=I am pleading my case with my mistress before you; Eccl 6:10) 1 Cor 6:6. ἐπί τινος before someone (as judge) vs. 1 (on the beginning of 1 Cor 6 cp. the decree of Alexander to the Greeks in Ps.-Callisth. 2, 21, 21: βούλομαι δὲ μὴ ἐν ἑαυτοῖς κρίνειν ὅσον τις ὑμῶν ἔχει πρὸς ἕτερον, οὐδὲ ἐφ᾿ οὗ βούλεσθε=it is my wish [will] that you are not to go to law among yourselves, no matter what any of you may have against another, nor before anyone you wish). of the divine tribunal α. occupied by God or Christ: abs. administer justice, judge J 5:30; 8:16, 50; cp. vs. 26; Rv 6:10; B 5:7. Pass. be judged Mt 7:1b, 2b; Lk 6:37b; Rv 11:18.—W. acc. foll. (PGM 4, 1013 of Horus ὁ κρίνων τὰ πάντα) J 5:22; 8:15b. τοὺς ἔξω 1 Cor 5:13. ζῶντας καὶ νεκρούς judge the living and the dead 2 Ti 4:1; 1 Pt 4:5; B 7:2. τὰ κρυπτὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων Ro 2:16. τὸν κόσμον B 4:12 (TestAbr A 13 p. 92, 10 [Stone p. 32]; ApcEsdr 3:3 p. 27, 8 Tdf.). τὴν οἰκουμένην Ac 17:31; AcPl Ha 9, 29. κ. κατὰ τὸ ἑκάστου ἔργον judge each one by what that person does 1 Pt 1:17; cp. Rv 20:13. ἐκρίθησαν οἱ νεκροὶ ἐκ τῶν γεγραμμένων ἐν τοῖς βιβλίοις κατὰ τὰ ἔργα αὐτῶν the dead were judged by what was written in the books (of life and of death), in accordance w. their deeds vs. 12; δικαίως κ. judge uprightly (Sotades [280 B.C.] fgm. 11, 2 Diehl2 II 6 p. 191 [in Stob. 4, 34, 8 vol. V p. 826, 5=Coll. Alex. p. 243] ὁ παντογενὴς … οὐ κρίνει δικαίως) 1 Pt 2:23; B 19:11. Also ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ Rv 19:11. διὰ νόμου κρίνεσθαι be judged on the basis of the law Js 2:12.—Oft. the emphasis is unmistakably laid upon that which follows the Divine Judge’s verdict, upon the condemnation or punishment: condemn, punish (opp. σῴζειν as TestJud 24:6; Mel., P. 104, 810; cp. ApcEsdr 1, 11 p. 25, 3 Tdf. ἐμὲ κρῖνον ὑπὲρ τῶν ψυχῶν τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν) J 3:17; cp. 18ab; 12:47ab, 48a; cp. 48b; Ac 7:7 (Gen 15:14); Dg 7:5f (opp. ἀγαπᾶν). διὰ νόμου κ. punish on the basis of the law Ro 2:12.—3:6f; 1 Cor 11:31f (here of the temporal punishment which God brings upon sinners); 2 Th 2:12; Hb 10:30 (κρινεῖ κύριος τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ the Lord will judge = punish his pe to come to a conclusion after a cognitive process, reach a decision, decide, propose, intend (Isocr. 4, 46; Polyb. 3, 6, 7; 5, 52, 6; 9, 13, 7; Epict. 2, 15, 7; Appian, Bell. Civ. 14, 118 §497 ὅταν οἱ θεοὶ κρίνωσιν; LXX) τί οὖν θέλετε, κρίνατε (restored) so decide now what you wish (to be done); w. inf. (Diod. S. 4, 33, 10; 17, 95, 1; UPZ 42, 37 [162 B.C.]; PTebt 55, 4 [II B.C.] ἔκρινα γράψαι; PLond III, 897, 11 p. 207 [84 A.D.]; 1 Macc 11:33; 3 Macc 1:6; Jdth 11:13; Wsd 8:9; Jos., Ant.7, 33; 12, 403; 13, 188; Did., Gen. 179, 7) Ac 3:13; 20:16; 25:25; 1 Cor 2:2; 5:3; Tit 3:12. W. τοῦ and inf. (B-D-F §397, 2) ἐκρίθη τοῦ ἀποπλεῖν ἡμᾶς Ac 27:1. ἐπεὶ ἤδη σεαυτῷ κέκρικας τοῦ μὴ δύνασθαι τὰς ἐντολὰς ταύτας ὑπὸ ἀνθρώπου φυλαχθῆναι since you have already decided in your own mind that these commandments cannot be kept by anyone Hm 12, 3, 6.—W. acc. and inf. (2 Macc 11:25, 36; 3 Macc 6:30; TestSol 10:8; SibOr 3, 127; Just., D. 102, 2) Ac 21:25 (even in the substantially different rdgs.). τοῦτο κέκρικεν …, τηρεῖν τὴν ἑαυτοῦ παρθένον he has determined this, namely to keep his fiancée (pure and undefiled) 1 Cor 7:37 (s. s.v. γαμίζω 2; Diod. S. 4, 73, 2 of a father: κρίναι ταύτην [i.e. his daughter] παρθένον διαφυλάττειν). τοῦτο κρίνατε μᾶλλον, τὸ μὴ τιθέναι πρόσκομμα but rather decide this, (namely) to give no offense Ro 14:13b. ἔκρινα ἐμαυτῷ τοῦτο, τὸ … ἐλθεῖν 2 Cor 2:1. τὰ δόγματα τὰ κεκριμένα ὑπὸ τ. ἀποστόλων Ac 16:4 (cp. Polyb. 5, 52, 6 πράξας τὸ κριθέν; Epict. 2, 15, 7 τοῖς κριθεῖσιν ἐμμένειν δεῖ). to make a judgment based on taking various factors into account, judge, think, consider, look upon w. double acc. of the obj. and the predicate (Soph., Oed. R. 34; Pla., Rep. 9, 578b and s. Cebes 39, 4; 3 Macc 2:33; Just., D. 112, 1) οὐκ ἀξίους κρίνετε ἑαυτούς you do not consider yourselves worthy Ac 13:46 (Jos., Ant. 6, 159 ὃν αὐτὸς τ. βασιλείας ἄξιον ἔκρινεν; EpArist 98); cp. PtK 3 p. 15, 17. τὰ ὑστερήματα αὐτῶν ἴδια ἐκρίνετε you considered their shortcomings as your own 1 Cl 2:6. Pass. (Thu. 2, 40, 3; Jos., Ant. 4, 193) τί ἄπιστον κρίνεται παρ᾿ ὑμῖν; why do you think it is incredible? Ac 26:8 (Jos., Ant. 18, 76 ἄπιστα αὐτὰ κρίνειν).—Foll. by acc. w. inf. (Pla., Gorg., 452c, Rep. 9, 578b; X., An. 1, 9, 5; 28) κεκρίκατέ με πιστὴν … εἶναι Ac 16:15.—W. inf. foll. κρίνω μὴ παρενοχλεῖν τοῖς κτλ. 15:19.—Foll. by τοῦτο ὅτι 2 Cor 5:14.—W. direct quest. foll. ἐν ὑμῖν αὐτοῖς κρίνατε judge, decide for yourselves 1 Cor 11:13.—W. indirect quest. foll. (Thu. 4, 130, 7 κρίναντες ἐν σφίσιν αὐτοῖς, εἰ … ; X., Cyr. 4, 1, 5) εἰ δίκαιόν ἐστιν, ὑμῶν ἀκούειν μᾶλλον ἢ τοῦ θεοῦ, κρίνατε decide whether it is right to obey you rather than God Ac 4:19.—κρίνατε ὑμεῖς ὅ φημι pass your own judgment on what I say 1 Cor 10:15.—ὀρθῶς ἔκρινας you have judged rightly Lk 7:43. to pass judgment upon (and thereby seek to influence) the lives and actions of other people judge, pass judgment upon, express an opinion about Mt 7:1a, 2a; Lk 6:37a; 1 Cl 13:2; Pol 2:3 (Sextus 183 ὁ κρίνων ἄνθρωπον κρίνεται ὑπὸ τ. θεοῦ). κ. δικαίως D 4:3; B 19:11. κ. κατ᾿ ὄψιν by the outward appearance J 7:24a. κατὰ τὴν σάρκα 8:15. τὴν δικαίαν κρίσιν κ. pass a right judgment 7:24b (on the expr. cp. Dt 16:18). This is perh. the place for 1 Pt 4:6 ἵνα κριθῶσιν κατὰ ἀνθρ. (s. ESelwyn, comm. ad loc. ref. to Lghtf.; cp. Wsd 3:4). esp. pass an unfavorable judgment upon, criticize, find fault with, condemn (Epict. 2, 21, 11) Ro 2:1abc, 3; 14:3f, 10, 13a (a play on words, w. κρίνειν used in two different mngs. in the same vs.; s. 4 below on vs. 13b); Col 2:16; Js 4:11, 12; D 11:12. μή τι κρίνετε do not pronounce judgment on anything 1 Cor 4:5. ἱνατί γὰρ ἡ ἐλευθερία μου κρίνεται ὑπὸ ἄλλης συνειδήσεως; why is my freedom (of action) to be unfavorably judged by another person’s scruples? 1 Cor 10:29. μακάριος ὁ μὴ κρίνων ἑαυτόν happy is the one who finds no fault w. himself Ro 14:22.—Also of a human judgment directed against God ὅπως ἂν νικήσεις ἐν τῷ κρίνεσθαί σε that you may win when you are judged Ro 3:4 (OMichel in KEK prefers active sense); 1 Cl 18:4 (both Ps 50:6). to make a selection, select, prefer (Aeschyl., Suppl. 39 τὶ; Pla., Rep. 3, 399e κρίνειν τινὰ πρό τινος ‘prefer someone to someone’, cp. Phlb. 57e; Himerius, Or. 40 [=Or. 6], 3 κ. τί τινι=select someth. because of someth. [a place because of its size]; κ. τὸ πρακτέον καὶ μὴ πρακτέον Did., Gen. 27, 3) ὃς μὲν γὰρ κρίνει ἡμέραν παρ᾿ ἡμέραν the one prefers one day to another Ro 14:5a. In the other half of the sentence ὃς δὲ κρίνει πᾶσαν ἡμέραν, κ. prob. has the sense recognize, approve (X., Hell. 1, 7, 34 ἔκριναν τὴν τῆς βουλῆς γνώμην) the other holds every day in esteem vs. 5b. Closely associated is mng. κρίνω (s. κρίμα; Hom.+) fut. κρινῶ; 1 aor. ἔκρινα; pf. κέκρικα; plpf. 3 sg. κεκρίκει (on the lack of augment s. B-D-F §66, 1; W-S. §12, 4; Mlt-H. 190; ἐκεκρίκει Just., D. 102, 2). Pass.: impf. ἐκρινόμην; 1 fut. κριθήσομαι; 1 aor. ἐκρίθην; pf. κέκριμαι. Primary mng.: ‘to set apart so as to distinguish, separate’, then by transference Return to: Rom 2:16	V-FAI-3S Tense: Future Voice: Active Mood: Indicative Person: third Number: Singular
Strongs: G2927 English: the secrets Greek: κρυπτὰ Lemma: κρυπτός Transliteration: kryptós Definition (BDAG): a hidden entity, something hidden, subst. τὸ κρυπτόν a hidden thing (Menand., Mon. 225 Mei. [316 J.]; Did., Gen. 171, 1) Lk 8:17. Esp. in pl. τὰ κρυπτά (Dt 29:28; Is 29:10; Sus 42 Theod.; Jos., Bell. 5, 402; 413 ὁ θεὸς τὰ κ. πάντα ἐφορᾷ) τὰ κ. ἐλέγχει it exposes the secret things (so, word for word, Artem. 1, 14 p. 19, 4 and 1, 44 p. 42, 8) IPhld 7:1. τὰ κ. τινος someone’s secret thoughts, plans, purposes (Philemon Com. 233 φίλου; Iambl., Myst. 6, 5 Partey; PGM 57, 13 τὰ κ. τ. θεᾶς Ἴσιδος; Sir 1:30; Jer 30:4) Ro 2:16; IEph 15:3; IPhld 9:1. τὰ κ. τῆς καρδίας αὐτοῦ (TestReub 1:4 ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ μου τὰ κ.; cp. Is 22:9 τὰ κ. τῶν οἴκων τῆς ἄκρας) the secret thoughts of the person’s (unbeliever’s) heart 1 Cor 14:25; cp. Pol 4:3. τὰ κ. τοῦ σκότους what is hidden in darkness 1 Cor 4:5. τὰ κ. τῆς αἰσχύνης the things that are hidden out of a sense of shame 2 Cor 4:2 (on the topic s. RKaster, The Shame of the Romans: TAPA 127, ’97, 1–19 [lit.]). a hidden place ἐν τῷ κ. in secret (Vi. Aesopi W 104 P.; Orig., C. Cels. 8, 74, 4) Mt 6:4ab, 6ab, 18 v.l.; ἐν κ. in a secret place J 7:4; 18:20; in secret, secretly (TestJud 12:5; Orig., C. Cels. 7, 22, 31) ὁ ἐν τῷ κ. Ἰουδαῖος the Judean who is one inwardly, not only by the outward sign of circumcision Ro 2:29; ἀνέβη ὡς ἐν κ. he went up privately, as it were J 7:10.—On Lk 11:33 v.l. s. κρύπτη.—DELG s.v. κρύπτω. M-M. EDNT. TW. pert. to being unknown because of being kept secret, hidden, secret, adj. (Herodian 5, 6, 3 κ. καὶ ἀόρατος; SIG 973, 5f; BGU 316, 28; 3 Km 6:4; Ezk 40:16; 2 Macc 1:16; Jos., Ant. 15, 424; τὰ κρυπτὰ τῆς φύσεως μυστήρια Hippol., Ref. 1, 24, 2) ὁ κρυπτὸς τῆς καρδίας ἄνθρωπος the heart’s inner self 1 Pt 3:4 (s. ἄνθρωπος 5a; cp. Epict. 4, 11, 33). οὐδὲν … κ. ὃ οὐ γνωσθήσεται there is nothing secret that shall not be made known Mt 10:26; Lk 12:2; cp. Mk 4:22 (Philemon Com. 192 χρόνος τὰ κρυπτὰ πάντα εἰς φάος ἄγει; JosAs 6:3 οὐδὲν κρυπτὸν λέληθεν αὐτῷ). κρυπτός, ή, όν (s. κρύπτω; Hom. et al.; pap, LXX; Test- Reub 1:4; TestJud 12:5; JosAs 6:3 [also cod. A 24:5 p. 76, 14 λόγος]) Return to: Rom 2:16	A-APN Part of Speech: Adjective Case: Accusative Number: Plural Gender: Neuter

Rom 2:17
Definition	RMAC
Strongs: G2028 English: you bear the name Greek: ἐπονομάζῃ Lemma: ἐπονομάζω Transliteration: eponomázō Definition (BDAG): ἐπονομάζω aor. ἐπωνόμασα LXX; pf. 1 pl. ἐπωνομάκαμεν (Ath. 16, 3 [Pla., Rep. 269d]); aor. pass. ἐπωνομάσθην (Just.) (s. ὀνομάζω; trag., Hdt. et al.; LXX; Jos., Ant. 17, 14) call, name pass. σὺ Ἰουδαῖος ἐπονομάζῃ you call yourself a Judean (Jew) Ro 2:17 (ἐπι- without special mng. as Maximus Tyr. 39, 4a; 5c; Appian, Basil. 1 §1; Dionys. Byz. §35; Himerius, Or. 48 [=Or. 14], 13; TestJud 1:3).—DELG s.v. ὄνομα. M-M. TW. Return to: Rom 2:17	V-PPI-2S Tense: Present Voice: Passive Mood: Indicative Person: second Number: Singular
Strongs: G2744 English: and boast Greek: καυχᾶσαι Lemma: καυχάομαι Transliteration: kaucháomai Definition (BDAG): to make a boast about someth., boast about, mention in order to boast of, be proud of, trans. τὶ someth. (Philemon Com. [IV–III B.C.], fgm. 141 p. 521; Diod. S. 20, 63, 4) τὰ τῆς ἀσθενείας μου boast about my weaknesses 2 Cor 11:30b (cp. Pr 27:1 κ. τὰ εἰς αὔριον). τὶ περί τινος 10:8. τί τινι ὑπέρ τινος say someth. boastingly (or in pride) to someone concerning someone 7:14; 9:2 (here a ὅτι-clause defines τὶ more closely). μικρόν τι 11:16.—For Gr-Rom. cultural background on Paul’s theme of boasting in 2 Cor s. Plut., Mor. 539–547 ‘On Inoffensive Self-Praise’; FDanker, Augsburg Comm. on the NT: II Cor ’89, esp. 147–214; idem, Paul’s Debt to Demosthenes’ ‘De Corona’, in Persuasive Artistry [GKennedy Festschr.], ed. DWatson, ’91, 262–80; JLambrecht, Dangerous Boasting, Paul’s Self-Commendation in 2 Cor 10–13, in RBieringer, ed., The Corinthian Correspondence ’96, 325–46.—JBosch, ‘Gloriarse’ según San Pablo, Sentido y teologia de καυχάομαι, ’70. BDowdy, The Meaning of καυχᾶσθαι in the NT, diss. Vanderbilt ’55.—B. 1281. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Spicq. to take pride in someth., boast, glory, pride oneself, brag, intr. (Sappho, fgm. 26, 10 D.2) ἔν τινι in or about a person or thing (schol. on Apollon. Rhod. 3, 976 οἱ καυχώμενοι ἐν ἑτέρων διαβολαῖς; LXX; TestJud 13:2; ἐν τοῖς θεοῖς Theoph. Ant. 1, 1 [p. 58, 6].—B-D-F §196; s. Rob. 532) ἐν θεῷ Ro 2:17. ἐν τῷ θεῷ 5:11. ἐν κυρίῳ 1 Cor 1:31b; 2 Cor 10:17b; 1 Cl 13:1 (cp. on the three Jer 9:23). ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ Phil 3:3. ἐν ἀνθρώποις 1 Cor 3:21.—ἐν νόμῳ (cp. Sir 39:8) Ro 2:23; in afflictions 5:3; in the work of others 2 Cor 10:15; in weaknesses 12:9; in high position Js 1:9; in wisdom, etc. 1 Cl 13:1 (Jer 9:22f). ἐν τῇ ὑμετέρᾳ σαρκί Gal 6:13. ἐν τῷ σταυρῷ vs. 14. ἐν τῷ προσώπῳ κ., opp. ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ pride oneself on externals … on the heart 2 Cor 5:12. ἐν ᾧ καυχῶνται 11:12. On 2 Th 1:4 v.l. see ἐγκαυχάομαι.—The ἐν is to be taken somewhat differently Js 4:16 (s. ἀλαζονεία).—εἴς τι boast with regard to someth. 2 Cor 10:16. Differently εἰς τὰ ἄμετρα κ. boast beyond limit (s. ἄμετρος) vss. 13, 15.—ἐπί τινι based on someth., in someth. (Cratinus Com. [V B.C.] 95; Diod. S. 15, 6, 2 ἐπὶ τοῖς ποιήμασιν; 16, 70, 2; iambic poet in Ps.-Callisth. 2, 20, 11 ἐπὶ τέκνοισι; SIG 1268, 23 ἐπὶ ῥώμῃ; Ps 48:7) Ro 5:2 (JBover, Biblica 22, ’41, 41–45). ὑπέρ τινος on behalf of someone 2 Cor 12:5ab. κατά τι in accordance with someth. 2 Cor 11:18a.—ἐνώπιον τ. θεοῦ before God 1 Cor 1:29.—W. ὅτι foll. (Strabo 13, 1, 27) IPhld 6:3. (W. inf. TestJob 41:3; Just., D. 101, 1.)—Abs. (TestReub 3:5) 1 Cor 1:31a; 4:7; 2 Cor 10:17a; 11:18b, 30a; 12:1, 6, 11 v.l.; Eph 2:9; IPol 5:2.—1 Cor 13:3, a variety of witnesses have καυχήσωμαι (read by N. and defended e.g. by Harnack, SBBerl- Ak 1911, 139ff; Goodsp., Probs. 162–65; KClark, Studia Paulina [deZwaan Festschr.] ’53, 61f) instead of the v.l. καυθήσομαι, which is preferred by others (e.g., EPreuschen, ZNW 16, 1915, 127ff; JKElliott, ZNW 62, ’71, 297f; et al.).—S. καίω 2. καυχάομαι (s. two next entries; Pind., Hdt.+) mid. dep.; 2 sing. καυχᾶσαι Ro 2:17, 23; 1 Cor 4:7 (s. Mayser 328; JWackernagel, TLZ 33, 1908, 639; Thackeray 218; Mlt-H. 198); fut. καυχήσομαι; 1 aor. ἐκαυχησάμην; pf. κεκαύχημαι. In our lit. restricted to Paul, except for two pass. each in Js and Ign., and one in 1 Cl (a quot. fr. the OT). Return to: Rom 2:17	V-PNI-2S Tense: Present Voice: middle or passive depoNent Mood: Indicative Person: second Number: Singular

Rom 2:18
Definition	RMAC
Strongs: G1097 English: and know Greek: γινώσκεις Lemma: γινώσκω Transliteration: ginṓskō Definition (BDAG): to indicate that one does know, acknowledge, recognize as that which one is or claims to be τινά (Plut., Ages. 597 [3, 1]; Jos., Ant. 5, 112) οὐδέποτε ἔγνων ὑμᾶς I have never recognized you Mt 7:23; cp. J 1:10. ἐὰν γνωσθῇ πλέον τ. �ἐπισκόπου if he receives more recognition than the supervisor ( bishop) IPol 5:2. Of God as subject recognize someone as belonging to God, choose, almost=elect (Am 3:2; Hos 12:1; Sib- Or 5, 330) 1 Cor 8:3; Gal 4:9. In these pass. the γ. of God directed toward human beings is conceived of as the basis of and condition for their coming to know God; cp. the language of the Pythagoreans in HSchenkl, Wiener Studien 8, 1886 p. 265, no. 9 βούλει γνωσθῆναι θεοῖς• ἀγνοήθητι μάλιστα ἀνθρώποις; p. 277 no. 92 σοφὸς ἄνθρωπος κ. θεὸν σεβόμενος γινώσκεται ὑπὸ τ. θεοῦ; Porphyr., ad Marcellam 13 σοφὸς ἄνθρωπος γινώσκεται ὑπὸ θεοῦ; Herm. Wr. 1, 31 θεός, ὃς γνωσθῆναι βούλεται καὶ γινώσκεται τοῖς ἰδίοις; 10, 15 οὐ γὰρ ἀγνοεῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον ὁ θεός, ἀλλὰ καὶ πάνυ γνωρίζει καὶ θέλει γνωρίζεσθαι. S. Rtzst., Mysterienrel.3 299f; Ltzm. on 1 Cor 8:3; RAC XI 446–659.—On the whole word: BSnell, D. Ausdrücke für die Begriffe des Wissens in d. vorplatonischen Philosophie 1924; EBaumann, ידע u. seine Derivate: ZAW 28, 1908, 22ff; 110ff; WBousset, Gnosis: Pauly-W. VII 1912, 1503ff; Rtzst., Mysterienrel.3 66–70; 284–308; PThomson, ‘Know’ in the NT: Exp. 9th ser. III, 1925, 379–82; AFridrichsen, Gnosis (Paul): ELehmann Festschr. 1927, 85–109; RPope, Faith and Knowledge in Pauline and Johannine Thought: ET 41, 1930, 421–27; RBultmann, TW I ’33, 688–715; HJonas, Gnosis u. spätantiker Geist I ’34; 2’55; EPrucker, Gnosis Theou ’37; JDupont, La Connaissance religieuse dans les Épîtres de Saint Paul, ’49; LBouyer, Gnosis: Le Sens orthodoxe de l’expression jusqu’aux pères Alexandrins: JTS n.s. 4, ’53, 188–203; WDavies, Knowledge in the Dead Sea Scrolls and Mt 11:25–30: HTR 46, ’53, 113–39; WSchmithals, D. Gnosis in Kor. ’55, 3’69; MMagnusson, Der Begriff ‘Verstehen’ (esp. in Paul), ’55; RCasey, Gnosis, Gnosticism and the NT: CDodd Festschr., ’56, 52–80; IdelaPotterie, οἶδα et γινώσκω (4th Gosp.), Biblica 40, ’59, 709–25; H-JSchoeps, Urgemeinde, Judenchristentum, Gnosis ’56; EKäsemann, Das Wandernde Gottesvolk (Hb)2, ’57; HJonas, The Gnostic Religion, ’58; JDupont, Gnosis, ’60; UWilckens, Weisheit u. Torheit (1 Cor 1 and 2) ’59; DGeorgi, Die Gegner des Pls im 2 Cor, ’64; DScholer, Nag Hammadi Bibliography, 1948–69, ’71.—B. 1209f. DELG s.v. γιγνώσκω. EDNT. M-M. TW. Sv. to have come to the knowledge of, have come to know, know (Nägeli 40 w. exx.) w. acc. α. of thing (Bar 3:20, 23; Jdth 8:29; Bel 35; Just., D. 110, 1 καὶ τοῦτο γ.): τὴν ποσότητα 1 Cl 35:3; hearts (Ps 43:22) Lk 16:15; will Ro 2:18; truth (Just., D. 139, 5; Tat. 13, 1) 2J 1; 2 Cor 5:21; grace 8:9; πάντα (2 Km 14:20; Just., D. 127, 2) 1J 3:20. τὶ 1 Cor 8:2a. W. object clause preceding: ὃ κατεργάζομαι οὐ γ. what I am accomplishing I really do not know Ro 7:15 (here γ. almost=desire, want, decide [Polyb. 5, 82, 1; Plut., Lycurg. 41[3, 9] ἔγνω φυγεῖν; Appian, Syr. 5 §18; Arrian, Anab. 2, 21, 8; 2, 25, 8; Paradox. Vat. 46 Keller ὅ τι ἂν γνῶσιν αἱ γυναῖκες; Jos., Ant. 1, 195; 14, 352; 16, 331]; mngs. 3 understand and 7 recognize are also prob.). W. attraction of the relative ἐν ὥρᾳ ᾗ οὐ γ. at an hour unknown to him Mt 24:50; Lk 12:46. W. acc. and ptc. (on the constr. s. 4a above) τὴν πόλιν νεωκόρον οὖσαν that the city is guardian of the temple Ac 19:35. β. of pers. know someone (Tob 5:2; 7:4; Is 1:3) J 1:48; 2:24; 10:14f, 27; Ac 19:15; 2 Ti 2:19 (Num 16:5); Ox 1 recto, 14 (GTh 31). W. acc. and ptc. (s. α above, end and e.g. Just., A I, 19, 6) Hb 13:23. w. acc. and inf. (Da 4:17; Just., D. 130, 2 al.) Hb 10:34. w. ὅτι foll. (Sir 23:19; Bar 2:30; Tob 3:14) J 21:17; Ac 20:34; Phil 1:12; Js 1:3; 2 Pt 1:20; 3:3; γ. τοὺς διαλογισμοὺς ὅτι εἰσὶν μάταιοι he knows that the thoughts are vain 1 Cor 3:20 (Ps 93:11).—Oft. γινώσκετε, ὅτι you may be quite sure that Mt 24:33, 43; Mk 13:28f; Lk 10:11; 12:39; 21:31; J 15:18; 1J 2:29 (cp. UPZ 62, 32 [161 B.C.] γίνωσκε σαφῶς ὅτι πρός σε οὐ μὴ ἐπέλθω; 70, 14; 3 Macc 7:9; Judg 4:9; Job 36:5; Pr 24:12). In τοῦτο ἴστε γινώσκοντες, ὅτι Eph 5:5 the question is whether the two verbs are to be separated or not. In the latter case, one could point to Sym. Jer 49:22 ἴστε γινώσκοντες and 1 Km 20:3. w. indir. question (Gen 21:26; 1 Km 22:3; Eccl 11:5; 2 Macc 14:32; Just., A I, 63, 3 τί πατὴρ καὶ τί υἱός) Lk 7:39; 10:22; J 2:25; 11:57. w. adv. modifier γ. Ἑλληνιστί understand Greek Ac 21:37 (cp. X., Cyr. 7, 5; 31 ἐπίστασθαι Συριστί). abs. (Gen 4:9; 18:21; 4 Km 2:3; Sir 32:8) Lk 2:43. τί ἐγὼ γινώσκω; how should I know? Hs 9, 9, 1. to have sexual intercourse with, have sex/marital relations with, euphemistic ext. of 1 (Menand., fgm. 558, 5 Kock; Heraclid. Lembus, Pol. 64 [Aristot., Fgm. ed. VRose 1886, 383]; oft. in Plut. and other later authors, and LXX [Anz 306]) w. acc., said of a man as agent (Gen 4:1, 17; 1 Km 1:19; Jdth 16:22; ApcMos 4; Did., Gen. 143, 9) Mt 1:25 (in connection w. the topic of 1:25f see Plut., Mor. 717e; Olympiodorus, Vi. Plat. 1 [Westermann, 1850]: φάσμα Ἀπολλωνιακὸν συνεγένετο τῇ μητρὶ αὐτοῦ τῇ Περικτιόνῃ καὶ ἐν νυκτὶ φανὲν τῷ Ἀρίστωνι ἐκέλευσεν αὐτῷ μὴ μιγνύναι τῇ Περικτιόνῃ μέχρι τ. χρόνου τῆς ἀποτέξεως. Ὁ δ᾿ οὕτω πεποίηκεν: ‘an apparition of Apollo had relations with [Plato’s] mother Perictione, and in a nocturnal appearance to Ariston [Plato's father] ordered him not to have intercourse w. P. until the time of her parturition. So he acted accordingly.’—The legend of Plato’s birth is traceable to Plato’s nephew Speusippus [Diog. L. 3:2; Jerome, Adv. Iovin. 1, 42]); of a woman (Judg 11:39; 21:12; Theodor. Prodr. 9, 486 H.) Lk 1:34 (DHaugg, D. erste bibl. Marienwort ’38; FGrant, JBL 59, ’40, 19f; HSahlin, D. Messias u. d. Gottesvolk, ’45, 117–20). to be aware of someth., perceive, notice, realize w. acc.: their wickedness Mt 22:18; γ. δύναμιν ἐξεληλυθυῖαν that power had gone out Lk 8:46 (on the constr. w. the ptc. cp. PHamb 27, 13 [III B.C.]; BGU 1078 [I A.D.] γίνωσκε ἡγεμόνα εἰσεληλυθότα; POxy 1118, 7; Jos., Ant. 17, 342; Just., D. 39, 2 al.). abs. (Ex 22:9; 1 Km 26:12) Mt 16:8; 26:10; Mk 7:24; 8:17. w. ὅτι foll. (Gen 3:7; 8:11; 1 Macc 1:5 al.): ἔγνω τῷ σώματι ὅτι ἴαται she felt in her body that she was healed Mk 5:29; cp. 15:10; J 6:15; 16:19; Ac 23:6. to grasp the significance or meaning of someth., understand, comprehend w. acc. foll. (Sir 1:6; 18:28; Wsd 5:7 v.l.; 9:13; Bar 3:9 al.; Just., A I, 63, 5; D. 68, 1 σκληροκάρδιοι πρὸς τὸ γνῶναι νοῦν … τοῦ θεοῦ): parables Mk 4:13; what was said Lk 18:34; (w. ἀναγινώσκειν in wordplay) Ac 8:30. ταῦτα J 3:10; 12:16; what one says J 8:43; God’s wisdom 1 Cor 2:8; the nature of God vs. 11; the nature of the divine spirit vs. 14; the love of Christ Eph 3:19 (s. γνῶσις 1); God’s ways Hb 3:10 (Ps 94:10); τὸν νόμον know the law J 7:49; Ro 7:1 (here perh.=have the law at one’s fingertips, cp. Menand., Sicyonius 138f, τῶν τοὺς νόμους εἰδότων; Just., D. 123, 2). πῶς οὖν [ταῦτα γιγν]ώ̣σκομεν; how then shall we know these things? Ox 1081, 25f (=SJCh 90, 1f), as read by Till p. 220 app. abs. Mt 24:39. w. ὅτι foll. (Wsd 10:12; EpJer 64; 1 Macc 6:13; 7:42; 2 Macc 7:28 al.) Mt 21:45; 24:32; Mk 12:12; 13:28f; Lk 21:30f; J 4:53; 8:27f; 2 Cor 13:6; Js 2:20. w. indir. question foll. (Job 19:29) J 10:6; 13:12, 28. to acquire information through some means, learn (of), ascertain, find out w. acc. as obj. (1 Km 21:3; 1 Ch 21:2; 4 Macc 4:4) τοῦτο (1 Km 20:3) Mk 5:43. τὰ γενόμενα what has happened Lk 24:18. τὸ ἀσφαλές Ac 21:34; 22:30. τὰ περὶ ἡμῶν our situation Col 4:8; your faith 1 Th 3:5. Pass. become known to someone w. or without dat. of the pers. who is informed: of secret things Mt 10:26; Lk 8:17; 12:2. Of plots Ac 9:24 (cp. 1 Macc 6:3; 7:3, 30 al.). w. ὅτι foll. (PGiss 11, 4 [118 A.D.] γεινώσκειν σε θέλω ὅτι; 1 Esdr 2:17; Ruth 3:14) J 4:1; 5:6; 12:9; Ac 24:11 v.l. abs. (1 Km 14:29; 3 Km 1:11; Tob 8:12 al.) μηδεὶς γινωσκέτω nobody is to know of this Mt 9:30. ἵνα τις γνοῖ that anyone should obtain knowledge of it Mk 9:30. γ. ἀπό τινος ascertain fr. someone 15:45. to arrive at a knowledge of someone or someth., know, know about, make acquaintance of w. acc. of thing: mysteries (Wsd 2:22; En 104:12) Mt 13:11; Mk 4:11 v.l.; Lk 8:10; will of the Master (Just., D. 123, 4) 12:47f; that which brings peace 19:42; truth (Jos., Ant. 13, 291) J 8:32; times Ac 1:7; sin Ro 7:7; affection 2 Cor 2:4; spirit of truth J 14:17; way of righteousness 2 Pt 2:21 P72; God’s glory 1 Cl 61:1.—Abs. γνόντες (Is 26:11) when they had ascertained it Mk 6:38; ἐκ μέρους γ. know fragmentarily, only in part 1 Cor 13:9, 12.—W. prep. γ. τι ἔκ τινος (X., Cyr. 1, 6, 45; Jos., Vi. 364) know a thing by someth. (Diod. S. 17, 101, 6): a tree by its fruit Mt 12:33; Lk 6:44; 1J 4:6; γ. τι ἔν τινι (Sir 4:24; 26:9) 1J 4:2. Also γ. τι κατά τι (Gen 15:8): κατὰ τί γνώσομαι τοῦτο; by what (=how) shall I know this? Lk 1:18. w. personal obj. (Plut., Mor. 69c ἄνδρα τοιοῦτον οὐκ ἔγνωμεν; Did., Gen. 45, 24 evil powers): God (Ael. Aristid. 52, 2 K.=28 p. 551 D.: γ. τὸν θεόν; Herm. Wr. 1, 3; 10, 19a; Sallust. 18, 3 p. 34, 9 θεούς; 1 Km 2:10; 3:7; 1 Ch 28:9; 3 Macc 7:6; PsSol 2:31; Da 11:32 Theod.; Philo, Ebr. 45; Ar. 15, 3; Just., D. 14, 12; Orig., C. Cels. 6, 66, 26f) J 14:7ab; 17:3, 25; Ro 1:21; Gal 4:9; 1J 2:3, 13; 3:1, 6; 4:6ff; 5:20 (for 1J s. M-EBoismard, RB 56, ’49, 365–91); PtK 2. Jesus Christ J 14:7; 17:3; 2 Cor 5:16 (even though we have known Christ [irrealis, ‘contrary to fact’, is also prob.=even if we had known; cp. Gal 5:11], we now no longer know him; on this pass. s. κατά B7a; σάρξ 5); 1J 2:3f (Just., D. 28, 3). τινὰ ἔν τινι someone by someth. (Ps 47:4; Sir 11:28; TestNapht 3:4) Lk 24:35. w. ὅτι foll. (BGU 824, 8; Philo, Det. Pot. Ins. 22) Mt 25:24; J 6:69; 7:26; 8:52; 14:20, 31; 17:7f, 25; 19:4. W. ὅθεν preceding by this one knows (EpJer 22) 1J 2:18. ἐν τούτῳ (Gen 42:33; Ex 7:17; Josh 3:10 al.) J 13:35; 1J 2:3, 5; 4:13; 5:2. W. combination of two constr. ἐν τούτῳ γινώσκομεν ὅτι μένει ἐν ἡμῖν, ἐκ τοῦ πνεύματος by this we know that (Jesus Christ) remains in us, namely by the spirit 3:24; cp. 4:13. W. an indir. question foll. (1 Km 14:38: 25:17; 2 Km 18:29; Ps 38:5) Mt 12:7; J 7:51. W. combination of two questions (double interrogative) ἵνα γνοῖ τίς τί διεπραγματεύσατο that he might know what each one had gained in his dealings Lk 19:15. γινώσκω (in the form γιγνώσκω [s. below] since Homer; γιν. in Attic ins in Meisterhans3-Schw. index, from 325 B.C.; in pap fr. 277 B.C. [Mayser 165]; likew. LXX, pseudepigr., Philo, Joseph., apolog.) impf. ἐγίνωσκον; fut. γνώσομαι; 2 aor. ἔγνων, impv. γνῶθι, γνώτω, subj. 1 sg. γνῶ and 3 sg. γνῶ (γνοῖ Mk 5:43; 9:30; Lk 19:15; Hm 4, 1, 5; B-D-F §95, 2; W-S. §13, 22; Mlt-H. 83; Rob. 1214); 2 sg. γνώσῃς (TestAbr A 8 p. 86, 5 [Stone p. 20]); opt. 1 sg. γνῴην; 3 sg. γνοίη Job 23:3, 5; inf. γνῶναι, ptc. γνούς; pf. ἔγνωκα, 3 pl. ἔγνωκαν J 17:7 (W-S. §13, 15 n. 15); plpf. ἐγνώκειν. Pass.: 1 fut. γνωσθήσομαι; 1 aor. ἐγνώσθην; pf. ἔγνωσμαι. (On the spellings γινώσκειν and γιγνώσκειν s. W-S. §5, 31; B-D-F §34, 4; Mlt-H. 108.) This verb is variously nuanced in contexts relating to familiarity acquired through experience or association with pers. or thing. Return to: Rom 2:18	V-PAI-2S Tense: Present Voice: Active Mood: Indicative Person: second Number: Singular
Strongs: G2307 English: His will Greek: θέλημα Lemma: θέλημα Transliteration: thélēma Definition (BDAG): the act of willing or desiring, subjective sense, will of the human will (Ps 1:2) θελήματι ἀνθρώπου by an act of the human will 2 Pt 1:21. ἐὰν … ἐπιδῶμεν ἑαυτοὺς τοῖς θελήμασιν τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Cl 14:2 if we heedlessly permit ourselves to be controlled by the will of humans ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν περὶ τ. ἰδίου θ. have control over one’s desire 1 Cor 7:37; here θ. acc. to many has the connotation of sexual desire, as J 1:13 (θ. σαρκός, θ. ἀνδρός; cp. PGM 4, 1430; 1521; 1533). Of the will of an assembled crowd, directed toward the death of Jesus Lk 23:25. as a rule of the will of God (or Christ) ἡ βουλὴ τοῦ θ. Eph 1:11; ἡ εὐδοκία τοῦ θ. vs. 5 (cp. CD 3, 15). εἰ θέλοι τὸ θ. τοῦ θεοῦ if the will of God should so decree 1 Pt 3:17 (cp. Just., D. 119, 1 θελήματι τοῦ θελήσαντος). θελήματι θεοῦ by God’s will ITr 1:1; Pol 1:3. Also διὰ θελήματος θεοῦ Ro 15:32; 1 Cor 1:1; 2 Cor 1:1; 8:5; Eph 1:1; Col 1:1; 2 Ti 1:1; 1 Cl 32:3f; Χριστοῦ AcPl Ha 5, 35; also διὰ τὸ θέλημα Rv 4:11 or ἐν τ. θελήματι τ. θεοῦ Ro 1:10; ἐν θ. θεοῦ 1 Cl 49:6; AcPl Ha 7, 13; AcPlCor 2:26; cp. 1 Cl ins; IEph ins, or ἐκ θελήματος θεοῦ (cp. Ps 27:7) 1 Cl 42:2; πρὸς τὸ θ. according to (the master’s) will Hs 9, 5, 2. Also κατὰ τὸ θ. (1 Esdr 8:16) Gal 1:4; 1J 5:14; 1 Pt 4:19; IPhld ins; ISm 1:1; 1 Cl 20:4; Hm 12, 6, 2; MPol 2:1 (Just., D. 85, 4 al.).—DELG s.v. ἐθέλω. M-M. TW. what one wishes to happen, objective sense, what is willed gener. ἐὰν θ. ᾖ if it is his (God’s or Christ’s) will IEph 20:1; IRo 1:1 (θέλημα abs.=God’s will also ISm 11:1; IPol 8:1 and in Paul Ro 2:18; s. also b below). γενηθήτω τὸ θέλημά σου Mt 6:10; 26:42; Lk 11:2 v.l.; D. 8:2; τὸ θ. τοῦ θεοῦ γενέσθω MPol 7:1. τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ θ. τ. πέμψαντός με J 6:39f. μὴ τὸ θ. μου ἀλλὰ τὸ σὸν γινέσθω Lk 22:42. Cp. Ac 21:14; Col 4:12; Hb 10:10 (only here in the NT w. ἐν; cp. AcPlCor 2:26). οὕτως οὐκ ἔστιν θέλημα ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ πατρὸς ἵνα so it is not the Father’s will that Mt 18:14 (οὐκ ἔστιν θ. as Mal 1:10; Eccl 5:3; 12:1). what one wishes to bring about by one’s own action, since one has undertaken to do what one has willed οὐ ζητῶ τὸ θ. τὸ ἐμόν I do not aspire (to do) my own will J 5:30a; 6:38. τὸ μυστήριον τοῦ θελήματος αὐτοῦ the secret purpose of God’s will, i.e. the carrying out of God’s plan of salvation Eph 1:9. οὐκ ἦν θ., ἵνα ἔλθῃ he was not willing to come 1 Cor 16:12 (but this passage could also belong under the abs. use of 1a). what one wishes to bring about by the activity of others, to whom one assigns a task. α. of persons ὁ δοῦλος ὁ γνοὺς τὸ θ. τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ what his master wants Lk 12:47 (in a parable). τὸ θ. τοῦ πατρός Mt 21:31. β. of the devil εἰς τὸ ἐκείνου θ. to do his will 2 Ti 2:26. γ. predom. of God (or Christ) τὸ θέλημα τοῦ θεοῦ (cp. Herm. Wr. 5, 7; 13, 2; Philo, Leg. All. 3, 197; TestIss 4:3, TestNapht 3:1; Just., A I, 63, 10 al.) Ro 12:2; Eph 5:17; 1 Th 4:3; 5:18; 1 Pt 2:15; 4:2; cp. J 5:30b; 1 Cl 40:3; 56:2. θελήματι τοῦ κελεύοντος λόγου Dg 11:8. γινώσκειν τὸ θέλημα know the will Ro 2:18; Ac 22:14. ἡ ἐπίγνωσις τοῦ θ. αὐτοῦ Col 1:9; ποιεῖν τὸ θ. (1 Esdr 9:9; 4 Macc 18:16; JosAs 12:3) Mt 7:21; 12:50; Mk 3:35; J 4:34; 6:38b; 7:17; 9:31; Eph 6:6; Hb 10:7, 9 (both Ps 39:9), 36; 13:21; 1J 2:17; 2 Cl 5:1; 6:7; 8:4; 9:11; 10:1; 14:1; Pol 2:2. Also ποιεῖν τὰ θελήματα (Ps 102:21; Is 44:28; 2 Macc 1:3) GEb121, 34; Mk 3:35 v.l.; Ac 13:22. μὴ λειποτακτεῖν (q.v.) ἀπὸ τοῦ θελήματος αὐτοῦ 1 Cl 21:4. προσέλθωμεν τῷ θ. αὐτοῦ let us heed the (Lord’s) will 33:8. ὑποτασσώμεθα τῷ θ. αὐτοῦ 34:5 (opp. ἀντιτασσόμενος 36:6; ἐναντιουμένους 61:1). εἶξαι … τῷ θ. τοῦ θεοῦ 56:1. δ. ποιεῖν τὰ θελήματα τ. σαρκός do what the flesh desires Eph 2:3. θέλημα, ατος, τό (s. two next entries; Antiphon Soph. 58; Aristot., De Plant. 1, 1 p. 815b, 21; Aeneas Tact. 2, 8; 18, 19; POxy 924, 8 [IV A.D.]; LXX; PsSol 7:3; OdeSol 11:21; TestSol, Test12Patr, JosAs; ParJer 1:7; ApcEsdr 4:24 p. 28, 2 Tdf.; ApcSed, Just., Tat., Mel., P. 76, 552) Return to: Rom 2:18	N-ASN Part of Speech: Noun Case: Accusative Number: Singular Gender: Neuter
Strongs: G1381 English: and approve Greek: δοκιμάζεις Lemma: δοκιμάζω Transliteration: dokimázō Definition (BDAG): to draw a conclusion about worth on the basis of testing, prove, approve, here the focus is on the result of a procedure or examination. prove by testing, of gold (Isocr., Panathen. 14, 39; SIG 334, 45 [on monetary assoc. s. other reff. in SEG XLII, 1851]; Pr 8:10; Sir 2:5; Wsd 3:6) 1 Pt 1:7 (on testing of character cp. Pind., P. 10, 67f); Hv 4, 3, 4; cp. 1 Cor 3:13 (JGnilka, Ist 1 Cor 3:10–15 ein Schriftzeugnis für d. Fegefeuer? ’55). τὰς ψυχάς ApcPt 3. accept as proved, approve (PEleph 1, 10; POxy 928, 7 ἵνα ἐὰν δοκιμάσῃς ποιήσῃς; PTebt 326, 10) w. acc. τὶ ISm 8:2. οὓς ἐὰν δοκιμάσητε whom you consider qualified 1 Cor 16:3. ἐδοκιμάσαμεν σπουδαῖον ὄντα we have tested and found him zealous 2 Cor 8:22. ἐδοκίμασε γὰρ ὑμᾶς ὁ κύριος καὶ ἐνέγραψεν ὑμᾶς εἰς τὸν ἀριθμὸν τὸν ἡμέτερον Hs 9, 24, 4; cp. λίθους v 3, 5, 3. δ. τὸ ἀγάπης γνήσιον prove the genuineness of love 2 Cor 8:8. ἐν ᾧ δοκιμάζει for what he approves Ro 14:22. δ. τὰ διαφέροντα approve (or discover s. under 1) what is essential Ro 2:18; Phil 1:10. W. inf. (Appian, Iber. 90 §392, Bell. Civ. 2, 114 §475; Jos., Ant. 2, 176, Vi. 161 simply = intend, wish) οὐκ ἐδοκίμασαν τὸν θεὸν ἔχειν ἐν ἐπιγνώσει they did not see fit to have a true knowledge of God Ro 1:28 (anticipating the opposite in 12:2.—WReiss, ‘Gott nicht kennen’ im AT, ZAW 58, ’40/41, 70–98). W. indir. quest. foll. δ., τί τὸ θέλημα τ. θεοῦ approve (or discover s. under 1) what God’s will is 12:2. Pass. (Prov. Aesopi 171 P. φίλος καὶ ἵππος ἐν ἀνάγκῃ δοκιμάζονται=stand the test; Jos., Ant. 3, 71) δεδοκιμάσμεθα we have been found worthy w. inf. foll. 1 Th 2:4a. δεδοκιμασμένος tested, approved of genuine prophets D 11:11 (Diod. S. 4, 7, 1 δεδοκιμασμένος of the story writer who has a good reputation; cp. SIG 807, 9; PFay 106, 23; 2 Macc 4:3); cp. Hm 11, 7, 16 (s. 1 above); πνεῦμα δεδοκιμασμένον v 2, 4; of Jesus Ac 2:22 D.—B. 652. DELG s.v. δοκάω etc. EDNT. M-M. TW. Spicq. to make a critical examination of someth. to determine genuineness, put to the test, examine (so mostly LXX.—EpArist 276; Jos., Ant. 1, 233; 3, 15; TestAsh 5:4; Tat., Ath.; Iren. 1, prol. 2 [Harv. I 3, 9]) w. acc., test oxen for their usefulness Lk 14:19 (Hdt. 2, 38 of the Apis bulls). ἑαυτόν examine oneself 1 Cor 11:28; 2 Cor 13:5; one’s own work Gal 6:4; the works of God Hb 3:9 v.l. (Ps 94:9); of God’s self (w. πειράζω); ApcPt (Ox 849, 25); τὰ διαφέροντα Ro 2:18; Ph 1:10; φθοριμαίοις (cod. φθοριμειοις) λόγοις, οὓς σὺ (cod. σοι) δοκίμασον destructive statements, which you must evaluate AcPlCor 1:3; everything 1 Th 5:21; spirits (of bogus prophets) 1J 4:1; cp. D 12:1; Hm 11, 7, 16; 1 Cl 42:4; believers in general Hs 8, 2, 5; fig. οἰκοδομήν 9, 5, 2; heaven and earth Lk 12:56a; τὸν καιρόν 56b; be convinced of someone’s faithfulness 1 Cl 1:2; try to learn τί ἐστιν εὐάρεστον τῷ κυρίῳ what is pleasing to the Lord Eph 5:10.—Of the examination of prospects for special service in the Christian community (acc. to Attic usage: Lysias 16, 3; Pla., Leg. 6, 765c; Attic ins) 1 Ti 3:10. Of God 1 Th 2:4b (Jer 11:20; 17:10; 20:12; Ps 7:10; 26:2; Jos., Ant. 1, 233).—Of opponents Βαρσαββὰς … δοκιμαζόμενος ὑπὸ τῶν ἀπίστων Barsabbas … was put to the test by the unbelievers Papias (11:2).—For Ro 2:18, and 12:2 s. 2b below. δοκιμάζω (s. four next entries) fut. δοκιμάσω, δοκιμῶ LXX; 1 aor. ἐδοκίμασα; pf. 2 sg. δεδοκίμακας Jer 12:3, pass. δεδοκίμασμαι (Hdt., Thu.+) Return to: Rom 2:18	V-PAI-2S Tense: Present Voice: Active Mood: Indicative Person: second Number: Singular
Strongs: G1308 English: the things that are essential Greek: διαφέροντα Lemma: διαφέρω Transliteration: diaphérō Definition (BDAG): differ to one’s advantage fr. someone or someth., be worth more than, be superior to τινός (Pla. et al.; Dio Chrys. 27 [44], 10; POxy 1061, 12 [22 B.C.] διαφέρετε τοῦ Πτολεμαίου ἐμπειρίᾳ; 3 Macc 6:26; Jos., Ant. 4, 97; 8, 42; 20, 189) Mt 6:26; 10:31; 12:12; Lk 12:7, 24. Some mss. read πολλῷ instead of πολλῶν Mt 10:31 and Lk 12:7 (s. app. N25, Merk, Tdf.) giving the mng. ‘You differ by far from sparrows’, a qualitative sense rather than the quantitative; s. RBorger, TRu 52, 87, 21f on probability for the v.l. Abs. τὰ διαφέροντα the things that really matter (Ps.-Pla., Eryx. 6, 394e.—Opp. τὰ ἀδιάφορα) Ro 2:18; Phil 1:10 (cp. Plut., Mor. 43e; 73a ὑπὲρ μεγάλων … καὶ σφόδρα διαφερόντων al. [PWendland, Philol. 57, 1897, 115]; Ptolemaeus, Ep. ad Floram 5, 2, 8 [GQuispel, Sources chrétiennes 24 p. 60, 52 w. πνευματικά]; LBW 410, 3 τὰ δ. αὐτ[οῖς]=what is important for them).—DELG s.v. φέρω. M-M. TW. to be unlike, differ, be different τινός from someone or someth. οὐδέν in no respect, not at all (Pla., Apol. 35b οὗτοι γυναικῶν οὐδὲν διαφέρουσι; Epict. 1, 5, 6; 2, 19, 6 al.; cp. TestAbr B 6 p. 110, 10 [Stone p. 68] τ. ἀνθρώπων; Jos., Ant. 2, 153; Just., D. 10, 3 al.; Ath. 20, 4; 24, 5) οὐδὲν δ. δούλου Gal 4:1.—Dg 3:5.—δ. τινὸς ἔν τινι (Pla., Pol. 568a; Demosth. 18, 189) differ fr. someth. w. respect to someth. 1 Cor 15:41.—Impers. οὐδέν μοι διαφέρει it makes no difference to me (Pla., Prot. 316b al.; Demosth. 9, 50; Polyb. 3, 21, 9; Dionys. Hal., De Lys. 25; Aelian, VH 1, 25 al.; POxy 1348) Gal 2:6 (JJaquette, Paul, Epictetus, and Others on Indifference to Status: CBQ 56, ’94, 68–80). to cause to move from one locality to another, carry hither and yon (Pompey’s bier PsSol 2:27); drive or carry about, drift of a ship (Philo, Migr. Abr. 148 σκάφος ὑπ᾿ ἐναντίων πνευμάτων διαφερόμενον; Strabo 3, 2, 7; Lucian, Hermot. 28; Plut., Mor. 552c, Galba 1065 [26, 5] al.) Ac 27:27. to carry someth. through a place or structure, carry through (cp. 1 Esdr 5:53) σκεῦος διὰ τοῦ ἱεροῦ a vessel (through) the temple Mk 11:16 (perh. in ref. to taking a shortcut; cp. Mishnah, Berakoth 9, 5). Stones through a gate Hs 9, 4, 1; 9, 4, 5; 9, 4, 8; 9, 15, 5.—Of a teaching (Lucian, D. Deor. 24, 1 ἀγγελίας δ.; Plut., Mor. 163c φήμη διηνέχθαι) διεφέρετο δὲ ὁ λόγος τοῦ κυρίου δι᾿ ὅλης τῆς χώρης the word of the Lord was borne (=spread) throughout the region Ac 13:49. διαφέρω fut. 3 sg. διοίσει LXX; 1 aor. διήνεγκα; pf. 3 pl. διενηνόχασιν (Ath. 20. 4); impf. mid. διεφερόμην; pf. pass. ptc. διενηνεγμένων 2 Macc 4:39 (Hom. Hymns, Pind.+). Return to: Rom 2:18	V-PAP-APN Tense: Present Voice: Active Mood: Participle Case: Accusative Number: Plural Gender: Neuter
Strongs: G2727 English: being instructed Greek: κατηχούμενος Lemma: κατηχέω Transliteration: katēchéō Definition (BDAG): teach, instruct (Lucian, Jupp. Trag. 39; Ps.-Lucian, Asin. 48; in our lit. only of instruction in theological matters. The noun κατήχησις normally refers to ‘instruction’ [LAlexander, The Preface to Luke’s Gospel ’93, 139, s. also 141f ]). gener. τινά someone 1 Cor 14:19. ὁ κατηχῶν the teacher Gal 6:6b. Pass. (Ps.-Lucian, Philopatr. 17 of teaching about God: κατηχούμενος πείθου παρ᾿ ἐμοῦ) κατηχούμενος ἐκ τοῦ νόμου instructed in the law Ro 2:18. W. acc. of what is taught κατηχημένος τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ κυρίου in the way of the Lord Ac 18:25 (cp. Iren. 3, 12, 7 [Harv. II 61, 2f ]; Hippol., Ref. 6, 36, 2]). ὁ κατηχούμενος τὸν λόγον in (Christian) teaching Gal 6:6a (B-D-F §159, 1. BWeiss, HHoltzmann, FHauck, Rengstorf, Goodsp., NRSV, et al. prefer this mng. Lk 1:4 [but s. 1 above]: that you may know the truth about the things you have been taught. S. on παρακολουθέω 3.). in the specif. sense of basic Christian instruction for new converts give instruction 2 Cl 17:1.—PCarrington, The Primitive Christian Catechism ’40; CDodd in NT Essays (TWManson memorial vol.) ’59, 106–18.—DELG s.v. ἠχή. M-M. EDNT. TW. Spicq. Sv. to share a communication that one receives, report, inform (Jos., Vi. 366 αὐτός σε πολλὰ κατηχήσω=‘I will personally give you much information’) pass. be informed, learn (Philo, Leg. ad Gai. 198; Ps.-Plut., Fluv. 7, 2; 8, 1; 17, 1 κατηχηθεὶς περὶ συμβεβηκότων; PPrinc II, 20, 1 [II A.D.]) ἵνα ἐπιγνῷς περὶ ὧν κατηχήθης λόγων τὴν ἀσφάλειαν (=τὴν ἀ. τῶν λόγων περὶ ὧν κ.) so that you may be certain about the things you have heard or been informed of Lk 1:4 (so, Zahn, JWeiss, EKlostermann; FVogel, NKZ 44, ’33, 203–5; Beyer, RSV; prob. in ref. to variations in reports or stories relating to the career of Jesus; s. ἀσφάλεια 2; others prefer mng. 2a). In a forensic context κατηχήθησαν περὶ σοῦ ὅτι they have been informed concerning you that Ac 21:21; cp. vs. 24. κατηχέω 1 aor. κατήχησα, pass. κατηχήθην; pf. pass. κατήχημαι (late word; PStras 41, 37 [III A.D.]; not LXX, but ParJer 5:19; Philo, Joseph.) gener. ‘to communicate’. Return to: Rom 2:18	V-PPP-NSM Tense: Present Voice: Passive Mood: Participle Case: Nominative Number: Singular Gender: Masculine
Strongs: G3551 English: out of the Law Greek: νόμου Lemma: νόμος Transliteration: nómos Definition (BDAG): a collection of holy writings precious to God’s people, sacred ordinance in the strict sense the law=the Pentateuch, the work of Moses the lawgiver (Diod. S. 40, 3, 6 προσγέγραπται τοῖς νόμοις ἐπὶ τελευτῆς ὅτι Μωσῆς ἀκούσας τοῦ θεοῦ τάδε λέγει τ. Ἰουδαίοις=at the end of the laws this is appended: this is what Moses heard from God and is telling to the Jews. ὁ διὰ τοῦ ν. μεταξὺ καθαρῶν καὶ ἀκαθάρτων διαστείλας θεός Iren. 3, 12, 7 [Harv. II 60, 3]; cp. Hippol., Ref. 7, 34, 1) τὸ βιβλίον τοῦ νόμου Gal 3:10b (cp. Dt 27:26). Also simply ὁ νόμος (Jos., Bell. 7, 162 ὁ ν. or 2, 229 ὁ ἱερὸς ν. of the holy book in a concrete sense) Mt 12:5 (Num 28:9f is meant); J 8:5; 1 Cor 9:8 (cp. Dt 25:4); 14:34 (cp. Gen 3:16); Gal 4:21b (the story of Abraham); Hb 9:19. ὁ ν. ὁ ὑμέτερος J 8:17 (cp. Jos., Bell. 5, 402; Tat. 40, 1 κατὰ τοὺς ἡμετέρους ν.). ἐν Μωϋσέως νόμῳ γέγραπται 1 Cor 9:9. καθὼς γέγραπται ἐν νόμῳ κυρίου Lk 2:23 (γέγραπται ἐν νόμῳ as Athen. 6, 27, 23c; IMagnMai 52, 35 [III B.C.]; Mel., P. 11, 71; cp. Just., D. 8, 4 τὰ ἐν τῷ ν. γεγραμμένα); cp. vs. 24. ἔγραψεν Μωϋσῆς ἐν τῷ νόμῳ J 1:45 (cp. Cercidas [III B.C.], fgm. 1, 18f Diehl2 [=Coll. Alex. p. 204, 29=Knox p. 196] καὶ τοῦθ᾿ Ὅμηρος εἶπεν ἐν Ἰλιάδι).—The Sacred Scriptures (OT) referred to as a whole in the phrase ὁ ν. καὶ οἱ προφῆται (Orig., C. Cels. 2, 6, 4; cp. Hippol., Ref. 8, 19, 1) the law (הַתּוֹרָה) and the prophets (הַנְּבִיאִים) Mt 5:17; 7:12; 11:13; 22:40; Lk 16:16; Ac 13:15; 24:14; 28:23; Ro 3:21b; cp. Dg 11:6; J 1:45. τὰ γεγραμμένα ἐν τῷ ν. Μωϋσέως καὶ τοῖς προφήταις καὶ ψαλμοῖς Lk 24:44. In a wider sense=Holy Scripture gener., on the principle that the most authoritative part gives its name to the whole (ὁ ν. ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ Theoph. Ant. 1, 11 [p. 82, 15]): J 10:34 (Ps 81:6); 12:34 (Ps 109:4; Is 9:6; Da 7:14); 15:25 (Ps 34:19; 68:5); 1 Cor 14:21 (Is 28:11f); Ro 3:19 (preceded by a cluster of quotations fr. Psalms and prophets).—Mt 5:18; Lk 10:26; 16:17; J 7:49.—JHänel, Der Schriftbegriff Jesu 1919; OMichel, Pls u. s. Bibel 1929; SWesterholm, Studies in Religion 15, ’86, 327–36.—JMeinhold, Jesus u. das AT 1896; MKähler, Jesus u. das AT2 1896; AKlöpper, Z. Stellung Jesu gegenüber d. Mos. Gesetz, Mt 5:17–48: ZWT 39, 1896, 1–23; EKlostermann, Jesu Stellung z. AT 1904; AvHarnack, Hat Jesus das atl. Gesetz abgeschafft?: Aus Wissenschaft u. Leben II 1911, 225–36, SBBerlAk 1912, 184–207; KBenz, D. Stellung Jesu zum atl. Gesetz 1914; MGoguel, RHPR 7, 1927, 160ff; BBacon, Jesus and the Law: JBL 47, 1928, 203–31; BBranscomb, Jes. and the Law of Moses 1930; WKümmel, Jes. u. d. jüd. Traditionsged.: ZNW 33, ’34, 105–30; JHempel, D. synopt. Jesus u. d. AT: ZAW 56, ’38, 1–34.—Lk-Ac: JJervell, HTR 64, ’71, 21–36.—EGrafe, D. paulin. Lehre vom Gesetz2 1893; HCremer, D. paulin. Rechtfertigungslehre 1896, 84ff; 363ff; FSieffert, D. Entwicklungslinie d. paul. Gesetzeslehre: BWeiss Festschr. 1897, 332–57; WSlaten, The Qualitative Use of νόμος in the Pauline Ep.: AJT 23, 1919, 213ff; HMosbech, Pls’ Laere om Loven: TT 4/3, 1922, 108–37; 177–221; EBurton, ICC, Gal 1921, 443–60; PFeine, Theol. des NT6 ’34, 208–15 (lit.); PBenoit, La Loi et la Croix d’après S. Paul (Ro 7:7–8:4): RB 47, ’38, 481–509; CMaurer, D. Gesetzeslehre des Pls ’41; PBläser, D. Gesetz b. Pls ’41; BReicke, JBL 70, ’51, 259–76; GBornkamm, Das Ende d. Gesetzes ’63; HRaisänen, Paul and the Law2 ’87; PRichardson/SWesterholm, et al., Law in Religious Communities in the Rom. Period, ’91 (Torah and Nomos); MNobile, La Torà al tempo di Paolo, alcune riflessioni: Atti del IV simposio di Tarso su S. Paolo Apostolo, ed. LPadovese ’96, 93–106 (lit. 93f, n. 1).—Dodd 25–41.—B. 1358; 1419; 1421. DELG s.v. νέμω Ic. Schmidt, Syn. I 333–47. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv. constitutional or statutory legal system, law gener.: by what kind of law? Ro 3:27. ν. τῆς πόλεως the law of the city enforced by the ruler of the city (ν. ἐν ταῖς πόλεσι γραπτός Orig., C. Cels. 5, 37, 2); the penalty for breaking it is banishment Hs 1:5f. τοῖς ν. χρῆσθαι observe the laws 1:3; πείθεσθαι τοῖς ὡρισμένοις ν. obey the established laws Dg 5:10; νικᾶν τοὺς ν. ibid. (νικάω 3). Ro 7:1f, as well as the gnomic saying Ro 4:15b and 5:13b, have been thought by some (e.g. BWeiss, Jülicher) to refer to Roman law, but more likely the Mosaic law is meant (s. 3 below). specifically: of the law that Moses received from God and is the standard according to which membership in the people of Israel is determined (Diod. S. 1, 94, 1; 2: the lawgiver Mne- ves receives the law from Hermes, Minos from Zeus, Lycurgus from Apollo, Zarathustra from the ἀγαθὸς δαίμων, Zalmoxis from Hestia; παρὰ δὲ τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις, Μωϋσῆς receives the law from the Ἰαὼ ἐπικαλούμενος θεός) ὁ ν. Μωϋσέως Lk 2:22; J 7:23; Ac 15:5. ν. Μωϋσέως Ac 13:38; Hb 10:28. Also ὁ ν. κυρίου Lk 2:23f, 39; GJs 14:1. ὁ ν. τοῦ θεοῦ (Theoph. Ant. 2, 14 [p. 136, 4]) Mt 15:6 v.l.; Ro 8:7 (cp. Tat. 7, 2; 32, 1; Ath. 3:2). ὁ ν. ἡμῶν, ὑμῶν, αὐτῶν etc. J 18:31; 19:7b v.l.; Ac 25:8. κατὰ τὸν ἡμέτερον ν. 24:6 v.l. (cp. Jos., Ant. 7, 131). ὁ πατρῷος ν. 22:3. τὸν ν. τῶν ἐντολῶν Eph 2:15. Since the context of Ac 23:29 ἐγκαλούμενον περὶ ζητημάτων τοῦ νόμου αὐτῶν points to the intimate connection between belief, cult, and communal solidarity in Judean tradition, the term νόμος is best rendered with an hendiadys: (charged in matters) relating to their belief and custom; cp. ν. ὁ καθ᾿ ὑμᾶς 18:15. Ro 9:31 (CRhyne, Νόμος Δικαιοσύνης and the meaning of Ro 10:4: CBQ 47, ’85, 486–99).—Abs., without further qualification ὁ ν. Mt 22:36; 23:23; Lk 2:27; J 1:17; Ac 6:13; 7:53; 21:20, 28; Ro 2:15 (τὸ ἔργον τοῦ νόμου the work of the law [=the moral product that the Mosaic code requires] is written in the heart; difft. Diod. S. 1, 94, 1 ν. ἔγγραπτος, s. 1b, above), 18, 20, 23b, 26; 4:15a, 16; 7:1b, 4–7, 12, 14, 16; 8:3f; 1 Cor 15:56; Gal 3:12f, 17, 19, 21a, 24; 5:3, 14; 1 Ti 1:8 (GRudberg, ConNeot 7, ’42, 15); Hb 7:19 (s. Windisch, Hdb. exc. ad loc.), 28a; 10:1; cp. Js 2:9 (s. 1b above); μετὰ τὸν ν. Hb 7:28b; οἱ ἐν τῷ ν. Ro 3:19; κατὰ τὸν ν. according to the (Mosaic) law (Jos., Ant. 14, 173; 15, 51 al.; Just., D. 10, 1) J 19:7b; Ac 22:12; 23:3; Hb 7:5; 9:22. παρὰ τ. νόμον contrary to the law (Jos., Ant. 17, 151, C. Ap. 2, 219; Ath. 1, 3 παρὰ πάντα ν.) Ac 18:13.—νόμος without the art. in the same sense (on the attempt, beginning w. Origen, In Ep. ad Ro 3:7 ed. Lomm. VI 201, to establish a difference in mng. betw. Paul’s use of ὁ νόμος and νόμος s. B-D-F §258, 2; Rob. 796; Mlt-Turner 177; Grafe [s. 3b below] 7–11) Ro 2:13ab, 17, 23a, 25a; 3:31ab; 5:13, 20; 7:1a (s. above); Gal 2:19b; 5:23 (JRobb, ET 56, ’45, 279f compares κατὰ δὲ τῶν τοιούτων οὐκ ἔστι νόμος Aristot., Pol. 1284a). δικαίῳ νόμος οὐ κεῖται, ἀνόμοις δὲ … 1 Ti 1:9. Cp. ἑαυτοῖς εἰσιν νόμος Ro 2:14 (in Pla., Pol. and in Stoic thought the wise person needed no commandment [Stoic. III 519], the bad one did; MPohlenz, Stoa ’48/49 I 133; II 75). Used w. prepositions: ἐκ ν. Ro 4:14; Gal 3:18, 21c (v.l. ἐν ν.); Phil 3:9 (ἐκ νόμου can also mean corresponding to or in conformity with the law: PRev 15, 11 ἐκ τῶν νόμων); cp. ἐκ τοῦ νόμου Ro 10:5. διὰ νόμου Ro 2:12b; 3:20b; 4:13; 7:7b; Gal 2:19a, 21; ἐν ν. (ἐν τῷ ν. Iren. 3, 11, 8 [Harv. II 49, 9]) Ro 2:12a, 23; Gal 3:11, 21c v.l.; 5:4; Phil 3:6. κατὰ νόμον 3:5; Hb 8:4; 10:8 (make an offering κατὰ νόμον as Arrian, Anab. 2, 26, 4; 5, 8, 2); χωρὶς ν. Ro 3:21a; 7:8f; ἄχρι ν. 5:13a. ὑπὸ νόμον 6:14f; 1 Cor 9:20; Gal 3:23; 4:4f, 21a; 5:18 (cp. Just., D. 45, 3 οἱ ὑπὸ τὸν ν.).—Dependent on an anarthrous noun παραβάτης νόμου a law-breaker Ro 2:25b (27b w. art.); Js 2:11. ποιητὴς ν. one who keeps the law 4:11d (w. art. Ro 2:13b). τέλος ν. the end of the law Ro 10:4 (RBultmann and HSchlier, Christus des Ges. Ende a procedure or practice that has taken hold, a custom, rule, principle, norm (Alcman [VII B.C.], fgm. 93 D2 of the tune that the bird sings; Ocellus [II B.C.] c. 49 Harder [1926] τῆς φύσεως νόμος; Appian, Basil. 1 §2 πολέμου ν., Bell. Civ. 5, 44 §186 ἐκ τοῦδε τοῦ σοῦ νόμου=under this rule of yours that governs action; Polyaenus 5, 5, 3 ν. πόμπης; 7, 11, 6 ν. φιλίας; Sextus 123 τοῦ βίου νόμος; Just., A II, 2, 4 παρὰ τὸν τῆς φύσεως ν.; Ath. 3, 1 νόμῳ φύσεως; 13, 1 θυσιῶν νόμῳ) gener. κατὰ νόμον ἐντολῆς σαρκίνης in accordance w. the rule of an external commandment Hb 7:16. εὑρίσκω τὸν νόμον I observe an established procedure or principle or system Ro 7:21 (ν. as ‘principle’, i.e. an unwritten rightness of things Soph., Ant. 908). According to Bauer, Paul uses the expression νόμος (which dominates this context) in cases in which he prob. would have preferred another word. But it is also prob. that Paul purposely engages in wordplay to heighten the predicament of those who do not rely on the gospel of liberation from legal constraint: the Apostle speaks of a principle that obligates one to observe a code of conduct that any sensible pers. would recognize as sound and valid ὁ νόμος τ. νοός μου vs. 23b (s. νοῦς 1a). Engaged in a bitter struggle w. this νόμος there is a ἕτερος νόμος which, in contrast to the νοῦς, dwells ἐν τοῖς μέλεσίν μου in my (physical) members vs. 23a, and hence is a νόμος τῆς ἁμαρτίας vs. 23c and 25b or a νόμος τ. ἁμαρτίας καὶ τ. θανάτου 8:2b. This sense prepares the way for the specific perspective of life under the lordship of Jesus Christ as a ‘new law’ or ‘system’ of conduct that constitutes an unwritten tradition ὁ καινὸς ν. τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ B 2:6; in brief ν. Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ IMg 2 (cp. Just., D. 11, 4; 43, 1; Mel., P. 7, 46). Beginnings of this terminology as early as Paul: ὁ ν. τοῦ Χριστοῦ =the standard set by Christ Gal 6:2 (as vs. 3 intimates, Christ permitted himself to be reduced to nothing, thereby setting the standard for not thinking oneself to be someth.). The gospel is a νόμος πίστεως a law or system requiring faith Ro 3:27b (FGerhard, TZ 10, ’54, 401–17) or ὁ ν. τοῦ πνεύματος τῆς ζωῆς ἐν Χρ. Ἰ. the law of the spirit (=the spirit-code) of life in Chr. J. 8:2a. In the same sense Js speaks of a ν. βασιλικός (s. βασιλικός) 2:8 or ν. ἐλευθερίας vs. 12 (λόγος ἐλ. P74), ν. τέλειος ὁ τῆς ἐλευθερίας 1:25 (association w. 1QS 10:6, 8, 11 made by EStauffer, TLZ 77, ’52, 527–32, is rejected by SNötscher, Biblica 34, ’53, 193f. On the theme of spontaneous moral achievement cp. Pind., Fgm. 152 [169 Schr.] 1f νόμος ὁ πάντων βασιλεὺς \| θνατῶν τε καὶ ἀθανάτων \| ἄγει δικαιῶν τὸ βιαιότατον\| ὑπερτάτᾳ χειρί=custom is lord of all, of mortals and immortals both, and with strong hand directs the utmost power of the just. Plut., Mor. 780c interprets Pindar’s use of νόμος: ‘not written externally in books or on some wooden tablets, but as lively reason functioning within him’ ἔμψυχος ὢν ἐν αὐτῷ λόγῳ; Aristot., EN 4, 8, 10 οἷον ν. ὢν ἑαυτῷ; Diod. S. 1, 94, 1 ν. ἔγγραπτος; cp. also Ovid, Met. 1, 90 sponte sua sine lege fidem rectumque colebat; Mayor, comm. ‘Notes’ 73.—RHirzel, ΑΓΡΑΦΟΣ ΝΟΜΟΣ 1903.). Some would put ὁ νόμος Js 2:9 here (s. LAllevi, Scuola Cattol. 67, ’39, 529–42), but s. 2b below.—Hermas too, who in part interprets Israel’s legal tradition as referring to Christians, sees the gospel, exhibited in Christ’s life and words, as the ultimate expression of God’s will or ‘law’. He says of Christ δοὺς αὐτοῖς (i.e. the believers) τὸν ν., ὅν ἔλαβε παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ s 5, 6, 3, cp. 8, 3, 3. Or he sees in the υἱὸς θεοῦ κηρυχθεὶς εἰς τὰ πέρατα τῆς γῆς, i.e. the preaching about the Son of God to the ends of the earth, the νόμος θεοῦ ὁ δοθεὶς εἰς ὅλον. τ. κόσμον 8, 3, 2. Similarly to be understood are τηρεῖν τὸν ν. 8, 3, 4. ὑπὲρ τοῦ ν. παθεῖν 8, 3, 6. ὑπὲρ τοῦ ν. θλίβεσθαι 8, 3, 7. ἀρνησάμενοι τὸν νόμον ibid. βλασφημεῖν τὸν ν. 8, 6, 2. νόμος, ου, ὁ (νέμω; [Zenodotus reads ν. in Od. 1, 3] Hes.+; loanw. in rabb.—On the history of the word MPohlenz, Nomos: Philol 97, ’48, 135–42; GShipp, Nomos ‘Law’ ’78; MOstwald, Nomos and the Beginnings of Athenian Democracy ’69). The primary mng. relates to that which is conceived as standard or generally recognized rules of civilized conduct esp. as sanctioned by tradition (Pind., Fgm. 152, 1=169 Schr. νόμος ὁ πάντων βασιλεύς; cp. SEG XVII, 755, 16: Domitian is concerned about oppressive practices hardening into ‘custom’; MGigante, ΝΟΜΟΣ ΒΑΣΙΛΕYΣ [Richerche filologiche 1] ’56). The synonym ἔθος (cp. συνήθεια) denotes that which is habitual or customary, especially in reference to personal behavior. In addition to rules that take hold through tradition, the state or other legislating body may enact ordinances that are recognized by all concerned and in turn become legal tradition. A special semantic problem for modern readers encountering the term ν. is the general tendency to confine the usage of the term ‘law’ to codified statutes. Such limitation has led to much fruitless debate in the history of NT interpretation.—HRemus, Sciences Religieuses/Studies in Religion 13, ’84, 5–18; ASegal, Torah and Nomos in Recent Scholarly Discussion, ibid., 19–27. Return to: Rom 2:18	N-GSM Part of Speech: Noun Case: Genitive Number: Singular Gender: Masculine

Rom 2:19
Definition	RMAC
Strongs: G3982 English: and are confident Greek: πέποιθάς Lemma: πείθω Transliteration: peíthō Definition (BDAG): πειθώ, οῦς, ἡ the gift or art of persuasion, persuasiveness (cp. πειθός; Aeschyl., Thu. et al.; Ps.-Phoc. 78; Philo; Jos., Bell. 2, 8, C. Ap. 2, 186; 223; Just., A I, 53, 12, D. 53, 6; Jos.) ἐν πειθοῖ ἀνθρωπίνης σοφίας λόγοις (others λογῶν, -γοῦ, which is somet. lacking; s. JWeiss ad loc.) with the persuasiveness of wisdom 1 Cor 2:4 v.l. (s. πειθός. On the ‘persuasive power’ of words cp. Περὶ ὕψους 17, 1 πειθὼ τῶν λόγων; Philo, Virt. 217 τοῖς λόγοις πειθώ; Jos., Ant. 2, 272).—DELG s.v. πείθομαι B. M-M. s.v. πειθός. TW. Return to: Rom 2:19	V-2RAI-2S Tense: second peRfect Voice: Active Mood: Indicative Person: second Number: Singular
Strongs: G3595 English: are a guide Greek: ὁδηγὸν Lemma: ὁδηγός Transliteration: hodēgós Definition (BDAG): one who assists another in following a path, guide, leader, in imagery (Wsd 7:15; 18:3; Jos., Ant. 1, 217) ὁδηγὸς τυφλῶν a guide for the blind Ro 2:19. τυφλοί εἰσιν ὁδηγοὶ τυφλῶν they are blind leaders of the blind Mt 15:14. ὁδηγοὶ τυφλοί (Paroem. Gr.: Apostol. 11, 50) 23:16, 24.—DELG s.v. ὁδός. TW. one who leads the way in reaching a desired destination, guide, leader (Polyb. 5, 5, 15; Plut., Alex. 680 [27, 3]; PCairZen 770, 14 [III B.C.]; Jos., Ant. 12, 305; 1 Macc 4:2; 2 Macc 5:15; cp. Philo, Mos. 1, 178) of Judas as guide for the men who arrested Jesus Ac 1:16. ὁδηγός, οῦ, ὁ (ὁδός, ἡγέομαι; on ὁδαγός [cod. D and ApcrEzek P2, recto 7] s. B-D-F §29, 3) Return to: Rom 2:19	N-ASM Part of Speech: Noun Case: Accusative Number: Singular Gender: Masculine
Strongs: G5185 English: to the blind Greek: τυφλῶν Lemma: τυφλός Transliteration: typhlós Definition (BDAG): pert. to being unable to understand, incapable of comprehending, blind, of mental and spiritual blindness in imagery, fig. ext. of mng. 1 (since Pind.; Soph., Oed. R. 371; Lucian, Vit. Auct. 18 τῆς ψυχῆς τὸν ὀφθαλμόν; Ps 145:8; Philo; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 142 τυφλὸς τὸν νοῦν. ὀφθαλμοὶ τυφλῶν τὴν ψυχήν Orig., C. Cels. 2, 48, 38.). adj. α. as attribute ὁδηγὸς τυφλός (cp. X., Mem. 1, 3, 4; Demetr. Phaler. [IV B.C.; ed. FWehrli ’49], fgm. 121 οὐ μόνον τὸν πλοῦτον τυφλόν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν ὁδηγοῦσαν αὐτὸν τύχην; Philo, Virt. 7; Just., D. 134, 1) Mt 15:14; 23:16, 24. Φαρισαῖε τυφλέ vs. 26. β. as a predicate J 9:40f; 2 Pt 1:9; Rv 3:17. τυφλοί εἰσιν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτῶν Ox 1 verso, 20f=GTh 28. subst. Mt 23:17, 19; Ro 2:19 here metaphorically of those not converted to Mosaic way of life; B 14:7 (Is 42:7), 9 (Is 61:1), οὐαὶ τυφλοὶ μὴ ὁρῶντες Ox 840, 31.—SRoth, The Blind, the Lame, and the Poor ’97 (Luke-Acts).—B. 322. DELG s.v. τύφομαι B. M-M. EDNT. TW. pert. to being unable to see, blind, lit. (freq. in the canonical gospels) adj. α. as attribute ἄνθρωπος τυφλός J 9:1 (s. γενετή); τυφ. προσαίτης Mk 10:46. β. as predicate J 9:18, 24; Ac 13:11 (cp. blindness resulting fr. exposure to an apparition Hdt. 6, 117; Plut., Mor. 305c; s. Reader, Polemo 239); Dg 2:4 (almost word for word like Plut., Mor. 420b εἴδωλα κωφὰ κ. τυφλὰ κ. ἄψυχα). Mostly subst. Mt 9:27f; 11:5; 20:30; Mk 8:22f (LSzimonidesz, D. Heilung des Blinden von Bethsaida u. Buddhas Gleichn. von den Blindgeborenen u. dem Elefanten: NThT 24, ’35, 233–59); 10:49, 51; Lk 7:21f; J 5:3; 10:21; 11:37 al. (on Mt 11:5; Lk 7:22 s. also κωφός 2). On Mt 15:14; Lk 6:39 s. ὁδηγέω 1 and cp. Sext. Emp., Πρὸς Μαθημ. I, 31 ὡς οὐδὲ ὁ τυφλὸς τὸν τυφλὸν ὁδηγεῖν (sc. δύναται). τυφλοὺς θεραπεύων AcPl Ha 8, 36. τυφλός, ή, όν (s. next entry; Hom.+) ‘blind’ Return to: Rom 2:19	A-GPM Part of Speech: Adjective Case: Genitive Number: Plural Gender: Masculine
Strongs: G5457 English: a light Greek: φῶς Lemma: φῶς Transliteration: phōs Definition (BDAG): that which is illuminated by light: πᾶν τὸ φανερούμενον φῶς ἐστιν everything that becomes visible is (=stands in the) light Eph 5:14.—CMugler, Dictionnaire historique de la terminologie optique des Grecs ’64.—B. 60. Cp. φέγγος; s. Schmidt, Syn. I 563–98. DELG s.v. φάε. Frisk s.v. φάος. New Docs 1, 98f. M-M. EDNT. TW. Spicq. Sv. that which gives/bears light, torch, lamp, lantern, etc. (X., Hell. 5, 1, 8 φῶς ἔχειν; Musaeus vs. 224 of a λύχνος. Pl.: Plut., Ant. 927 [26, 6], Pelop. 284 [12, 3] al.; Lucian, Philops. 31) Ac 16:29. Fire, which furnishes both light and heat (X., Hell. 6, 2, 29; Cyr. 7, 5, 27; 1 Macc 12:29) Mk 14:54 (GBuchanan, ET 68, ’56, 27); Lk 22:56. Heavenly bodies (Manetho, Apotel. 6, 146 sun and moon δύο φῶτα; likew. Dio Chrys. 23 [40], 38; Ptolem., Apotel. 2, 13, 8; 3, 3, 3; 3, 5, 3 al. τὰ φ=constellations; Vett. Val. index II p. 384; PGM 13, 400; Ps 135:7; Jer 4:23): God is πατὴρ τῶν φώτων Js 1:17 (TestAbr B 7 p. 111, 11 [Stone p. 70] φῶς καλούμενον πατὴρ τοῦ φωτός; cp. ApcMos 36; 38); the sun as τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου τούτου J 11:9 (Macrobius, Saturnal. 1, 23, 21 ἥλιε παντοκράτορ, … κόσμου φῶς; cp. Ps.-Demosth. 60, 24). Of the eye as an organ of light (Eur., Cycl. 633 φῶς Κύκλωπος; Ath. 32, 2) Mt 6:23; Lk 11:35. light in contrast to darkness,light in the physical realm καθόλου τὸ φῶς μὴ βλέπειν (of Judas) Papias (3:2).—Opp. σκότος, as Job 18:18; En 104:8; PGM 5, 101; 7, 262; 13, 335; Theoph. Ant. 1, 2 (p. 60, 7) 2 Cor 4:6 (cp. Gen 1:3ff); 6:14. Not present at night J 11:10. λευκὸς ὡς τὸ φ. Mt 17:2. νεφέλη φωτός a bright cloud vs. 5 v.l. (TestAbr A 9 p. 87, 12 [Stone p. 22]). Of the light of the sun (φ. ἡλίου: Dio Chrys. 57 [74], 20 fr. Eur., Hippol. 617; Ael. Aristid. 45, 29 K.=8 p. 95 D; ApcZeph; Just., D. 128, 4; τὸ φ. τοῦ ἡλίου Theoph. Ant. 1, 2 [p. 60, 16]) Rv 22:5b; of a wondrous star IEph 19:2ab. Of lamp-light (Jer 25:10; Jos., Ant. 12, 319) Lk 8:16; 11:33 (v.l. φέγγος); J 5:35 (in imagery); Rv 18:23; 22:5a. Light fr. a transcendent source (Ael. Aristid. 49, 46 K.=p. 500, 17 D. ἐγένετο φῶς παρὰ τῆς Ἴσιδος; Marinus, Vi. Procli 23: a halo of light around Proclus’ head moves the beholder to προσκύνησις): an angel Ac 12:7; 2 Cor 11:14 (here ἄγγελος φωτός [cp. 1QS 3:20] is a messenger of the world of light in contrast to Satan); of Paul’s conversion experience Ac 9:3; 22:6 (both w. ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, as X., Cyr. 4, 2, 15; Dio Chrys. 11 [12], 29), 9, 11; 26:13 (οὐρανόθεν); the heavenly city Rv 21:24 (s. also bα below). ἐφάνη φῶς μέγα ἐν τῷ σπηλαίῳ a bright light appeared in the cave GJs 19:2, followed by φῶς ἐκεῖνο ὑπεστέλλετο that light faded out. ἦν τὸ ὄρος ἐκεῖνο διαφαίνων (pap=διαφαῖνον) αὐτῇ φ. that mountain was shining a light for her GJs 22:3.—In imagery: (εἰς φ. ἐλθεῖν=‘become apparent’ Hippol., Ref. 4, 28, 4) ἐν τῷ φωτί in the open, publicly (φ. of ‘the open’ X., Ages. 9, 1.—Opp. ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ) Mt 10:27; Lk 12:3 (Proverbia Aesopi 104 P.: ἅπερ ἐν νυκτὶ καλύπτεται, ταῦτα εἰς φῶς λαληθέντα … ‘what is hidden in the night gets talked about in the light’). Of an evil-doer it is said: μισεῖ τὸ φῶς καὶ οὐκ ἔρχεται πρὸς τὸ φῶς J 3:20 (cp. Eur., Iph. T. 1026 κλεπτῶν γὰρ ἡ νύξ, τῆς δ᾿ ἀληθείας τὸ φῶς=the night’s for thieves, the light’s for truth; Plut., Mor. 82b, Contra Volupt. in Stob., Anthol. 3, 6, 33 vol. III 299 H.; Philo, De Jos. 68, Spec. Leg. 1, 319–23; TestNapht 2:10). in a transcendent sense α. the passages in the central portion of 1a above show that light is the element and sphere of the divine (Ael. Aristid. 28, 114 K.=49 p. 528 D.: τοῦ θεοῦ φῶς; SibOr 3, 787 ἀθάνατον φ.; Tat. 13, 2 λόγος … ἐστὶ τὸ τοῦ θεοῦ φ.—Iren. 1, 4, 1 [Harv. I 32, 1]). God is called φῶς οἰκῶν ἀπρόσιτον 1 Ti 6:16 (Plut., Pericl. 173 [39, 2] the gods dwell in τὸν τόπον ἀσάλευτον φωτὶ καθαρωτάτῳ περιλαμπόμενον, Mor. 567f: the divine φωνή proceeds fr. a φῶς μέγα that suddenly shines forth), or it is said that God dwells ἐν τῷ φωτί 1J 1:7b. In fact, God is described as light pure and simple ὁ θεὸς φῶς ἐστιν vs. 5 (Philo, Somn. 1, 75; cp. TestJob 4:1 εἶπεν τὸ φῶς; ParJer 6:12; Ath. 31, 3 πάντα δὲ φῶς αὐτὸν ὄντα.—OSchaefer, StKr 105, ’33, 467–76). Cp. Dg 9:6. Likew. the Divine Redeemer (ParJer 9:14 τὸ φῶς τῶν αἰώνων πάντων) in the Fourth Gospel: J 1:7–9 (FAuer, Wie ist J 1:9 zu verstehen?: ThGl 28, ’36, 397–407); 12:35ab, 36ab (for 1J 2:8 s. β; on divinity as light s. RCharles, The Book of Enoch 1912, 71f; GWetter, Phōs [ΦΩΣ] 1915. S. also MDibelius, Die Vorstellung v. göttl. Licht: Deutsche Literaturzeitung 36, 1915, 1469–83 and MNilsson, GGA 1916, 49ff; FDölger, Die Sonne der Gerechtigkeit 1918, Sol Salutis 1920; WBousset, Kyrios Christos 2, 1921, 173; 174, 2 and 3; HJonas, Gnosis u. spätantiker Geist I ’34; Dodd 133–36; 183–87 al.; EGoodenough, By Light, Light: The Mystic Gospel of Hellenistic Judaism ’35; RBultmann, Z. Gesch. der Lichtsymbolik im Altertum: Philol 97, ’48, 1–36; 1QH 4:6; 18:29; BGU 597, 33 [I A.D.]). Jesus calls himself τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου J 8:12a; 9:5; 12:46; cp. 3:19a (Mel., P. 103, 795; Wetter, ‘Ich bin das Licht der Welt’: Beiträge zur Religionswissenschaft I/2, 1914, 171ff), and is called τὸ φῶς τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1:4 (Ael. Aristid. 45, 33 K.=8 p. 97 D.: Sarapis as κοινὸν ἄπασιν ἀνθρώποις φῶς; hymn to Anubis fr. Kios [IAndrosIsis, p. 139] φῶς, φωτός, τό (trag.+ [in Hom. φάος or φόως]; loanw. in rabb.) `light' Return to: Rom 2:19	N-ASN Part of Speech: Noun Case: Accusative Number: Singular Gender: Neuter
Strongs: G4655 English: who are in darkness Greek: σκότει Lemma: σκότος Transliteration: skótos Definition (BDAG): bearer/victim/instrument of darkness Mt 6:23a; Lk 11:35; Eph 5:8 (s. KKuhn, NTS 7, ’61, 339f [Qumran]). S. also 3 above.—B. 61. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv. the state of spiritual or moral darkness, darkness, of darkening by sin, of the state of unbelievers and of the godless, opp. φῶς (Herm. Wr. 7, 2a; Philo, Det. Pot. Ins. 101, Somn. 2, 39; TestLevi 19:1; TestNapht 2:10; OdeSol 11:19; TestAbr B 7 p. 111, 22 [Stone p. 70]; TestJob 43:6; JosAs 15:13; Mel., P. 68, 491; Orig., C. Cels. 6, 67, 6.—S. σκότος as gnostic term Iren. 1, 4, 2 [Harv. I 36, 2]; Hippol., Ref. 10, 16, 4) Mt 4:16 (Is 9:1; s. σκοτία); 6:23b; J 3:19; Ac 26:18; Ro 2:19; 2 Cor 6:14; 1 Th 5:4f; 1 Pt 2:9; 1J 1:6; 1 Cl 59:2; B 14:7 (Is 42:7); 18:1; AcPl Ha 8, 32//BMM verso 4. Opp. δικαιοσύνη B 5:4. Cp. 14:5f. W. σκιὰ θανάτου (σκιά 2b) Lk 1:79 (schol. on Soph., El. 1079 p. 149 P. ἐν σκότει γενέσθαι τ. θανάτου. For σκότος=darkness of death cp. Plut., Mor. 296ab, an oath ‘by the σκότος near the oak tree, where the men of Priene had been killed in such great numbers’; s. also New Docs 4, 149).—Sins are τὰ ἔργα τοῦ σκότους Ro 13:12; Eph 5:11.—On ἡ ἐξουσία τοῦ σκότους Lk 22:53; Col 1:13 s. ἐξουσία 6. On οἱ κοσμοκράτορες τοῦ σκότους τούτου Eph 6:12 s. κοσμοκράτωρ.—In a related sense, and in contrast to φῶς, σκότος has the sense the state of being unknown, darkness, fig. τὰ κρυπτὰ τοῦ σκότους the things that are hidden in darkness and therefore are known to nobody 1 Cor 4:5. darkness, gloom, lit., of the darkness in the depths of the sea B 10:10. Of dark clouds ApcPt 10:25. Of the darkening of the sun (σκότος at the death of Aeschyl., acc. to Aristoph.: Ael. Aristid. 32, 32 K.=12 p. 145 D. At the death of Alexander ἐγένετο σκότος: Ps.-Callisth. 3, 33, 26. Others HUsener, RhM n.s. 55, 1900, 286f) Mt 27:45; Mk 15:33; Lk 23:44; GPt 5:15; Ac 2:20 (Jo 3:4: here σκ. means ‘bearer of darkness’; s. 4, end). Of the darkness of chaos (Gen 1:2; Mel., P. 82, 611; Theoph. Ant. 1, 6 [p. 70, 19]) 2 Cor 4:6. Of the darkness of nonexistence 1 Cl 38:3 (Sb 8960, 19 [grave-epigram I B.C.] σκότους πύλας); JosAs 8:10 ἀπὸ τοῦ σκότους εἰς τὸ φῶς). Of the darkness of the place of punishment far removed fr. the heavenly kingdom (Philo, Exsecr. 152 βαθὺ σκότος. Cp. Wsd 17:20; PsSol 14:9.—σκ. κ. βόρβορος ‘gloom and muck’ await those who are untrue to the Eleusinian Mysteries, Ael. Aristid. 22, 10 K.=19 p. 421 D. Of the darkness of death and the underworld in Hom. and the trag. As the domain of evil spirits PGM 36, 138; Theoph. Ant. 2, 7 [p. 110, 5]) τὸ σκ. τὸ ἐξώτερον the darkness outside Mt 8:12; 22:13; 25:30 (also ApcEsdr 4:37 p. 29, 16 Tdf.; cp. Vi. Aesopi W 31 P., where Aesop advises a man: ῥῖψον αὐτὴν [his wife] εἰς τὸ σκότος.—RTaylor, Theology 33, ’42, 277–83). Also ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους (ζόφος 2) 2 Pt 2:17; Jd 13.—Of the darkness in which the blind live (Soph., Oed. R. 419; Eur., Phoen. 377; 1534; Dt 28:29) w. ἀχλύς (q.v. 1) Ac 13:11. [διὰ τὸ] σκότος ἀφα̣[νής] unnoticed because of the darkness AcPl Ha 3, 27 (other restorations suggested in app.). σκότος, ους, τό (as a masc. word Hom. et al. and so in the Attic writers [EFraenkel, ZVS 43, 1910, 195ff; σκότος and φῶς], as well as Jos., Ant. 19, 216; 217; as a neut. Pind. et al. and H. Gk. gener., also in LXX [Thackeray p. 159]; pseudepigr.; Philo; Jos., Bell. 6, 140, Ant. 1, 27; apolog.; PWarr 21, 25; 30 [III A.D.].—B-D-F §51, 2; Mlt-H. 127. Only in Hb 12:18 does ὁ σκ. appear as a v.l. in the t.r.) ‘darkness’ Return to: Rom 2:19	N-DSN Part of Speech: Noun Case: Dative Number: Singular Gender: Neuter

Rom 2:20
Definition	RMAC
Strongs: G3810 English: a corrector Greek: παιδευτὴν Lemma: παιδευτής Transliteration: paideutḗs Definition (BDAG): παιδευτής, οῦ, ὁ (παιδεύω; Pla. et al.; ins; Sb 5941, 2; LXX; PsSol 8:29; Tat. 22, 1) instructor, teacher (Pla., Leg. 7, 811d; Plut., Lyc. 46 [12, 4], Camill. 134 [10, 3], Mor. 4c; Diog. L. 7, 7; ins; Sir 37:19; 4 Macc 5:34; Philo, Omn. Prob. Lib. 143) π. ἀφρόνων Ro 2:20.—Somet. the emphasis is on the idea of correcting or disciplining corrector, one who disciplines (s. παιδεύω 2 and cp. Hos 5:2; PsSol 8, 29) Hb 12:9.—M-M. TW. Spicq. Return to: Rom 2:20	N-ASF Part of Speech: Noun Case: Accusative Number: Singular Gender: Feminine
Strongs: G878 English: of the foolish Greek: ἀφρόνων Lemma: ἄφρων Transliteration: áphrōn Definition (BDAG): ἄφρων, ον, gen. ονος (s. φρήν; Hom.+; PFay 124, 12; LXX; En; TestJob 26:6; JosAs 6:6f; GrBar 13:3; Philo; Jos., Bell. 1, 630; 2, 303; Ar. 12, 1) pert. to lack of prudence or good judgment, foolish, ignorant (opp. φρόνιμος as Dio Chrys. 73 [23], 3; Pr 11:29; En 98:1, 9; PsSol 16:7; Philo, Poster. Cai. 32) 2 Cor 11:19; 1 Cl 3:3; (w. ἀνόητος) 21:5; (w. ἀσύνετος as Ps 91:7) 39:1; voc. Hm 12, 4, 2—Lk 11:40; 12:20; Ro 2:20; 1 Cor 15:36; 2 Cor 11:16; 12:6, 11; Eph 5:17; 1 Pt 2:15; 1 Cl 39:7f (Job 5:2, 3); ITr 8:2; Hm 4, 2, 1; 5, 2, 2; 4; 6, 2, 4; 11:4; s 1:3; 6, 4, 3; 6, 5, 2; 9, 14, 4; 9, 22, 2.—DELG s.v. φρήν. EDNT. M-M. TW. Return to: Rom 2:20	A-GPM Part of Speech: Adjective Case: Genitive Number: Plural Gender: Masculine
Strongs: G1320 English: a teacher Greek: διδάσκαλον Lemma: διδάσκαλος Transliteration: didáskalos Definition (BDAG): διδάσκαλος, ου, ὁ (s. διδάσκω; Hom. Hymns, Aeschyl.+) teacher δ. ἐθνῶν Dg 11:1; πέποιθας σεαυτὸν εἶναι δ. νηπίων you are sure that you are (i.e. can be) a teacher of the young Ro 2:19f. ὀφείλοντες εἶναι διδάσκαλοι although you ought to be teachers Hb 5:12. W. μαθητής (Epict. 4, 6, 11; Jos., Ant. 17, 334; Did., Gen. 66, 25) Mt 10:24f; Lk 6:40; IMg 9:2. Used in addressing Jesus (corresp. to the title רַב,רַבִּי rabbi) Mt 8:19; 12:38; 19:16; 22:16, 24, 36; Mk 4:38; 9:17, 38; 10:17, 20, 35; 12:14, 19, 32; 13:1; Lk 3:12; 7:40; 9:38; 10:25; 11:45; 12:13; 18:18; 19:39; 20:21, 28, 39; 21:7; J8:4; IEph 15:1; IMg 9:2f. Also as designation for Jesus (ὁ δ. ἡμῶν Orig., C. Cels. 6, 36, 32; θεῖος δ. 1, 37, 19), w. other titles Dg 9:6. He is called βασιλεὺς καὶ δ. MPol 17:3. ῾Ραββί w. translation J 1:38 (cp. 3:2), also ῾Ραββουνί 20:16. W. the art. (=רַבָּא) Mt 9:11; 17:24; 23:8; 26:18; Mk 5:35; 14:14; Lk 6:40b; 8:49; 22:11; J 11:28 (Philo, Leg. ad Gai. 53 πάρεστιν ὁ δ.). ὁ δ. καὶ ὁ κύριος (=מָר) as a title of respect 13:13f. Used of John the Baptist Lk 3:12. Of Scripture scholars in Jerusalem Lk 2:46; J 3:10 (Petosiris, fgm. 36b, 13 ὁ διδάσκαλος λέγει=the [well-known] teacher says; sim. Mk 14:14 and par.).—As an official of a Christian assembly Ac 13:1; 1 Cor 12:28f; Eph 4:11; 2 Ti 1:11; Js 3:1 (TOrbiso, VD 21, ’41, 169–82); D 15:1f; paid 13:2. Cp. Hv 3, 5, 1; m 4, 3, 1; s 9, 15, 4; 9, 16, 5; 9, 25, 2; B 1:8; 4:9. HGreeven, ZNW 44, ’52/53, 16–31. Of Paul δ. ἐθνῶν 1 Ti 2:7. Of Polycarp δ. ἀποστολικὸς καὶ προφητικός MPol 16:2; δ. ἐπίσημος 19:1; ὁ τῆς Ἀσίας δ. 12:2. Of dissident teachers δ. πονηρίας Hs 9, 19, 2. υἱὸς διδασκάλου as transl. of Barabbas (q.v.) underlies the Lat. text ‘filius magistri’ of GHb 339, 51 (s. Peter of Laodicea in Kl. T. 83 p. 10, ln. 9ff app.).—EReisch in Pauly-W. V, 1905, 401ff; Dalman, Worte 272ff; Schürer II 322–36, 417–22; GMoore, Judaism I 1927, 37–47, 308–22.—AHarnack, Lehre d. Zwölf Ap.: TU II/1/2 1884, 93ff, Mission I4 1923, 345ff; CDodd, Jesus as Teacher and Prophet: Mysterium Christi 1930, 53–66; FFilson, JBL 60, ’41, 317–28; EFascher, TLZ 79, ’54, 325–42; HBraun, Qumran u. d. NT II, ’66, 54–74 (Jesus and the Teacher of Righteousness).—DELG s.v. διδάσκω. M-M. TW. Sv. Return to: Rom 2:20	N-ASM Part of Speech: Noun Case: Accusative Number: Singular Gender: Masculine
Strongs: G3516 English: of the immature Greek: νηπίων Lemma: νήπιος Transliteration: nḗpios Definition (BDAG): one who is not yet of legal age, minor, not yet of age, legal t.t. (UPZ 20, 22 [II B.C.] ἔτι νηπίας οὔσας ὁ πατὴρ ἀπέδωκεν εἰς σύστασιν Πτολεμαίῳ) ἐφ᾿ ὅσον χρόνον ὁ κληρονόμος ν. ἐστιν as long as the heir is a minor Gal 4:1. Fig. vs. 3.—In 1 Th 2:7 νήπιοι is accepted by Lachmann and W-H., as well as by interpreters fr. Origen to Wohlenberg, Frame, et al.; Goodsp., Probs. 177f. S. also SFowl, NTS 36, ’90, 469–73: the metaphors of infant and nurse are complementary. Others, incl. Tdf., HermvSoden, BWeiss, Bornemann, vDobschütz, Dibelius, Steinmann, prefer ἤπιοι (v.l.), and regard the ν of νήπιοι as the result of dittography fr. the preceding word ἐγενήθημεν (s. the entry ἤπιος). MLacroix, Ηπιος/Νηπιος: Mélanges Desrousseaux ’37, 260–72.; B. 92.—New Docs 1, 116; 4, 40. DELG. M-M. TW. Sv. a very young child, infant, child lit. (ViDa 1 [p. 76, 13 Sch.]; Jos., Ant. 6, 262; Ar. [Milne 76, 40] ἐὰν δὲ νήπιον ἐξέλθῃ; Orig., C. Cels. 3, 48, 26 ἀμαθὴς καὶ ἀνόητος καὶ ἀπαίδευτος καὶ ν.; Theoph. Ant. 2, 25 [p. 160, 6] Ἀδὰμ ἔτη ν. ἦν) ὡς ν. βρέφη like veritable babes Hs 9, 29, 1. Usu. subst. child sing. 1 Cor 13:11abcd (for ν. opp. ἀνήρ Orig., C. Cels. 3, 59, 23); τὰ τοῦ ν. childish ways vs. 11e. Pl. τὰ ν. (sc. βρέφη) Hm 2:1; s 9, 29, 1. The gen. pl. of the neut. is prob. to be understood Mt 21:16 (Ps 8:3; s. JGeorgacas, ClPl 76, ’58, 155). fig.; the transition to the fig. sense is found Hb 5:13 where the νήπιος, who is fed w. the milk of elementary teaching, is contrasted w. the τέλειος=‘mature person’, who can take the solid food of the main teachings (s. also 1 Cor 3:1f). In this connection the ν. is one who views spiritual things fr. the standpoint of a child. W. this can be contrasted α. the state of the more advanced Christian, to which the ν. may aspire (Ps 118:130; Philo, Migr. Abr. 46; Iren. 4, 38, 1 [Harv. II 293, 2]) ITr 5:1. ἵνα μηκέτι ὦμεν νήπιοι Eph 4:14. A Judean as διδάσκαλος νηπίων Ro 2:20. νήπιος ἐν Χριστῷ immature Christian 1 Cor 3:1 (cp. ὡς νηπίοις, ὁ ἄρτος ὁ τέλειος τοῦ πατρὸς, γάλα ἡμῖν ἑαυτὸν παρέσχεν [on the accent s. Schwyzer I 391] ‘seeing that we were but infants, the perfect bread [=the Son of God] of the Father gave himself as milk to us’ Iren. 4, 38, 1 [Harv. II 293, 8]; JWeiss, Paulin. Probleme: Die Formel ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ, StKr 69, 1896, 1–33). Harnack, Die Terminologie d. Wiedergeburt: TU XLII 3, 1918, 97ff. β. The contrast can also be w. the ideas expressed by σοφός, συνετός, and then the νήπιοι are the child-like, innocent ones, unspoiled by learning, with whom God is pleased Mt 11:25; Lk 10:21 (GKilpatrick, JTS 48, ’47, 63f; WGrundmann, NTS 5, ’58/’59, 188–205; SLégasse, Jésus et l’enfant [synopt.], ’69). Cp. also 1 Cl 57:7 (Pr 1:32). νήπιος, ία, ιον (Hom.+; ins, pap, LXX, En; TestSol 18:25 L; Test12Patr; JosAs 12:7 cod. A; ApcEsdr 5:3 p. 29, 27 Tdf.; SibOr; Philo, Joseph.; Ar. 10, 7; Tat. 30, 1; Ath., R. 17 p. 68, 31) in Gk. lit. ν. gener. refers to beings ranging from fetal status to puberty. In our lit. Return to: Rom 2:20	A-GPM Part of Speech: Adjective Case: Genitive Number: Plural Gender: Masculine
Strongs: G2192 English: having Greek: ἔχοντα Lemma: σχέω Transliteration: schéō Definition (BDAG): to be closely associated, in a variety of renderings, hold fast, be next to, be next, mid. (Hom. et al.) in NT only ptc. of proper situation or placement, esp. of inner belonging hold fast, cling to. The ‘to’ of belonging and the ‘with’ of association are expressed by the gen. (Theognis 1, 32 ἀεὶ τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἔχεο=ever hold fast to the good people; X., Oec. 6, 1; Pla., Leg. 7, 811d; Lucian, Hermot. 69 ἐλπίδος οὐ μικρᾶς ἐχόμενα λέγεις; Sallust. 14 p. 26, 24 τ. θεῶν; Philo, Agr. 101 τὰ ἀρετῆς ἐχόμενα; Jos., Ant. 10, 204 οὐδὲν ἀνθρωπίνης σοφίας ἐχόμενον, C. Ap. 1, 83 παλαιᾶς ἱστορίας ἐχόμενον; Just., A I, 68, 1 λόγου καὶ ἀληθείας ἔχεσθαι; Tat. 33, 1 μανίας ἔχεται πολλῆς; Ath., R. 48, 3 λόγῳ … ἀληθείας ἐχομένῳ) τὰ ἐχόμενα σωτηρίας things that belong to salvation Hb 6:9. of proximity α. spatial, to be next to someth: ἐχόμενος neighboring (Isocr. 4, 96 νῆσος; Hdt. 1, 134 al. οἱ ἐχόμενοι=‘the neighbors’; Diod. S. 5, 15, 1; Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 71 §294; Arrian, Peripl. 7, 2; PParis 51, 5 and oft. in pap; 1 Esdr 4:42; Jos., Ant. 6, 6 πρὸς τὰς ἐχομένας πόλεις; 11, 340) κωμοπόλεις Mk 1:38. β. temporal, to be next, immediately following (Thu. 6, 3, 2 τ. ἐχομένου ἔτους al.; SIG 800, 15; PRev 34, 20; PAmh 49, 4; PTebt 124, 43; LXX) τῇ ἐχομένῃ (sc. ἡμέρᾳ, as Polyb. 3, 112, 1; 5, 13, 9; 2 Macc 12:39; Jos., Ant. 6, 235; 7, 18 al.; cp. εἰς τὴν ἐχομένην [i.e. ἡμέραν] PMich 173, 16 [III B.C.]) on the next day Lk 13:33 (v.l. ἐρχομένῃ); Ac 20:15; w. ἡμέρᾳ added (PAmh 50, 17) 21:26. τῷ ἐχομένῳ σαββάτῳ 13:44 v.l. (for ἐρχομένῳ; cp. 1 Macc 4:28, where the witnesses are similarly divided).—On the whole word HHanse, ‘Gott Haben’ in d. Antike u. im frühen Christentum ’39.—B. 641; 740. EDNT. M-M. TW. Sv. to be in some state or condition, act. intr. (spatially: Ath. 25, 1 οἱ ἄγγελοι … περὶ τόν ἀέρα ἔχοντες καὶ τὴν γῆν) w. adv. (Hom. et al.; ins, pap, LXX). impers. it is, the situation is (Himerius, Or. 48 [=Or. 14], 10 πῶς ὑμῖν ἔχειν ταῦτα δοκεῖ; =how does this situation seem to you? Just., D. 3, 5 τὸ … ὡσαύτως ἀεὶ ἔχων) ἄλλως 1 Ti 5:25. οὕτως (Antig. Car. 20; Cebes 4, 1; POxy 294, 11 [22 A.D.] εἰ ταῦτα οὕτως ἔχει; TestSol 20:8; Jos., Ant. 15, 261; Just., D. 3:5 οὐχ οὕτως ἔχει) Ac 7:1; 12:15; 17:11; 24:9. τὸ καλῶς ἔχον what is right 1 Cl 14:2 (Michel 543, 12 [c. 200 B.C.] καλῶς ἔχον ἐστὶ τιμᾶσθαι τοὺς εὔνους ἄνδρας). τὸ νῦν ἔχον for the present Ac 24:25 (cp. Plut., Mor. 749a; Lucian, Anachars. 40, Catapl. 13 τὸ δὲ νῦν ἔχον μὴ διάτριβε; Tob 7:11). pers. be (in a certain way) πῶς ἔχουσιν how they are Ac 15:36 (cp. Gen 43:27; Jos., Ant. 4, 112). ἑτοίμως ἔ. be ready, hold oneself in readiness w. inf. foll. (BGU 80, 17 [II A.D.] ἡ Σωτηρία ἑτοίμως ἔχουσα καταγράψαι; Da 3:15 LXX; Jos., Ant. 13, 6; Just., D. 50, 1) 21:13; 2 Cor 12:14; 1 Pt 4:5. Also ἐν ἑτοίμῳ ἔ. 2 Cor 10:6 (s. ἕτοιμος b end). εὖ ἔ. be well-disposed πρός τινα toward someone Hs 9, 10, 7 (cp. Demosth. 9, 63 ἥδιον ἔχειν πρός τινα; SIG 1094, 4 φιλανθρώπως ἔχει πρὸς πάντας). κακῶς ἔ. be sick (Aristoph. et al.; POxy 935, 15; Ezk 34:4) Mt 4:24; 8:16; 9:12b; 17:15 v.l. (see πάσχω 2). καλῶς ἔ. be well, healthy (Epict. 1, 11, 4; PGen 54, 8; PFlor 230, 24) Mk 16:18; ἐσχάτως ἔ. (s. ἐσχάτως) 5:23; κομψότερον ἔ. feel better (κομψῶς ἔ.: Epict. 2, 18, 14; 3, 10, 13; PParis 18; PTebt 414, 10 ἐὰν κομψῶς σχῶ) J 4:52. special combinations w. prep. ἐν: τὸν θεὸν ἔ. ἐν ἐπιγνώσει acknowledge God Ro 1:28 (cp. ἐν ὀργῇ ἔ. τινά=‘be angry at someone’, Thu. 2, 18, 5; 2, 21, 3; ἐν ὀρρωδίᾳ ἔ. τ. 2, 89, 1; ἐν ἡδονῇ ἔ. τ.=‘be glad to see someone’ 3, 9, 1; ἐν εὐνοίᾳ ἔ. Demosth. 18, 167). ἐν ἑτοίμῳ ἔ. 2 Cor 10:6 (ἕτοιμος b). ἐν ἐμοὶ οὐκ ἔχει οὐδέν he has no hold on me J 14:30 (Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 32 §125 ἔχειν τι ἔν τινι=have someth. [hope of safety] in someone). κατά τινος: on 1 Cor 11:4 s. above 4. ἔ. τι κατά τινος have someth. against someone Mt 5:23; Mk 11:25; w. ὅτι foll. Rv 2:14. ἔ. κατά τινος w. sim. mng. Hm 2:2; s 9, 23, 2; w. ὅτι foll. Rv 2:4, 20. ἔ. τινὰ κατὰ πρόσωπον meet someone face to face Ac 25:16. μετά: ἔ. τι μετά τινος have someth. w. someone κρίματα lawsuits 1 Cor 6:7. περί: ἔ. περί τινος have (a word, a reference, an explanation) about someth. B 12:1; with adv. τελείως 10:10. πρός τινα have someth. against someone (Ps.-Callisth. 2, 21, 21 ὅσον τις ὑμῶν ἔχει πρὸς ἕτερον) Ac 24:19. ζητήματα ἔ. πρός τινα have differences w. someone (on points in question) 25:19. λόγον ἔ. πρός τινα 19:38. πρᾶγμα (=Lat. causa, ‘lawsuit’: BGU 19 I, 5; 361 II, 4) ἔ. πρός τινα (POxy 743, 19 [2 B.C.] εἰ πρὸς ἄλλους εἶχον πρᾶγμα; BGU 22:8) 1 Cor 6:1. ἵνα ἔχωσιν κατηγορίαν αὐτοῦ J 8:4 D (cp. 5 above). πρός τινα ἔ. μομφήν have a complaint against someone Col 3:13. τοῦτο ἔχεις ὅτι you have this (in your favor), that Rv 2:6. ἔ. ὁδόν be situated (a certain distance) away (cp. Peripl. Eryth. 37: Ὡραία ἔχουσα ὁδὸν ἡμερῶν ἑπτὰ ἀπὸ θαλάσσης) of the Mt. of Olives ὅ ἐστιν ἐγγὺς Ἰερουσαλὴμ σαββάτου ἔχον ὁδόν Ac 1:12.—ἴδε ἔχεις τὸ σόν here you have what is yours Mt 25:25. ἔχετε κουστωδίαν there you have a guard (=you can have a guard) 27:65 (cp. POxy 33 III, 4). as connective marker, to have or include in itself, bring about, cause w. acc. (Hom. et al.; Wsd 8:16) of ὑπομονή: ἔργον τέλειον Js 1:4. Of πίστις: ἔργα 2:17. Of φόβος: κόλασιν 1J 4:18. Of παρρησία: μεγάλην μισθαποδοσίαν Hb 10:35. Of πολυτέλεια: λύπην, χαράν Hs 1, 10. ἐσχάτην εὐλογίαν, ἥτις διαδοχὴν οὐκ ἔχει ultimate blessing, which has no successor GJs 6:2. to experience someth., have (freq. in auxiliary capacity CTurner, JTS 28, 1927, 357–60) of all conditions of body and soul (Hom. et al.; LXX) α. of illness, et al. (ApcMos 6 νόσον καὶ πόνον ἔχω; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 305) ἀσθενείας have sicknesses/diseases Ac 28:9. μάστιγας physical troubles Mk 3:10. πληγὴν τῆς μαχαίρης Rv 13:14. θλῖψιν J 16:33b; 1 Cor 7:28; Rv 2:10. Esp. of possession by hostile spirits: δαιμόνιον ἔ. be possessed by an evil spirit Mt 11:18; Lk 7:33; 8:27; J 7:20; 8:48f, 52; 10:20. Βεελζεβούλ Mk 3:22. πνεῦμα ἀκάθαρτον vs. 30; 7:25; Ac 8:7. πνεῦμα δαιμονίου ἀκαθάρτου Lk 4:33. πνεῦμα πονηρόν Ac 19:13. πνεῦμα ἄλαλον Mk 9:17. πνεῦμα ἀσθενείας spirit of sickness Lk 13:11. τὸν λεγιῶνα (the evil spirit called) Legion Mk 5:15. β. gener. of conditions, characteristics, capabilities, emotions, inner possession: ἀγάπην ἔ. have love (cp. Diod. S. 3, 58, 3 φιλίαν ἔχειν; Just., D. 93, 4 φιλίαν ἢ ἀγάπην ἔχοντε) J 5:42; 13:35; 15:13; 1J 4:16; 1 Cor 13:1ff; 2 Cor 2:4; Phil 2:2; 1 Pt 4:8. ἀγνωσίαν θεοῦ fail to know God 1 Cor 15:34. ἁμαρτίαν J 9:41; 15:22a. ἀσθένειαν Hb 7:28. γνῶσιν 1 Cor 8:1, 10 (Just., A II, 13, 1; D. 28, 4). ἐλπίδα Ac 24:15; Ro 15:4; 2 Cor 3:12; 10:15; Eph 2:12; 1J 3:3 (Ath. 33, 1). ἐπιθυμίαν Phil 1:23. ἐπιποθίαν Ro 15:23b; ζῆλον ἔ. have zeal Ro 10:2. Have jealousy Js 3:14. θυμόν Rv 12:12. λύπην (ApcMos 3 p. 2, 16 Tdf.) J 16:21f; 2 Cor 2:3; Phil 2:27; μνείαν τινὸς ἔ. remember someone 1 Th 3:6. παρρησίαν Phlm 8; Hb 10:19; 1J 2:28; 3:21; 4:17; 5:14. πεποίθησιν 2 Cor 3:4; Phil 3:4. πίστιν Mt 17:20; 21:21; Mk 4:40; Ac 14:9; Ro 14:22; 1 Cor 13:2; 1 Ti 1:19 al. (Just., A I, 52, 1). προφητείαν have the gift of prophecy 1 Cor 13:2. σοφίαν (X., Mem. 2, 3, 10) Rv 17:9. συνείδησιν ἁμαρτιῶν Hb 10:2. καλὴν συνείδησιν 13:18; ἀγαθὴν σ. 1 Ti 1:19; 1 Pt 3:16; ἀπρόσκοπον σ. Ac 24:16; ὑπομονήν Rv 2:3. φόβον 1 Ti 5:20. χαράν Phlm 7. χάριν ἔ. τινί be grateful to someone Lk 17:9; 1 Ti 1:12; 2 Ti 1:3; σιγὴν ἔ. be silent Hs 9, 11, 5. ἀνάγκην ἔσχον I felt it necessary 1J 5:15; ἀνάπαυσιν ἔ. have rest Rv 4:8; 14:11; ἀπόλαυσιν τινος ἔ. enjoy someth. Hb 11:25. βάθος γῆς Mt 13:5b; Mk 4:5b; γῆν πολλήν Mt 13:5a; Mk 4:5a. τὴν προσέλευσιν τὴν πρὸς τὸν κύριον AcPl Ha 8, 22f; εἰρήνην Ro 5:1. ἐλευθερίαν Gal 2:4. S. ἐξουσία, ἐπαγγελία, ἔπαινος, ζωή, ἰκμάς, καιρός, καρπός, καύχημα, καύχησις, λόγος, μισθός, νοῦς, πνεῦμα, προσαγωγή, πρόφασις, τιμή, χάρις (=favor), χάρισμα. δ. of a sense of obligation in regard to someth.—W. dir. object have = have someth. over one, be under someth.: ἀνάγκην ἔχειν be under necessity 1 Cor 7:37a; w. inf. foll. have a need (ἀνάγκη 1) Lk 14:18; 23:16 v.l.; Hb 7:27; χρείαν ἔ. be in need abs. Eph 4:28b; τινός need someth. (Aeschyl. et al.; SIG 333, 20; 421, 35 al.; PPetr III, 42 G 9, 7 [III B.C.] ἐάν τινος χρείαν ἔχῃς; Ath. 13, 2 ποίας ἔτι χρείαν ἑκατόμβης ἔχει;) Mt 6:8; 9:12a; Mk 11:3; Lk 19:31, 34; J 13:29; 1 Cor 12:21; Hb 10:36 al.; w. inf. foll. (TestSol 13:2) Mt 3:14; 14:16; J 13:10; 1 Th 1:8; 4:9; 5:1. νόμον J 19:7. ἐπιταγήν 1 Cor 7:25. ἐντολήν (SIG 559, 9 ἔ. τὰς ἰντολάς; 1 Esdr 4:52; 2 Macc 3:13; Jos., Bell. 1, 261) Hb 7:5; 1J 2:7; 4:21; 2J 5; cp. J 14:21. διακονίαν 2 Cor 4:1. ἀγῶνα Phil 1:30; Col 2:1. πρᾶξιν Ro 12:4b. ἔγκλημα Ac 23:29. κόλασιν ApcPt Bodl. (ApcEsdr 1:22 p. 25, 17 Tdf.). ε. of a sense of inevitability in respect to some action.—W. inf. foll. one must (Ps.-Callisth. 2, 1, 3 καθαιρεθῆναι ἔχεις=you must be deposed; Porphyr., Against the Christians 63 Harnack [ABA 1916] παθεῖν; Gen 18:31; Jos., Ant. 19, 348 τοῦ τεθνάναι; TestSol 5:12 σίδηρα ἔχεις φορέσαι; TestAbr A 18 p. 100, 22 [Stone p. 48] τοῦ βίου τοῦτου ἀπαλλάξαι εἶχες; Just., D. 51, 2 ἔργῳ πεισθήναι ὑμῶν ἐχόντων) βάπτισμα ἔχω βαπτισθῆναι I must undergo a baptism Lk 12:50. ἔχω σοί τι εἰπεῖν I have someth. to say to you (Lucian, Philops. 1 ἔχεις μοι εἰπεῖν. Without dat. Aelian, VH 2, 23; Jos., Ant. 16, 312) 7:40. καινόν σοι θέαμα ἔχω ἐξηγήσασθαι I have a wonderful new thing to tell you=‘I must tell you about something wonderful that I’ve just seen’ to have an opinion about someth., consider, look upon, view w. acc. as obj. and predicate acc. (POxy 292, 6 [c. 25 A.D.] ἔχειν αὐτὸν συνεσταμένον=look upon him as recommended; 787 [16 A.D.]; PGiss 71, 4; Job 30:9; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 16, 19; Ath. 32, 3 τοὺς μὲν υἱοὺς … νοοῦμεν, τοὺς δὲ ἀδελφούς ἔχομεν) ἔχε με παρῃτημένον consider me excused (= don’t expect me to come) Lk 14:18b, 19 (cp. Martial 2, 79 excusatum habeas me). τινὰ ἔντιμον ἔ. hold someone in honor Phil 2:29. ἔ. τινὰ ὡς προφήτην consider someone a prophet Mt 14:5; 21:26, 46 v.l. (cp. GNicod 5 [=Acta Pilati B 5 p. 297 Tdf.] ἔχειν [Jannes and Jambres] ὡς θεούς; Just., D. 47, 5 τὸν μετανοοῦντα … ὡς δίκαιον καὶ ἀναμάρτητον ἔχει). ἔ. τινὰ εἰς προφήτην consider someone a prophet Mt 21:46 (cp. Duris [III B.C.]: 76 fgm. 21 Jac. ὃν εἰς θεοὺς ἔχουσιν). εἶχον τ. Ἰωάννην ὄντως ὅτι προφήτης ἦν they thought that John was really a prophet Mk 11:32. be in a position to do someth., can, be able, ἔ. w. inf. foll. (Hom. et al.; cp. Eur., Hec. 761; Hdt. 1, 49; Pla., Phd. p. 76d; Demosth., Ep. 2, 22; Theocr. 10, 37 τὸν τρόπον οὐκ ἔχω εἰπεῖν=I cannot specify the manner; Lucian, Dial. Mort. 21, 2, Hermot. 55; Epict. 1, 9, 32; 2, 2, 24 al.; Ael. Aristid. 51, 50 K.=27 p. 546 D.: οὐκ ἔχω λέγειν; PPetr II, 12, 1, 16; PAmh 131, 15; Pr 3:27; ApcEsdr 2:24; 3:7; 6:5; TestAbr A 8, p. 86, 13 [Stone p. 20]; Jos., Ant. 1, 338; 2, 58; Just., A I, 19, 5, D. 4, 6 οὐκ ἔχω εἰπεῖν) ἔ. ἀποδοῦναι be able to pay Mt 18:25a; Lk 7:42; 14:14. μὴ ἔ. περισσότερον τι ποιῆσαι be in a position to do nothing more 12:4. οὐδὲν ἔ. ἀντειπεῖν be able to make a reply Ac 4:14; cp. Tit 2:8. ἔ. κατηγορεῖν αὐτοῦ J 8:6 (cp. 9a below, end). ἀσφαλές τι γράψαι οὐκ ἔχω I have nothing definite to write Ac 25:26a; cp. 26b. ἔ. μεταδιδόναι Eph 4:28a. ἔ. τὴν τούτων μνήμην ποιεῖσθαι be able to recall these things to mind 2 Pt 1:15. κατ᾿ οὐδενὸς εἶχεν μείζονος ὀμόσαι he could swear by no one greater Hb 6:13. In the same sense without the actual addition of the inf., which is automatically supplied fr. context (X., An. 2, 1, 9) ὃ ἔσχεν (i.e. ποιῆσαι) ἐποίησεν she has done what she could Mk 14:8. to carry/bear as accessory or part of a whole, have on, wear, of clothing, weapons, etc. (Hom. et al.; LXX; TestAbr B p. 114, 22 [Stone p. 76]) τὸ ἔνδυμα Mt 3:4; 22:12 (cp. ἔνδυσιν TestJob 25:7). κατὰ κεφαλῆς ἔχων w. τὶ to be supplied while he wears (a covering) on his head 1 Cor 11:4. ἔ. θώρακας Rv 9:9, 17. ἔ. μάχαιραν wear a sword (Jos., Ant. 6, 190) J 18:10. Sim. of trees ἔ. φύλλα have leaves Mk 11:13 (ApcSed. 8:8). to take a hold on someth., have, hold (to), grip of holding someth. in one’s hand ἔ. τι ἐν τῇ χειρί have someth. in one’s hand (since Il. 18, 505) Rv 1:16; 6:5; 10:2; 17:4. Of holding in the hand without ἐν τῇ χειρί (Josh 6:8; JosAs 5:7) ἔ. κιθάραν 5:8. λιβανωτὸν χρυσοῦν 8:3, cp. vs. 6; 14:17 and s. ἀλάβαστρον Mt 26:7 and Mk 14:3. of keeping someth. safe, a mina (a laborer’s wages for about three months) in a handkerchief keep safe Lk 19:20. of holding fast to matters of transcendent importance, fig. τὴν μαρτυρίαν Rv 6:9; 12:17; 19:10; the secret of Christian piety 1 Ti 3:9; an example of sound teaching 2 Ti 1:13; keep (Diod. S. 17, 93, 1 τὴν βασιλείαν ἔχειν=keep control) Mk 6:18. of states of being hold, hold in its grip, seize (Hom. et al.; PGiss 65a, 4 παρακαλῶ σε κύριέ μου, εἰδότα τὴν ἔχουσάν με συμφορὰν ἀπολῦσαί μοι; Job 21:6; Is 13:8; Jos., Ant. 3, 95 δέος εἶχε τοὺς Ἑβρ.; 5, 63; Just., D. 19, 3) εἶχεν αὐτὰς τρόμος καὶ ἔκστασις trembling and amazement had seized them Mk 16:8. to stand in a close relationship to someone, have, have as of relatives πατέρα ἔ. J 8:41. ἀδελφούς Lk 16:28. ἄνδρα (Aristot., Cat. 15b, 27f λεγόμεθα δὲ καὶ γυναῖκα ἔχειν καὶ ἡ γυνὴ ἄνδρα; Tob 3:8 BA) be married (of the woman) J 4:17f; 1 Cor 7:2b, 13; Gal 4:27 (Is 54:1). γυναῖκα of the man (cp. Lucian, Tox. 45; SIG 1160 γυναικὸς Αἴ., τῆς νῦν ἔχει; PGM 13, 320; 1 Esdr 9:12, 18; Just., D. 141, 4 πολλὰς ἔσχον γυναίκας. As early as Od. 11, 603 Heracles ἔχει Ἥβην) 1 Cor 7:2a, 12, 29 (for the wordplay cp. Heliod. 1, 18, 4 in connection w. the handing over of a virgin: σὺ ἔχων οὐκ ἕξεις; Crates, 7th Ep. [p. 58, 8 Malherbe] πάντ᾿ ἔχοντες οὐδὲν ἔχετε). τέκνα Mt 21:28; 22:24; 1 Ti 3:4; 5:4; Tit 1:6. υἱούς (Artem. 5, 42 τὶς τρεῖς ἔχων υἱούς; cp. θυγατέρα TestAbr B 10 p. 114, 17 [Stone p.76]) Lk 15:11; Gal 4:22. σπέρμα have children Mt 22:25. W. acc. as obj. and in predicate (Ar. 8, 4 τούτους συνηγόρους ἔχοντες τῆς κακίας; 11, 3 ἔσχε μοιχὸν τὸν Ἄρην; Ath. 7, 2 ἔχομεν προφήτας μάρτυρας) ἔ. τινὰ πατέρα have someone as father Mt 3:9. ἔ. τινὰ γυναῖκα (w. γυναῖκα to be understood fr. the context) 14:4; cp. Mk 6:18; ὥστε γυναῖκά τινα τοῦ πατρὸς ἔ. that someone has taken his father’s wife (as his own wife: the simple ἔχειν in this sense as Plut., Cato Min. 21, 3; Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 10 §34; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 147. Perh. an illicit relationship is meant, as Longus 4, 17; Hesychius Miles. [VI A.D.], Viri Ill. 4 JFlach [1880] ἔχω Λαΐδα) 1 Cor 5:1 (Diod. S. 20, 33, 5 of a man who had illicit relations with his stepmother: ἔχειν λάθρᾳ τοῦ πατρὸς τὴν Ἀλκίαν). more gener. φίλον have a friend Lk 11:5. ἀσθενοῦντας have sick people Lk 4:40 and χήρας widows 1 Ti 5:16 to care for; παιδαγωγοὺς ἔ. 1 Cor 4:15. δοῦλον Lk 17:7. οἰκονόμον 16:1; κύριον ἔ. have a master, i.e. be under a master’s control Col 4:1; δεσπότην ἔ. 1 Ti 6:2; βασιλέα J 19:15. ἀρχιερέα Hb 4:14; 8:1. ποιμένα Mt 9:36. ἔχων ὑπ᾿ ἐμαυτὸν στρατιώτας I have soldiers under me Lk 7:8. W. direct obj. and predicate acc. ἔ. τινὰ ὑπηρέτην have someone as an assistant Ac 13:5 (Just., A I, 14, 1) ἔ. τινὰ τύπον have someone as an example Phil 3:17.—Of the relation of Christians to God and to Jesus ἔ. θεόν, τὸν πατέρα, τὸν υἱόν have God, the Father, the Son, i.e. be in communion w. them 1J 2:23; 2J 9; AcPl Ha 4, 7.—HHanse, at end of this entry. to possess or contain, have, own (Hom.+) to possess someth. that is under one’s control α. own, possess (s. esp. TestJob 9f) κτήματα πολλά own much property Mt 19:22; Mk 10:22. πρόβατα Lk 15:4; J 10:16. θησαυρόν Mt 19:21; Mk 10:21b. βίον living Lk 21:4; 1J 3:17. δραχμὰς δέκα Lk 15:8. πλοῖα Rv 18:19. κληρονομίαν Eph 5:5. θυσιαστήριον Hb 13:10a; μέρος ἔ. ἔν τινι have a share in someth. Rv 20:6. Gener. μηδὲν ἔ. own nothing (SibOr 3, 244) 2 Cor 6:10. ὅσα ἔχεις Mk 10:21; cp. 12:44; Mt 13:44, 46; 18:25. τί ἔχεις ὃ οὐκ ἔλαβες; what do you have that you have not been given? 1 Cor 4:7. The obj. acc. is often used w. an adj. or ptc.: ἔ. ἅπαντα κοινά have everything in common Ac 2:44 (cp. Jos., Ant. 15, 18). ἔ. πολλὰ ἀγαθὰ κείμενα have many good things stored up Lk 12:19.—Hb 12:1. Abs. ἔ. have (anything) (Soph.et al.; Sir 13:5; 14:11) Mt 13:12a; Mk 4:25a; Lk 8:18a. ἐκ τοῦ ἔχειν in accordance w. what you have 2 Cor 8:11. ἔ. εἰς ἀπαρτισμόν have (enough) to complete Lk 14:28. W. neg. ἔ. have nothing Mt 13:12b; Mk 4:25b; Lk 8:18b.—ὁ ἔχων the one who has, who is well off (Soph., Aj. 157; Eur., Alc. 57; X., An. 7, 3, 28; Ar. 15:7). πᾶς ὁ ἔχων everyone who has (anything) Mt 25:29a; Lk 19:26a. ὁ μὴ ἔχων the one who has nothing (X., An. 7, 3, 28; 1 Esdr 9:51, 54; 2 Esdr 18:10) Mt 25:29b; Lk 19:26b; 1 Cor 11:22. β. have = hold in one’s charge or keeping ἔ. τὰς κλεῖς hold the keys Rv 1:18; cp. 3:7. τὸ γλωσσόκομον the money-box J 12:6; 13:29. to contain someth. have, possess, of the whole in relation to its parts α. of living beings, of parts of the body in men and animals μέλη Ro 12:4a; cp. 1 Cor 12:12. σάρκα καὶ ὀστέα Lk 24:39 (Just., A I, 66, 2 καὶ σάρκα καὶ αἷμα) ἀκροβυστίαν Ac 11:3. οὖς Rv 2:7, 11. ὦτα Mt 11:15; Mk 7:16; Lk 8:8. χεῖρας, πόδας, ὀφθαλμούς Mt 18:8f; Mk 9:43, 45, 47. Of animals and animal-like beings ἔ. πρόσωπον Rv 4:7. πτέρυγας vs. 8. κέρατα 5:6. ψυχάς 8:9. τρίχας 9:8. κεφαλάς 12:3 (TestAbr B 14 p. 118, 19 [Stone p. 84]) al. ἔχοντες ὑγιῆ τὴν σάρκα AcPlCor 2:32 (Just., D. 48, 3 σάρκα ἔχων). Of plants (TestAbr B 3 p. 107, 6 [Stone p. 62] εὗρον δένδρον … ἔχον κλάδους) ῥίζαν ἔ. Mt 13:6; Mk 4:6. β. of inanimate things: of cities τ. θεμελίους ἔ. Hb 11:10; cp. Rv 21:14. Of a head-covering χαρακτῆρα ἔχει βασιλικόν has a royal emblem GJs 2:2. to have at hand, have at one’s disposal have ἄρτους Mt 14:17; cp. 15:34; J 21:5, where the sense is prob. ‘Did you catch any fish for breakfast?’. οὐκ ἔχω ὃ παραθήσω αὐτῷ I have nothing to set before him Lk 11:6. μὴ ἐχόντων τί φάγωσι since they had nothing to eat Mk 8:1; cp. Mt 15:32 (Soph., Oed. Col. 316 οὐκ ἔχω τί φῶ). οὐκ ἔχω ποῦ συνάξω I have no place to store Lk 12:17. ἄντλημα a bucket J 4:11a. οἰκίας ἔ. have houses (at one’s disposal) 1 Cor 11:22. Of pers.: have (at one’s disposal) (PAmh 92, 18 οὐχ ἕξω κοινωνόν and oft. in pap) Moses and the prophets Lk 16:29. παράκλητον an advocate, a helper 1J 2:1. οὐδένα ἔ. ἰσόψυχον Phil 2:20. ἄνθρωπον οὐκ ἔ. J 5:7. to have within oneself have σύλλημα ἔχει ἐκ πνεύματος ἁγίου she has something conceived through the Holy Spirit GJs 18:1. Var. constr. w. ἐν: of women ἐν γαστρὶ ἔ. be pregnant (γαστήρ 2) Mt 1:18, 23 (Is 7:14); 24:19; Mk 13:17; Lk 21:23; 1 Th 5:3; Rv 12:2. ἔ. τινὰ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ have someone in one’s heart Phil 1:7 (Ovid, Metam. 2, 641 aliquem clausum pectore habere). ἔ. τι ἐν ἑαυτῷ (Jos., Ant. 8, 171; cp. TestAbr A 3 p. 80, 14 [Stone p. 8] ἔκρυψεν τὸ μυστήριον, μόνος ἔχων ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ): ζωήν J 5:26. τὴν μαρτυρίαν 1J 5:10; τὸ ἀπόκριμα τοῦ θανάτου have a sentence of death within oneself 2 Cor 1:9. to have with oneself or in one’s company have μεθ᾿ ἑαυτοῦ (X., Cyr. 1, 4, 17) τινά someone Mt 15:30; 26:11; Mk 2:19; 14:7; J 12:8; AcPl Ha 8, 35; σὺν αὐτῷ 4:18.—The ptc. w. acc. = with (Diod. S. 12, 78, 1 ἔχων δύναμιν with a [military] force; 18, 61, 1 ὁ θρόνος ἔχων τὸ διάδημα the throne with the diadem; JosAs 27:8 ἔχοντες ἐσπασμένας τὰς ῥομφαίας ‘with their swords drawn’) ἀνέβησαν ἔχοντες αὐτόν they went up with him Lk 2:42 D. ἔχω (Hom.+) impf. εἶχον, 1 pl. εἴχαμεν and 3 pl. εἶχαν (both as vv.ll.; Mlt-H. 194; B-D-F §82) Mk 8:7; Rv 9:8 or εἴχοσαν (B-D-F §84, 2; Mlt-H. 194; Kühner-Bl. II p. 55) J 15:22, 24; 2 aor. ἔσχον; mixed aor. forms include ἔσχαν Hv 3, 5, 1, ἔσχοσαν 1 Esdr 6:5; 1 Macc 10:15 (ἔσχον, εἴχον vv.ll.); pf. ἔσχηκα; plpf. ἐσχήκειν.—In the following divisions: act. trans. 1–9; act. intr. 10; mid. 11. Return to: Rom 2:20	V-PAP-ASM Tense: Present Voice: Active Mood: Participle Case: Accusative Number: Singular Gender: Masculine
Strongs: G3446 English: the embodiment Greek: μόρφωσιν Lemma: μόρφωσις Transliteration: mórphōsis Definition (BDAG): μόρφωσις, εως, ἡ (μορφόω; Theophr., CP 3, 7, 4 al.; TestBenj 10:1) the state of being formally structured, embodiment, formulation, form, of a Judean ἔχοντα τὴν μ. τῆς γνώσεως καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐν τῷ νόμῳ you who have the embodiment or formulation of knowledge and truth in the book of the law Ro 2:20 (νόμος=‘book of the law’ as Jos., Bell. 2, 292, Ant, 12, 256). Of teachers of error ἔχοντες μ. εὐσεβείας who maintain a form of piety 2 Ti 3:5 (cp. Philo, Plant. 70 ἐπεὶ καὶ νῦν εἰσί τινες τῶν ἐπιμορφαζόντων εὐσέβειαν κτλ.=‘since also now there are some who put on a semblance of piety’. The prefix ἐπί contributes the semantic component pointing to mere outward form. In 2 Ti 3:5 the idea of mere outward form is derived from the context.).—DELG s.v. μορφή. M-M. TW. Return to: Rom 2:20	N-ASF Part of Speech: Noun Case: Accusative Number: Singular Gender: Feminine
Strongs: G1108 English: of knowledge Greek: γνώσεως Lemma: γνῶσις Transliteration: gnōsis Definition (BDAG): a dissident variety of knowledge, knowledge ἀντιθέσεις τῆς ψευδωνύμου γνώσεως the oppositions of so-called knowledge 1 Ti 6:20 (cp. the title of Irenaeus’ chief work, and Marcion’s ‘Antitheses’; on the latter s. WBauer, Rechtgläubigkeit u. Ketzerei ’34, 229; MRist, JR 22, ’42, 39ff; JKnox, Marcion and the NT ’42, 73–76. The lack of knowledge about any clearly definable ‘Gnostic’ system as object of attack in 1 Ti suggests that the definition of γ. be left sufficiently general for this passage; s. MDibelius-HConzelmann, The Pastoral Epistles, Eng. tr. ’72, 92). ἀλλοτρία γ. strange (=dissident) knowledge IPhld 3:3.—DELG s.v. γιγνώσκω p. 224. M-M. TW. Sv. the content of what is known, knowledge, what is known μόρφωσις τῆςγ. embodiment of knowledge in the law Ro 2:20 (some would place this under 1; on γνῶσις among the Hellenistic Jews s. WBousset, NGG 1915, 466ff). Of Christians: γ. τοῦ θεοῦ (a formulation foreign to Gr-Rom. polytheism; obj. gen. as Wsd 2:13; 14:22; Philo, Deus Imm. 143; Just., D. 14, 1; Tat. 12, 4) 2 Cor 10:5; IEph 17:2. πρὸς αὐτόν 2 Cl 3:1; γ. σωτηρίας Lk 1:77; ὁδοῦ δικαιοσύνης γ. B 5:4; γ. δογμάτων 10:10. τῶν δικαιωμάτων θεοῦ 21:5 (cp. Musonius p. 34, 9 γνῶσις δικαιοσύνης; 92, 10). Given by God B 19:1, and hence sharing in the heavenly fragrance (s. ὀσμή 2) 2 Cor 2:14. W. διδαχή B 18:1. Paul had seen Christ the God-man, and the γ. Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ personal acquaintance w. Christ Jesus (IPontEux I, 47, 6f ἡ τ. Σεβαστῶν γ.=personal acquaintance w. the Augusti [Augustus and Tiberius]; Dssm., LO 324, 7 [LAE 383, 8]) was a matter of inestimable value for him Phil 3:8. Cp. the experience of the devotees in the mystery religions, in which mystical knowledge was intensified and issued in what was called a divine vision (Λόγος τέλ.=PGM 3, 591–609 [a slightly different restoration of the text is given in Rtzt., Mysterienrel.3 285–87 and Herm. Wr. 374–77 Scott] χάριν σοι οἴδαμεν, … ἄφραστον ὄνομα τετιμημένον τῇ τ. θεοῦ προσηγορίᾳ … , χαρισάμενος ἡμῖν νοῦν, λόγον, γνῶσιν … χαίρομεν, ὅτι σεαυτὸν ἡμῖν ἔδειξας, χαίρομεν ὅτι ἐν πλάσμασιν ἡμᾶς ὄντας ἀπεθέωσας τῇ σεαυτοῦ γνώσει ‘we acknowledge our gratitude to you, … ineffable name, honored in address as God … ; having endowed us w. mind, reason, knowledge … we rejoice, for you have revealed yourself to us; we rejoice, for when we were in common clay you deified us through knowledge of yourself’; Plut., Mor. 352a ὧν τέλος ἐστὶν ἡ τοῦ πρώτου καὶ κυρίου καὶ νοητοῦ γνῶσις); on the expression cp. ἐν χάριτι καὶ γ. τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ σωτῆρος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 2 Pt 3:18.—For lit. s. γινώσκω 7. comprehension or intellectual grasp of someth., knowledge as possessed by God Ro 11:33 and humans (Orig., C. Cels. 3, 59, 18; 6, 13, 26; Did., Gen. 113, 3) 1 Cor 8:1, 7, 10f (Just., D. 1, 4 al.); κλεὶς τῆς γ. key to knowledge Lk 11:52; grasp of a piece of writing Hv 2, 2, 1 (cp. Just., D. 69, 1 τὴν ἐν ταῖς γραφαῖς γ.); ἀναγγέλλειν γ. impart knowledge 1 Cl 27:7 (Ps 18:2f). In B γ., besides ref. to content, refers specif. to understanding of the Scriptures: 6:9; 9:8. Mentioned w. other significant concepts 2 Cor 6:6; 2 Pt 1:5ff (w. εὐσέβεια also Herm. Wr. 1, 27; 9, 4a); D 10:2; B 2:3; κατὰ γ. knowledgeably (as the context indicates, in awareness of female vulnerability and common Christian hope) 1 Pt 3:7 (BReicke, Bultmann Festschr., ’54, 296–304: with understanding); γ. ἐξειπεῖν utter profound Christian knowl. 1 Cl 48:5; φωτισμὸς τῆς γ. enlightening of the knowl. 2 Cor 4:6. τελεία καὶ ἀσφαλής 1 Cl 1:2. ἀθάνατος 36:2. θεία 40:1; τὸ τέλειον τῆς γ. perfection of knowledge B 13:7; cp. 1:5. W. λόγος (on this combination cp. the Λόγος τέλειος in PGM 3, 591–609) 1 Cor 1:5 (on πᾶσα γ. cp. Sir 21:14; Ro 15:14; 1 Cor 13:2); 2 Cor 8:7; 11:6; w. σοφία Col 2:3 (cp. Eccl 1:17; 2:26 al.). Although here γ. and σοφία are almost synonymous, Paul distinguishes betw. them 1 Cor 12:8; he places γ. betw. ἀποκάλυψις and προφητεία 14:6, and beside μυστήρια 13:2, and thus invests the term w. the significance of extraordinary mystical knowledge, a mng. which the word has in H. Gk., esp. in the mystery cults (s. 2 below). Despite the fact that the text has the sg. 1 Cor 13:8, the pl. γνώσεις (Lucian, Apol. 12) is fairly well attested as a v.l.—In an oxymoron: Eph 3:19 γνῶναι … τὴν ὑπερβάλλουσαν τῆς γνώσεως ἀγάπην τοῦ Χριστοῦ to comprehend the love of Christ, which transcends comprehension (s. γινώσκω 3a).—Because of the frequent blend of abstract and concrete in the use of γ. in our lit. some of the passages cited above will fall under 2 and some in 2 may also apply here. γνῶσις, εως, ἡ (Pre-Socr. [s. Snell s.v. γνώμη], Thu.+; Herm. Wr., ins, pap, LXX; PsSol 9:3; TestSol C 10:42; Test12- Patr; ParJer 6:13; ApcSed 7:1; Philo; Jos., Ant. 8, 171, Vi. 239 al.; Just., Tat., Ath.; τὸ μὲν ξύλον τὸ τῆς γνώσεως Theoph. Ant. 2, 25 [p. 160, 1, of the ‘tree of knowledge’]) Return to: Rom 2:20	N-GSF Part of Speech: Noun Case: Genitive Number: Singular Gender: Feminine
Strongs: G225 English: and of the truth Greek: ἀληθείας Lemma: ἀλήθεια Transliteration: alḗtheia Definition (BDAG): ἀλήθεια, ας, ἡ (cp. λανθάνω ‘escape notice’ s. DELG s.v. λανθάνω; Schwyzer I 469; Hom. +) prim. ‘hiding nothing’. the quality of being in accord with what is true, truthfulness, dependability, uprightness in thought and deed (Alcaeus 57 [366 L.-P.]; Mimnermus 8 al.) of God (Gen 24:27 al.) Ro 3:7; 15:8. Of people (Pittacus in Diog. L. 1, 78; Arrian, Anab. 7, 30, 3; Lucian, Dial. Mort. 11, 6; 4 Km 20:3; Judg 9:15f al.; EpArist 206) ἐν ἀ. λαλεῖν speak truthfully 2 Cor 7:14; (w. εἰλικρίνεια) 1 Cor 5:8; (w. ἀγαθωσύνη and δικαιοσύνη) Eph 5:9; 1 Cl 19:1; 31:2; 35:2; Pol 2:1; ἐν πάσῃ ἀ. w. perfect fidelity 4:2.—Hm 8:9; 12, 3, 1; s 9, 15, 2. the content of what is true, truth (opp. ψεῦδος) gener. ἀ. λαλεῖν tell the truth (Zech 8:16) Eph 4:25; Hm 3:5; 2 Cl 12:3. ἀ. λέγειν (Hdt. 2, 115 al.; PGiss 84, 14 [II A.D.] τὴν ἀ. εἰπεῖν) Ro 9:1; 1 Ti 2:7. Fut. ἀ. ἐρῶ 2 Cor 12:6. ἀ. ἀγαπᾶν Hm 3:1. Opp. ψεύδεσθαι κατὰ τῆς ἀ. lie against the truth Js 3:14; εἶπεν αὐτῷ πᾶσαν τὴν ἀ. she told him the whole truth Mk 5:33 (cp. Hdt. 9, 89; Thu. 6, 87, 1 al.; Cleopatra ln. 88; POxy 283, 13f [45 A.D.] γνωσθῆναι πᾶσαν τὴν ἀ.; Jos., Bell. 7, 31 πυθόμενος παρ᾿ αὐτοῦ πᾶσαν τὴν ἀ.). ἐν λόγῳ ἀληθείας by truthful speech 2 Cor 6:7; ῥήματα ἀληθείας Ac 26:25; μόρφωσις τῆς γνώσεως καὶ τῆς ἀ. embodiment of knowledge and truth Ro 2:20; ἡ ἁγνότης τῆς ἀ. the purity that belongs to truth Hv 3, 7, 3. ἔξωθεν τῆς ἀ.=ψευδής 3, 4, 3. esp. of the content of Christianity as the ultimate truth (cp. Plut., Mor. 351e ἀ. περὶ θεῶν; Philo, Spec. Leg. 4, 178, the proselyte is a μεταναστὰς εἰς ἀ.) Eph 4:21 (CScott, Exp. 8th ser. 3, 1912, 178–85; FBriggs, ET 39, 1928, 526). ὁ λόγος τῆς ἀ. the word of truth Eph 1:13; 2 Ti 2:15; Js 1:18. ὁ λόγος τῆς ἀ. τοῦ εὐαγγελίου τοῦ παρόντος εἰς ὑμᾶς Col 1:5; cp. 2 Pt 1:12. ἡ ἀ. τοῦ εὐαγγελίου Gal 2:5, 14. ἔστιν ἀ. Χριστοῦ ἐν ἐμοί 2 Cor 11:10. ὁ περὶ ἀ. λόγος Pol 3:2; πείθεσθαι τῇ ἀ. Gal 5:7; πιστεύειν τῇ ἀ. 2 Th 2:12; hence πίστει ἀληθείας belief in the truth vs. 13; δύνασθαί τι κατὰ τῆς ἀ. … ὑπὲρ τῆς ἀ. 2 Cor 13:8; περιπατεῖν ἐν ἀ. 2J 4; 3J 3f (cp. 4 Km 20:3); ζῆν κατὰ ἀ. IEph 6:2; πορεύεσθαι κατὰ τὴν ἀ. Pol 5:2; ἐν ἀ. (3 Km 2:4) Hm 3:4; gird oneself w. truth Eph 6:14; cp. Hm 11:4.—Truth expresses itself in virtues like righteousness and holiness, Eph 4:24 (Nicol. Dam.: 90 fgm. 67, 1 Jac. δικαιοσύνην κ. ἀλ.). Hence it is contrasted w. ἀδικία 1 Cor 13:6; Ro 1:18; 2:8. In the last-named passage a negative attitude toward the truth is called ἀπειθεῖν τῇ ἀ. Also πλανᾶσθαι ἀπὸ τῆς ἀ. wander from the truth Js 5:19; ἀστοχεῖν περὶ τὴν ἀ. 2 Ti 2:18; καταστρέφειν ἀπὸ τῆς ἀ. Hs 6, 2, 1, cp. 4; ἀποστρέφειν τὴν ἀκοὴν ἀπὸ τῆς ἀ. 2 Ti 4:4 opp. μῦθοι, cp. ἀποστρέφεσθαι Tit 1:14; ἀποστερεῖσθαι τῆς ἀ. 1 Ti 6:5; ἐρευνᾶν περὶ τῆς ἀ. make inquiries about the truth Hm 10, 1, 4; 6; ἀνθίστασθαι τῇ ἀ. oppose the truth (i.e. the gospel) 2 Ti 3:8. Opp. μῦθοι 4:4. Truth can be communicated (cp. Did., Gen. 86, 21): φανερώσει τῆς ἀ. by a clear statement of the truth 2 Cor 4:2 (sim. in later Christian prayer POxy 925, 4f φανέρωσόν μοι τὴν παρὰ σοὶ ἀλ.); is taught D 11:10; recognized 1 Ti 4:3; Hv 3, 6, 2; cp. ἐπίγνωσις τῆς ἀληθείας (Alex. Aphr., Quaest. 3, 12, II 2 p. 102, 3 γνῶσις τ. ἀληθείας) 1 Ti 2:4; 2 Ti 2:25; 3:7; Tit 1:1; Hb 10:26; ἑδραίωμα τῆς ἀ.1 Ti 3:15; ὁδὸς τῆς ἀ. 2 Pt 2:2; 1 Cl 35:5 (cp. Pind., P. 3, 103; Eur., fgm. 289; Gen 24:48 al.; En 104:13; OdeSol 11:3); ὑπακοὴ τῆς ἀ. 1 Pt 1:22; ἀγάπη τῆς ἀ. 2 Th 2:10. God is πατὴρ τῆς ἀ. 2 Cl 3:1; 20:5; φῶς ἀληθείας IPhld 2:1 (cp. Ps 42:3); θεὸς τῆς ἀ. (1 Esdr 4:40) 2 Cl 19:1; cp. 1 Cl 60:2. The reverse genitival constr. in ἀ. τοῦ θεοῦ Ro 1:25, is best rendered truth about God (so Twentieth Century NT, NRSV) as opp. to the deception of polytheists, who in effect lie about God despite their better knowledge described vss. 19–21 (REB et al.: truth of God ).—Ἀ. is a favorite word of the Joh. lit., and plays a major role in it. God’s word is truth J 17:17 (Ps 118:142). Truth w. χάρις 1:14, 17; w. πνεῦμα 4:23f; cp. ἐν ἔργῳ καὶ ἀ. 1J 3:18 (opp. λόγῳ, γλώσσῃ). W. ἀγάπη 2J 3. The Spirit leads into truth J 16:13; hence πνεῦμα τῆς ἀ. 14:17; 15:26; 16:13; 1J 4:6 (cp. Hm 3:4). πνεῦμα is identified w. ἀ. 1J 5:6; it is mediated through Christ J 1:17, who calls himself truth 14:6 (cp. PGM 5, 148 ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ἀλήθεια, on the other hand POxy 1380, 63 [early II A.D.] Isis is called ἀ.; Apollonaretal. Berl. Gr. Pap. 11517 [II A.D.]: Her 55, 1920, 188–95 ln. 52 Apollo as the ἀψευδὴς ἀ.; M. Ant., 9, 1, 2 God=Nature ἀλήθεια ὀνομάζεται; Lucian, Hist. Conscr. 61 says of a good history-writer: ἦν ἀλήθεια ἐπὶ πᾶσι); hence as source of praise for a Christian Δημητρίῳ μεμαρτύρηται … an actual event or state, reality (Diogenes 21 p. 114, 10 al. Malherbe; Mel., P. 4, 33; 42, 289 [opp. τύπος] Diod. S. 2, 8, 4) as opposed to mere appearance (opp. πρόφασις) Phil 1:18. κατὰ ἀλήθειαν rightly Ro 2:2 (cp. Diod. S. 4, 64, 2 οἱ κατ᾿ ἀλήθειαν γονεῖς; M. Ant. 2, 11, 3; 4, 11; Damianus of Larissa p. 20, 2 [ed. Schöne 1897]; PCairZen 202, 7 [254 B.C.]; EpArist 140; 4 Macc 5:18; Just. A I, 2, 1; Ath., R. 66, 11; Orig., C. Cels. 2, 13, 84; PGM 12, 235). ἐν ἀληθείᾳ indeed, truly (Jer 33:15; ἀγαπᾶν PsSol 6:6; 10:3; 14:1 al.) Mt 22:16; J 17:19; 1 Cl 63:1 (s. also 2b on 1J 3:18). ἐπιγινώσκειν τὴν χάριν ἐν ἀλ. Col 1:6; οὓς ἐγὼ ἀγαπῶ ἐν ἀλ. 2J 1, cp. 3J 1, belongs here (like the epist. formulas PFay 118, 26; 119, 26 [100–110 A.D.] τοὺς φιλοῦντας ἡμᾶς πρὸς ἀ.=‘really and truly’). ἐπ᾿ ἀληθείας in accordance w. the truth, truly (Demosth. 18, 17; SIG 495, 174 [III B.C.]; PAmh 68, 33; POxy 480, 9; Job, Da; Philo, Leg. ad Gai. 60; 248): διδάσκειν Mk 12:14; Lk 20:21; εἰπεῖν Mk 12:32; λέγειν Lk 4:25; συνάγεσθαι Ac 4:27; καταλαμβάνεσθαι 10:34; τελειοῦν 1 Cl 23:5; ἐπιστέλλειν 47:3; ἐπ᾿ ἀ. καὶ οὗτος μετ᾿ αὐτοῦ ἦν certainly this fellow (s. οὗτος 1aα) was with him, too Lk 22:59.—GStorz, Gebr. u. Bedeutungsentwicklg v. ἀλήθεια u. begriffsverwandten Wörtern, diss. Tüb. 1922; WLuther, ‘Wahrheit’ u. ‘Lüge’ im ältest. Griechentum ’35; HBraun, Qumran und d. NT II ’66, 118–44; I de la Potterie, TU 73, ’59, 277–94 (John); BJackayya, CTM 41, ’70, 171–75 (John); RBultmann, Untersuchungen z. J. Ἀλήθεια: ZNW 27, 1928, 113–63.—EDNT. M-M. TW. Spicq. Sv. Return to: Rom 2:20	N-GSF Part of Speech: Noun Case: Genitive Number: Singular Gender: Feminine

Rom 2:21
Definition	RMAC
Strongs: G1321 English: who teach Greek: διδάσκων Lemma: διδάσκω Transliteration: didáskō Definition (BDAG): to provide instruction in a formal or informal setting, teach abs. Mt 4:23; Mk 1:21; J 7:14; 1 Cor 4:17; 1 Ti 4:11; 6:2; IEph 15:1; Pol 2:3. Of the activity of the Christian διδάσκαλοι Hv 3, 5, 1. W. κηρύσσειν Mt 11:1. w. acc. of pers. (SIG 593, 15; PLond I, 43, 6 [II B.C.] p. 48 παιδάρια) Hb 8:11 (Jer 38:34); Mt 5:2; Mk 9:31; Lk 4:31; J 7:35 al.; Col 3:16 w. νουθετεῖν; Israel B 5:8. w. acc. of thing (X., Cyr. 1, 6, 20; SIG 578, 34 τὰ μουσικά; Jos., Ant. 9, 4; Did., Gen. 58, 4 al.) Mt 15:9 (Is 29:13); 22:16; Ac 18:11, 25; φόβον θεοῦ B 19:5 (cp. Ps 33:12); τὸν περὶ ἀληθείας λόγον Pol 3:2; cp. Papias (2:3); AcPl Ha 8, 8 τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ; Ac 15:35 (w. εὐαγγελίζεσθαι).—AcPl Ox 6, 14; AcPl Ha 6, 12 (Herm. Wr. 1, 29 τ. λόγους διδάσκων, πῶς σωθήσονται); τ. εὐαγγέλιον MPol 4; ταῦτα 1 Ti 4:11 (w. παραγγέλλειν); so also 6:2 (w. παρακαλεῖν). Cp. AcPl Cor 1:9. w. acc. of pers. and thing teach someone someth. (X., Mem. 1, 2, 10, Cyr. 1, 6, 28; Sallust. 3 p. 12; SIG 450, 5f δ. τοὺς παῖδας … τὸν ὕμνον; Philo, Rer. Div. Her. 39; Jos., Ant. 8, 395) ὑμᾶς διδάξει πάντα he will instruct you in everything J 14:26.—Mk 4:2; Ac 21:21; Hb 5:12. Pass. διδάσκομαί τι (Solon 22, 7 Diehl3; OGI 383, 165 διδασκόμενοι τὰς τέχνας; Philo, Mut. Nom. 5) Gal 1:12. παραδόσεις ἃς ἐδιδάχθητε traditions in which you have been instructed 2 Th 2:15.—Also τινὰ περί τινος (OGI 484, 5; PStras 41, 8; Jos., Ant. 2, 254) 1J 2:27. w. dat. of pers. (Plut., Marcell. 304 [12, 4]; Aesop, Fab. 210c, 8f v.l. Ch.) and inf. foll. ἐδίδασκεν τῷ Βαλὰκ βαλεῖν Rv 2:14. w. acc. of pers. and inf. foll. (SIG 662, 12 δ. τοὺς παῖδας ᾄδειν; Philo, Omn. Prob. Lib. 144; Aesop 260 H.=149, 6 P.=H-H. 154, III, 8) Mt 28:20; Lk 11:1; Pol 4:1. W. ὅτι instead of inf. (Diod. S. 11, 12, 5; 18, 10, 3; Aelian, VH 3, 16; Philo, Mut. Nom. 18, Fuga 55) 1 Cor 11:14; also recitative ὅτι Mk 8:31 and Ac 15:1.—GBjörck, ΗΝ ΔΙΔΑΣΚΩΝ, D. periphrastischen Konstruktionen im Griechischen ’40.—B. 1222f.—DELG. M-M. TW. Sv. to tell someone what to do, tell, instruct ἐποίησαν ὡς ἐδιδάχθησαν they did as they were told Mt 28:15. διδάσκω impf. ἐδίδασκον; fut. διδάξω; 1 aor. ἐδίδαξα; pf. 3 sg. δεδίδαχεν Pr 30:3. Pass.: aor. ἐδιδάχθην; pf. 1 pl. δεδιδάγμεθα (Just.), ptc. δεδιδαγμένος LXX (Hom.+) Return to: Rom 2:21	V-PAP-NSM Tense: Present Voice: Active Mood: Participle Case: Nominative Number: Singular Gender: Masculine
Strongs: G1321 English: do you not teach Greek: διδάσκεις Lemma: διδάσκω Transliteration: didáskō Definition (BDAG): to provide instruction in a formal or informal setting, teach abs. Mt 4:23; Mk 1:21; J 7:14; 1 Cor 4:17; 1 Ti 4:11; 6:2; IEph 15:1; Pol 2:3. Of the activity of the Christian διδάσκαλοι Hv 3, 5, 1. W. κηρύσσειν Mt 11:1. w. acc. of pers. (SIG 593, 15; PLond I, 43, 6 [II B.C.] p. 48 παιδάρια) Hb 8:11 (Jer 38:34); Mt 5:2; Mk 9:31; Lk 4:31; J 7:35 al.; Col 3:16 w. νουθετεῖν; Israel B 5:8. w. acc. of thing (X., Cyr. 1, 6, 20; SIG 578, 34 τὰ μουσικά; Jos., Ant. 9, 4; Did., Gen. 58, 4 al.) Mt 15:9 (Is 29:13); 22:16; Ac 18:11, 25; φόβον θεοῦ B 19:5 (cp. Ps 33:12); τὸν περὶ ἀληθείας λόγον Pol 3:2; cp. Papias (2:3); AcPl Ha 8, 8 τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ; Ac 15:35 (w. εὐαγγελίζεσθαι).—AcPl Ox 6, 14; AcPl Ha 6, 12 (Herm. Wr. 1, 29 τ. λόγους διδάσκων, πῶς σωθήσονται); τ. εὐαγγέλιον MPol 4; ταῦτα 1 Ti 4:11 (w. παραγγέλλειν); so also 6:2 (w. παρακαλεῖν). Cp. AcPl Cor 1:9. w. acc. of pers. and thing teach someone someth. (X., Mem. 1, 2, 10, Cyr. 1, 6, 28; Sallust. 3 p. 12; SIG 450, 5f δ. τοὺς παῖδας … τὸν ὕμνον; Philo, Rer. Div. Her. 39; Jos., Ant. 8, 395) ὑμᾶς διδάξει πάντα he will instruct you in everything J 14:26.—Mk 4:2; Ac 21:21; Hb 5:12. Pass. διδάσκομαί τι (Solon 22, 7 Diehl3; OGI 383, 165 διδασκόμενοι τὰς τέχνας; Philo, Mut. Nom. 5) Gal 1:12. παραδόσεις ἃς ἐδιδάχθητε traditions in which you have been instructed 2 Th 2:15.—Also τινὰ περί τινος (OGI 484, 5; PStras 41, 8; Jos., Ant. 2, 254) 1J 2:27. w. dat. of pers. (Plut., Marcell. 304 [12, 4]; Aesop, Fab. 210c, 8f v.l. Ch.) and inf. foll. ἐδίδασκεν τῷ Βαλὰκ βαλεῖν Rv 2:14. w. acc. of pers. and inf. foll. (SIG 662, 12 δ. τοὺς παῖδας ᾄδειν; Philo, Omn. Prob. Lib. 144; Aesop 260 H.=149, 6 P.=H-H. 154, III, 8) Mt 28:20; Lk 11:1; Pol 4:1. W. ὅτι instead of inf. (Diod. S. 11, 12, 5; 18, 10, 3; Aelian, VH 3, 16; Philo, Mut. Nom. 18, Fuga 55) 1 Cor 11:14; also recitative ὅτι Mk 8:31 and Ac 15:1.—GBjörck, ΗΝ ΔΙΔΑΣΚΩΝ, D. periphrastischen Konstruktionen im Griechischen ’40.—B. 1222f.—DELG. M-M. TW. Sv. to tell someone what to do, tell, instruct ἐποίησαν ὡς ἐδιδάχθησαν they did as they were told Mt 28:15. διδάσκω impf. ἐδίδασκον; fut. διδάξω; 1 aor. ἐδίδαξα; pf. 3 sg. δεδίδαχεν Pr 30:3. Pass.: aor. ἐδιδάχθην; pf. 1 pl. δεδιδάγμεθα (Just.), ptc. δεδιδαγμένος LXX (Hom.+) Return to: Rom 2:21	V-PAI-2S Tense: Present Voice: Active Mood: Indicative Person: second Number: Singular
Strongs: G2784 English: You who preach Greek: κηρύσσων Lemma: κηρύσσω Transliteration: kērýssō Definition (BDAG): to make public declarations, proclaim aloud gener. speak of, mention publicly w. acc. κ. πολλὰ τὸν λόγον spread the story widely Mk 1:45. The hospitality of the Cor. church 1 Cl 1:2. W. indir. discourse foll. Mk 5:20; Lk 8:39. Abs. Mk 7:36.—S. below 2bβ. of proclamation that is divine in origin or relates to divinity (Epict. 3, 13, 12 of the peace of wise men, which does not originate w. the emperor, but is ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ κεκηρυγμένη διὰ τ. λόγου. Of the [objectionable] myths of the Greeks ταῦτα … οἱ … συγγραφεῖς καὶ ποιηταὶ κ. Theoph. Ant. 1, 9 [p. 78, 13]). α. of the proclamation or oracles of the older prophets (Jo 2:1; 4:9; Jon 1:2; 3:2; Jos., Ant. 10, 117; Just., A I, 54, 2) Ἰωνᾶς Νινευΐταις καταστροφὴν ἐκήρυξεν 1 Cl 7:7 (Jonah as Jos., Ant. 9, 214; Just., D. 107, 2f; Orig., C. Cels. 7, 57, 3); cp. vs. 6; 9:4 (Noah as SibOr 1, 128); 17:1 (Elijah and Elisha, also Ezekiel); B 6:13 (ὁ προφήτης). προφήτας [ἐξ]έπεμψεν κ. … χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν AcPl Ha 8, 17//Ox 1602, 19–21//BMM recto 21f. Ἰωνᾶς … [ἵνα] εἰς Νεινεύη μὴ κηρύξῃ AcPl Cor 2:29. οἵτινες τὴν ἀπλανῆ θεοσέβειαν ἐκήρυσσον who proclaimed the inerrant way of revering God 2:10. β. of contemporary proclaimers (POxy 1381, 35; 144 [II A.D.]: of the great deeds of the gods; Herm. Wr. 1, 27; 4, 4.—Philo, Agr. 112 κήρυξον κήρυγμα τοιοῦτον. S. κῆρυξ 2.—Also of false prophets: Jos., Bell. 6, 285), of Mosaic tradition and its publication, the preaching of John the Baptist, and propagation of the Christian message in the widest sense: Μωϋσῆν preach (=advance the cause of) Moses i.e. the keeping of the law Ac 15:21. περιτομήν proclaim circumcision i.e. the necessity of it Gal 5:11 (here and 2a the mng. praise publicly is also prob.: X., Cyr. 8, 4, 4; Polyb. 30, 29, 6). κ. μὴ κλέπτειν inveigh against stealing (=preach: No stealing!) Ro 2:21.—κ. τι proclaim, someth. (ἕνα θεὸν παντοκράτορα καὶ ἕνα μονογενῆ Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν κ. Iren. 1, 9, 2 [Harv. I 82, 5]; τὸν ἄγνωστον πατέρα 1, 26, 1 [Harv. I 211, 11]; Hippol., Ref. 1, Prol. 7; Did., Gen. 183, 6; 209, 13) Mt 10:27; pass. Lk 12:3. ἐνιαυτὸν κυρίου δεκτόν 4:19 (cp. Is 61:1f). τὸν λόγον 2 Ti 4:2. τὸ ῥῆμα τῆς πίστεως the message of faith Ro 10:8. τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ Lk 8:1; 9:2; cp. Ac 20:25; 28:31. τὸ εὐαγγέλιον Mk 16:15; Ac 1:2 D; Gal 2:2; B 5:9; GMary Ox 3525, 28; 32. τὸ εὐ. τ. βασιλείας Mt 4:23; 9:35 (cp. τὸν περὶ τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ λόγον Orig., C. Cels. 3, 40, 20); τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ Hs 9, 16, 5. W. dat. of pers. (Hippol., Ref. 5, 26, 30) 1 Cor 9:27 (on the topic of dreaded failure s. APapathomas, NTS 43, ’97, 240); 1 Pt 3:19 (CCranfield, ET 69, ’57/58, 369–72; see lit. s.v. πνεῦμα 4c); GPt 10:41. εἰς τὰς συναγωγάς in the synagogues Mk 1:39; Lk 4:44. τινί τι someth. to someone (of Jesus κ. μετάνοιαν ὅλῳ τῷ κόσμῳ Orig., C. Cels. 7, 57, 4; τὸ κηρῦξαι αὐτοῖς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον Did., Gen. 53, 13) 4:18; B 14:9 (both Is 61:1). τὶ εἴς τινα someth. to someone τὸ εὐαγγέλιον εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 Th 2:9. εἰς ὅλον τὸν κόσμον Hs 9, 25, 2. Pass. εἰς τὰ ἔθνη Mk 13:10 (DBosch, Die Heidenmission in der Zu- kunftsschau Jesu ’59, 159–71); κ. τὸ εὐ. Mt 24:14; 26:13; Mk 14:9; Col 1:23.—βάπτισμα proclaim baptism i.e. the necessity of it Mk 1:4; Lk 3:3; Ac 10:37. ἐκηρύχθη ἡ σφραγὶς αὕτη H 9, 16, 4. κηρυχθῆναι … μετάνοιαν εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν repentance for the forgiveness of sins Lk 24:47. ἵνα μετανοῶσιν Mk 6:12. [ἀνδρῶν τῶν] κηρυσσόντων, ἵνα μετανοῆται (read: -ῆτε) AcPl Ha 1, 17.—τινά (τινι) someone (to someone) Χριστόν Ac 8:5; cp. 1 Cor 1:23; Phil 1:15. Ἰησοῦν Ac 19:13; 2 Cor 11:4. οὐχ ἑαυτοὺς κηρύσσομεν ἀλλὰ Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν κύριον we do not publicize ourselves, but Christ Jesus as Lord 4:5. Pass. ὃς (Χριστός) … ἐκηρύχθη 1 Ti 3:16; cp. Hs 8, 3, 2; 9, 17, 1; Dg 11:3. διά τινος through someone (cp. Epict. 3, 13, 12) Χρ. Ἰ. ὁ ἐν ὑμῖν δι᾿ ἡμῶν κηρυχθείς 2 Cor 1:19. W. an addition that indicates the content of the proclamation, introduced by ὅτι (cp. Epict. 4, 5, 24): κ. w. acc. and ὅτι foll. Mk 1:14 v.l.; Ac 9:20; pass. Χρ. κηρύσσεται ὅτι ἐκ νεκρῶν ἐγήγερτ to make an official announcement, announce, make known, by an official herald or one who functions as such (Maximus Tyr. 1, 6c κηρύττομαι=I am being announced by the herald) MPol 12:1 of the pro-consul, who announced three times that Pol. had confessed to being a Christian.—Rv 5:2. κηρύσσω impf. ἐκήρυσσον; fut. κηρύξω; 1 aor. ἐκήρυξα, inf. κηρύξαι (also κηρῦξαι, so Tdf.); on the accent s. B-D-F §13; PKatz-Walters, The Text of the Septuagint, Cambridge ’73, 97); pf. inf. κεκηρυχέναι (Just., D. 49, 2). Pass.: 1 fut. κηρυχθήσομαι; 1 aor. ἐκηρύχθην; pf. κεκήρυγμαι (Just.) (s. two prec. entries; Hom.+; ins, pap, LXX; PsSol 11:1; TestLevi 2:10; GrBar 16:4 [-ττ-]; Philo, Joseph.; loanw. in rabb.; apolog. exc. Ar.). Return to: Rom 2:21	V-PAP-NSM Tense: Present Voice: Active Mood: Participle Case: Nominative Number: Singular Gender: Masculine
Strongs: G2813 English: that one shall not steal do you steal? Greek: κλέπτειν Lemma: κλέπτω Transliteration: kléptō Definition (BDAG): κλέπτω fut. κλέψω; 1 aor. ἔκλεψα. Pass: 2 aor. ἐκλάπην; pf. ptc. κεκλεμμένον Gen. 30:33; Dg 2:2 (s. prec. entry; Hom.+) steal τὶ someth. τοὺς γάμους consummate marriage secretly i.e. without the blessing of the community GJs 15:2, 4. Pass. Dg 2:2, 7 (on sacrilege through theft s. Juvenal, Satires 13, 147–52; other reff. EBlakeney, The Epistle to Diognetus ’43, 36f). τινά someone of a dead pers. (Chariton 3, 2, 7; 2 Km 21:12; Tob 1:18 BA); of Jesus Mt 27:64; 28:13; GPt 8:30. Abs. Mt 6:19f; 19:18; Mk 10:19; Lk 18:20; Ro 13:9; D 2:2 (the last five Ex 20:14.—In Epict. 3, 7, 12 the command takes the form: μὴ κλέπτετε); J 10:10; Ro 2:21; Eph 4:28.—B. 789. DELG. M-M. TW. Return to: Rom 2:21	V-PAN Tense: Present Voice: Active Mood: iNfinitive

Rom 2:22
Definition	RMAC
Strongs: G3004 English: You who say Greek: λέγων Lemma: λέγω Transliteration: légō Definition (BDAG): to identify in a specific manner, call, name (Aeschyl. et al.) w. double acc. (Epict. 2, 19, 19 τί Στωικὸν ἔλεγες σεαυτόν; Diog. L. 8, 88 τὴν ἡδονὴν λέγειν τὸ ἀγαθόν=call pleasure the [real] good; 2 Macc 4:2; Just., D. 61, 1 ἀρχηστρατηγὸν ἑαυτὸν λέγει) τινά τι describe someone as someth. τί με λέγεις ἀγαθόν; why do you call me good? Mk 10:18; Lk 18:19. Δαυὶδ λέγει αὐτὸν κύριον David calls him Lord Mk 12:37. πατέρα ἴδιον ἔλεγεν τὸν θεόν he called God his Father J 5:18. οὐκέτι λέγω ὑμᾶς δούλους I no longer call you slaves 15:15; cp. Ac 10:28; Rv 2:20. Pass. be called, named Mt 13:55; Hb 11:24. ὁ λεγόμενος the so-called (Epict. 4, 1, 51 οἱ βασιλεῖς λεγόμενοι; Socrat., Ep. 14, 7 ὁ λ. θάνατος) λεγόμενοι θεοί so-called gods 1 Cor 8:5 (Herm. Wr. 2, 14 the λεγόμενοι θεοί in contrast to μόνος ὁ θεός. Somewhat differently Jos., Ant. 12, 125 Ἀντίοχος ὁ παρὰ τοῖς Ἕλλησιν θεὸς λεγόμενος). οἱ λεγόμενοι ἀκροβυστία ὑπὸ τῆς λ. περιτομῆς those who are called ‘the uncircumcised’ (i.e. gentiles) by the so-called circumcision (i.e. Jews) Eph 2:11. ὁ λεγόμενος (B-D-F §412, 2; Rob. 1107; cp. BGU 1117, 9 [13 B.C.]; PRyl 133, 11; 137, 19; 2 Macc 12:17; 14:6; 3 Macc 1:3; TestAbr B 13 p. 118, 14 [Stone p. 84]; TestJob 46:5; 47:1; Just., A I, 22, 1, D. 32, 1) who is called … Mt 1:16; 27:17; whose surname is (Appian, Liby. 49 §213 Ἄννων ὁ μέγας λεγόμενος; Jos., Ant. 13, 370, Vi. 4) 10:2; Col 4:11; by name Mt 9:9; 26:3, 14; 27:16; Mk 15:7; Lk 22:47; J 9:11.—Of things: of the name of a star Rv 8:11. Of place-names (BGU 326, 19 [II A.D.]; 2 Macc 9:2; 12:21) Mt 2:23; 26:36; J 4:5; 11:54; 19:13; Ac 3:2; 6:9; Hb 9:3. Of the local, vernacular name λ. Ἑβραϊστί J 5:2 v.l.; 19:17b.—In the transl. of foreign words (which) means: ὅ ἐστιν κρανίου τόπος λεγόμενος which means ‘Place of a Skull’ Mt 27:33b. Cp. also J 4:25; 11:16; 20:24; 21:2. Also ὃ λέγεται 20:16. ὃ λ. μεθερμηνευόμενον which, when translated, means 1:38. ἣ διερμηνευομένη λέγεται Ac 9:36.—Other exx. of the significance mean (Aeschyl. et al.) are Gal 4:1; 2 Cl 6:4; 8:6 Cp. 1bβ.—B. 1253f; 1257; 1277. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv. S. λόγος, ῥῆμα, λαλέω. to inform about / tell of someth., speak, report (Diog. L. 1, 31) τινί to someone Mk 7:36. τὶ about someth. (X., Cyr. 1, 2, 16 νῦν λέξομεν τὰς Κύρου πράξεις)τὴν ἔξοδον αὐτοῦ of his death (lit., departure) Lk 9:31. τὰ περὶ τ. βασιλείας Ac 1:3. τὰ γινόμενα ὑπ᾿ αὐτῶν αἰσχρόν ἐστιν καὶ λέγειν it is a disgrace even to speak of the things they do Eph 5:12 (Demosth. 10, 27 ὃ … οὔτε λέγειν ἄξιον). τινὶ περί τινος bring a report about someone to someone Mk 1:30; 8:30. Likew. τινί τινα Phil 3:18. to express oneself in a specific way, say ask w. direct question foll: Mt 9:14; 15:1; 18:1; Mk 5:30f. ὁ διδάσκαλος λέγει the Master asks 14:14. W. dat. of pers. and a direct question foll.: Mt 9:28a; 15:34; 16:15; 20:6. answer (Lucian, Syr. Dea 18; TestSol 5:8 al.; ApcMos 5) Mt 17:25; Mk 8:24; J 1:21; 18:17b. W. dat. of pers. and direct discourse: Mt 4:10; 8:26; 9:28b; 14:17; 15:33; 18:22; 19:7, 20 al. W. dat of pers. and direct discourse introduced by ὅτι Mt 19:8. order, command, direct, enjoin, recommend more or less emphatically (Syntipas p. 9, 4; Num 32:27; TestSol 4:7 D; TestAbr A 17 p. 98, 21 [Stone p. 44]) τὶ someth. 2 Cl 6:4. ἃ λέγω Lk 6:46. τί τινι command someone (to do) someth. ὅ τι ἂν λέγῃ ὑμῖν J 2:5b (TestAbr A 4 p. 81, 8 [Stone p. 10]); cp. Ac 21:23 (s. Num 32:31). ὅ ὑμῖν λέγω, πᾶσιν λέγω, γρηγορεῖτε the order I give to you I give to everyone: be on your guard! Mk 13:37 (for the formal nuance cp. reff. at end of this parag.). Gener. w. dat. of pers. and direct discourse foll.: Mt 5:44; 6:25; 8:4, 9; 26:52; Mk 3:3, 5; 5:8; 6:10; Lk 6:27; 7:8; J 2:7f. W. dat. of pers. and inf. foll.: Rv 10:9; 13:14; w. an inf. and a negative forbid (X., An. 7, 1, 40) Mt 5:34, 39.—Here belongs χαίρειν τινὶ λέγειν (Epict. 3, 22, 64) extend a greeting to someone, since the greeting consists in saying χαῖρε=‘may you prosper’ 2J 10f. W. ἵνα foll. recommend that, tell to τῷ λαῷ λέγων … ἵνα πιστεύσωσιν Ac 19:4. οὐ περὶ ἐκείνης λέγω ἵνα ἐρωτήσῃ I do not recommend that anyone should pray about that (sin) 1J 5:16. W. inf. foll.: Ro 2:22.—τάδε λέγει is the formal style of one who is giving an order (introductory formula for the edicts of the Persian kings [IMagnMai 115, 4]; in the OT a favorite method of introducing a prophetic statement [Thackeray p. 11]) Ac 21:11, 8, 12, 18; 3:1, 7, 14 (s. Gerhard, Philol. 64, 1905, 27ff; Thieme 23; GRudberg, Eranos 11, 1911, 177f; LLafoscade, De epistulis imperatorum 1902, 63 and 77. Roman edicts gener. use the simple λέγει as in the praescriptio of SEG IX, 8 I, 1–3 αὐτοκράτωρ Καίσαρ Σεβαστὸς … λέγει; also by Augustus: Jos., Ant., 16, 162; s. MBenner, The Emperor Says ’75). assure, assert; w. direct discourse foll. Esp. in the formulas λέγω σοι, λ. ὑμῖν, ἀμὴν (ἀμὴν) λ. ὑμῖν (TestAbr A 8 p. 85, 19f [Stone p. 18]) Mt 11:22; 12:31; 19:24; 23:39; Mk 11:24; Lk 4:25; 7:9, 28; 9:27.—Mt 5:26; 6:2, 5; 8:10; Mk 3:28; 9:41; 10:15; Lk 4:24; 18:17, 29; 23:43; J 1:51; 3:3, 5, 11; 5:19, 24f; 6:26, 32 al. maintain, declare, proclaim as teaching, w. direct discourse foll.: Gal 4:1; 1J 2:4. Foll. by acc. and inf. (X., Symp. 5, 5) Mt 22:23; Mk 12:18; Lk 20:41; 23:2b; Ro 15:8; 2 Ti 2:18. Foll. by ὅτι and direct discourse Mk 12:35b; 1 Cor 15:12. W. dat. of pers. and direct discourse after ὅτι Mt 5:20, 22, 28, 32; 8:11 al. Someth. like interpret εἰς w. ref. to Eph 5:32.—σὺ λέγεις (that is what) you maintain Mt 27:11; Mk 15:2; Lk 23:3 (cp. σὺ εἶπας Mt 26:25 and s. εἶπον 1a). Cp. also Lk 22:70; J 18:37 (s. OMerlier, RevÉtGr 46, ’33, 204–19; Goodsp., Probs. 64–68 [strong affirmative, yes]; MSmith, JBL 64, ’45, 506–10 [intentionally ambiguous, so you say, Tannaitic Parallels to the Gospels, ’51, 27–30]; DCatchpole, NTS 17, ’70/71, 213–26). τί λέγει ἡ γνῶσις; what does Gnosis teach about this? With the answer in direct discourse B 6:9 (cp. Epict. 3, 13, 11 καὶ τί λέγει [i.e., ὁ λόγος ὁ τῶν φιλοσόφων=philosophy]; direct discourse follows). of written communications (Hdt. 3, 40; 122; 8, 140; UPZ 68, 5 [152 B.C.]; Jos., Ant. 13, 80) 1 Cor 6:5; 7:6; 15:51; 2 Cor 6:13; 8:8; Gal 5:2; Phil 4:11; Col 2:4; Phlm 21, al. in Paul. to express oneself orally or in written form, utter in words, say, tell, give expression to, the gener. sense (not in Hom., for this εἶπον, ἐν[ν]έπω, et al.) w. an indication of what is said α. in the acc. ταύτην τ. παραβολήν Lk 13:6. (τὴν) ἀλήθειαν (Teles p. 4, 14; TestAbr A 16 p. 97, 27 [Stone p. 42]) J 8:45f; Ro 9:1; 1 Ti 2:7. ἀληθῆ (cp. Herodian 4, 14, 4) J 19:35. παροιμίαν οὐδεμίαν 16:29. τὶ καινότερον Ac 17:21 (w. ἀκούω as Pla., Prot. 310a; Dio Chrys. 3, 28; 4, 37). τί λέγουσιν what they say Mt 21:16; cp. Lk 18:6; 1 Cor 14:16. τί λέγω; what shall I say? Hb 11:32. ὃ λέγει Lk 9:33; cp. 2 Ti 2:7; Phlm 21. ἃ λέγουσιν 1 Ti 1:7; AcPlCor 1:9. ταῦτα (τοῦτο) λ. (Jos., Vi. 291) Lk 9:34; 11:45b; 13:17; J 2:22; τοιαῦτα λ. Hb 11:14. τὸ αὐτὸ λέγειν be in agreement (not only in words: Thu. 4, 20, 4; 5, 31, 6; Polyb. 2, 62, 4; 5, 104, 1; Jos., Ant. 18, 375; 378) 1 Cor 1:10.—Also τινί τι tell someone someth. παραβολὴν αὐτοῖς Lk 18:1. μυστήριον ὑμῖν 1 Cor 15:51. τ. ἀλήθειαν ὑμῖν J 16:7. ὃ λέγω ὑμῖν Mt 10:27. μηδενὶ λ. τοῦτο Lk 9:21. οὐδὲν αὐτῷ λέγουσιν they say nothing to him J 7:26. ταῦτα ἔλεγον ὑμῖν 2 Th 2:5.—τὶ πρός τινα (Pla, Gorg. 465a) παραβολὴν πρὸς αὐτούς Lk 5:36; cp. 14:7; 20:9.—24:10; 11:53 v.l. W. double acc. ἀδύνατα ταῦτα εἴρηκας Hm 11:19. β. by direct discourse or direct question foll., mostly abs. (extremely freq.) Mt 9:34; 12:44; Mk 3:30; Lk 5:39; J 1:29, 36; 1 Cor l2:3; Js 4:13. Also oft. introduced by recitative ὅτι Mt 9:18; Mk 1:15; 2:12; 3:21f; 5:28; 6:14f (on the textual problem s. FNeirynck, ETL 65, ’89, 110–18), 35; 7:20; Lk 1:24; 4:41; 17:10; 21:8 v.l.; J 6:14; 7:12; 8:33; Ac 2:13; 11:3 and oft.—καὶ ἔλεγεν Mk 4:21, 24, 26, 30 may = he used to say (so that they might memorize): WEssame, ET 77, ’66, 121. γ. by indirect discourse or indirect question foll.; abs. Mt 21:27; Mk 11:33c; Lk 20:8.—Introduced by ὅτι (Diod. S. 11, 4, 3; 11, 6, 2; 14, 4, 3; Petosiris, fgm. 14c; Jos., Bell. 4, 543) Lk 22:70; Ac 20:23.—In acc. w. inf. τίνα λέγουσιν οἱ ἄνθρωποι εἶναι τ. υἱὸν τ. ἀνθρώπου; Mt 16:13; cp. vs. 15; Lk 9:20; 11:18; 23:2b; 24:23b; J 12:29a; Ac 4:32; 8:9; 17:7.—W. the inf. only Lk 24:23a; Js 2:14; 1J 2:6, 9. w. indication of the pers. or thing about which someth. is said, or that is meant by someth. α. by a prep. περί τινος (Soph., Thu. et al.) οἱ Φαρισαῖοι ἔγνωσαν ὅτι περὶ αὐτῶν λέγει the Pharisees perceived that he was talking about them Mt 21:45. λέγει περὶ αὐτοῦ he said concerning him J 1:47; cp. 2:21; 11:13; 13:18, 22. εἴς τινα (Eur., Med. 453; X., Mem. 1, 5, 1) Ac 2:25; Eph 5:32. ἐπί τινα Hb 7:13. πρός τινα Lk 12:41; Hb 1:7. β. by the acc. alone mean someone or someth. (Demosth. 18, 88; Diod. S. 15, 23, 5; Phalaris, Ep. 142, 1 ἣν λέγω; Ael. Aristid. 48, 35 K.=24 p. 474 D.: τὸν Φιλάδελφον λέγων; Aelian, NA 8, 3 ὃ δὲ λέγω, τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν, VH 3, 36; Lucian, Dial. Deor. 3; 10, 2; 2 Macc 14:7; Jos., Ant. 6, 86; TestSol 4:6 D τὸν δύστηνον λέγω γέροντα; Just., D. 130, 2 μετὰ τοῦ λαοῦ αὐτοῦ, λέγω Ἀβραὰμ καὶ Ἰσαὰκ … ) τ. ἄνθρωπον τοῦτον ὃν λέγετε this man whom you mean Mk 14:71. ἔλεγεν τὸν Ἰούδαν J 6:71. συνείδησιν λέγω οὐχὶ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ I mean not your own conscience 1 Cor 10:29. τοῦτο δὲ λέγω but this is what I mean Gal 3:17; cp. 1 Cor 1:12a (Ptolem., Apotel. 2, 3, 12; 2, 11, 1 λέγω δέ … but I mean).—Mt 26:70; Mk 14:68; Lk 22:60. Cp. 4 end. γ. w. an indication of the one to whom someth. is said (on the synoptics and Ac s. WLarfeld, Die ntl. Ev. 1925, 237f); mostly in dat. (Aeschyl., Ag. 103; Herodas 4, 42 σοί; POxy 413, 99; s. also 1aα above) Mt 8:7; Mk 2:8, 17f; Lk 3:7; 5:24; J 1:39, 41, 43 and oft.—πρός τινα (Epict. 2, 17, 34 πρὸς ἄλλους ἐρεῖς; TestSol 1:6 D λέγει Νάθαν πρὸς τὸν ἄγγελον; ApcEsdr 6:16; s. also 1aα above) Mk 4:41; 16:3; Lk 4:21; 8:25 (λ. πρὸς ἀλλήλους as Jos., Ant. 2, 108; 9, 239); 9:23; 12:1; 16:1; J 2:3; 3:4; Ac 2:12; 28:4. μετά τινος: ἔλεγον μετ᾿ ἀλλήλων they said to each other J 11:56. δ. in other (s. 1aα, 1bα, 1bγ) prep. uses ἀφ᾿ ἑαυτοῦ (=ἀπὸ σεαυτοῦ v.l.) σὺ τοῦτο λέγεις; do you say this of λέγω (Hom.+; on the mng. of the word ADebrunner, TW IV 71–73) impf. ἔλεγον (3 pl. ἔλεγαν s. B-D-F §82 app.; Mlt-H. 194; KBuresch, RhM 46, 1891, 224). Only pres. and impf. are in use; the other tenses are supplied by εἶπον (q.v., also B-D-F §101 p. 46; Mlt-H. 247), but the foll. pass. forms occur: fut. 3 sg. λεχθήσεται; aor. ptc. fem. sg. λεχθεῖσα (SyrBar 14:1), neut. pl. τὰ λεχθέντα (Jos. 24, 27; Esth 1:18; Papias, Just.), 3 sg. ἐλέχθη and pl. ἐλέχθησαν; pf. 3 sg. λέλεκται; plupf. ἐλέλεκτο; pf. ptc. λελεγμένος (all Just.; B-D-F §101) ‘say’ (beginning w. Hes. [Hom. uses the word in the senses ‘gather, collect’, as Il. 11, 755 al., and mid. ‘select’, as Il. 21, 27, and esp. of stories that one elects to ‘tell over’ or ‘recount’, as Od. 14, 197] and more freq. in Pind.; the usual word since the Attic writers; ins, pap, LXX, pseudepigr., Philo, Joseph., apolog.). Return to: Rom 2:22	V-PAP-NSM Tense: Present Voice: Active Mood: Participle Case: Nominative Number: Singular Gender: Masculine
Strongs: G3431 English: that one should not commit adultery, Greek: μοιχεύειν Lemma: μοιχεύω Transliteration: moicheúō Definition (BDAG): μοιχεύω fut. μοιχεύσω; 1 aor. ἐμοίχευσα. Pass.: 1 aor. pass. 3 sg. ἐμοιχεύθη Sir 23:23; inf. μοιχευθῆναι (Xenophanes, Hecataeus Mil., Aristoph., X. et al.; pap [s. bβ], LXX; TestSol 1:1f D; TestAbr B; Test12Patr; Philo; Jos., Ant. 16, 296 al.; Ar.; Just.; Tat., Orig.—HBogner, Was heisst μ.?: Her 76, ’41, 318–20)commit adultery. of both sexes, w. ref. to the Ten Commandments (Ex 20:13; Dt 5:17): Mt 5:27; 19:18; Mk 10:19; Lk 18:20; Ro 13:9; Js 2:11ab. One or more of these pass. may refer to the man alone, as below. of the man only α. abs.: Lk 16:18ab; Ro 2:22 (μὴ μοιχεύειν as Jos., Ant. 3, 92); B 19:4; D 2:2. β. w. obj. τινά (γυναῖκα) commit adultery w. someone (Aristoph., Av. 558; Pla., Rep. 2, 360b; Lucian, Dial. Deor. 6, 3; Aristaenet., Ep. 1, 20; PSI 158, 45; TestAbr B 12 p. 116, 14 [Stone p. 80]; Ar. 9, 6; Just., A I, 5, 2; Tat. 34, 2; Hippol., Ref. 5, 23, 13. Cp. Lev 20:10) Mt 5:28 (cp. Epict. 2, 18, 15; Sextus 233). This explains the use of the passive in the case of a woman (Chariton 1, 4, 6 μοιχευομένην τὴν γυναῖκα; Achilles Tat. 6, 9, 7; Sir 23:23; Philo, Decal. 124; Jos., Ant. 7, 131) ποιεῖ αὐτὴν μοιχευθῆναι he causes her to commit adultery (if she contracts a subsequent marriage) Mt 5:32; 19:9 v.l. ἡ γυνὴ κατείληπται μοιχευομένη J 8:4 (JMcDonald, NTS 41, ’95, 415–27). γ. οἱ μοιχεύοντες μετ᾿ αὐτῆς Rv 2:22 is at least on the way to a fig. mng. (cp. Jer 3:9).—RCharles, The Teaching of the NT on Divorce 1921, 91ff; FDölger, Christl. u. hdn, Ächtung des Ehebr. in d. Kultsatzung: AC III 132–48; GDelling, RAC IV, ’59, 666–80; JFitzmyer, Theological Studies 37, ’76, 197–226 (Mt).—DELG s.v. μοιχός. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv. Return to: Rom 2:22	V-PAN Tense: Present Voice: Active Mood: iNfinitive
Strongs: G948 English: You who abhor Greek: βδελυσσόμενος Lemma: βδελύσσω Transliteration: bdelýssō Definition (BDAG): βδελύσσομαι fut. βδελύξομαι; 1 aor. ἐβδελυξάμην; pf. mid. 3 sg. ἐβδέλυκται (Pr 28:9); aor. pass. ἐβδελύχθην (all LXX) (s. two preced. entries; Hippocr.; Achaeus, TGF fgm. 12, p. 749; Aristoph. et al. [Nägeli 15; Anz 305]; PLond VI, 1927 [IV A.D.], 34; PCairMasp 353, 16; LXX; PsSol 2:9; TestLevi 16:2; TestGad 3:2; JosAs 11 cod. A [p. 53, 18 Bat.]; ApcrEzk P 1 recto 15; Tat.; Theoph., Ant.; Pel.-Leg. p. 9, 9) to detest someth. because it is utterly offensive or loathsome, abhor, detest τὶ someth. (cp. Phalaris, Ep. 141, 2; Eratosth. p. 17, 10; Polyb. 33, 18, 10; Jos., Bell. 6, 172, Ant. 14, 45; Gen 26:29; Lev 11:11, 13 al.; CPJ I, 141, 9 of hatred for Jews): cult images Ro 2:22. The perf. pass. ptc. ἐβδελυγμένος (cp. Lev 18:30; Pr 8:7; Job 15:16; 3 Macc 6:9) = βδελυκτός (w. δειλός, ἄπιστος) detestable (because of polytheistic worship) Rv 21:8.—DELG s.v. βδελυρός. M-M. TW. Return to: Rom 2:22	V-PNP-NSM Tense: Present Voice: middle or passive depoNent Mood: Participle Case: Nominative Number: Singular Gender: Masculine
Strongs: G1497 English: idols Greek: εἴδωλα Lemma: εἴδωλον Transliteration: eídōlon Definition (BDAG): through metonymy the image and the deity or divinity alleged to be represented are freq. associated in such manner that the image factor is less significant than the component of unreality or spuriousness of what is represented (cp. Is 44:6–20; 46;1–7; Wsd 13–14) fabricated/imaged deity, idol (oft. LXX, also Philo; Jos., Ant. 9, 273; 10, 50; TestReub 4:6; TestSol; TestJos 4:5; 6:5; JosAs; Just., A I, 49, 5 al.; Iren. 1, 15, 4 [Harv. I 153, 7] al.; Orig., C. Cels. 5, 43, 11 [w. δαίμονες]) βδελύσσεσθαι τὰ εἴ. abhor idols Ro 2:22; cp. B 4:8. … ὅτι εἴ. τί ἐστιν; (do I mean to say) that an imaged deity is anything? 1 Cor 10:19 (i.e. the cult object as alleged image is evident, but its subject has no real existence as a god; Paul means that if any transcendent reality is at all to be assigned to an εἴδωλον, its status is not that of a god but of the lesser beings known as δαίμονες 1 Cor 10:20). Cp. 1 Cor 12:2 (s. 1 above). Contrasted w. the temple of God, i.e. God’s people 2 Cor 6:16. Contrasted w. God (cp. θεοὶ δὲ οὐ τὰ εἴδωλα ἢ δαίμονες Did., Gen. 248, 6) 1 Th 1:9. ἀπὸ τῶν εἰ. ἀποσπᾶν tear away fr. imaged deities 2 Cl 17:1; οὐδὲν εἴ. ἐν κόσμῳ (in wordplay w. οὐδεὶς θεός) no idol has any real existence in the universe (Twentieth Century NT) 1 Cor 8:4 (cp. the contrast between humanity as being οὐδέν and heaven that abides for the immortals Pind., N. 6, 3). τῇ συνηθείᾳ (v.l. συνειδήσει) because of their consciousness, up to now, that this is an imaged deity vs. 7; Ac 15:20; ἱερεῖς τῶν εἰ. priests of the imaged deities B 9:6. φυλάσσειν ἑαυτὸν ἀπὸ τῶν εἰ. keep oneself fr. deified illusions or ghosts (i.e. views of God that are divorced from the truth of God’s self-revelation in Jesus Christ; in contrast to this ἀλήθεια, the εἴδωλα are but phantoms in the Gr-Rom. sense of the term) 1J 5:21. JSuggit, JTS 36, ’85, 386–90. TPodella, Das Lichtkleid ’96, esp. 164–85.—B. 1491. DELG s.v. εἶδος. DDD s.v. ‘AZZABIM and GILLULIM’. M-M. TW. Sv. cultic image/representation of an alleged transcendent being, image, representation (cp. Chaeremon fgm. 25 Db p. 38 H.: the falcon as εἰ. of the sun signifies a deity; Is 30:22; 2 Ch 23:17; Tob 14:6; EpJer 72; Just., A I, 64, 1 τὸ εἰ. τῆς λεγομένης Κο͂ρης; Ath. 15, 1; Orig., C. Cels. 3, 15, 15 [w. ἀγάλματα]; cp. Polyb. 30, 25, 13 θεῶν ἢ δαιμόνων εἴδωλα ‘images of gods or demi-gods’; Vett. Val. 67:5; 113, 17; Cat. Cod. Astr. VII p. 176, 22; OGI 201, 8; PStras 91, 10; PSI 901, 13 and 22). Sacrifices were made to it (Nicol. Dam.: 90 fgm. 13, 23 p. 407, 31 Jac. πρὸς τῷ εἰδώλῳ ἀποσφάττεσθαι; Num 25:2; 1 Macc 1:43; cp. Orig., C. Cels. 1, 36, 32 ἀπὸ τῶν εἰ. μαντείαν λαβεῖν; since Mosaic law forbade material representation of God, all references in our lit. to a divine image, usu. transliterated ‘idol’, relate to polytheistic Gr-Rom. depiction) Ac 7:41; gold and silver (Ps 113:12) Rv 9:20. εἴδωλα ἄφωνα images that cannot speak 1 Cor 12:2 (but s. 2 below; cp. Hab 2:18; 3 Macc 4:16; JosAs 3:10 πρόσωπα τῶν εἰ.; 8:5 εἴ. νεκρὰ καὶ κωφά al.; Ar. 13, 1 θεοποιούμενοι τὰ κωφὰ καὶ ἀναίσθητα εἴ. ‘making gods out of mute and insensible images’.—Polytheists also know that the images of the gods are lifeless: e.g. Artem. 4, 36 ταῦτα οὐ ζῇ; for Ancient Near East s. MGruber, DDD 240. τούτων εἰδώλων τῶν πλάνων ‘these deceptive [deified] images’ ApcPt Bodl. ἵνα μηκέτι εἰδώλοις λατρεύῃς καὶ κνίσαις ‘so that you might no longer devote yourselves to images and sacrificial smoke’ AcPl Ha 2, 32. Cp. εἴδωλα, ἔργα χειρῶν ἀνθρώπων Theoph. Ant. 2, 34 [p.184, 25]). εἴδωλον , ου, τό (Hom. et al. ordinarily in the sense: form, image, shadow, phantom; cp. Ath. 27, 1; Hippol., Ref. 4, 50, 2; AcJ 28 [Aa II/1] 166, 13 used by a Christian of his bodily appearance as opposed to his real Christian self; LexGrMin 53, 20–24). In the LXX εἴδωλον bridges two views: the deities of the nations have no reality, and so are truly the products of fantasy; and they are manufactured by human hands (cp. the satire expressed, e.g., 3 Km 18:27; Jer 2:27f; Is 44:12–17). Return to: Rom 2:22	N-APN Part of Speech: Noun Case: Accusative Number: Plural Gender: Neuter
Strongs: G2416 English: do you rob temples? Greek: ἱεροσυλεῖς Lemma: ἱεροσυλέω Transliteration: hierosyléō Definition (BDAG): to commit irreverent acts, commit sacrilege (in Isaeus 8, 39 ἱεροσυλία is used of conduct relating to burial rites).—EKrentz, The Name of God in Disrepute—Romans 2:17–29: CTM 17, ’90, 429–39.—DELG s.v. συλάω. M-M. TW. to take objects from a temple by force or stealth, rob temples (Manetho: 609 fgm. 10a, 249 Jac. [=Jos., C. Ap. 1, 249], w. vandalism against sacred images) prob. to be taken literally of temple plundering Ro 2:22 (w. κλέπτω and μοιχεύω as Philo, Conf. Lingu. 163; cp. also Herm. Wr. 12, 5; JDerrett, NTS 40, ’94, 558–71 w. focus on violation of conscience). Some interpret ἱ. in this pass. as meaning ἱεροσυλέω (s. ἱερός, συλάω, and next entry; on the terminal formation s. DELG s.v. συλάω; Aristoph. et al.; Polyb. 30, 26, 9; Artem. 3, 3; Heraclitus, Ep. 7, 4H.; SIG 417, 8; 10 [273/272 B.C.; cp. ἱεροσυλία 1017, 18; in tales of Alexander: PSI II, 1285 col. I, 38; col. III, 42; col. IV, 9 [II A.D.]; 2 Macc 13:6; ἱεροσύλημα 4:39; ἱερόσυλος 4:42]; 2 Macc 9:2; Philo; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 249, Ant. 17, 163) Return to: Rom 2:22	V-PAI-2S Tense: Present Voice: Active Mood: Indicative Person: second Number: Singular

Rom 2:23
Definition	RMAC
Strongs: G2744 English: boast Greek: καυχᾶσαι Lemma: καυχάομαι Transliteration: kaucháomai Definition (BDAG): to make a boast about someth., boast about, mention in order to boast of, be proud of, trans. τὶ someth. (Philemon Com. [IV–III B.C.], fgm. 141 p. 521; Diod. S. 20, 63, 4) τὰ τῆς ἀσθενείας μου boast about my weaknesses 2 Cor 11:30b (cp. Pr 27:1 κ. τὰ εἰς αὔριον). τὶ περί τινος 10:8. τί τινι ὑπέρ τινος say someth. boastingly (or in pride) to someone concerning someone 7:14; 9:2 (here a ὅτι-clause defines τὶ more closely). μικρόν τι 11:16.—For Gr-Rom. cultural background on Paul’s theme of boasting in 2 Cor s. Plut., Mor. 539–547 ‘On Inoffensive Self-Praise’; FDanker, Augsburg Comm. on the NT: II Cor ’89, esp. 147–214; idem, Paul’s Debt to Demosthenes’ ‘De Corona’, in Persuasive Artistry [GKennedy Festschr.], ed. DWatson, ’91, 262–80; JLambrecht, Dangerous Boasting, Paul’s Self-Commendation in 2 Cor 10–13, in RBieringer, ed., The Corinthian Correspondence ’96, 325–46.—JBosch, ‘Gloriarse’ según San Pablo, Sentido y teologia de καυχάομαι, ’70. BDowdy, The Meaning of καυχᾶσθαι in the NT, diss. Vanderbilt ’55.—B. 1281. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Spicq. to take pride in someth., boast, glory, pride oneself, brag, intr. (Sappho, fgm. 26, 10 D.2) ἔν τινι in or about a person or thing (schol. on Apollon. Rhod. 3, 976 οἱ καυχώμενοι ἐν ἑτέρων διαβολαῖς; LXX; TestJud 13:2; ἐν τοῖς θεοῖς Theoph. Ant. 1, 1 [p. 58, 6].—B-D-F §196; s. Rob. 532) ἐν θεῷ Ro 2:17. ἐν τῷ θεῷ 5:11. ἐν κυρίῳ 1 Cor 1:31b; 2 Cor 10:17b; 1 Cl 13:1 (cp. on the three Jer 9:23). ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ Phil 3:3. ἐν ἀνθρώποις 1 Cor 3:21.—ἐν νόμῳ (cp. Sir 39:8) Ro 2:23; in afflictions 5:3; in the work of others 2 Cor 10:15; in weaknesses 12:9; in high position Js 1:9; in wisdom, etc. 1 Cl 13:1 (Jer 9:22f). ἐν τῇ ὑμετέρᾳ σαρκί Gal 6:13. ἐν τῷ σταυρῷ vs. 14. ἐν τῷ προσώπῳ κ., opp. ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ pride oneself on externals … on the heart 2 Cor 5:12. ἐν ᾧ καυχῶνται 11:12. On 2 Th 1:4 v.l. see ἐγκαυχάομαι.—The ἐν is to be taken somewhat differently Js 4:16 (s. ἀλαζονεία).—εἴς τι boast with regard to someth. 2 Cor 10:16. Differently εἰς τὰ ἄμετρα κ. boast beyond limit (s. ἄμετρος) vss. 13, 15.—ἐπί τινι based on someth., in someth. (Cratinus Com. [V B.C.] 95; Diod. S. 15, 6, 2 ἐπὶ τοῖς ποιήμασιν; 16, 70, 2; iambic poet in Ps.-Callisth. 2, 20, 11 ἐπὶ τέκνοισι; SIG 1268, 23 ἐπὶ ῥώμῃ; Ps 48:7) Ro 5:2 (JBover, Biblica 22, ’41, 41–45). ὑπέρ τινος on behalf of someone 2 Cor 12:5ab. κατά τι in accordance with someth. 2 Cor 11:18a.—ἐνώπιον τ. θεοῦ before God 1 Cor 1:29.—W. ὅτι foll. (Strabo 13, 1, 27) IPhld 6:3. (W. inf. TestJob 41:3; Just., D. 101, 1.)—Abs. (TestReub 3:5) 1 Cor 1:31a; 4:7; 2 Cor 10:17a; 11:18b, 30a; 12:1, 6, 11 v.l.; Eph 2:9; IPol 5:2.—1 Cor 13:3, a variety of witnesses have καυχήσωμαι (read by N. and defended e.g. by Harnack, SBBerl- Ak 1911, 139ff; Goodsp., Probs. 162–65; KClark, Studia Paulina [deZwaan Festschr.] ’53, 61f) instead of the v.l. καυθήσομαι, which is preferred by others (e.g., EPreuschen, ZNW 16, 1915, 127ff; JKElliott, ZNW 62, ’71, 297f; et al.).—S. καίω 2. καυχάομαι (s. two next entries; Pind., Hdt.+) mid. dep.; 2 sing. καυχᾶσαι Ro 2:17, 23; 1 Cor 4:7 (s. Mayser 328; JWackernagel, TLZ 33, 1908, 639; Thackeray 218; Mlt-H. 198); fut. καυχήσομαι; 1 aor. ἐκαυχησάμην; pf. κεκαύχημαι. In our lit. restricted to Paul, except for two pass. each in Js and Ign., and one in 1 Cl (a quot. fr. the OT). Return to: Rom 2:23	V-PNI-2S Tense: Present Voice: middle or passive depoNent Mood: Indicative Person: second Number: Singular
Strongs: G3551 English: in the Law Greek: νόμῳ Lemma: νόμος Transliteration: nómos Definition (BDAG): a collection of holy writings precious to God’s people, sacred ordinance in the strict sense the law=the Pentateuch, the work of Moses the lawgiver (Diod. S. 40, 3, 6 προσγέγραπται τοῖς νόμοις ἐπὶ τελευτῆς ὅτι Μωσῆς ἀκούσας τοῦ θεοῦ τάδε λέγει τ. Ἰουδαίοις=at the end of the laws this is appended: this is what Moses heard from God and is telling to the Jews. ὁ διὰ τοῦ ν. μεταξὺ καθαρῶν καὶ ἀκαθάρτων διαστείλας θεός Iren. 3, 12, 7 [Harv. II 60, 3]; cp. Hippol., Ref. 7, 34, 1) τὸ βιβλίον τοῦ νόμου Gal 3:10b (cp. Dt 27:26). Also simply ὁ νόμος (Jos., Bell. 7, 162 ὁ ν. or 2, 229 ὁ ἱερὸς ν. of the holy book in a concrete sense) Mt 12:5 (Num 28:9f is meant); J 8:5; 1 Cor 9:8 (cp. Dt 25:4); 14:34 (cp. Gen 3:16); Gal 4:21b (the story of Abraham); Hb 9:19. ὁ ν. ὁ ὑμέτερος J 8:17 (cp. Jos., Bell. 5, 402; Tat. 40, 1 κατὰ τοὺς ἡμετέρους ν.). ἐν Μωϋσέως νόμῳ γέγραπται 1 Cor 9:9. καθὼς γέγραπται ἐν νόμῳ κυρίου Lk 2:23 (γέγραπται ἐν νόμῳ as Athen. 6, 27, 23c; IMagnMai 52, 35 [III B.C.]; Mel., P. 11, 71; cp. Just., D. 8, 4 τὰ ἐν τῷ ν. γεγραμμένα); cp. vs. 24. ἔγραψεν Μωϋσῆς ἐν τῷ νόμῳ J 1:45 (cp. Cercidas [III B.C.], fgm. 1, 18f Diehl2 [=Coll. Alex. p. 204, 29=Knox p. 196] καὶ τοῦθ᾿ Ὅμηρος εἶπεν ἐν Ἰλιάδι).—The Sacred Scriptures (OT) referred to as a whole in the phrase ὁ ν. καὶ οἱ προφῆται (Orig., C. Cels. 2, 6, 4; cp. Hippol., Ref. 8, 19, 1) the law (הַתּוֹרָה) and the prophets (הַנְּבִיאִים) Mt 5:17; 7:12; 11:13; 22:40; Lk 16:16; Ac 13:15; 24:14; 28:23; Ro 3:21b; cp. Dg 11:6; J 1:45. τὰ γεγραμμένα ἐν τῷ ν. Μωϋσέως καὶ τοῖς προφήταις καὶ ψαλμοῖς Lk 24:44. In a wider sense=Holy Scripture gener., on the principle that the most authoritative part gives its name to the whole (ὁ ν. ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ Theoph. Ant. 1, 11 [p. 82, 15]): J 10:34 (Ps 81:6); 12:34 (Ps 109:4; Is 9:6; Da 7:14); 15:25 (Ps 34:19; 68:5); 1 Cor 14:21 (Is 28:11f); Ro 3:19 (preceded by a cluster of quotations fr. Psalms and prophets).—Mt 5:18; Lk 10:26; 16:17; J 7:49.—JHänel, Der Schriftbegriff Jesu 1919; OMichel, Pls u. s. Bibel 1929; SWesterholm, Studies in Religion 15, ’86, 327–36.—JMeinhold, Jesus u. das AT 1896; MKähler, Jesus u. das AT2 1896; AKlöpper, Z. Stellung Jesu gegenüber d. Mos. Gesetz, Mt 5:17–48: ZWT 39, 1896, 1–23; EKlostermann, Jesu Stellung z. AT 1904; AvHarnack, Hat Jesus das atl. Gesetz abgeschafft?: Aus Wissenschaft u. Leben II 1911, 225–36, SBBerlAk 1912, 184–207; KBenz, D. Stellung Jesu zum atl. Gesetz 1914; MGoguel, RHPR 7, 1927, 160ff; BBacon, Jesus and the Law: JBL 47, 1928, 203–31; BBranscomb, Jes. and the Law of Moses 1930; WKümmel, Jes. u. d. jüd. Traditionsged.: ZNW 33, ’34, 105–30; JHempel, D. synopt. Jesus u. d. AT: ZAW 56, ’38, 1–34.—Lk-Ac: JJervell, HTR 64, ’71, 21–36.—EGrafe, D. paulin. Lehre vom Gesetz2 1893; HCremer, D. paulin. Rechtfertigungslehre 1896, 84ff; 363ff; FSieffert, D. Entwicklungslinie d. paul. Gesetzeslehre: BWeiss Festschr. 1897, 332–57; WSlaten, The Qualitative Use of νόμος in the Pauline Ep.: AJT 23, 1919, 213ff; HMosbech, Pls’ Laere om Loven: TT 4/3, 1922, 108–37; 177–221; EBurton, ICC, Gal 1921, 443–60; PFeine, Theol. des NT6 ’34, 208–15 (lit.); PBenoit, La Loi et la Croix d’après S. Paul (Ro 7:7–8:4): RB 47, ’38, 481–509; CMaurer, D. Gesetzeslehre des Pls ’41; PBläser, D. Gesetz b. Pls ’41; BReicke, JBL 70, ’51, 259–76; GBornkamm, Das Ende d. Gesetzes ’63; HRaisänen, Paul and the Law2 ’87; PRichardson/SWesterholm, et al., Law in Religious Communities in the Rom. Period, ’91 (Torah and Nomos); MNobile, La Torà al tempo di Paolo, alcune riflessioni: Atti del IV simposio di Tarso su S. Paolo Apostolo, ed. LPadovese ’96, 93–106 (lit. 93f, n. 1).—Dodd 25–41.—B. 1358; 1419; 1421. DELG s.v. νέμω Ic. Schmidt, Syn. I 333–47. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv. constitutional or statutory legal system, law gener.: by what kind of law? Ro 3:27. ν. τῆς πόλεως the law of the city enforced by the ruler of the city (ν. ἐν ταῖς πόλεσι γραπτός Orig., C. Cels. 5, 37, 2); the penalty for breaking it is banishment Hs 1:5f. τοῖς ν. χρῆσθαι observe the laws 1:3; πείθεσθαι τοῖς ὡρισμένοις ν. obey the established laws Dg 5:10; νικᾶν τοὺς ν. ibid. (νικάω 3). Ro 7:1f, as well as the gnomic saying Ro 4:15b and 5:13b, have been thought by some (e.g. BWeiss, Jülicher) to refer to Roman law, but more likely the Mosaic law is meant (s. 3 below). specifically: of the law that Moses received from God and is the standard according to which membership in the people of Israel is determined (Diod. S. 1, 94, 1; 2: the lawgiver Mne- ves receives the law from Hermes, Minos from Zeus, Lycurgus from Apollo, Zarathustra from the ἀγαθὸς δαίμων, Zalmoxis from Hestia; παρὰ δὲ τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις, Μωϋσῆς receives the law from the Ἰαὼ ἐπικαλούμενος θεός) ὁ ν. Μωϋσέως Lk 2:22; J 7:23; Ac 15:5. ν. Μωϋσέως Ac 13:38; Hb 10:28. Also ὁ ν. κυρίου Lk 2:23f, 39; GJs 14:1. ὁ ν. τοῦ θεοῦ (Theoph. Ant. 2, 14 [p. 136, 4]) Mt 15:6 v.l.; Ro 8:7 (cp. Tat. 7, 2; 32, 1; Ath. 3:2). ὁ ν. ἡμῶν, ὑμῶν, αὐτῶν etc. J 18:31; 19:7b v.l.; Ac 25:8. κατὰ τὸν ἡμέτερον ν. 24:6 v.l. (cp. Jos., Ant. 7, 131). ὁ πατρῷος ν. 22:3. τὸν ν. τῶν ἐντολῶν Eph 2:15. Since the context of Ac 23:29 ἐγκαλούμενον περὶ ζητημάτων τοῦ νόμου αὐτῶν points to the intimate connection between belief, cult, and communal solidarity in Judean tradition, the term νόμος is best rendered with an hendiadys: (charged in matters) relating to their belief and custom; cp. ν. ὁ καθ᾿ ὑμᾶς 18:15. Ro 9:31 (CRhyne, Νόμος Δικαιοσύνης and the meaning of Ro 10:4: CBQ 47, ’85, 486–99).—Abs., without further qualification ὁ ν. Mt 22:36; 23:23; Lk 2:27; J 1:17; Ac 6:13; 7:53; 21:20, 28; Ro 2:15 (τὸ ἔργον τοῦ νόμου the work of the law [=the moral product that the Mosaic code requires] is written in the heart; difft. Diod. S. 1, 94, 1 ν. ἔγγραπτος, s. 1b, above), 18, 20, 23b, 26; 4:15a, 16; 7:1b, 4–7, 12, 14, 16; 8:3f; 1 Cor 15:56; Gal 3:12f, 17, 19, 21a, 24; 5:3, 14; 1 Ti 1:8 (GRudberg, ConNeot 7, ’42, 15); Hb 7:19 (s. Windisch, Hdb. exc. ad loc.), 28a; 10:1; cp. Js 2:9 (s. 1b above); μετὰ τὸν ν. Hb 7:28b; οἱ ἐν τῷ ν. Ro 3:19; κατὰ τὸν ν. according to the (Mosaic) law (Jos., Ant. 14, 173; 15, 51 al.; Just., D. 10, 1) J 19:7b; Ac 22:12; 23:3; Hb 7:5; 9:22. παρὰ τ. νόμον contrary to the law (Jos., Ant. 17, 151, C. Ap. 2, 219; Ath. 1, 3 παρὰ πάντα ν.) Ac 18:13.—νόμος without the art. in the same sense (on the attempt, beginning w. Origen, In Ep. ad Ro 3:7 ed. Lomm. VI 201, to establish a difference in mng. betw. Paul’s use of ὁ νόμος and νόμος s. B-D-F §258, 2; Rob. 796; Mlt-Turner 177; Grafe [s. 3b below] 7–11) Ro 2:13ab, 17, 23a, 25a; 3:31ab; 5:13, 20; 7:1a (s. above); Gal 2:19b; 5:23 (JRobb, ET 56, ’45, 279f compares κατὰ δὲ τῶν τοιούτων οὐκ ἔστι νόμος Aristot., Pol. 1284a). δικαίῳ νόμος οὐ κεῖται, ἀνόμοις δὲ … 1 Ti 1:9. Cp. ἑαυτοῖς εἰσιν νόμος Ro 2:14 (in Pla., Pol. and in Stoic thought the wise person needed no commandment [Stoic. III 519], the bad one did; MPohlenz, Stoa ’48/49 I 133; II 75). Used w. prepositions: ἐκ ν. Ro 4:14; Gal 3:18, 21c (v.l. ἐν ν.); Phil 3:9 (ἐκ νόμου can also mean corresponding to or in conformity with the law: PRev 15, 11 ἐκ τῶν νόμων); cp. ἐκ τοῦ νόμου Ro 10:5. διὰ νόμου Ro 2:12b; 3:20b; 4:13; 7:7b; Gal 2:19a, 21; ἐν ν. (ἐν τῷ ν. Iren. 3, 11, 8 [Harv. II 49, 9]) Ro 2:12a, 23; Gal 3:11, 21c v.l.; 5:4; Phil 3:6. κατὰ νόμον 3:5; Hb 8:4; 10:8 (make an offering κατὰ νόμον as Arrian, Anab. 2, 26, 4; 5, 8, 2); χωρὶς ν. Ro 3:21a; 7:8f; ἄχρι ν. 5:13a. ὑπὸ νόμον 6:14f; 1 Cor 9:20; Gal 3:23; 4:4f, 21a; 5:18 (cp. Just., D. 45, 3 οἱ ὑπὸ τὸν ν.).—Dependent on an anarthrous noun παραβάτης νόμου a law-breaker Ro 2:25b (27b w. art.); Js 2:11. ποιητὴς ν. one who keeps the law 4:11d (w. art. Ro 2:13b). τέλος ν. the end of the law Ro 10:4 (RBultmann and HSchlier, Christus des Ges. Ende a procedure or practice that has taken hold, a custom, rule, principle, norm (Alcman [VII B.C.], fgm. 93 D2 of the tune that the bird sings; Ocellus [II B.C.] c. 49 Harder [1926] τῆς φύσεως νόμος; Appian, Basil. 1 §2 πολέμου ν., Bell. Civ. 5, 44 §186 ἐκ τοῦδε τοῦ σοῦ νόμου=under this rule of yours that governs action; Polyaenus 5, 5, 3 ν. πόμπης; 7, 11, 6 ν. φιλίας; Sextus 123 τοῦ βίου νόμος; Just., A II, 2, 4 παρὰ τὸν τῆς φύσεως ν.; Ath. 3, 1 νόμῳ φύσεως; 13, 1 θυσιῶν νόμῳ) gener. κατὰ νόμον ἐντολῆς σαρκίνης in accordance w. the rule of an external commandment Hb 7:16. εὑρίσκω τὸν νόμον I observe an established procedure or principle or system Ro 7:21 (ν. as ‘principle’, i.e. an unwritten rightness of things Soph., Ant. 908). According to Bauer, Paul uses the expression νόμος (which dominates this context) in cases in which he prob. would have preferred another word. But it is also prob. that Paul purposely engages in wordplay to heighten the predicament of those who do not rely on the gospel of liberation from legal constraint: the Apostle speaks of a principle that obligates one to observe a code of conduct that any sensible pers. would recognize as sound and valid ὁ νόμος τ. νοός μου vs. 23b (s. νοῦς 1a). Engaged in a bitter struggle w. this νόμος there is a ἕτερος νόμος which, in contrast to the νοῦς, dwells ἐν τοῖς μέλεσίν μου in my (physical) members vs. 23a, and hence is a νόμος τῆς ἁμαρτίας vs. 23c and 25b or a νόμος τ. ἁμαρτίας καὶ τ. θανάτου 8:2b. This sense prepares the way for the specific perspective of life under the lordship of Jesus Christ as a ‘new law’ or ‘system’ of conduct that constitutes an unwritten tradition ὁ καινὸς ν. τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ B 2:6; in brief ν. Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ IMg 2 (cp. Just., D. 11, 4; 43, 1; Mel., P. 7, 46). Beginnings of this terminology as early as Paul: ὁ ν. τοῦ Χριστοῦ =the standard set by Christ Gal 6:2 (as vs. 3 intimates, Christ permitted himself to be reduced to nothing, thereby setting the standard for not thinking oneself to be someth.). The gospel is a νόμος πίστεως a law or system requiring faith Ro 3:27b (FGerhard, TZ 10, ’54, 401–17) or ὁ ν. τοῦ πνεύματος τῆς ζωῆς ἐν Χρ. Ἰ. the law of the spirit (=the spirit-code) of life in Chr. J. 8:2a. In the same sense Js speaks of a ν. βασιλικός (s. βασιλικός) 2:8 or ν. ἐλευθερίας vs. 12 (λόγος ἐλ. P74), ν. τέλειος ὁ τῆς ἐλευθερίας 1:25 (association w. 1QS 10:6, 8, 11 made by EStauffer, TLZ 77, ’52, 527–32, is rejected by SNötscher, Biblica 34, ’53, 193f. On the theme of spontaneous moral achievement cp. Pind., Fgm. 152 [169 Schr.] 1f νόμος ὁ πάντων βασιλεὺς \| θνατῶν τε καὶ ἀθανάτων \| ἄγει δικαιῶν τὸ βιαιότατον\| ὑπερτάτᾳ χειρί=custom is lord of all, of mortals and immortals both, and with strong hand directs the utmost power of the just. Plut., Mor. 780c interprets Pindar’s use of νόμος: ‘not written externally in books or on some wooden tablets, but as lively reason functioning within him’ ἔμψυχος ὢν ἐν αὐτῷ λόγῳ; Aristot., EN 4, 8, 10 οἷον ν. ὢν ἑαυτῷ; Diod. S. 1, 94, 1 ν. ἔγγραπτος; cp. also Ovid, Met. 1, 90 sponte sua sine lege fidem rectumque colebat; Mayor, comm. ‘Notes’ 73.—RHirzel, ΑΓΡΑΦΟΣ ΝΟΜΟΣ 1903.). Some would put ὁ νόμος Js 2:9 here (s. LAllevi, Scuola Cattol. 67, ’39, 529–42), but s. 2b below.—Hermas too, who in part interprets Israel’s legal tradition as referring to Christians, sees the gospel, exhibited in Christ’s life and words, as the ultimate expression of God’s will or ‘law’. He says of Christ δοὺς αὐτοῖς (i.e. the believers) τὸν ν., ὅν ἔλαβε παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ s 5, 6, 3, cp. 8, 3, 3. Or he sees in the υἱὸς θεοῦ κηρυχθεὶς εἰς τὰ πέρατα τῆς γῆς, i.e. the preaching about the Son of God to the ends of the earth, the νόμος θεοῦ ὁ δοθεὶς εἰς ὅλον. τ. κόσμον 8, 3, 2. Similarly to be understood are τηρεῖν τὸν ν. 8, 3, 4. ὑπὲρ τοῦ ν. παθεῖν 8, 3, 6. ὑπὲρ τοῦ ν. θλίβεσθαι 8, 3, 7. ἀρνησάμενοι τὸν νόμον ibid. βλασφημεῖν τὸν ν. 8, 6, 2. νόμος, ου, ὁ (νέμω; [Zenodotus reads ν. in Od. 1, 3] Hes.+; loanw. in rabb.—On the history of the word MPohlenz, Nomos: Philol 97, ’48, 135–42; GShipp, Nomos ‘Law’ ’78; MOstwald, Nomos and the Beginnings of Athenian Democracy ’69). The primary mng. relates to that which is conceived as standard or generally recognized rules of civilized conduct esp. as sanctioned by tradition (Pind., Fgm. 152, 1=169 Schr. νόμος ὁ πάντων βασιλεύς; cp. SEG XVII, 755, 16: Domitian is concerned about oppressive practices hardening into ‘custom’; MGigante, ΝΟΜΟΣ ΒΑΣΙΛΕYΣ [Richerche filologiche 1] ’56). The synonym ἔθος (cp. συνήθεια) denotes that which is habitual or customary, especially in reference to personal behavior. In addition to rules that take hold through tradition, the state or other legislating body may enact ordinances that are recognized by all concerned and in turn become legal tradition. A special semantic problem for modern readers encountering the term ν. is the general tendency to confine the usage of the term ‘law’ to codified statutes. Such limitation has led to much fruitless debate in the history of NT interpretation.—HRemus, Sciences Religieuses/Studies in Religion 13, ’84, 5–18; ASegal, Torah and Nomos in Recent Scholarly Discussion, ibid., 19–27. Return to: Rom 2:23	N-DSM Part of Speech: Noun Case: Dative Number: Singular Gender: Masculine
Strongs: G3847 English: your breaking Greek: παραβάσεως Lemma: παράβασις Transliteration: parábasis Definition (BDAG): παράβασις, εως, ἡ (παραβαίνω; see next entry; Strabo et al.; pap, LXX, En, Test12 Patr, GrBar; ApcEsdr 2:12 p. 26, 6 Tdf.; ApcMos, Philo, Joseph., Just.; Tat. 7:3) act of deviating from an established boundary or norm, overstepping, transgression w. objective gen. (Plut., Mor. 122d, Ages. et Pomp. 662 [1, 5]; 2 Macc 15:10) ἡ π. τοῦ νόμου the violation of the law (Porphyr., Abst. 2, 61 Nauck ἡ τοῦ νόμου παράβασις; Alex. Aphr., An. Mant. II 1 p. 158, 37 δικαίων π.=violation of the laws.—Philo, Somn. 2, 123; Jos., Ant. 8, 129 τ. νομίμων π.; 13, 69 ἡ τ. νόμου π.; 18, 263; 340) Ro 2:23. W. subjective gen. (Wsd 14:31) ἡ π. Ἀδάμ Adam’s transgression 5:14. ἡ π. αὐτῶν B 12:5b. Pl. αἱ π. τοῦ οἴκου σου the transgressions of your family Hv 2, 3, 1. Abs. (Plut., Mor. 209a; 746c; Ps 100:3; 4 Km 2:24 v.l.; En 98:5.—Of the Adamic fall into sin: Iren. 4, 40, 3 [Harv. II 303, 6]; Orig., C. Cels. 4, 40, 23; ὁ ἄνθρωπος πρὸ παραβάσεως Did., Gen. 82, 8) Ro 4:15; Hb 9:15; B 12:5a W. παρακοή Hb 2:2. Among many other vices in a catalogue of vices B 20:1. ἐν π. γίνεσθαι become a transgressor 1 Ti 2:14. τῶν παραβάσεων χάριν in the interest of transgressions i.e. to make them poss. and numerous Gal 3:19.—DELG s.v. βαίνω. M-M. EDNT. TW. Return to: Rom 2:23	N-GSF Part of Speech: Noun Case: Genitive Number: Singular Gender: Feminine
Strongs: G818 English: do you dishonor Greek: ἀτιμάζεις Lemma: ἀτιμάζω Transliteration: atimázō Definition (BDAG): ἀτιμάζω 1 aor. ἠτίμασα. Pass.: fut. ἀτιμασθήσομαι LXX; 1 aor. ἠτιμάσθην; pf. ptc. ἠτιμασμένοι 2 Km 10:5 (s. τιμή; Hom.+) deprive someone of honor or respect, to dishonor/shame, an especially grievous offense in the strongly honor-shame oriented Semitic and Gr-Rom. societies (Ael. Aristid. 53 p. 620 D.: τὰ τῶν θεῶν ἀ.) τινά someone Mk 12:4 (exposure of the head to public ridicule is perh. implied; s. ἀτιμάω and ἀτιμόω); Lk 20:11; J 8:49; Ro 2:23; Js 2:6 (cp. Pr 14:21); IPhld 11:1.—Pass. Ac 5:41; Dg 11:3. τοῦ ἀτιμάζεσθαι τὰ σώματα αὐτῶν that their bodies might be degraded Ro 1:24. ἠτιμάσθη καὶ οὐκ ἐλογίσθη he was dishonored and despised 1 Cl 16:3 (Is 53:3).—DELG s.v. τιμή. M-M. Return to: Rom 2:23	V-PAI-2S Tense: Present Voice: Active Mood: Indicative Person: second Number: Singular

Rom 2:24
Definition	RMAC
Strongs: G3686 English: For "THE NAME Greek: ὄνομα Lemma: ὄνομα Transliteration: ónoma Definition (BDAG): name in terms of office held, office (POxy 58, 6) στασιαζουσῶν τ. φυλῶν, ὁποία αὐτῶν εἴη τῷ ἐνδόξῳ ὀνόματι κεκοσμημένη when the tribes were quarreling as to which one of them was to be adorned with that glorious office 1 Cl 43:2. τὸ ὄν. τῆς ἐπισκοπῆς the office of supervision 44:1.—B. 1263f. OEANE IV 91–96 on Mesopotamian practices. Schmidt, Syn. I 113–24. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv. recognition accorded a person on the basis of performance, (well-known) name, reputation, fame (Hom. et al.; 1 Ch 14:17; 1 Macc 8:12) φανερὸν ἐγένετο τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ his fame was widespread Mk 6:14. ὄν. ἔχειν (Pla., Apol. 38c, Ep. 2, 312c) w. ὅτι foll. have the reputation of Rv 3:1 perh. also 3:5 (s. 1bα; JFuller, JETS 26, ’83, 297–306). the classification under which one belongs, noted by a name or category, title, category (cp. Cass. Dio 38, 44; 42, 24 καὶ ὅτι πολλῷ πλείω ἔν τε τῷ σχήματι καὶ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τῷ τῆς στρατηγίας ὢν καταπράξειν ἤλπιζε=he hoped to effect much more by taking advantage of his praetorial apparel and title; ins: Sb 7541, 5 [II A.D.] Νύμφη ὄνομ᾿ ἐστί σοι; POxy 37 I, 17 [49 A.D.] βούλεται ὀνόματι ἐλευθέρου τὸ σωμάτιον ἀπενέγκασθαι=she claims to have carried off the infant on the basis of its being free-born; Jos., Ant. 12, 154 φερνῆς ὀνόματι; 11, 40; Just., A II, 6, 4 καὶ ἀνθρώπου καὶ σωτῆρος ὄνομα. Other exx. in Heitmüller 50); the possibility of understanding ὄν. as category made it easier for Greeks to take over rabb. לְשֵׁם (s. 1dγב above) in the sense with regard to a particular characteristic, then simply with regard to, for the sake of ὁ δεχόμενος προφήτην εἰς ὄν. προφήτου whoever receives a prophet within the category ‘prophet’, i.e. because he is a prophet, as a prophet Mt 10:41a; cp. vss. 41b, 42.—ὃς ἂν ποτίσῃ ὑμᾶς ἐν ὀνόματι, ὄτι Χριστοῦ ἐστε whoever gives you a drink under the category that you belong to Christ, i.e. in your capacity as a follower of Christ Mk 9:41. εἰ ὀνειδίζεσθε ἐν ὀν. Χριστοῦ if you are reviled for the sake of Christ 1 Pt 4:14. δοξαζέτω τὸν θεὸν ἐν τῷ ὀν. τούτῳ let the person praise God in this capacity (=ὡς Χριστιανός) vs. 16. δέδεμαι ἐν τῷ ὀν. I am imprisoned for the sake of the Name IEph 3:1.—δέχεσθαι (παιδίον) ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. μου for my (name’s) sake Mt 18:5; Mk 9:37; Lk 9:48 (cp. Heitmüller 113. But s. 1dγה above). a person (Phalaris, Ep. 128; POxy 1188, 8 [13 A.D.]; BGU 113, 11; Jos., Ant. 14, 22; other exx. in Dssm., NB 24f [BS 196f ]; LXX) τὸ ποθητόν μοι ὄν. my dear friend: Alce ISm 13:2; IPol 8:3; Crocus IRo 10:1. Pl. (PThéad 41, 10; PSI 27, 22; Num 1:18 al.) people Ac 1:15; Rv 3:4. ὀνόματα ἀνθρώπων 11:13 (cp. Ael. Aristid. 50, 72 K.=26 p. 523 D.: ὀνόματα δέκα ἀνδρῶν). This is prob. the place for περὶ λόγου καὶ ὀνομάτων καὶ νόμου about teaching and persons and (the) law Ac 18:15. proper name of an entity, name gener. τῶν ἀποστόλων τὰ ὀνόματα ἐστιν ταῦτα Mt 10:2; cp. Rv 21:14. τῶν παρθένων τὰ ὀν. Hs 9, 15, 1. τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ πατρός Lk 1:59. ὄν. μοι, sc. ἐστίν, my name is (Od. 9, 366) Mk 5:9b. τί ὄν. σοι; what is your name? vs. 9a; w. copula Lk 8:30.—The expressions ᾧ (ᾗ) ὄν., οὗ τὸ ὄν., καὶ τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ (αὐτῆς), ὄν. αὐτῷ (parenthetic) are almost always without the copula (B-D-F §128, 3; Rob. 395): ᾧ (ᾗ) ὄν. (Sb 7573, 13 [116 A.D.]; Demetr.: 722 fgm. 1, 5 Jac.; Just., A I, 53, 8 ᾧ ὄν. Λώτ) Lk 1:26, 27a; 2:25; 8:41; 24:13, 18 v.l.; Ac 13:6.—οὗ τὸ ὄν. (without a verb as BGU 344, 1) Mk 14:32. Cp. ὧν τὰ ὀνόματα ἐν βίβλῳ ζωῆς Phil 4:3 (ὧν τὰ ὀν. is a formula [Dssm., LO 95=LAE 121]. S. esp. BGU 432 II, 3 ὧν τὰ ὀν. τῷ βιβλιδίῳ δεδήλωται).—καὶ τὸ ὄν. αὐτῆς Lk 1:5b. καὶ τὸ ὄν. τῆς παρθένου Μαριάμ vs. 27b.—ὄν. αὐτῷ (Demosth. 32, 11 Ἀριστοφῶν ὄνομ᾿ αὐτῷ; Dionys. Hal. 8, 89, 4; Aelian, NA 8, 2 γυνὴ … Ἡρακληὶς ὄν. αὐτῇ; LXX) J 1:6; 3:1. ὁ καθήμενος ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ (i.e. τοῦ ἵππου), ὄν. αὐτῷ (ὁ) θάνατος Rv 6:8; cp. 9:11a.—W. the copula ἦν δὲ ὄν. τῷ δούλῳ Μάλχος J 18:10 (POxy 465, 12 ὁ δὲ κραταιὸς αὐτοῦ, ὄν. αὐτῷ ἐστιν Νεβύ, μηνύει; Jos., Ant. 19, 332). ἄγγελος … , οὗ τὸ ὄν. ἐστιν Θεγρί Hv 4, 2, 4.—The dat. is quite freq. ὀνόματι named, by name (X., Hell. 1, 6, 29 Σάμιος ὀνόματι Ἱππεύς; Tob 6:11 BA; 4 Macc 5:4; Just., D. 85, 6; 115, 3; B-D-F §160; 197; Rob. 487) ἄνθρωπον ὀν. Σίμωνα Mt 27:32; cp. Mk 5:22; Lk 1:5a; 5:27; 10:38; 16:20; 23:50; 24:18; Ac 5:1, 34; 8:9; 9:10–12, 33, 36; 10:1; 11:28; 12:13; 16:1, 14; 17:34; 18:2, 7, 24; 19:24; 20:9; 21:10; 27:1; 28:7; MPol 4. Also the acc. τοὔνομα (on the crasis s. B-D-F §18; Mlt-H. 63; FPreisigke, Griech. Urkunden des ägypt. Mus. zu Kairo [1911] 2, 6 γυνὴ Ταμοῦνις τοὔνομα; Diod. S. 2, 45, 4 πόλιν τοὔνομα Θ.; Lucian, Dial. Deor. 3; Philo, Leg. All. 1, 68; Jos., Ant. 7, 344, Vi. 382) named, by name (the acc. as X. et al., also 2 Macc 12:13; Demetr.: 722 fgm. 1, 5 Jac. υἱὸν ὄ. Δάν.—B-D-F §160; Rob. 487) Mt 27:57. (Cp. ὄν. gener. as ‘mode of expression’ εἰ καὶ διάφορα ὀνόματα ἐστιν, ἀλλ᾿ … οἰκείαν … δέχεται τὴν νόησιν although there are various ways of expressing it, it nevertheless has a definite sense Did., Gen. 86, 22 [of various metaphors and images for the soul].) used w. verbs α. as their obj.: ὄν. ἔχειν Did., Gen. 29, 6 bear the name or as name, be named ὄν. ἔχει Ἀπολλύων Rv 9:11b (in this case the name Ἀ. stands independently in the nom.; B-D-F §143; Rob. 458). καλεῖν τὸ ὄν. τινος w. the name foll. in the acc. (after the Hb.; B-D-F §157, 2; Rob. 459) καλέσεις τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦν you are to name him Jesus Mt 1:21; Lk 1:31.—Mt 1:25. καλέσεις τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ Ἰωάννην Lk 1:13. καλέσουσιν τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ Ἐμμανουήλ Mt 1:23 (Is 7:14). διδόναι GJs 6:2. Pass. w. the name in the nom. (cp. GrBar 6:10 Φοῖνιξ καλεῖται τὸ ὄν. μου) ἐκλήθη τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦς Lk 2:21; cp. Rv 19:13. Also τὸ ὄν. τοῦ ἀστέρος λέγεται ὁ ῎ Αψινθος Rv 8:11.—ἐπιθεῖναι ὄν. τινι w. acc. of the name Mk 3:16f; cp. B 12:8f; κληρονομεῖν ὄν. receive a name Hb 1:4=1 Cl 36:2. κληροῦσθαι τὸ αὐτὸ ὄν. obtain the same name (s. κληρόω 2) MPol 6:2.—τὰ ὀν. ὑμῶν ἐγγέγραπται ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς Lk 10:20.—Rv 13:8; 17:8. ἐξαλείψω τὸ ὄν. αὐτῶν 1 Cl 53:3 (Dt 9:14); Rv 3:5a (perh. to be placed in 4 below); s. ἐξαλείφω. β. in another way (εἰ δέ τις ὀνόματι καλέσει but if anyone is so named Hippol., Ref. 6, 20, 2): ὃς καλεῖται τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ who is so named Lk 1:61. ἀνὴρ ὀνόματι καλούμενος Ζακχαῖος a man whose name was Zacchaeus 19:2. καλεῖν τι (i.e. παιδίον) ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί τινος name someone after someone 1:59. Cp. IMg 10:1. This leads to used w. prepositions: ἐξ ὀνόματος (Ctesias, Ind. p. 105 M.: Diod. S. 13, 15, 1; 37, 15, 2; Appian, Mithrid. 59, §243, Bell. Civ. 3, 21 §77; 4, 73 §310; PGM 4, 2973; Jos., Ant. 2, 275) by name, individually, one by one (so that no one is lost in the crowd) ἐξ ὀν. πάντας ζήτει IPol 4:2. ἀσπάζομαι πάντας ἐξ ὀνόματος 8:2. πάντες ἐξ ὀν. συνέρχεσθε (parallel to κατ᾿ ἄνδρα) IEph 20:2.—κατ᾿ ὄν. by name, individual ὄνομα, ατος, τό (Hom.+). Return to: Rom 2:24	N-NSN Part of Speech: Noun Case: Nominative Number: Singular Gender: Neuter
Strongs: G987 English: IS BLASPHEMED Greek: βλασφημεῖται Lemma: βλασφημέω Transliteration: blasphēméō Definition (BDAG): βλασφημέω impf. ἐβλασφήμουν; 1 aor. ἐβλασφήμησα. Pass.: 1 fut. βλασφημηθήσομαι; 1 aor. ἐβλασφημήθην (s. next two entries; Pla. et al.; PSI 298, 14; LXX; Alex., Ep. XVI 2f; TestJob 16:7; AssMos fgm. j p. 67 Denis; Philo, Joseph., Just.) prim. ‘to demean through speech’, an esp. sensitive matter in an honor-shame oriented society. to speak in a disrespectful way that demeans, denigrates, maligns in relation to humans slander, revile, defame (Isocr. 10, 45 w. λοιδορεῖν) τινά someone (Socrat., Ep. 22, 2; Chion, Ep. 7, 1 ἡμᾶς) μηδένα (Philo, Spec. Leg. 4, 197; Jos., Vi. 232; Hippol., Ref. 7, 32, 6) speak evil of Tit 3:2. Pass. Ro 3:8; 1 Cor 4:13 v.l.; 10:30 (ὑπὲρ οὗ = ὑπ. τούτου ὑπ. οὗ); Dg 5:14. Abs. Ac 13:45; 18:6. in relation to transcendent or associated entities slander, revile, defame, speak irreverently/impiously/disrespectfully of or about α. a Gr-Rom. deity (for Gr-Rom. attitudes respecting deities Ps.-Pla., Alc. II 149c; Diod. S. 2, 21, 7; Philo, Spec. Leg. 1, 53; Jos., Ant. 4, 207, C. Apion 2, 237 [s. βλασφημία bγ]; Orig., C. Cels. 8, 43, 27; s. bε below and at the very end of the entry) τὴν θεὸν ἡμῶν Ac 19:37. β. God in Israelite/Christian tradition (4 Km 19:4) τὸν θεόν (cp. Philo, Fuga 84b; Jos., Ant. 4, 202; 6, 183; Hippol., Ref. 7, 11) Rv 16:11, 21. Abs. (2 Macc 10:34; 12:14; Orig., C. Cels. 8, 43, 31; Hippol., Ref. 1, Pr. 2) Mt 9:3; 26:65 (JKennard, Jr., ZNW 53, ’62, 25–51); Mk 2:7; J 10:36; Ac 26:11; 1 Ti 1:20; 1 Pt 4:4 (the last 3 passages may be interpr. as not referring exclusively to God). βλασφημίαι, ὅσα ἐὰν βλασφημήσωσιν whatever impious slanders they utter Mk 3:28 (cp. Pla., Leg. 7, 800c βλ. βλασφημίαν; Tob 1:18 S). γ. God’s name Ro 2:24 (contrast the approval expressed OGI 339, 30); 2 Cl 13:2a; ITr 8:2b (all three Is 52:5); 1 Ti 6:1; Rv 13:6; 16:9; 2 Cl 13:1, 2b (quot. of unknown orig.), 4; Hs 6, 2, 3 v.l. δ. God’s Spirit εἰς τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον Mk 3:29; Lk 12:10. On impious slander of the Holy Spirit s. WWeber, ZWT 52, 1910, 320–41; HWindisch, in Porter-Bacon Festschr. 1928, 218–21; EBuonaiuti, Ricerche Religiose 6, 1930, 481–91; OEvans, ET 68, ’57, 240–44; GFitzer, TZ 13, ’57, 161–82; JWilliams, NTS 12, ’65, 75–77; CColpe, JJeremias Festschr., ’70, 63–79. ε. Christ Mt 27:39; Mk 15:29; Lk 23:39; ἕτερα πολλὰ β. 22:65 (cp. Vett. Val. 67, 20 πολλὰ βλασφημήσει θεούς). τὸν κύριον Hs 8, 6, 4; 8, 8, 2; 9, 19, 3; ISm 5:2; εἰς τ. κύριον Hv 2, 2, 2; s 6, 2, 4; τὸν βασιλέα μου MPol 9:3.—The name of Christ Js 2:7. ζ. angels δόξας β. 2 Pt 2:10; Jd 8. Angels are also meant in ὅσα οὐκ οἴδασιν β. Jd 10 and ἐν οἷς ἀγνοοῦσιν β. defaming where they have no knowledge 2 Pt 2:12 (B-D-F §152, 1; Rob. 473). S. δόξα 4. η. things that constitute the significant possessions of Christians τὴν ὁδὸν τ. δικαιοσύνης ApcPt 7:22; cp. 2 Pt 2:2. Here and elsewh. pass. ὁ λόγος τ. θεοῦ Tit 2:5; ὑμῶν τὸ ἀγαθόν Ro 14:16; τὸ ἐν θεῷ πλῆθος ITr 8:2a; τὸ ὄνομα ὑμῶν μεγάλως β. 1 Cl 1:1; τὸν νόμον τοῦ κυρίου Hs 8, 6, 2.—In our lit. β. is used w. the acc. of the pers. or thing (Plut.; Appian [Nägeli 44]; Vett. Val. [s. bε above]; Philo [s. bα and bβ above]; Joseph. [s. bα and bβ above]; 4 Km 19:22) or w. εἰς and acc. (Demosth. 51, 3; Philo, Mos. 2, 206; Jos., Bell. 2, 406. Specif. εἰς θεούς and the like, Pla., Rep. 2 p. 381e; Vett. Val. 44, 4; 58, 12; Philo, Fuga 84a; Jos., Ant. 8, 392; Da 3:96; Bel 8 Theod.).—S. βλασφημία end. DELG. M-M. s.v. -ος. TW. Return to: Rom 2:24	V-PPI-3S Tense: Present Voice: Passive Mood: Indicative Person: third Number: Singular
Strongs: G1223 English: BECAUSE Greek: δι Lemma: διά Transliteration: diá Definition (BDAG): marker of someth. constituting cause the reason why someth. happens, results, exists: because of, for the sake of (do something for the sake of a divinity: UPZ 62, 2 [161 B.C.] διὰ τὸν Σάραπιν; JosAs 1:10 δι᾿ αὐτήν; ApcSed 3:3 διὰ τὸν ἄνθρωπον; Tat. 8:2 διὰ τὸν … Ἄττιν; Ath. 30, 1 διὰ τὴν Δερκετώ) hated because of the name Mt 10:22; persecution arises because of teaching 13:21; because of unbelief vs. 58; because of a tradition 15:3; διὰ τὸν ἄνθρωπον (the sabbath was designed) for people Mk 2:27; because of Herodias Mk 6:17 (cp. Just. D. 34, 8 διὰ γυναῖκα); because of a crowd Lk 5:19; 8:19 al; because of Judeans Ac 16:3. διὰ τὸν θόρυβον 21:34; because of rain 28:2. Juristically to indicate guilt: imprisoned for insurrection and murder Lk 23:25. δι᾿ ὑμᾶς on your account=through your fault Ro 2:24 (Is 52:5). διὰ τὴν πάρεσιν because of the passing over 3:25 (but s. WKümmel, ZTK 49, ’52, 164). διὰ τὰ παραπτώματα on account of transgressions 4:25a (cp. Is 53:5; PsSol 13:5); but διὰ τὴν δικαίωσιν in the interest of justification vs. 25b; s. 8:10 for a sim. paired use of διὰ. διὰ τὴν χάριν on the basis of the grace 15:15. δι᾿ ἀσθένειαν τῆς σαρκός because of a physical ailment (cp. POxy 726, 10f [II A.D.] οὐ δυνάμενος δι᾿ ἀσθένειαν πλεῦσαι. Cp. ἀσθένεια 1) Gal 4:13. διὰ τὸ θέλημα σου by your will Rv 4:11. διὰ τὸν χρόνον according to the time = by this time Hb 5:12 (Aelian, VH 3, 37 δ. τὸν χρ.=because of the particular time-situation).—W. words denoting emotions out of (Diod. S. 5, 59, 8 διὰ τὴν λύπην; 18, 25, 1 διὰ τὴν προπέτειαν=out of rashness; Appian, Celt. 1 §9 δι᾿ ἐλπίδα; 2 Macc 5:21; 7:20; 9:8; 3 Macc 5:32, 41; Tob 8:7): διὰ φθόνον out of envy Mt 27:18; Phil 1:15. διὰ σπλάγχνα ἐλέους out of tender mercy Lk 1:78. διὰ τ. φόβον τινός out of fear of someone J 7:13. διὰ τὴν πολλὴν ἀγάπην out of the great love Eph 2:4. διὰ τ. πλεονεξίαν in their greediness B 10:4.—Of God as the ultimate goal or purpose of life, whereas διά w. gen. (s. A4bβ above) represents God as Creator, Hb 2:10a (s. Norden, op. cit.; PGM 13, 76 διὰ σὲ συνέστηκεν … ἡ γῆ). Cp. J 6:57 (s. Bultmann ad loc.) PtK 2. in direct questions διὰ τί; why? (Hyperid. 3, 17; Dio Chrys. 20 [37], 28; Ael. Aristid. 31 p. 597 D.; oft. LXX; TestJob 37:8; TestLevi 2:9; GrBar, Tat; Mel., fgm. 8b, 42) mostly in an interrogative clause Mt 9:11, 14; 13:10; 15:2f; 17:19; 21:25; Mk 2:18; 11:31; Lk 5:30; 19:23, 31; 20:5; 24:38; J 7:45; 8:43, 46; 12:5; 13:37; Ac 5:3; 1 Cor 6:7; Rv 17:7. Simply διὰ τί; (Hyperid. 3, 23) Ro 9:32; 2 Cor 11:11. Also διατί (always in t.r. and often by Tdf.; TestJob 46:2) B 8:4, 6; Hm 2:5; s 5, 5, 5. Kvan Leeuwen Boomkamp, Τι et Διατι dans les évangiles: RevÉtGr 39, 1926, 327–31.—In real and supposed answers and inferences διὰ τοῦτο therefore (X., An. 1, 7, 3; 7, 19; oft. LXX; JosAs 7:7; Ar. 12, 2; Just., A I, 44, 5 al.; Demetr.: 722 fgm. 2, 3 Jac.) Mt 6:25; 12:27, 31; 13:13, 52; 14:2; 18:23; 21:43; 23:13 v.l.; 24:44; Mk 11:24; 12:24; Lk 11:19 al. Also διὰ ταῦτα (Epict.) Eph 5:6. διὰ τοῦτο ὅτι for this reason, (namely) that J 5:16, 18; 8:47; 10:17; 12:18, 39; 15:19; 1J 3:1. διὰ τοῦτο ἵνα for this reason, (in order) that (Lucian, Abdic. 1) J 1:31; 2 Cor 13:10; 1 Ti 1:16; Phlm 15. Also διὰ τοῦτο ὅπως Hb 9:15. διά foll. by inf. or acc. w. inf., representing a causal clause, because (Gen 39:9; Dt 1:36; 1 Macc 6:53; GrBar 8:4; Demetr.: 722 fgm 1:1 al.) διὰ τὸ μὴ ἔχειν βάθος because it had no depth Mt 13:5f; Mk 4:5f (διὰ τὸ μή w. inf.: X., Mem. 1, 3, 5; Hero Alex. I 348, 7; III 274, 19; Lucian, Hermot. 31); because lawlessness increases Mt 24:12; διὰ τὸ εἶναι αὐτὸν ἐξ οἴκου Δ. Lk 2:4; because it was built well 6:48 al. διὰ τὸ λέγεσθαι ὑπό τινων because it was said by some Lk 9:7 (for the constr. cp. Herodian 7, 12, 7 διὰ τὸ τὰς ἐξόδους ὑπὸ τ. πυρὸς προκατειλῆφθαι=because the exit-routes were blocked by the fire). instead of διά w. gen. to denote the efficient cause we may have διά, by α. w. acc. of thing (schol. on Pind., N. 4, 79a; 2 Macc 12:11; EpArist 77) διὰ τὸ marker of extension through an area, through (Hom. and other early Gk. only in poetry, e.g. Pind. P. 9, 123 δι᾿ ὅμιλον ‘through the throng’; Hellenistic prose since Dionys. Hal. [JKäser, D. Präpositionen b. Dionys. Hal., diss. Erlangen 1915, 54]; ISyriaW 1866b τὸν πάτρωνα διὰ πάντα of the governor of a whole province) διήρχετο διὰ μέσον Σαμαρείας καὶ Γαλιλαίας Lk 17:11 (cp. SibOr 3, 316 ῥομφαία διελεύσεται διὰ μέσον σεῖο). w. acc At times διά w. gen. seems to have causal mng. (Rdm. 142; POxy 299, 2 [I A.D.] ἔδωκα αὐτῷ διὰ σοῦ=because of you; Achilles Tat. 3, 4, 5 διὰ τούτων=for this reason; in Eng. cp. Coleridge, Anc. Mariner 135–36: Every tongue thro’ utter drouth Was wither’d at the root, s. OED s.v. ‘through’ I B 8) διὰ τῆς σαρκός because of the resistance of the flesh Ro 8:3.—2 Cor 9:13.—On the use of διά w. gen. in Ro s. Schlaeger, La critique radicale de l’épître aux Rom.: Congr. d’ Hist. du Christ. II 111f. marker of pers. agency, through, by with focus on agency through (the agency of ), by (X., An. 2, 3, 17 δι᾿ ἑρμηνέως λέγειν; Menand., fgm. 210, 1 οὐθεὶς δι᾿ ἀνθρώπου θεὸς σῴζει … ἑτέρου τόν ἕτερον; Achilles Tat. 7, 1, 3 δι᾿ ἐκείνου μαθεῖν; Just., D. 75, 4 διὰ παρθένου γεννηθῆναι; PMert 5, 8 γεομετρηθῆναι δι᾿ αὐτοῦ) ῥηθὲν διὰ τοῦ προφήτου Mt 1:22; 2:15, 23; 4:14 al. (cp. Just., A I, 47, 5 διὰ Ἠσαίου τοῦ πρ.). γεγραμμένα διὰ τῶν προφητῶν Lk 18:31; cp. Ac 2:22; 10:36; 15:12 al. δι᾿ ἀνθρώπου by human agency Gal 1:1. διὰ Μωϋσέως through Moses (Jos., Ant. 7, 338; Mel., P. 11, 77 διὰ χειρὸς Μωυσέως) J 1:17; under Moses’ leadership Hb 3:16. δι᾿ ἀγγέλων by means of divine messengers (TestJob 18:5 διὰ τοῦ ἀγγέλου; cp. Jos., Ant. 15, 136, but s. n. by RMarcus, Loeb ed., ad loc.) Gal 3:19; Hb 2:2. πέμψας διὰ τ. μαθητῶν εἶπεν sent and said through his disciples Mt 11:2f. Cp. the 1 Pt 5:12 (on the practice s. ERichards, The Secretary in the Letters of Paul ’91). In this case διά comes close to the mng. represented by (LWenger, D. Stellvertretung im Rechte d. Pap. 1906, 9ff; Dssm., LO 98 [LAE 123f ]). So also κρίνει ὁ θεὸς διὰ Χρ. Ἰ. God judges, represented by Christ Jesus Ro 2:16. Christ as intermediary in the creation of the world J 1:3, 10; 1 Cor 8:6; Col 1:16.—εὐχαριστεῖν τ. θεῷ διὰ Ἰ. Χρ. thank God through Jesus Christ Ro 1:8; 7:25; Col 3:17.—Occasionally the mediation becomes actual presence (references for this usage in BKeil, Anonymus Argentinensis 1902, p. 192, 1; 306 note) διὰ πολλῶν μαρτύρων in the presence of many witnesses 2 Ti 2:2 (Simplicius in Epict. p. 114, 31 διὰ θεοῦ μέσου=in the presence of God as mediator; Philo, Leg. ad Gai. 187 τὸ διὰ μαρτύρων κλαίειν=weeping in the presence of witnesses). with focus on the originator of an action (Hom. et al.; pap, LXX, EpArist) α. of human activity (PSI 354, 6 [254 B.C.] τὸν χόρτον τὸν συνηγμένον δι᾿ ἡμῶν=by us; 500, 5; 527, 12; 1 Esdr 6:13; 2 Macc 6:21; 4 Macc 1:11) 2 Cor 1:11 (where διὰ πολλῶν resumes ἐκ πολλῶν προσώπων). ᾧ παρέλαβε κανόνι διὰ τῶν μακαρίων προφήτων καὶ τοῦ ἁγίου εὐαγγελίου AcPlCor 2:36. β. of divine activity:—of God (Aeschyl., Ag. 1485; Pla., Symp. 186e ἡ ἰατρικὴ πᾶσα διὰ τ. θεοῦ τούτου [Asclepius] κυβερνᾶται; Ael. Aristid., Sarap. [Or. 8 Dind.=45 Keil] 14 K. πάντα γὰρ πανταχοῦ διὰ σοῦ τε καὶ διὰ σὲ ἡμῖν γίγνεται; Zosimus in CALG p. 143 and a magic ring in introd. 133; EpArist 313) 1 Cor 1:9 δι᾿ οὗ ἐκλήθητε (v.l. ὑπό s. καλέω 4); Ro 11:36 (s. Norden, Agn. Th. 240–50; 347f); Hb 2:10b (s. B 2a, below; cp. Ar. 1:5 δι᾿ αὐτοῦ … τὰ πάντα συνέστηκεν).—Of Christ Ro 1:5; 5:9, 17f, 21; 8:37; 2 Cor 1:20 al. (ASchettler, D. paulin. Formel ‘durch Christus’ 1907; GJonker, De paulin. formule ‘door Christus’: ThSt 27, 1909, 173–208).—Of the Holy Spirit Ac 11:28; 21:4; Ro 5:5. marker of instrumentality or circumstance whereby someth. is accomplished or effected, by, via, through of means or instrument γράφειν διά χάρτου καὶ μέλανος write w. paper and ink 2J 12; cp. 3J 13 (Plut., Sol. 87 [17, 3]). διὰ πυρὸς δοκιμάζειν test by fire 1 Pt 1:7. διὰ χρημάτων κτᾶσθαι Ac 8:20. Hebraistically in expr. denoting activity διὰ χειρῶν τινος (LXX) Mk 6:2; Ac 5:12; 14:3; 19:11, 26. Differently γράφειν διὰ χειρός τινος write through the agency of someone 15:23; cp. 11:30. εἰπεῖν διὰ στόματός τινος by the mouth of someone (where the usage discussed in A1a is influential) 1:16; 3:18, 21; 4:25. εὔσημον λόγον διδόναι διὰ τῆς γλώσσης utter intelligible speech with the tongue 1 Cor 14:9. διὰ τοῦ νοὸς λαλεῖν speak, using one’s reason (=consciously; opp., ecstatic speech) vs. 19 v.l. Of the work of Christ: περιποιεῖσθαι διὰ τοῦ αἵματος obtain through his blood Ac 20:28; cp. Eph 1:7; Col 1:20. Also διὰ τοῦ θανάτου Ro 5:10; Col 1:22; Hb 2:14; διὰ τοῦ σώματος Ro 7:4; διὰ τῆς ἰδίας σαρκός AcPlCor 2:6; cp. 2:15; διὰ τοῦ σταυροῦ Eph 2:16; διὰ τῆς θυσίας Hb 9:26; διὰ τῆς προσφορᾶς τοῦ σώματος Ἰησοῦ through the offering of the body of Jesus 10:10; διὰ παθημάτων 2:10. of manner, esp. w. verbs of saying: ἀπαγγέλλειν διὰ λόγου by word of mouth Ac 15:27; cp. 2 Th 2:15. δι᾿ ἐπιστολῶν by letter (POxy 1066, 9; 1070, 14f πολλάκις σοι γράψας διὰ ἐπιστολῶν πολλῶν; Tat. 12:3 δια γραφῆς in writing) 1 Cor 16:3; 2 Cor 10:11; cp. 2 Th 2:2, 15. διὰ λόγου πολλοῦ w. many words Ac 15:32. δι᾿ ὁράματος εἰπεῖν in a vision 18:9. διὰ παραβολῆς in an illustrative way, in a parable Lk 8:4. διὰ προσευχῆς καὶ δεήσεως προσεύχεσθαι call on (God) w. prayer and supplication Eph 6:18. διὰ βραχέων ἐπιστέλλειν write briefly Hb 13:22 (cp. 1 Pt 5:12 P72; Isocr. 14, 3; Lucian, Tox. 56; EpArist 128; Ath. 17:1 σκέψασθε … διὰ βρ.). Also δι᾿ ὀλίγων γράφειν 1 Pt 5:12 (Pla., Phileb. 31d; UPZ 42, 9 [162 B.C.]; 2 Macc 6:17). of attendant or prevailing circumstance (Kühner-G. I 482f; X., Cyr. 4, 6, 6 διὰ πένθους τὸ γῆρας διάγων; Just., D. 105, 2 δι᾿ οὗ πάθους ἔμελλενἀποθνῄσκειν; PTebt 35, 9 [111 B.C.] διὰ τῆς γνώμης τινός=with someone’s consent; Jos., Bell. 4, 105) σὲ τὸν διὰ γράμματος καὶ περιτομῆς παραβάτην νόμου you who, (though provided) with the written code and circumcision, are a transgressor/violator of the law Ro 2:27. δι᾿ ὑπομονῆς 8:25. διὰ προσκόμματος eat with offense (to the scruples of another) 14:20. δι᾿ ἀκροβυστίας in a state of being uncircumcised 4:11. διὰ πολλῶν δακρύων with many tears 2 Cor 2:4. Cp. 6:7. διὰ τῆς ἐπιγνώσεως 2 Pt 1:3 (through recognition [of God as source of the gifts], s. Danker, Benefactor 457). διὰ πυρός in fiery form AcPlCor 2:13.—Here prob. belongs σωθήσεται διὰ τῆς τεκνογονίας 1 Ti 2:15 (opp. of the negative theme in Gen. 3:16), but s. d next. On 1J 5:6 s. A1a above. of efficient cause via, through διὰ νόμου ἐπίγνωσις ἁμαρτίας (only) recognition of sin comes via the law Ro 3:20; cp. 4:13. τὰ παθήματα τὰ διὰ τοῦ νόμου passions aroused via the law 7:5. διὰ νόμου πίστεως by the law of faith 3:27; Gal 2:19. ἀφορμὴν λαμβάνειν διὰ τῆς ἐντολῆς Ro 7:8, 11; cp. 13. διὰ τ. εὐαγγελίου ὑμᾶς ἐγέννησα (spiritual parenthood) 1 Cor 4:15. Perh. 1 Ti 2:15 but s. c, above. διὰ τῆς σοφίας with its wisdom 1 Cor 1:21; opp. διὰ τῆς μωρίας τοῦ κηρύγματος through the folly of proclamation = foolish proclamation ibid. διὰ τῆς Λευιτικῆς ἱερωσύνης Hb 7:11. Freq. διὰ (τῆς) πίστεως Ro 1:12; 3:22, 25, 30f; Gal 2:16; 3:14, 26; Eph 2:8; 3:12, 17 al. Cp. AcPl Cor 2:8. πίστις δι᾿ ἀγάπης ἐνεργουμένη faith which works through (=expresses itself in) deeds of love Gal 5:6. διὰ θελήματος θεοῦ if God is willing Ro 15:32; by the will of God 1 Cor 1:1; 2 Cor 1:1; 8:5; Eph 1:1; Col 1:1; 2 Ti 1:1. of occasion διὰ τῆς χάριτος by virtue of the grace Ro 12:3; Gal 1:15 (Just., D. 100, 2).—3:18; 4:23; Phlm 22. διὰ δόξης καὶ ἀρετῆς in consequence of his glory and excellence 2 Pt 1:3 v.l. in wording of urgent requests διὰ τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν τοῦ θεοῦ by the mercy of God Ro 12:1; cp. marker of extension in time of a whole period of time, to its very end throughout, through, during διὰ παντός (sc. χρόνου. Edd. gener. write διὰ παντός, but Tdf. writes διαπαντός exc. Mt 18:10) always, continually, constantly (Hdt. 1, 122, 3; Thu. 1, 38, 1; Vett. Val. 220, 1; 16; PLond I, 42, 6 [172 B.C.] p. 30; BGU 1078, 2; PGM 7, 235; LXX; GrBar 10:7; EpArist index; Jos., Ant. 3, 281; SibOr fgm. 1, 17; Just., D. 6, 2; 12, 3 al.) Mt 18:10; Mk 5:5; Lk 24:53; Ac 2:25 (Ps 15:8); 10:2; 24:16; Ro 11:10 (Ps 68:24); 2 Th 3:16; Hb 9:6; 13:15; Hm 5, 2, 3; s 9, 27, 3. διὰ νυκτός during the night, overnight (νύξ 1b) Ac 23:31. δι᾿ ὅλης νυκτός the whole night through Lk 5:5; J 21:6 v.l. (X., An. 4, 2, 4; Diod. S. 3, 12, 3 δι᾿ ὅλης τῆς νυκτός; PGM 4, 3151; Jos., Ant. 6, 37; cp. δι᾿ ἡμέρας all through the day: IPriene 112, 61 and 99; 1 Macc 12:27; 4 Macc 3:7). δι᾿ ἡμερῶν τεσσεράκοντα Ac 1:3 means either for forty days (Philo, Vi. Cont. 35 δι᾿ ἓξ ἡμερῶν. So AFridrichsen, ThBl 6, 1927, 337–41; MEnslin, JBL 47, 1928, 60–73) or (s. b below) now and then in the course of 40 days (B-D-F §223, 1; Rob. 581; WMichaelis, ThBl 4, 1925, 102f; Bruce, Acts). διὰ παντὸς τοῦ ζῆν throughout the lifetime Hb 2:15 (cp. διὰ παντὸς τοῦ βίου: X., Mem. 1, 2, 61; Pla., Phileb. 39e; Dionys. Hal. 2, 21; δι᾿ ὅλου τοῦ ζῆν EpArist 130; 141; 168). of a period of time within which someth. occurs during, at (PTebt 48, 10) διὰ (τῆς) νυκτός at night, during the night (Palaeph. 1, 10; PRyl 138, 15 κατέλαβα τοῦτον διὰ νυκτός; Jos., Bell. 1, 229. S. νύξ 1b end) Ac 5:19; 16:9; 17:10. διὰ τῆς ἡμέρας during the day Lk 9:37 D (Antig. Car. 128 διὰ πέμπτης ἡμέρας=on the fifth day). διὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν within three days Mt 26:61; Mk 14:58. of an interval of time, after (Hdt. 6, 118, 3 δι᾿ ἐτέων εἴκοσι; Thu. 2, 94, 3; X., Mem. 2, 8, 1; Diod. S. 5, 28, 6 of transmigration of souls: δι᾿ ἐτῶν ὡρισμένων [=after the passing of a certain number of years] πάλιν βιοῦν; OGI 56, 38; 4 Macc 13:21; Jos., Ant. 4, 209): δι᾿ ἐτῶν πλειόνων after several years Ac 24:17. διὰ δεκατεσσάρων (s. under δέκα) ἐτῶν after 14 years Gal 2:1. δι᾿ ἡμερῶν several days afterward Mk 2:1. διὰ ἱκανοῦ χρόνου after (quite) some time Ac 11:2 D (X., Cyr. 1, 4, 28 διὰ χρόνου). marker of extension through an area or object, via, through w. verbs of going διέρχεσθαι διὰ πάντων (sc. τόπων, EpArist 132) go through all the places Ac 9:32; cp. Mt 12:43; Lk 11:24. ἀπελεύσομαι δι᾿ ὑμῶν εἰς I will go through your city on the way to Ro 15:28; cp. 2 Cor. 1:16. διαβαίνειν Hb 11:29. διαπορεύεσθαι διὰ σπορίμων Lk 6:1. εἰσέρχεσθαι διὰ τῆς πύλης (Jos., Ant. 13, 229) Mt 7:13a; τ. θύρας J 10:1f; cp. vs. 9. παρέρχεσθαι διὰ τ. ὁδοῦ pass by along the road Mt 8:28; cp. 7:13b. παραπορεύεσθαι Mk 2:23; 9:30. περιπατεῖν διὰ τοῦ φωτός walk about through or in the light Rv 21:24. ὑποστρέφειν διὰ Μακεδονίας return through M. Ac 20:3.—Ἰησ. ὁ ἐλθὼν δι᾿ ὕδατος καὶ αἵματος 1J 5:6 first of all refers quite literally to Jesus’ passing through water at the hand of John and through blood at his death (on the expression ‘come through blood’ in this sense cp. Eur., Phoen. 20 in Alex. Aphr., Fat. 31 II 2 p. 202, 10, of the oracle to Laius the father of Oedipus, concerning the bloody downfall of his house: πᾶς σὸς οἶκος βήσεται δι᾿ αἵματος). But mng. 3c may also apply: Jesus comes with the water of baptism and with the blood of redemption for his own.—AKlöpper, 1J 5:6–12: ZWT 43, 1900, 378–400.—The ῥῆμα ἐκπορευόμενον διὰ στόματος θεοῦ Mt 4:4 (Dt 8:3) is simply the word that proceeds out of the mouth of God (cp. Theognis 1, 18 Diehl3 τοῦτ᾿ ἔπος ἀθανάτων ἦλθε διὰ στομάτων; Pittacus in Diog. L. 1, 78 διὰ στόματος λαλεῖ; Chrysippus argues in Diog. L. 7, 187: εἴ τι λαλεῖς, τοῦτο διὰ τοῦ στόματός σου διέρχεται, i.e. if one e.g. says the word ἅμαξα, a wagon passes through the person’s lips; TestIss 7:4 ψεῦδος οὐκ ἀνῆλθε διὰ τ. χειλέων μου. Cp. also δέχεσθαι διὰ τῶν χειρῶν τινος Gen 33:10 beside δέχ. ἐκ τ. χειρ. τινος Ex 32:4). w. other verbs that include motion: οὗ ὁ ἔπαινος διὰ πασῶν τ. ἐκκλησιῶν (sc. ἀγγέλλεται) throughout all the congregations 2 Cor 8:18. διαφέρεσθαι δι᾿ (v.l. καθ᾿) ὅλης τῆς χώρας be spread through the whole region Ac 13:49. διὰ τ. κεράμων καθῆκαν αὐτόν they let him down through the tile roof Lk 5:19. διὰ τοῦ τείχους καθῆκαν through an opening in the wall (Jos., Ant. 5, 15) Ac 9:25; cp. 2 Cor 11:33. (σωθήσεται) ὡς διὰ πυρός as if he had come through fire 1 Cor 3:15. διασῴζεσθαι δι᾿ ὕδατος be brought safely through the water 1 Pt 3:20.—δι᾿ ὅλου J 19:23 s. ὅλος 2. διά prep. w. gen. and acc. (Hom.+) (for lit. s. ἀνά, beg.); the fundamental idea that finds expression in this prep. is separation, esp. in the gen., with the gener. sense ‘through’; in the acc. the gener. sense also is ‘through’ (cp. the semantic range in Eng.), but primarily with a causal focus ‘owing to’. A. w. gen. Return to: Rom 2:24	PREP PREPosition

Rom 2:25
Definition	RMAC
Strongs: G5623 English: is of value Greek: ὠφελεῖ Lemma: ὠφελέω Transliteration: ōpheléō Definition (BDAG): to be successful in accomplishing some objective,accomplish, abs. of a pers. (ApcEsdr 6:23 p. 32, 2 Tdf.; Just., A I, 52, 9) οὐδὲν ὠφελεῖ he is accomplishing nothing Mt 27:24 (s. 1c). Cp. J 12:19.—B. 1353f. Schmidt, Syn. IV 162–72. DELG s.v. 2 ὀφέλλω. M-M. to provide assistance, help, aid, benefit, be of use (to) w. personal obj. in the acc. (X., Mem. 1, 2, 61 al.; Herm. Wr. 12, 8; Sb 4305, 10 [III B.C.]; POxy 1219, 12; Jos., Ant. 2, 282; Just., D. 92, 4; B-D-F §151, 1; Rob. 472) οὐκ ὠφέλησεν ὁ λόγος ἐκείνους Hb 4:2 (cp. Plut., Mor. 5f ). Cp. D 16:2. Mostly a second acc. is added τινά τι someone in respect to someth. (Soph. et al.; Hdt. 3, 126) τί ὑμᾶς ὠφελήσω; how will I benefit you? 1 Cor 14:6. Cp. Mk 8:36; ISm 5:2. Χριστὸς ὑμᾶς οὐδὲν ὠφελήσει Gal 5:2 (s. PSI 365, 19 [III B.C.] ὁ σῖτος οὐθὲν ὠφελεῖ ἡμᾶς). οὐδὲν γάρ σε ταῦτα ὠφελήσει for it will profit you nothing AcPl Ha 2, 22. οὐ γὰρ τὰ ἐκ τῶν βιβλίων τοσοῦτόν με ὠφελεῖν ὑπελάμβανον ὅσον for, in my judgment, accounts derived from books were not worth as much as Papias (2:4). Cp. B 4:9; IRo 6:1. Pass. receive help, be benefited (X., An. 5, 1, 12; EpArist 294; Philo; Jos., Ant. 2, 81 οὐδὲν ὠφελοῦντο) τί ὠφεληθήσεται ἄνθρωπος; what good will it do one? Mt 16:26. Cp. Mk 5:26; Lk 9:25; 1 Cor 13:3; Hv 2, 2, 2; s 9, 13, 2. ἔν τινι by someth. (cp. Ps 88:23) Hb 13:9. τὶ ἔκ τινος ὠφεληθῆναι be benefited by someone or someth. in a certain respect (X., Mem. 2, 4, 1 al.; Jer 2:11) Mt 15:5; Mk 7:11 (Goodsp., Probs. 60–62; RBorger, TRu 52, ’87, 25); Pol 13:2. w. personal obj. in the dat. (poets since Aeschyl.; prose wr. since Aristot., Rhetor. 1, 1; ins) οὐδέν μοι ὠφελήσει τὰ τερπνὰ τοῦ κόσμου the joys (but s. τερπνός) of the world will not benefit me at all IRo 6:1 v.l. abs., of a thing ὠφελεῖ it is of value Ro 2:25. W. a neg. J 6:63 (Jos., Ant. 18, 127; cp. ApcSed 7:6 τί ὠφελοῦν τὰ κάλλη … ; Tat. 27, 3 τί δ᾿ ἂν ὠφελήσειε λέξις ᾿ Αττική … ;—LTondelli, Biblica 4, 1923, 320–27). οὐδὲν ὠφελεῖ Mt 27:24 nothing does any good, avails (s. 2). ὠφελέω (ὄφελος) fut. ὠφελήσω; 1 aor. ὠφέλησα. Pass.: 1 fut. ὠφεληθήσομαι; 1 aor. ὠφελήθην (Aeschyl., Hdt.+) Return to: Rom 2:25	V-PAI-3S Tense: Present Voice: Active Mood: Indicative Person: third Number: Singular
Strongs: G4238 English: you practice Greek: πράσσῃς Lemma: πράσσω Transliteration: prássō Definition (BDAG): to experience what is going on, be, be situated, intr. (Pind., Hdt.; pap) εὖ πρ. be well off (s. εὖ 1) so perh. Ac 15:29 (cp. POxy 120, 27 [IV A.D.]; s. 2 above; w. either interp. there is envisaged a positive effect on the beneficiaries resulting from their compliance). ἵνα εἰδῆτε … τί πράσσω in order that you may know … how (lit. ‘in respect to what’) I am getting along Eph 6:21 (Soph., Oed. R. 74 τί πράσσει; Pla., Tht. 174b; BGU 93, 32 δήλωσόν μοι, τί ἔπραξας; 821, 8; Jos., Ant. 6, 176; 19, 239).—B. 537f. DELG. Schmidt, Syn. I 397–423. M-M. TW. Sv. to engage in activity or behave in a certain way, intr. act, behave κατὰ ἄγνοιαν πρ. Ac 3:17; ἀπέναντι τῶν δογμάτων πρ. act contrary to the decrees 17:7 (opp. εὖ πράσσειν); καθὰ πράσσομεν in our actions IMg 10:1. εὖ πράσσειν act rightly, do well (Just., A I, 28, 3 [-ττ-]; cp. POxy 1067, 3 [III A.D.] καλῶς πρ. and Appian, Hann. 2, §3 πρ. κακῶς) IEph 4:2; ISm 11:3; prob. also Ac 15:29 because of the focus on performance of decretal specifications (cp. the formulation εὖ ποίησετε … ἀποδεχάμενα IMagnMai 91d, 8–10; Danker, Benefactor 311f; s. εὖ and 3 below). to bring about or accomplish someth. through activity, trans. do, accomplish (oft. used without distinction betw. itself and ποιεῖν, as Diod. S. 16, 27, 1 ἔξεστιν αὐτῷ πράττειν ὃ βούλεται. Cp. Ro 1:32; 2:3; IMg 7:1). τὶ someth. προσέχετε ἑαυτοῖς … τί μέλλετε πράσσειν Ac 5:35; πάντα πρ. IMg 4; 6:1; cp. 7:1; ITr 2:2 al. πρᾶξιν πράσσειν (s. also farther below) do a deed, do someth. Hs 5, 2, 11; τὰ πνευματικὰ πρ. do spiritual things IEph 8:2a. ἄξια τῆς μετανοίας ἔργα πρ. do deeds that are consistent with repentance, act in a manner consistent etc. Ac 26:20. τὴν δικαιοσύνην 2 Cl 19:3 (cp. Xenoph- anes 1, 16 Diehl2 τὰ δίκαια πρήσσειν). εἴτε ἀγαθὸν εἴτε φαῦλον 2 Cor 5:10; cp. Ro 9:11.—1 Cor 9:17; Eph 6:21; Phil 4:9.—Pass. οὐ γάρ ἐστιν ἐν γωνίᾳ πεπραγμένον τοῦτο Ac 26:26.—Mostly of actions that are not praiseworthy (TestAbr B 10 p. 115, 8 [Stone p. 78] εἴ τι ἔπραξεν ἐκ νεότητος αὐτῆς; ApcEsdr 4:24 μικρὸν θέλημα πράξας) do, commit τὶ someth. Lk 22:23; 23:41a; Ro 1:32ab; 7:15; 2 Cor 12:21 (ᾗ by attraction for ἥν); Gal 5:21; 1 Cl 35:6; 2 Cl 4:5; 10:5; Hm 3:3; D 1:5 (περὶ ὧν = περὶ τούτων ἅ). τὸ ἔργον τοῦτο πρ. 1 Cor 5:2 (Herodas 3, 62; cp. 82 ἔργα πράσσειν=commit evil deeds; τὸ ἔργον πρ. as Jos., Vi. 47). τὴν πολυτέλειαν τῶν ἐθνῶν πρ. Hs 1:10; ἄτοπον τι πρ. Lk 23:41b (ἄτοπος 2). (τὸ) κακόν (Pr 13:10 κακά; Jos., Ant. 19, 193) Ro 7:19; 13:4. τὸ πονηρόν Hm 10, 2, 4. πονηρά 2 Cl 8:2; 19:2. πονηρὰ ἔργα Hs 6, 3, 5; cp. 6. πονηρίαν 8, 8, 2. προπετές τι Ac 19:36. (τὰ) φαῦλα J 3:20; 5:29. πρᾶξιν πράσσειν commit a(n evil) deed (πρᾶξις 4b) Hm 4, 2, 2; 10, 2, 3 (ᾗ by attraction for ἥν); pl. Hs 8, 9, 4; 8, 10, 4. ἄλλα τινὰ πράσσοντες ἀνάξια θεοῦ while doing certain other things unworthy of God IEph 7:1. ἄξιον θανάτου πράσσειν τι do someth. worthy of death Ac 25:11, 25; 26:31; pass. οὐδὲν ἄξιον θανάτου ἐστὶν πεπραγμένον αὐτῷ (by him, B-D-F §191; Rob. 534; cp. Demosth. 29, 1 τὰ τούτῳ πεπραγμένα; Diod. S. 17, 1, 2; Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 44 §180 τὰ Καίσαρι πεπραγμένα; Chariton 2, 5, 8 πέπρακταί σοί τι δεινόν=a terrible deed has been committed by you; Syntipas p. 17, 1 τὰ πραχθέντα μοι; PTebt 23, 8 [119 or 114 B.C.] πέπρακταί σοι; Jos., Ant. 14, 161 τὰ Ἡρῴδῃ πεπραγμένα; Ath. 20, 2 τὰ πραχθέντα αὐτοῖς. Other exx. in Mlt-H. 459; Schmid IV 612) Lk 23:15. πρὸς τὸ ὄνομα Ἰησοῦ πολλὰ ἐναντία πρᾶξαι Ac 26:9 (ἐναντία πρ. as X., Cyr. 8, 7, 24). μηδὲν πράξῃς σεαυτῷ κακόν do yourself no harm 16:28.—Ign. is fond of combinations w. κατά and the acc. μηδὲν κατ᾿ ἐριθείαν πρ. IPhld 8:2; κατὰ θεόν τι πρ. 4; κατὰ σάρκα τι πρ. do someth. in the (physical) body IEph 8:2b; likew. 16:2 do someth. that involves the physical i.e. in contrast to corruption of the gospel, as false teachers do.—More in the sense practice, busy oneself with, mind τὶ someth. τὰ περίεργα magic Ac 19:19. τὰ ἴδια one’s own affairs 1 Th 4:11 (ἴδιος 4b and Soph., El. 678 σὺ μὲν τὰ σαυτῆς πρᾶσσε; X., Mem. 2, 9, 1 τὰ ἑαυτοῦ πρ.). τὰ πολλὰ πρ. busy oneself with many things Hs 4:5; νόμον πρ. observe the law Ro 2:25. collect taxes, duties, interest (Hdt. et al.; Theophr., Char. 6, 10; ins, pap, LXX; Jos., Ant. 9, 233 al.) τὶ someth. Lk 19:23. W. connotation in the direction of ‘extort’ 3:13 (cp. OGI 519, 22 τὰ μὴ ὀφειλόμενα αὐτοῖς παραπράσσουσιν). πράσσω impf. ἔπρασσον; fut. πράξω; 1 aor. ἔπραξα; pf. πέπραχα. Pass.: 1 aor. ἐπράχθην; pf. ptc. πεπραγμένος (Hom.+ [the Attic form πράττω only Ac 17:7v.l.; 19:36 v.l., cp. Gignac I 151; for ins Threatte II 650f ]; ins, pap, LXX, EpArist, Philo, Joseph., Test12Patr; Just., D. 35, 7 opp. λόγος). Return to: Rom 2:25	V-PAS-2S Tense: Present Voice: Active Mood: Subjunctive Person: second Number: Singular
Strongs: G3848 English: you are a transgressor Greek: παραβάτης Lemma: παραβάτης Transliteration: parabátēs Definition (BDAG): παραβάτης, ου, ὁ (παραβαίνω; s. prec. entry; in non-bibl. wr. mostly a warrior beside the charioteer, or a certain kind of foot-soldier) in our lit. only violator, transgressor (so Aeschyl., Eum. 553 [on the rdg. παρβάδαν s. Schwyzer II 492]; Pythag., Ep. 3, 7 παραβάται τᾶν ὁμολογιᾶν γινόμεθα; Polemo [Macrobius, Saturnalia 5, 19, 29] π. θεῶν; perh. PMich 478, 16 [II A.D.]; Suda on Ἀμάχιος; Sym.; π. τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ ἐντολῆς Did., Gen. 84, 27; Theoph. Ant. 2, 16 [p. 140, 13]) (τοῦ) νόμου Ro 2:25, 27; Js 2:11; Lk 6:4 D. Abs. sinner (Ps.-Clem., Hom. 3, 39) Gal 2:18 (WMundle, ZNW 23, 1924, 152f); Js 2:9.—DELG s.v. βαίνω. M-M. TW. Return to: Rom 2:25	N-NSM Part of Speech: Noun Case: Nominative Number: Singular Gender: Masculine

Rom 2:26
Definition	RMAC
Strongs: G5442 English: keeps Greek: φυλάσσῃ Lemma: φυλάσσω Transliteration: phylássō Definition (BDAG): to store up, lay up for oneself, mid. (=‘look out for oneself’) PtK 2 p. 15, 2.—B. 752. DELG s.v. φύλαξ. M-M. TW. to continue to keep a law or commandment from being broken act. observe, follow (νόμον Soph., Trach. 616; Dio Chrys. 58 [75], 1; νόμους X., Hell. 1, 7, 29; Pla., Rep. 6, 484b, Pol. 292a. Cp. Aristoxenus, fgm. 18 p. 13, 31 τὰ ἤθη καὶ τὰ μαθήματα; OGI 669, 28; PTebt 407, 9; POxy 905, 9; PFay 124, 13; Wsd 6:4; Sir 21:11; 4 Macc 5:29; 15:10; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 60; TestJud 26:1; TestIss 5:1; Just., D. 11, 2 al.; Ath., R. 20 p. 73, 25) τὶ someth. Mt 19:20; Lk 18:21; 1 Ti 5:21; Hm 1:2a; 3:5ab; 4, 4, 3; 8:9; s 5, 3, 4. τὸν νόμον (ViEzk 17 [p. 76, 5 Sch.]; Just., D. 10, 4; Lucian, Jud. 5) Ac 7:53; 21:24; Gal 6:13. τὴν ἐντολήν Hm 1:2b; 2:7; 8:12a. τὰς ἐντολάς (Jos., Ant. 6, 336; TestZeb 5:1; TestBenj 10:3, 5; ApcEsdr 5:19; ApcMos 10; Ar. 15:3; Just., D. 46, 4) 2 Cl 8:4; B 4:11; Hv 5, 5, 7; m 2:7; 4, 2, 4ab; 4, 4, 4ab; 5, 2, 8; 12, 5, 1; s 5, 3, 2f al. Pass. Hm 12, 3, 4f; s 1:7. τὰ δικαιώματα τοῦ νόμου the requirements of the law Ro 2:26 (ParJer 6:23 τὰ δικαιώματά μου). τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ Lk 11:28. τὰ ῥήματα (i.e. of Christ) J 12:47 (cp. ApcMos 3 τὸ ῥῆμα). τὰ δόγματα Ac 16:4. φυλ. τὸ σάββατον keep the Sabbath B 15:2 (cp. Ex 31:16). τὴν Ἰουδαίων δεισιδαιμονίαν φυλ. practice Judean fanaticism/superstition Dg 1. τά μέτρα τῶν τῆς ἡμέρας δρόμων φυλ. 7:2b (μέτρον 2a). OT infl. is prob. felt in the use of the mid. for the act. (s. B-D-F §316, 1) in sense a: keep, observe, follow (Lev 20:22; 26:3; Ps 118:5 al. But as early as Hesiod, Op. 263 ταῦτα φυλασσόμενοι=if you observe this; 765; Ocellus [II B.C.] c. 56 Harder φυλάττεσθαι τὸ … γίνεσθαι) ταῦτα πάντα Mt 19:20 v.l.; Mk 10:20; Lk 18:21 v.l. to hold in reserve, keep, reserve pass. (Diod. S. 1, 8, 7) τί τινι someth. for someone Dg 10:7. to be on one’s guard against, look out for, avoid mid. (Hom. et al.; LXX. Test12Patr; ParJer 2:5; Just.) w. acc. of pers. or thing avoided τινά (Aeschyl., Prom. 717; Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 25 §96 τὸν Πομπήιον; 5, 8 §32: Ps.-Liban., Charact. Ep. p. 30, 12; Just., D. 82, 1) 2 Ti 4:15; IEph 7:1; ITr 7:1. τὶ (Hdt., Aristot. et al.; Jos., Bell. 4, 572) Ac 21:25; ITr 2:3. Also ἀπό τινος (PLond IV, 1349, 35; Dt 23:10; TestSim 4:5; 5:3) Lk 12:15; Hm 5, 1, 7; s 5, 3, 6. Foll. by ἵνα μή (B-D-F §392, 1b; cp. Gen 31:29; Just., A I, 14, 1 μή) 2 Pt 3:17. to protect by taking careful measures, guard, protect, act. φυλάσσειν φυλακάς Lk 2:8 (s. also 1a above). w. acc. someone or someth. τινά someone (ChronLind D, 47 τούς ἀνθρώπους τούτους θεοὶ φυλάσσουσι; Ex 23:20; Pr 13:6; ParJer 6:10; ApcSed 7:11; ApcMos 7) J 17:12 (w. τηρέω as Dio Chrys. 14 [31], 150); 2 Pt 2:5. Of Joseph (in the sense of Mt 1:25) GJs 13:1; 14:2. τὶ someth. (Gen 3:24; TestJob 9:3 οἶκον; ParJer 3:11 τὰ σκεύη τῆς λειτουργίας ApcMos 28) αὐλήν Lk 11:21. τὸν πύργον (EpArist 102) Hs 9, 5, 1. πάντα τὰ στοιχεῖα Dg 7:2a. Clothes, to prevent them fr. being stolen Ac 22:20. τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ (εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον) φυλάσσειν preserve his life (for eternal life; cp. Jos., Ant. 3, 199 ἔλαιον φ. εἰς τ. λύχνους) J 12:25. τὴν παραθήκην what has been entrusted so that it is not lost or damaged 1 Ti 6:20; 2 Ti 1:14; foll. by an indication of time (Aelian, VH 9, 21 ὦ Ζεῦ, ἐς τίνα με καιρὸν φυλάττεις;) εἰς ἐκείνην τὴν ἡμέραν vs. 12. Cp. B 19:11; D 4:13. ἀκακίαν 1 Cl 14:5 (Ps 36:37). θνητὴν ἐπίνοιαν Dg 7:1. τὴν ἁγνείαν Hm 4, 1, 1. τὴν πίστιν κτλ. 6, 1, 1. ὡς ναὸν θεοῦ φυλάσσειν τὴν σάρκα 2 Cl 9:3. τινά w. a predicate acc. (Wsd 14:24) φυλάξαι ὑμᾶς ἀπταίστους Jd 24. τινὰ ἀπό τινος (X., Cyr. 1, 4, 7; Menand., Sam. 302f S. [87f Kö.]) 2 Th 3:3 (PGM 4, 2699 φύλαξόν με ἀπὸ παντὸς δαίμονος; 36, 177 ἀπὸ παντὸς πράγματος; Sir 22:26; Ps 140:9). ἑαυτὸν ἀπό τινος (Horapollo 2, 94; Herm. Wr. p. 434, 13 Sc.; TestReub 4:8; JosAs 7:6) 1J 5:21. Of a cultic image χρῄζων ἀνθρώπου τοῦ φυλάξαντος ἵνα μὴ κλαπῇ needing a person to guard (it) so that it may not be stolen Dg 2:2. to carry out sentinel functions, watch, guard, act. φυλάσσειν φυλακάς Lk 2:8 (s. also 2 below; φυλακή 1). φυλάσσειν κατὰ φρουράν GPt 9:35 (φρουρά 1). τινά guard someone to prevent the pers. fr. escaping (Plut., Mor. 181a) Mk 15:25 D; Ac 12:4; 28:16. Pass. Lk 8:29; Ac 23:35. abs. stand guard (Hom. et al.) GPt 8:33. φυλάσσω (-ττ- Ar. [Milne 76, 32]; s. Gignac I 152f) fut. φυλάξω; 1 aor. ἐφύλαξα; pf. πεφύλαχα. Pass.: 1 fut. 3 pl. φυλαχθήσονται (TestSol 13:8 C; JosAs 15:6); 1 aor. ἐφυλάχθην; pf. 3 sg. πεφύλακται Ezk 18:9, ptc. πεφύλαγμένος LXX (also PsSol 6:2; Just., D. 102, 4) (Hom.+). Return to: Rom 2:26	V-PAS-3S Tense: Present Voice: Active Mood: Subjunctive Person: third Number: Singular
Strongs: G1345 English: the requirements Greek: δικαιώματα Lemma: δικαίωμα Transliteration: dikaíōma Definition (BDAG): to clear someone of a violation Ro 5:16 (opp. κατάκριμα) it is prob. chosen because of the other words in -μα, and is equiv. in mng. to δικαίωσις (on the linguistic possibility s. Kühner-Bl. II 272 and Schwyzer I 491: forms in -μα, which express the result of an action.—En 104:9 δικαίωμα may stand for δικαιοσύνη [cp. Ezk 18:21 and v.l.], but the text appears to be corrupt).—DELG s.v. δίκη. M-M. TW. Spicq. an action that meets expectations as to what is right or just, righteous deed (Aristot. EN 1135a, 12f, Rhet. 1359a, 25; 1373b, 1; 3 Km 3:28; Bar 2:19) δι᾿ ἑνὸς δικαιώματος (opp. παράπτωμα) Ro 5:18.—B 1:2 (cp. Wengst, Barnabasbrief 196, n. 4); Rv 15:4 (here perh.=‘sentence of condemnation’ [cp. Pla., Leg. 9, 864e; ins fr. Asia Minor: LBW 41, 2 [κατὰ] τὸ δι[καί]ωμα τὸ κυρω[θέν]=‘acc. to the sentence which has become valid’]; difft. Wengst, s. above); 19:8. a regulation relating to just or right action, regulation, requirement, commandment (so mostly LXX; Philo, Det. Pot. Ins. 68; Jos., Bell. 7, 110, Ant. 17, 108; Cass. Dio 36, 23 of the laws; POxy 1119, 15 τῶν ἐξαιρέτων τῆς ἡμετέρας πατρίδος δικαιωμάτων) w. ἐντολαί and κρίματα (as Num 36:13; Dt 4:40; cp. 6:1; 7:11 al. cp. Theoph. Ant. 3, 11 [p. 226, 29]) Lk 1:6; (w. προστάγματα, as Gen 26:5) 1 Cl 2:8; 35:7 (Ps 49:16); τὰ δεδομένα δ. the commandments which were given 58:2 (δικ. διδόναι: Jos., C. Ap. 2, 37); δ. τοῦ νόμου the requirements of the law Ro 2:26; 8:4. Esp. of God’s requirements: δ. τοῦ θεοῦ Ro 1:32; B 4:11; 10:2 (cp. Dt 4:1). κυρίου Hm 12, 6, 4. ἐκζητεῖν τὰ δ. κυρίου seek out the Lord’s requirements B 2:1. μανθάνειν 21:1; γνῶσις τῶν δ. 21:5. λαλεῖν δ. κυρίου speak of the law of the Lord 10:11; σοφία τῶν δ. the wisdom revealed in his ordinances 16:9; δ. λατρείας regulations for worship Hb 9:1; δ. σαρκός regulations for the body vs. 10. δικαίωμα, ατος, τό (Thu.+; ins, pap, LXX; En 104:9; Par- Jer 6:23; Just., D. 46, 2) Return to: Rom 2:26	N-APN Part of Speech: Noun Case: Accusative Number: Plural Gender: Neuter
Strongs: G3049 English: be regarded Greek: λογισθήσεται Lemma: λογίζομαι Transliteration: logízomai Definition (BDAG): to hold a view about someth., think, believe, be of the opinion w. ὅτι foll. (Just., A I, 8, 1 al.) Ro 8:18. W. acc. and ὅτι foll.: λογίζῃ τοῦτο … , ὅτι; do you imagine that? 2:3. Foll. by acc. and inf. (Wsd 15:12; Just., A I, 53, 1; Tat., Ath.) λογιζόμεθα δικαιοῦσθαι ἄνθρωπον we hold a person to be justified 3:28. λ. τι κοινὸν εἶναι 14:14. ἐμαυτὸν οὐ (v.l. οὔπω) λ. κατειληφέναι I consider that I have not yet attained Phil 3:13. ὃν λογίζομαι καὶ τοὺς ἀθέους ἐντρέπεσθαι whom, I think, even the godless respect ITr 3:2. Foll. by the inf. alone 2 Cor 11:5; Dg 3:3 (Just., D. 102, 7 al.).—ὡς λογίζομαι as I think 1 Pt 5:12; Mk 11:31 v.l.—DELG s.v. λέγω 2. M-M. EDNT. TW. to give careful thought to a matter, think (about), consider, ponder, let one’s mind dwell on τὶ someth. (PsSol 2, 28b; ApcEsdr 3:9; Philo, Leg. All. 3, 227 ταῦτα; Jos., Ant. 6, 211) Phil 4:8. Foll. by ὅτι (PsSol 2, 28a; Philo, Somn. 2, 169; Jos., Ant. 11, 142; Ath., R. 9 p. 57, 30) J 11:50; Hb 11:19. τοῦτο λ. ὅτι 2 Cor 10:11, 7 (here ἐφ᾿ [v.l. ἀφ᾿] ἑαυτοῦ in his own mind is added); B 1:5. W. ἐν ἑαυτῷ and direct speech Hs 5, 2, 4 (cp. GrBar 4:12); w. ἐν ἑαυταῖς and direct question foll. Lk 24:1 D; also ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν πότερον … ἤ Hs 9, 28, 4.—Have in mind, propose, purpose Dg 7:3 (Mel., P. 63, 455); w. inf. foll. (X., An. 2, 2, 13; 1 Macc 6:19) 2 Cor 10:2a. Think out τὶ someth. (Ps 51:4) ὡς ἐξ ἑαυτῶν as (if) of ourselves 3:5. Reason or make plans (Wsd 2:1) ὡς νήπιος like a child 1 Cor 13:11. to determine by mathematical process, reckon, calculate, freq. in a transf. sense count, take into account τὶ someth. ἡ ἀγάπη οὐ λογίζεται τὸ κακόν love keeps no score of wrongs (REB) 1 Cor 13:5 (cp. Zech 8:17). λ. τί τινι count someth. against someone, to punish the person for it (Simplicius in Epict. p. 79, 15 τὴν ἁμαρτίαν οὐ τῷ πράττοντι λογίζονται; TestZeb 9:7; Just., D. 141, 2f) μὴ λογιζόμενος αὐτοῖς τὰ παραπτώματα 2 Cor 5:19.—οὗ (v.l. ᾧ) οὐ μὴ λογίσηται κύριος ἁμαρτίαν Ro 4:8; 1 Cl 50:6 (both Ps 31:2; cp. 1 Cl 60:2). Pass. (Lev 17:4) μὴ αὐτοῖς λογισθείη (on the form s. Mlt-H. 217) 2 Ti 4:16.—But ‘place to one’s account’ can also mean credit τῷ ἐργαζομένῳ ὁ μισθὸς οὐ λογίζεται κατὰ χάριν a worker’s wages are not credited as a favor (but as a claim) Ro 4:4. ᾧ ὁ θεὸς λογίζεται δικαιοσύνην vs. 6. Pass. εἰς τὸ λογισθῆναι αὐτοῖς τ. δικαιοσύνην vs. 11.—λ. τινί τι εἴς τι credit someth. to someone as someth. pass. ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην (after Gen 15:6; cp. Ps 105:31; 1 Macc 2:52) Ro 4:3, 5, 9, 22 (WDiezinger, NovT 5, ’62, 288–98 [rabbinic use of λογ.]); Gal 3:6; Js 2:23; 1 Cl 10:6.—Cp. also Ro 4:10, 23f.—H-WHeidland, D. Anrechnung des Glaubens zur Gerechtigkeit ’36; FDanker, in Gingrich Festschr. ’72, 104.—λ. εἴς τινα put on someone’s account, charge to someone (cp. the commercial terminology OGI 595, 15 τὰ ἕτερα ἀναλώματα ἑαυτοῖς ἐλογισάμεθα, ἵνα μὴ τὴν πόλιν βαρῶμεν; PFay 21, 9) μή τις εἰς ἐμὲ λογίσηται so that no one may credit me 2 Cor 12:6. as a result of a calculation evaluate, estimate, look upon as, consider (Hyperid. 2, 20; TestSol 4:11) εἰς οὐθὲν λογισθῆναι be looked upon as nothing (Is 40:17; Wsd 3:17; 9:6) Ac 19:27. τὰ τέκνα τ. ἐπαγγελίας λογίζεται εἰς σπέρμα the children of the promise are looked upon as seed Ro 9:8 (cp. La 4:2). οὐχ ἡ ἀκροβυστία αὐτοῦ εἰς περιτομὴν λογισθήσεται; will not his uncircumcision be regarded as circumcision? 2:26. οὔτε τοὺς νομιζομένους ὑπὸ τῶν Ἑλλήνων θεοὺς λογίζονται they do not recognize the deities honored by the Greeks Dg 1:1.—Count, class (PLond II, 328, 8 p. 75 [II A.D.] of a camel’s colt: λογιζομένου νυνὶ ἐν τελείοις=‘which is now classed among the full-grown’) μετὰ ἀνόμων ἐλογίσθη he was classed among the criminals (Is 53:12) Mk 15:27 [28] v.l.; Lk 22:37. Also (exactly like the LXX) ἐν τοῖς ἀνόμοις ἐλογίσθη 1 Cl 16:13. μετὰ τῶν ἐθνῶν ἐλογίσθησαν they were counted with the nations Hs 8, 9, 3.—οὐκ ἐλογίσθη he was held in disrespect 1 Cl 16:3 (Is 53:3).—λ. τινα ὡς w. acc. consider, look upon someone as: ἡμᾶς λογιζέσθω ἄνθρωπος ὡς ὑπηρέτας Χριστοῦ 1 Cor 4:1. λ. ἡμᾶς ὡς κατὰ σάρκα περιπατοῦντας 2 Cor 10:2b. Pass. ἐλογίσθημεν ὡς πρόβατα σφαγῆς Ro 8:36 (Ps 43:23). πιστοὶ λογισθέντες regarded as believers Dg 11:2. ὁ σήμερον υἱὸς λογισθείς who today is celebrated as a Son 11:5 (Ps 2:7). λ. τινα foll. by acc. and inf. (Is 53:4) λογίζεσθε ἑαυτοὺς εἶναι νεκρούς consider yourselves dead Ro 6:11. ἡμεῖς ἐλογισάμεθα αὐτὸν εἶναι ἐν πόνῳ we deemed him to be in pain (as punishment) 1 Cl 16:4. λογίζομαι (λόγος) impf. ἐλογιζόμην; fut. λογιοῦμαι LXX; 1 aor. ἐλογισάμην; pf. λελόγιμαι LXX. Pass.: 1 aor. ἐλογίσθην; 1 fut. λογισθήσομαι. Mid. dep. (B-D-F §311; Rob. 816; 819) (Soph., Hdt.+) prim. a mathematical and accounting term, then of cognitive processes. In our lit. esp. used by Paul.; s. GThomas, ET 17, 1906, 211ff. Return to: Rom 2:26	V-FPI-3S Tense: Future Voice: Passive Mood: Indicative Person: third Number: Singular

Rom 2:27
Definition	RMAC
Strongs: G5449 English: And he who is physically Greek: φύσεως Lemma: φύσις Transliteration: phýsis Definition (BDAG): an entity as a product of nature, natural being, creature (X., Cyr. 6, 2, 29 πᾶσα φύσις=every creature; 3 Macc 3:29.—Diod. S. 2, 49, 4 plants are called φύσεις καρποφοροῦσαι; 3, 6, 2 θνητὴ φ.= a mortal creature. Ps.-Callisth. 1, 10, 1 ἀνθρωπίνη φ. = a human creature. It can also mean species [X. et al.; 4 Macc 1:20; Philo] and then at times disappear in translation: Ps.-Pla, Epin. 948d ἡ τῶν ἄστρων φύσις=the stars; X., Lac. 3, 4 ἡ τῶν θηλειῶν φύσις=the women; Aristot., Part. An. 1, 5 περὶ τῆς ζῳϊκῆς φ.=on animals) πᾶσα φύσις θηρίων κτλ. Js 3:7a. Also prob. ἡ φ. ἡ ἀνθρωπίνη humankind 3:7b; s. 2 above.—Kl. Pauly IV 841–44 (lit.).—DELG s.v. φύομαι C 6. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv. the regular or established order of things, nature (Ar. 4, 2 κατὰ ἀπαραίτητον φύσεως ἀνάγκην=in accordance with the non-negotiable order of things; Ath. 3, 1 νόμῳ φύσεως) μετήλλαξαν τὴν φυσικὴν χρῆσιν εἰς τὴν παρὰ φύσιν they exchanged the natural function for one contrary to nature Ro 1:26 (Diod. S. 32, 11, 1 παρὰ φύσιν ὁμιλία; Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 109 §511; Athen. 13, 605d οἱ παρὰ φύσιν τῇ Ἀφροδίτῃ χρώμενοι=those who indulge in Aphrodite contrary to nature; TestNapht 3:4; Philo, Spec. Leg. 3, 39 ὁ παιδεραστὴς τὴν παρὰ φύσιν ἡδονὴν διώκει=a lover of boys pursues unnatural pleasure; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 273; Tat. 3:4; Ath. 26, 2; on φ. as definer of order s. JKube, ΤΕΧΝΗ und ΑΡΕΤΗ ’69, esp. 44–46; on relation to κτίσι in Paul, s. OWischmeyer, ZTK 93, ’96, 352–75). ὅταν ἔθνη φύσει τὰ τοῦ νόμου ποιῶσιν when gentiles fulfil the law’s demands by following the natural order (of things) Ro 2:14 (cp. Ltzm., Hdb., exc. on Ro 2:14–16; but s. 2 above). ἡ φύσις διδάσκει ὑμᾶς 1 Cor 11:14 (Epict. 1, 16, 9f; Plut., Mor. 478d; Synes., Calv. [Baldhead] 14 p. 78c φύσις as well as νόμος prescribes long hair for women, short hair for men.—Ltzm., Hdb. ad loc.). τὸ ὄνομα, ὃ κέκτησθε φύσει δικαίᾳ the name which you bear because of a just natural order IEph 1:1 (s. Hdb. ad loc.—τῇ φ. τὸ ἀγαθὸν ἀνώφορόν ἐστιν Did., Gen. 21, 5.—JKleist, transl. ’46, 119 n. 2 suggests ‘natural disposition’).—RGrant, Miracle and Natural Law ’52, 4–18. the natural character of an entity, natural characteristic/disposition (χρυσὸς … τὴν ἰδίαν φ. διαφυλάττει Iren. 1, 6, 2 [Harv. I 55, 2]; Hippol., Ref. 5, 8, 12) ἡ φύσις ἡ ἀνθρωπίνη human nature (Pla., Tht. 149b, Tim. 90c; Aristot. 1286b, 27; Epict. 2, 20, 18; Philo, Ebr. 166 al.; Aelian, VH 8, 11 τῶν ἀνθρώπων φύσις θνητή; TestJob 3:3 ἡ ἀνθρωπίνη φ.; Orig., C. Cels. 1, 52, 13; Just., A II, 6, 3 τῇ φύσει τῶν ἀνθρώπων) Js 3:7b (unless the sense should be humankind, s. 4 below). Euphemistically: παρθένος ἐγέννησεν, ἃ οὐ χωρεῖ ἡ φύσις αὐτῆς while remaining a virgin, a virgin has had a child or a virgin has given birth, something that does not accord w. her natural condition (as a virgin) GJs 19:3. τὸ ἀδύνατον τῆς ἡμετέρας φύσεως the weakness of our nature Dg 9:6. θείας κοινωνοὶ φύσεως sharers in the divine nature 2 Pt 1:4 (cp. ὅσοι φύσεως κοινωνοῦντες ἀνθρω[πίν]ης IReisenKN, p. 371, 46f; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 232 θείας μετεσχηκέναι φύσεως; Himerius, Or. 48 [=Or. 14], 26 of Dionysus: πρὶν εἰς θεῶν φύσιν ἐλθεῖν=before he attained to the nature of the gods; Ar. 13, 5 μία φ. τῶν θεῶν. Difft. AWolters, Calvin Theological Journal 25, ’90, 28–44 ‘partners of the Deity’).—Also specif. of sexual characteristics (Diod. S. 16, 26, 6 originally παρθένοι prophesied in Delphi διὰ τὸ τῆς φύσεως ἀδιάφθορον=because their sexuality was uncorrupted. φύσις of sex and its change Dicaearchus, fgm. 37 W.; ἑρμαφροδίτου φ. Iren. 1, 11, 5 [Harv. I 108, 8]. Obviously φ. also has the concrete mng. ‘sex organ’: Nicander, fgm. 107; Diod. S. 32, 10, 7 φ. ἄρρενος corresponding to φ. θηλείας following immediately; Anton. Lib. 41, 5; Phlegon: 257 fgm. 36, 2, 1 Jac.). In the context of Mary’s virginal delivery ἐραυνήσω τὴν φύσιν αὐτῆς=I will examine whether she remains a virgin GJs 19:3b; 20:1 (where Tdf. with codd. reads ἔβαλε Σαλώμη τὸν δάκτυλον αὐτῆς εἰς τὴν φύσιν αὐτῆς [cp. J 20:25]). The hyena παρ᾿ ἐνιαυτὸν ἀλλάσσει τὴν φύσιν changes its nature every year, fr. male to female and vice versa B 10:7 (s. ὕαινα). Polytheists worship τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσιν θεοῖς beings that are by nature no gods at all Gal 4:8 (s. CLanger, Euhemeros u. die Theorie der φύσει u. θέσει θεοί: Αγγελος II 1926, 53–59; Mel., P. 8, 58 φύσει θεὸς ὢν καὶ ἄνθρωπος; Synes., Prov. 1, 9 p. 97c τοῖς φύσει θεοῖς; Diod. S. 3, 9, 1 differentiates between two kinds of gods: some αἰώνιον ἔχειν κ. ἄφθαρτον τὴν φύσιν, others θνητῆς φύσεως κεκοινωνηκέναι κ. δι᾿ ἀρετὴν … τετευχέναι τιμῶν ἀθανάτων=some ‘have an everlasting and incorruptible nature’, others ‘share mortal nature and then, because of their personal excellence, … attain immortal honors’).—ὅταν ἔθνη φύσει τὰ τοῦ νόμου ποιῶσιν when gentiles spontaneously (i.e. without extraneous legal instruction; cp. the prophetic ideal Jer 31:32–34) fulfill the demands of the (Mosaic) law Ro 2:14 (s. WMundle, Theol. Blätter 13, ’34, 249–56 [the gentile as Christian under direction of the πνεῦμα]; difft. s. 3 below). condition or circumstance as determined by birth, natural endowment/condition, nature, esp. as inherited fr. one’s ancestors, in contrast to status or characteristics that are acquired after birth (Isocr. 4, 105 φύσει πολίτης; Isaeus 6, 28 φύσει υἱός; Pla., Menex. 245d φύσει βάρβαροι, νόμῳ Ἕλληνες; Just., A I, 1, 1 Καίσαρος φύσει υἱῷ; SIG 720, 3; OGI 472, 4; 558, 6 al.; PFay 19, 11.—Theoph. Ant. 1, 13 [p. 86, 16]) ἡμεῖς φύσει Ἰουδαῖοι Gal 2:15 (cp. Ptolemaeus, Περὶ Ἡρῴδου τ. βασιλέως: no. 199 Jac. [I A.D.] Ἰουδαῖοι … ἐξ ἀρχῆς φυσικοί; Jos., Ant. 7, 130; φύσει Λιμναίου IK XXXVII, 15, 3 of the birth daughter of L. in contrast to her adoptive relationship w. one named Arsas). ἡ ἐκ φύσεως ἀκροβυστία the uncircumcision that is so by nature (a ref. to non-Israelites, who lack the moral cultivation of those who are circumcised and yet ‘observe the upright requirements of the law’ [Ro 2:26]. Israelites who violate their responsibilities to God, despite their privileged position indicated by receipt of circumcision and special revelation, run the risk of placing themselves in the condition of the uncircumcised) Ro 2:27. ἤμεθα τέκνα φύσει ὀργῆς we were, in our natural condition (as descendants of Adam), subject to (God’s) wrath Eph 2:3 (the position of φύσει betw. the two words as Plut., Mor. 701a; DTurner, Grace Theological Journal 1, ’80, 195–219). The Christians of Tralles have a blameless disposition οὐ κατὰ χρῆσιν, ἀλλὰ κατὰ φύσιν not from habit, but by nature ITr 1:1 (here the contrast is between perfunctory virtue and spontaneous or instinctive behavior; Pindar sim. extolled the virtues of athletes who, in contrast to those w. mere acquired learning, reflected their ancestral breeding for excellence: O. 7, 90–92; P. 10, 11–14; N. 3, 40–42; 6, 8–16). οἱ κατὰ φύσιν κλάδοι the natural branches Ro 11:21, 24c. ἡ κατὰ φύσιν ἀγριέλαιος a tree which by nature is a wild olive vs. 24a; opp. παρὰ φύσιν contrary to nature vs. 24b; s. lit. s.v. ἀγριέλαιος and ἐλαία 1. On κατὰ and παρὰ φύσιν s. MPohlenz, Die Stoa I ’48, 488c. φύσις, εως, ἡ (φύω; Hom.+) Return to: Rom 2:27	N-GSF Part of Speech: Noun Case: Genitive Number: Singular Gender: Feminine
Strongs: G5055 English: if he keeps Greek: τελοῦσα Lemma: τελέω Transliteration: teléō Definition (BDAG): to pay what is due, pay (Hom., Pla., et al.; pap; Jos., Ant. 2, 192 al.) φόρους (Ps.-Pla., Alc. 1, 123a τὸν φόρον; Appian, Syr. 44 §231; PFay 36, 14 [111/12 A.D.]; Philo, Agr. 58; Jos., Ant. 15, 106; Just., A I, 17, 2 φόρους τελεῖν [Luke 20:22]; Tat. 4:1) Ro 13:6. τὰ δίδραχμα Mt 17:24. V.l. for τελευτάω Papias (4).—B. 797. DELG s.v. τέλος. M-M. EDNT. TW. to carry out an obligation or demand, carry out, accomplish, perform, fulfill, keep τὶ someth. (Hom.+. Of rites, games, processions, etc., dedicated to a divinity or ordained by it: Eur., Bacch. 474 τὰ ἱερά; Pla., Laws 775a; X., Resp. Lac. 13, 5; Plut., Mor. 671 al.; Just., A II, 12, 5 μυστήρια; Mel., P. 16, 102 μυστήριον al.; in ins freq. of public service, e.g. IPriene 111, 22 an embassy) τὸν νόμον carry out the demands of, keep the law Ro 2:27; Js 2:8. τὴν ἐντολήν Hs 5, 2, 4 (Jos., Bell. 2, 495 τὰς ἐντολάς). τὸ ἔργον (Theogn. 914; Apollon. Rhod. 4, 742; Sir 7:25) 2:7a; 5, 2, 7. τὴν διακονίαν m 2:6ab; 12, 3, 3; s 2:7b; pass. m 2:6c. τὰς διακονίας s 1:9. τὴν νηστείαν 5, 1, 5; 5, 3, 8. ἐπιθυμίαν σαρκὸς τελεῖν carry out what the flesh desires, satisfy one’s physical desires (Artem. 3, 22; Achilles Tat. 2, 13, 3 αὑτῷ τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν τελέσαι) Gal 5:16. ὡς ἐτέλεσαν πάντα τὰ περὶ αὐτοῦ γεγραμμένα when they had carried out everything that was written (in the Scriptures) concerning him Ac 13:29 (Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 59 §243 τὸ κεκριμένον τ.=carry out what was decided upon). Pass. Lk 18:31; 22:37 (cp. pass. cited 1, end). ἕως ὅτου τελεσθῇ until it (the baptism) is accomplished Lk 12:50. ἵνα ὁ τύπος τελεσθῇ in order that the type might be fulfilled B 7:3. to complete an activity or process, bring to an end, finish, complete τὶ someth. ταῦτα Hs 8, 2, 5. τὸν δρόμον (Il. 23, 373; 768; Soph., El. 726) 2 Ti 4:7. τοὺς λόγους τούτους Mt 7:28; 19:1; 26:1 (cp. Just., D. 110, 1). τὰς παραβολὰς ταύτας 13:53. τὴν μαρτυρίαν Rv 11:7. τὴν εὐχήν GJs 9:1. τὴν ἐξήγησιν Hv 3, 7, 4. τὰ γράμματα 2, 1, 4. τελέσας τὴν χαράκωσιν when he had finished the fencing Hs 5, 2, 3. τελεῖν πάντα τὰ κατὰ τὸν νόμον Lk 2:39 (τελ. πάντα as Jos., Ant. 16, 318). τελ. τὰς πόλεις τοῦ Ἰσραήλ finish (going through) the cities of Israel Mt 10:23 (on this pass. KWeiss, Exegetisches z. Irrtumslosigkeit u. Eschatologie Jesu Christi 1916, 184–99; JDupont, NovT 2, ’58, 228–44; AFeuillet, CBQ 23, ’61, 182–98; MKünzi, Das Naherwartungslogion Mt 10:23, ’70 [history of interp.]). Foll. by a ptc. to designate what is finished (B-D-F §414, 2; Rob. 1121; cp. Josh 3:17; JosAs 15:12) ἐτέλεσεν διατάσσων Mt 11:1. Cp. Lk 7:1 D; Hv 1, 4, 1.—Pass. be brought to an end, be finished, completed of the building of the tower (cp. 2 Esdr 5:16; 16: 15) Hv 3, 4, 1f; 3, 5, 5; 3, 9, 5; s 9, 5, 1; 9, 10, 2 (τὸ ἔργον). τελεσθέντος τοῦ δείπνου GJs 6:3 (TestAbr A 5 p. 81, 32 [Stone p. 10]; JosAs 21:8). ὡς … ἐτελέσθη ὁ πλοῦς AcPl Ha 7, 35. Of time come to an end, be over (Hom. et al.; Aristot., HA 7, 1, 580a, 14 ἐν τοῖς ἔτεσι τοῖς δὶς ἑπτὰ τετελεσμένοις; Lucian, Alex. 38) Lk 2:6 D; sim. τοῦ ἐξεῖναι τὸν Παῦλον εἰς τὴν ῾Ρώμην AcPl Ha 6, 15; τὰ χίλια ἔτη Rv 20:3, 5, 7. πάντα τετέλεσται J 19:28 (GDalman, Jesus-Jeschua 1922, 211–18 [tr. PLevertoff 1929, same pages].—Diagoras of Melos in Sext. Emp., Adv. Math. 9, 55 κατὰ δαίμονα κ. τύχην πάντα τελεῖται=‘everything is accomplished acc. to divine will and fortune’; an anonymous writer of mimes [II A.D.] in OCrusius, Herondas5 [p. 110–16] ln. 175 τοῦτο τετέλεσται); cp. τετέλεσται used absolutely in vs. 30 (if these two verses are to be taken as referring to the carrying out [s. 2 below] of divine ordinances contained in the Scriptures, cp. Diod. S. 20, 26, 2 τετελέσθαι τὸν χρησμόν=the oracle had been fulfilled; Ael. Aristid. 48, 7 K.=24 p. 467 D.: μέγας ὁ Ἀσκληπιός• τετέλεσται τὸ πρόσταγμα. Cp. Willibald Schmidt, De Ultimis Morientium Verbis, diss. Marburg 1914. OCullmann, TZ 4, ’48, 370 interprets the two verses in both a chronological and theol. sense. Diod. S. 15, 87, 6 reports the four last sayings of Epaminondas, two in indirect discourse and the other two in direct. S. also the last words of Philip s.v. πληρόω 5).—ἡ δύναμις ἐν ἀσθενείᾳ τελεῖται power finds its consummation or reaches perfection in (the presence of) weakness 2 Cor 12:9. The passives in Rv 10:7 (the aor. suggests the ‘final clearing up of all the insoluble riddles and problems of human life': EBlakeney, The Epistle to Diognetus ’43, ’67); 15:1, 8; 17:17 belong under 2 as well as here. τελέω fut. τελέσω; 1 aor. ἐτέλεσα; pf. τετέλεκα. Pass.: 1 fut. τελεσθήσομαι; 1 aor. ἐτελέσθην; perf. τετέλεσμαι (Hom.+). Return to: Rom 2:27	V-PAP-NSF Tense: Present Voice: Active Mood: Participle Case: Nominative Number: Singular Gender: Feminine
Strongs: G2919 English: will he not judge Greek: κρινεῖ Lemma: κρίνω Transliteration: krínō Definition (BDAG): to ensure justice for someone, see to it that justice is done (LXX) τινί to someone 1 Cl 8:4 (Is 1:17).—B. 1428. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. to engage in a judicial process, judge, decide, hale before a court, condemn, also hand over for judicial punishment, freq. as a legal t.t. (in a forensic sense Hom. et al.; ins, pap, LXX). of a human court α. act. and pass. abs. Ac 13:27. W. adv. GPt 3:7. κ. τινά: κατὰ τὸν νόμον J 18:31; Ac 23:3; 24:6 v.l. οὐδὲ ἐγὼ κρίνω ὑμᾶς GJs 16:3. Of the right of the apostle and the church to judge believers 1 Cor 5:12ab. μὴ ὁ νόμος ἡμῶν κρίνει τὸν ἄνθρωπον; does our law (personified) judge a person? J 7:51 (Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 50 §205 certain senators desire that before Mark Antony is declared a public enemy he should be brought to trial, ὡς οὐ πάτριον σφίσιν ἀκρίτου καταδικάζειν ‘on the ground that it was not their ancestral custom to condemn someone without a hearing’). ἐκ τ. στόματός σου κρινῶ σε I will punish you on the basis of your own statement Lk 19:22. Pass. Ac 25:10. κρίνεσθαι ἐπί τινι be on trial because of a thing 26:6 (Appian, Basil. 12 κρινόμενος ἐπὶ τῷδε=be brought to trial because of this thing; likew. Iber. 55 §233; Ath. 2, 3; of God ApcrEzk fgm. d). Also περί τινος (Diod. S. 12, 30, 5) 23:6; 25:20; w. addition of ἐπί w. gen. of the court of judicature before someone (schol. on Hes., Op. 9) 24:21; 25:9; D 11:11.—τί δὲ καὶ ἀφ᾿ ἑαυτῶν οὐ κρίνετε τὸ δίκαιον; Lk 12:57, which leads over into the sphere of jurisprudence (vs. 58), means: why cannot you yourselves decide what is right? (cp. the prayer for vengeance fr. Amorgos [BCH 25, 1901 p. 416; Dssm., LO 94=LAE 118] ἐπάκουσον, θεά, καὶ κρῖναι τὸ δίκαιον; cp. Appian, Mithrid. 89 §403 κρίνειν τὴν μάχην=decide the battle; Just., A II, 15, 5). β. mid. and pass.: ‘dispute, quarrel, debate’, also go to law (so Thu. 4, 122, 4 δίκῃ κρίνεσθαι; Hos 2:4 al. in LXX; TestSol 4:4ff D; Mel., P. 101, 773) τινί with someone (Job 9:3; 13:19) Mt 5:40; B 6:1 (Is 50:8); μετά τινος (Vi. Aesopi W 76 κριθῆναί με μετὰ τῆς κυρίας μου ἐπὶ σοί=I am pleading my case with my mistress before you; Eccl 6:10) 1 Cor 6:6. ἐπί τινος before someone (as judge) vs. 1 (on the beginning of 1 Cor 6 cp. the decree of Alexander to the Greeks in Ps.-Callisth. 2, 21, 21: βούλομαι δὲ μὴ ἐν ἑαυτοῖς κρίνειν ὅσον τις ὑμῶν ἔχει πρὸς ἕτερον, οὐδὲ ἐφ᾿ οὗ βούλεσθε=it is my wish [will] that you are not to go to law among yourselves, no matter what any of you may have against another, nor before anyone you wish). of the divine tribunal α. occupied by God or Christ: abs. administer justice, judge J 5:30; 8:16, 50; cp. vs. 26; Rv 6:10; B 5:7. Pass. be judged Mt 7:1b, 2b; Lk 6:37b; Rv 11:18.—W. acc. foll. (PGM 4, 1013 of Horus ὁ κρίνων τὰ πάντα) J 5:22; 8:15b. τοὺς ἔξω 1 Cor 5:13. ζῶντας καὶ νεκρούς judge the living and the dead 2 Ti 4:1; 1 Pt 4:5; B 7:2. τὰ κρυπτὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων Ro 2:16. τὸν κόσμον B 4:12 (TestAbr A 13 p. 92, 10 [Stone p. 32]; ApcEsdr 3:3 p. 27, 8 Tdf.). τὴν οἰκουμένην Ac 17:31; AcPl Ha 9, 29. κ. κατὰ τὸ ἑκάστου ἔργον judge each one by what that person does 1 Pt 1:17; cp. Rv 20:13. ἐκρίθησαν οἱ νεκροὶ ἐκ τῶν γεγραμμένων ἐν τοῖς βιβλίοις κατὰ τὰ ἔργα αὐτῶν the dead were judged by what was written in the books (of life and of death), in accordance w. their deeds vs. 12; δικαίως κ. judge uprightly (Sotades [280 B.C.] fgm. 11, 2 Diehl2 II 6 p. 191 [in Stob. 4, 34, 8 vol. V p. 826, 5=Coll. Alex. p. 243] ὁ παντογενὴς … οὐ κρίνει δικαίως) 1 Pt 2:23; B 19:11. Also ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ Rv 19:11. διὰ νόμου κρίνεσθαι be judged on the basis of the law Js 2:12.—Oft. the emphasis is unmistakably laid upon that which follows the Divine Judge’s verdict, upon the condemnation or punishment: condemn, punish (opp. σῴζειν as TestJud 24:6; Mel., P. 104, 810; cp. ApcEsdr 1, 11 p. 25, 3 Tdf. ἐμὲ κρῖνον ὑπὲρ τῶν ψυχῶν τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν) J 3:17; cp. 18ab; 12:47ab, 48a; cp. 48b; Ac 7:7 (Gen 15:14); Dg 7:5f (opp. ἀγαπᾶν). διὰ νόμου κ. punish on the basis of the law Ro 2:12.—3:6f; 1 Cor 11:31f (here of the temporal punishment which God brings upon sinners); 2 Th 2:12; Hb 10:30 (κρινεῖ κύριος τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ the Lord will judge = punish his pe to come to a conclusion after a cognitive process, reach a decision, decide, propose, intend (Isocr. 4, 46; Polyb. 3, 6, 7; 5, 52, 6; 9, 13, 7; Epict. 2, 15, 7; Appian, Bell. Civ. 14, 118 §497 ὅταν οἱ θεοὶ κρίνωσιν; LXX) τί οὖν θέλετε, κρίνατε (restored) so decide now what you wish (to be done); w. inf. (Diod. S. 4, 33, 10; 17, 95, 1; UPZ 42, 37 [162 B.C.]; PTebt 55, 4 [II B.C.] ἔκρινα γράψαι; PLond III, 897, 11 p. 207 [84 A.D.]; 1 Macc 11:33; 3 Macc 1:6; Jdth 11:13; Wsd 8:9; Jos., Ant.7, 33; 12, 403; 13, 188; Did., Gen. 179, 7) Ac 3:13; 20:16; 25:25; 1 Cor 2:2; 5:3; Tit 3:12. W. τοῦ and inf. (B-D-F §397, 2) ἐκρίθη τοῦ ἀποπλεῖν ἡμᾶς Ac 27:1. ἐπεὶ ἤδη σεαυτῷ κέκρικας τοῦ μὴ δύνασθαι τὰς ἐντολὰς ταύτας ὑπὸ ἀνθρώπου φυλαχθῆναι since you have already decided in your own mind that these commandments cannot be kept by anyone Hm 12, 3, 6.—W. acc. and inf. (2 Macc 11:25, 36; 3 Macc 6:30; TestSol 10:8; SibOr 3, 127; Just., D. 102, 2) Ac 21:25 (even in the substantially different rdgs.). τοῦτο κέκρικεν …, τηρεῖν τὴν ἑαυτοῦ παρθένον he has determined this, namely to keep his fiancée (pure and undefiled) 1 Cor 7:37 (s. s.v. γαμίζω 2; Diod. S. 4, 73, 2 of a father: κρίναι ταύτην [i.e. his daughter] παρθένον διαφυλάττειν). τοῦτο κρίνατε μᾶλλον, τὸ μὴ τιθέναι πρόσκομμα but rather decide this, (namely) to give no offense Ro 14:13b. ἔκρινα ἐμαυτῷ τοῦτο, τὸ … ἐλθεῖν 2 Cor 2:1. τὰ δόγματα τὰ κεκριμένα ὑπὸ τ. ἀποστόλων Ac 16:4 (cp. Polyb. 5, 52, 6 πράξας τὸ κριθέν; Epict. 2, 15, 7 τοῖς κριθεῖσιν ἐμμένειν δεῖ). to make a judgment based on taking various factors into account, judge, think, consider, look upon w. double acc. of the obj. and the predicate (Soph., Oed. R. 34; Pla., Rep. 9, 578b and s. Cebes 39, 4; 3 Macc 2:33; Just., D. 112, 1) οὐκ ἀξίους κρίνετε ἑαυτούς you do not consider yourselves worthy Ac 13:46 (Jos., Ant. 6, 159 ὃν αὐτὸς τ. βασιλείας ἄξιον ἔκρινεν; EpArist 98); cp. PtK 3 p. 15, 17. τὰ ὑστερήματα αὐτῶν ἴδια ἐκρίνετε you considered their shortcomings as your own 1 Cl 2:6. Pass. (Thu. 2, 40, 3; Jos., Ant. 4, 193) τί ἄπιστον κρίνεται παρ᾿ ὑμῖν; why do you think it is incredible? Ac 26:8 (Jos., Ant. 18, 76 ἄπιστα αὐτὰ κρίνειν).—Foll. by acc. w. inf. (Pla., Gorg., 452c, Rep. 9, 578b; X., An. 1, 9, 5; 28) κεκρίκατέ με πιστὴν … εἶναι Ac 16:15.—W. inf. foll. κρίνω μὴ παρενοχλεῖν τοῖς κτλ. 15:19.—Foll. by τοῦτο ὅτι 2 Cor 5:14.—W. direct quest. foll. ἐν ὑμῖν αὐτοῖς κρίνατε judge, decide for yourselves 1 Cor 11:13.—W. indirect quest. foll. (Thu. 4, 130, 7 κρίναντες ἐν σφίσιν αὐτοῖς, εἰ … ; X., Cyr. 4, 1, 5) εἰ δίκαιόν ἐστιν, ὑμῶν ἀκούειν μᾶλλον ἢ τοῦ θεοῦ, κρίνατε decide whether it is right to obey you rather than God Ac 4:19.—κρίνατε ὑμεῖς ὅ φημι pass your own judgment on what I say 1 Cor 10:15.—ὀρθῶς ἔκρινας you have judged rightly Lk 7:43. to pass judgment upon (and thereby seek to influence) the lives and actions of other people judge, pass judgment upon, express an opinion about Mt 7:1a, 2a; Lk 6:37a; 1 Cl 13:2; Pol 2:3 (Sextus 183 ὁ κρίνων ἄνθρωπον κρίνεται ὑπὸ τ. θεοῦ). κ. δικαίως D 4:3; B 19:11. κ. κατ᾿ ὄψιν by the outward appearance J 7:24a. κατὰ τὴν σάρκα 8:15. τὴν δικαίαν κρίσιν κ. pass a right judgment 7:24b (on the expr. cp. Dt 16:18). This is perh. the place for 1 Pt 4:6 ἵνα κριθῶσιν κατὰ ἀνθρ. (s. ESelwyn, comm. ad loc. ref. to Lghtf.; cp. Wsd 3:4). esp. pass an unfavorable judgment upon, criticize, find fault with, condemn (Epict. 2, 21, 11) Ro 2:1abc, 3; 14:3f, 10, 13a (a play on words, w. κρίνειν used in two different mngs. in the same vs.; s. 4 below on vs. 13b); Col 2:16; Js 4:11, 12; D 11:12. μή τι κρίνετε do not pronounce judgment on anything 1 Cor 4:5. ἱνατί γὰρ ἡ ἐλευθερία μου κρίνεται ὑπὸ ἄλλης συνειδήσεως; why is my freedom (of action) to be unfavorably judged by another person’s scruples? 1 Cor 10:29. μακάριος ὁ μὴ κρίνων ἑαυτόν happy is the one who finds no fault w. himself Ro 14:22.—Also of a human judgment directed against God ὅπως ἂν νικήσεις ἐν τῷ κρίνεσθαί σε that you may win when you are judged Ro 3:4 (OMichel in KEK prefers active sense); 1 Cl 18:4 (both Ps 50:6). to make a selection, select, prefer (Aeschyl., Suppl. 39 τὶ; Pla., Rep. 3, 399e κρίνειν τινὰ πρό τινος ‘prefer someone to someone’, cp. Phlb. 57e; Himerius, Or. 40 [=Or. 6], 3 κ. τί τινι=select someth. because of someth. [a place because of its size]; κ. τὸ πρακτέον καὶ μὴ πρακτέον Did., Gen. 27, 3) ὃς μὲν γὰρ κρίνει ἡμέραν παρ᾿ ἡμέραν the one prefers one day to another Ro 14:5a. In the other half of the sentence ὃς δὲ κρίνει πᾶσαν ἡμέραν, κ. prob. has the sense recognize, approve (X., Hell. 1, 7, 34 ἔκριναν τὴν τῆς βουλῆς γνώμην) the other holds every day in esteem vs. 5b. Closely associated is mng. κρίνω (s. κρίμα; Hom.+) fut. κρινῶ; 1 aor. ἔκρινα; pf. κέκρικα; plpf. 3 sg. κεκρίκει (on the lack of augment s. B-D-F §66, 1; W-S. §12, 4; Mlt-H. 190; ἐκεκρίκει Just., D. 102, 2). Pass.: impf. ἐκρινόμην; 1 fut. κριθήσομαι; 1 aor. ἐκρίθην; pf. κέκριμαι. Primary mng.: ‘to set apart so as to distinguish, separate’, then by transference Return to: Rom 2:27	V-FAI-3S Tense: Future Voice: Active Mood: Indicative Person: third Number: Singular
Strongs: G1121 English: having the letter Greek: γράμματος Lemma: γράμμα Transliteration: grámma Definition (BDAG): pl. learning, knowledge. The mng. of γράμματα J 7:15 is connected w. 1 above; γ. without the article used w. a verb like ἐπίστασθαι, εἰδέναι means elementary knowledge esp. reading and writing (X., Mem. 4, 2, 20; Dio Chrys. 9 [10], 28; SIG2 844, 6. Very oft. in pap: POxy 264, 19; 275, 43; 485, 48; PFay 24, 21; 91, 45; PGen 8, 31; 9, 27; Is 29:12; Da 1:4; Jos., Ant. 12, 209; s. ἀγράμματος; J 7:15 therefore implies an evaluation of social status). On the other hand, τὰ γ. can also mean higher learning (X., Cyr. 1, 2, 6; Pla., Apol. 26d; Aristoxenus, fgm. 31 p. 16, 29: Pythagoras γράμματα ἐν Κορίνθῳ ἐδίδασκε; Sext. Emp., Gramm. 1, 2, 48 γραμμάτων ἔμπειρον … , τουτέστιν οὐ τ. στοιχείων, ἀλλὰ τ. συγγραμμάτων; PLond I, 43, 3 [II B.C.]; Da 1:4; EpArist 121; TestReub 4:1, TestLevi 13:2) Ac 26:24.—Field, Notes 92f; Goodsp., Probs. 102–4.—B. 1285; 1286. DELG s.v. γράφω. M-M. EDNT. TW. a set of written characters forming a document or piece of writing, a document, piece of writing, mostly in pl., even of single copies (Appian, Hann. 52 §221 al.; Polyaenus 7, 7; 7, 19; Alciphr. 4, 15; 4, 16, 1; pap; 1 Esdr 3:9, 13f; Esth 8:5, 10 al.; Jos., Ant. 7, 137; 8, 50 al.). a piece of correspondence letter, epistle (since Hdt. 5, 14; PGrenf I, 30, 5 [103 B.C.]; PAmh 143, 10; 1 Macc 5:10; EpArist 43.—γράμματα of a single letter: Diod. S. 13, 93, 1; GDI 4566, 10 [Laconia]; Sb 7995, 17; 7997, 3) Ac 28:21; Pol 13:1. a promissory note (Jos., Ant. 18, 156; PTebt 397, 17; cp. βιβλίον in Rv 5:1 and see ORoller, ZNW 36, ’37, 98–113) Lk 16:6f. a relatively long written publication writing, book (Ael. Aristid. 46, 41 K.=3 p. 46 D.: ἀσεβῆ γράμματα; Arrian, Peripl. 19, 4 ἐν πολλοῖς γράμμασιν; Biogr. p. 29 δύο γράμματα; Esth 6:1; Just., A I, 2, 3) of the books of Moses J 5:47. Of the OT gener. ἱερὰ γράμματα (in the same sense τὰ ἱερ. γ.: Philo, Mos. 2, 290; 292, Praem. 79, Leg. ad Gai. 195; Jos., Ant. 1, 13; 10, 210, C. Ap. 1, 54. Cp. OGI 56, 36 [339 B.C.] τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, ἐν ᾗ ἐπιτέλλει τὸ ἄστρον τὸ τῆς Ἴσιος, ἣ νομίζεται διὰ τῶν ἱερῶν γραμμάτων νέον ἔτος εἶναι, and the description of imperial letters as ἱερὰ or θεῖα γράμματα in Dssm., LO 321f [LAE 380]) 2 Ti 3:15 (because of the technical character of the expression no article is needed; cp. Philo, Rer. Div. Her. 106 ἐν ἱεραῖς γραφαῖς; 159, Poster. Cai. 158; Ro 1:2;16:26; 2 Pt 1:20).—Of the literally correct form of the law Ro 2:27 (BSchneider, CBQ 15, ’53, 163–207, ‘Book of the Law’ in contrast to the more general referents for γράμματα and γραφή, s. esp. 188–91). Opp. spirit (cp. Pla., Gorg. 484a.—Heraclitus, Ep. 9, 2 opp. γ. … θεός. Ps.-Archytas [IV B.C.] in Stob., Ecl. 4, 135 ed. Hense, IV p. 82, 21: νόμος ὁ μὲν ἔμψυχος βασιλεύς, ὁ δὲ ἄψυχος γράμμα=the law, if it is alive, is indeed king; but if it is lifeless, it is nothing but a letter.—Romualdus, Stud. Cath. 17, ’41, 18–32) Ro 2:29; 7:6; 2 Cor 3:6. a unit of an alphabet, in our lit. only of a Greek character: letter (Ps.-Aristot., Mirabilia 133 ἐπιγραφὴ ἀρχαίοις γράμμασιν an inscription in old-fashioned letters; Diod. S. 2, 13, 2 a rock-cut inscription Συρίοις γράμμασιν; Procop. Soph., Ep. 28; Lev 19:28; Jos., Bell. 5, 235, Ant. 3, 178; Tat. 9, 3 al.) Lk 23:38 v.l. (UPZ 108, 30 [99 B.C.] official placard in Gk. and Egypt. script. Naturally script and language coincide, as plainly in Diod. S. 19, 23, 3 ἡ ἐπιστολὴ Συρίοις γεγραμμένη γράμμασιν=the letter was written in the Syrian language); 2 Cor 3:7 (CHickling, NTS 21, ’74/75, 380–95); Gal 6:11 (cp. Plut., Cato Maj. 348 [20, 7] συγγράψαι ἰδίᾳ χειρὶ κ. μεγάλοις γράμμασιν; PHib 29, 9 [265 B.C.]). Letter as a numeral B 9:7f. μεταγράφεσθαι πρὸς γ. copy letter for letter Hv 2, 1, 4. δι᾿ ὀλίγων γραμμάτων in a few lines, IRo 8:2; IPol 7:3. γράμμα , ατος, τό (s. γράφω; Aeschyl., Hdt.+). Return to: Rom 2:27	N-GSN Part of Speech: Noun Case: Genitive Number: Singular Gender: Neuter
Strongs: G3848 English: are a transgressor Greek: παραβάτην Lemma: παραβάτης Transliteration: parabátēs Definition (BDAG): παραβάτης, ου, ὁ (παραβαίνω; s. prec. entry; in non-bibl. wr. mostly a warrior beside the charioteer, or a certain kind of foot-soldier) in our lit. only violator, transgressor (so Aeschyl., Eum. 553 [on the rdg. παρβάδαν s. Schwyzer II 492]; Pythag., Ep. 3, 7 παραβάται τᾶν ὁμολογιᾶν γινόμεθα; Polemo [Macrobius, Saturnalia 5, 19, 29] π. θεῶν; perh. PMich 478, 16 [II A.D.]; Suda on Ἀμάχιος; Sym.; π. τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ ἐντολῆς Did., Gen. 84, 27; Theoph. Ant. 2, 16 [p. 140, 13]) (τοῦ) νόμου Ro 2:25, 27; Js 2:11; Lk 6:4 D. Abs. sinner (Ps.-Clem., Hom. 3, 39) Gal 2:18 (WMundle, ZNW 23, 1924, 152f); Js 2:9.—DELG s.v. βαίνω. M-M. TW. Return to: Rom 2:27	N-ASM Part of Speech: Noun Case: Accusative Number: Singular Gender: Masculine

Rom 2:28
Definition	RMAC
Strongs: G1722 English: is one outwardly Greek: ἐν Lemma: ἐν Transliteration: en Definition (BDAG): marker of specification or substance: w. adj. πλούσιος ἐν ἐλέει Eph 2:4; cp. Tit 2:3; Js 1:8.—of substance consisting in (BGU 72, 11 [191 A.D.] ἐξέκοψαν πλεῖστον τόπον ἐν ἀρούραις πέντε) τὸν νόμον τῶν ἐντολῶν ἐν δόγμασιν Eph 2:15. ἐν μηδενὶ λειπόμενοι Js 1:4 (contrast Just., A I, 67, 6 τοῖς ἐν χρείᾳ οὖσι). Ac 7:14.—Very rarely for the genitive (Philo Mech. 75, 29 τὸ ἐν τῷ κυλίνδρῳ κοίλασμα; EpArist 31 ἡ ἐν αὐτοῖς θεωρία = ἡ αὐτῶν θ.; cp. 29; Tat. 18, 1 πᾶν τὸ ἐν αὐτῇ εἶδος) ἡ δωρεὰ ἐν χάριτι the free gift in beneficence or grace Ro 5:15.—DELG. LfgrE s.v. ἐν col. 569 (lit. esp. early Greek). M-M. TW. marker denoting kind and manner, esp. functioning as an auxiliary in periphrasis for adverbs (Kühner-G. I 466): ἐν δυνάμει w. power, powerfully Mk 9:1; Ro 1:4; Col 1:29; 2 Th 1:11; ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ justly Ac 17:31; Rv 19:11 (cp. Just., A II, 4, 3 and D. 16, 3; 19, 2 ἐν δίκῃ). ἐν χαρᾷ joyfully Ro 15:32. ἐν ἐκτενείᾳ earnestly Ac 26:7. ἐν σπουδῇ zealously Ro 12:8. ἐν χάριτι graciously Gal 1:6; 2 Th 2:16. ἐν (πάσῃ) παρρησίᾳ freely, openly J 7:4; 16:29; Phil 1:20. ἐν πάσῃ ἀσφαλείᾳ Ac 5:23. ἐν τάχει (PHib 47, 35 [256 B.C.] ἀπόστειλον ἐν τάχει) Lk 18:8; Ro 16:20; Rv 1:1; 22:6. ἐν μυστηρίῳ 1 Cor 2:7 (belongs prob. not to σοφία, but to λαλοῦμεν: in the form of a secret; cp. Polyb. 23, 3, 4; 26, 7, 5; Just., D. 63, 2 Μωυσῆς … ἐν παραβολῇ λέγων; 68, 6 εἰρήμενον … ἐν μυστηρίῳ; Diod. S. 17, 8, 5 ἐν δωρεαῖς λαβόντες=as gifts; 2 Macc 4:30 ἐν δωρεᾷ=as a gift; Sir 26:3; Polyb. 28, 17, 9 λαμβάνειν τι ἐν φερνῇ). Of the norm: ἐν μέτρῳ ἑνὸς ἑκάστου μέρους acc. to the measure of each individual part Eph 4:16. On 1 Cor 1:21 s. AWedderburn, ZNW 64, ’73, 132–34. marker of a period of time, in, while, when indicating an occurrence or action within which, at a certain point, someth. occurs Mt 2:1. ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις 3:1. ἐν τῷ ἑξῆς afterward Lk 7:11. ἐν τῷ μεταξύ meanwhile (PTebt 72, 190; PFlor 36, 5) J 4:31. in the course of, within ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις (X., Ages. 1, 34; Diod. S. 13, 14, 2; 20, 83, 4; Arrian, Anab. 4, 6, 4 ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις; Aelian, VH 1, 6; IPriene 9, 29; GDI 1222, 4 [Arcadia] ἰν ἁμέραις τρισί; EpArist 24; Demetr.: 722 fgm. 1:3 Jac.) Mt 27:40; J 2:19f. point of time when someth. occurs ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως Mt 11:22 (En 10:6; Just., D. 38, 2; Tat. 12, 4). ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ J 6:44; 11:24; 12:48; cp. 7:37. ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ Mt 8:13; 10:19; cp. 7:22; J 4:53. ἐν σαββάτῳ 12:2; J 7:23. ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ J 11:9 (opp. ἐν τῇ νυκτί vs. 10). ἐν τῷ δευτέρῳ on the second visit Ac 7:13. ἐν τῇ παλιγγενεσίᾳ in the new age Mt 19:28. ἐν τῇ παρουσίᾳ 1 Cor 15:23; 1 Th 2:19; 3:13; Phil 2:12 (here, in contrast to the other pass., there is no reference to the second coming of Christ.—Just., D. 31, 1 ἐν τῇ ἐνδόξῳ γινομένῃ αὐτοῦ παρουσίᾳ; 35, 8; 54, 1 al.); 1J 2:28. ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει in the resurrection Mt 22:28; Mk 12:23; Lk 14:14; 20:33; J 11:24 (Just., D. 45, 2 ἐν τῇ τῶν νεκρῶν ἀναστάσει). ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ σάλπιγγι at the last trumpet-call 1 Cor 15:52. ἐν τῇ ἀποκαλύψει at the appearance of Jesus/Christ (in the last days) 2 Th 1:7; 1 Pt 1:7, 13; 4:13. to introduce an activity whose time is given when, while, during (Diod. S. 23, 12, 1 ἐν τοῖς τοιούτοις=in the case of this kind of behavior) ἐν τῇ προσευχῇ when (you) pray Mt 21:22. ἐν τῇ στάσει during the revolt Mk 15:7. ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ in the course of his teaching Mk 4:2; 12:38. If Lk 24:35 belongs here, the sense would be on the occasion of, when (but s. 5b). ἐν αὐτῷ in it (the preaching of the gospel) Eph 6:20. γρηγοροῦντες ἐν αὐτῇ (τῇ προσευχῇ) while you are watchful in it Col 4:2. Esp. w. the pres. inf. used substantively: ἐν τῷ σπείρειν while (he) sowed Mt 13:4; Mk 4:4; cp. 6:48 (s. 7 above and βασανίζω); ἐν τῷ καθεύδειν τοὺς ἀνθρώπους while people were asleep Mt 13:25; ἐν τῷ κατηγορεῖσθαι αὐτόν during the accusations against him 27:12. W. the aor. inf. the meaning is likewise when. Owing to the fundamental significance of the aor. the action is the focal point (s. Rob. 1073, opp. B-D-F §404) ἐν τῷ γενέσθαι τὴν φωνήν Lk 9:36. ἐν τῷ ἐπανελθεῖν αὐτόν 19:15. ἐν τῷ εἰσελθεῖν αὐτούς 9:34.—W. ἐν ᾦ while, as long as (Soph., Trach. 929; Cleanthes [IV/III B.C.] Stoic. I p. 135, 1 [Diog. L. 7, 171]; Demetr.: 722 fgm. 1, 11 Jac.; Plut., Mor. 356c; Arrian, Anab. 6, 12, 1; Pamprepios of Panopolis [V A.D.] 1, 22 [ed. HGerstin- ger, SBWienAk 208/3, 1928]) Mk 2:19; Lk 5:34; 24:44 D; J 5:7. marker of cause or reason, because of, on account of (PParis 28, 13=UPZ 48, 12f [162/161 B.C.] διαλυόμενοι ἐν τῷ λιμῷ; Ps 30:11; 1 Macc 16:3 ἐν τῷ ἐλέει; 2 Macc 7:29; Sir 33:17) gener. ἁγιάζεσθαι ἔν τινι Hb 10:10; 1 Cor 7:14. ἐν τ. ἐπιθυμίαις τῶν καρδιῶν Ro 1:24; perh. ἐν Ἰσαὰκ κληθήσεταί σοι σπέρμα 9:7; Hb 11:18 (both Gen 21:12). ἐν τῇ πολυλογίᾳ αὐτῶν because of their many words Mt 6:7. ἐν τούτῳ πιστεύομεν this is the reason why we believe J 16:30; cp. Ac 24:16; 1 Cor 4:4 (Just., D. 68, 7 οὐχὶ καὶ ἐν τούτῳ δυσωπήσω ὑμᾶς μὴ πείθεσθαι τοῖς διδασκάλοις ὑμῶν=‘surely you will be convinced by this [argument] to lose confidence in your teachers, won’t you?’); perh. 2 Cor 5:2. Sim., of the occasion: ἔφυγεν ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τούτῳ at this statement Ac 7:29; cp. 8:6. W. attraction ἐν ᾧ = ἐν τούτῳ ὅτι for the reason that = because Ro 8:3; Hb 2:18; 6:17. w. verbs that express feeling or emotion, to denote that toward which the feeling is directed; so: εὐδοκεῖν (εὐδοκία), εὐφραίνεσθαι, καυχᾶσθαι, χαίρειν et al. marker denoting the object to which someth. happens or in which someth. shows itself, or by which someth. is recognized, to, by, in connection with: ζητεῖν τι ἔν τινι require someth. in the case of someone 1 Cor 4:2; cp. ἐν ἡμῖν μάθητε so that you might learn in connection w. us vs. 6. Cp. Phil 1:30. ἵνα οὕτως γένηται ἐν ἐμοί that this may be done in my case 1 Cor 9:15 (Just., D. 77, 3 τοῦτο γενόμενον ἐν τῷ ἡμετέρῳ Χριστῷ). ἐδόξαζον ἐν ἐμοὶ τὸν θεόν perh. they glorified God in my case Gal 1:24, though because of me and for me are also possible. μήτι ἐν ἐμοὶ ἀνεκεφαλαιώθη ἡ ἱστορία GJs 13:1 (s. ἀνακεφαλαιόω 1). ποιεῖν τι ἔν τινι do someth. to (with) someone (Epict., Ench. 33, 12; Ps.-Lucian, Philopatr. 18 μὴ ἑτεροῖόν τι ποιήσῃς ἐν ἐμοί; Gen 40:14; Jdth 7:24; 1 Macc 7:23) Mt 17:12; Lk 23:31. ἐργάζεσθαί τι ἔν τινι Mk 14:6. ἔχειν τι ἔν τινι have someth. in someone J 3:15 (but ἐν αὐτῷ is oft. constr. w. πιστεύων, cp. v.l.); cp. 14:30 (s. BNoack, Satanas u. Soteria ’48, 92). ἵνα δικαιοσύνης ναὸν ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ σώματι ἀναδείξῃ AcPlCor 2:17 (s. ἀναδείκνυμι 1).—For the ordinary dat. (Diod. S. 3, 51, 4 ἐν ἀψύχῳ ἀδύνατον=it is impossible for a lifeless thing; Ael. Aristid. 49, 15 K.=25 p. 492 D.: ἐν Νηρίτῳ θαυμαστὰ ἐνεδείξατο=[God] showed wonderful things to N.; 53 p. 629 D.: οὐ γὰρ ἐν τοῖς βελτίστοις εἰσὶ παῖδες, ἐν δὲ πονηροτάτοις οὐκέτι=it is not the case that the very good have children, and the very bad have none [datives of possession]; 54 p. 653 D.: ἐν τ. φαύλοις θετέον=to the bad; EpJer 66 ἐν ἔθνεσιν; Aesop, Fab. 19, 8 and 348a, 5 v.l. Ch.) ἀποκαλύψαι τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ ἐν ἐμοί Gal 1:16. φανερόν ἐστιν ἐν αὐτοῖς Ro 1:19 (Aesop 15c, 11 Ch. τ. φανερὸν ἐν πᾶσιν=evident to all). ἐν ἐμοὶ βάρβαρος (corresp. to τῷ λαλοῦντι βάρβ.) 1 Cor 14:11 (Amphis Com. [IV B.C.] 21 μάταιός ἐστιν ἐν ἐμοί). δεδομένον ἐν ἀνθρώποις Ac 4:12. θεῷ … ἐν ἀνθρώποις Lk 2:14.—Esp. w. verbs of striking against: προσκόπτω, πταίω, σκανδαλίζομαι; s. these entries. marker of circumstance or condition under which someth. takes place: ἐν ᾧ κρίνεις Ro 2:1 (but s. B-D-F §219, 2); ἐν ᾧ δοκιμάζει 14:22; ἐν ᾧ καυχῶνται 2 Cor 11:12; ἐν ᾧ τις τολμᾷ 11:21; ἐν ᾧ καταλαλοῦσιν whereas they slander 1 Pt 2:12, cp. 3:16 (on these Petrine pass. s. also ὅς 1k); ἐν ᾧ ξενίζονται in view of your changed attitude they consider it odd 4:4. ἐν ᾧ in 3:19 may similarly refer to a changed circumstance, i.e. from death to life (WDalton, Christ’s Proclamation to the Spirits, ’65, esp. 135–42: ‘in this sphere, under this influence’ [of the spirit]). Other possibilities: as far as this is concerned: πνεῦμα• ἐν ᾧ spirit; as which (FZimmermann, APF 11, ’35, 174 ‘meanwhile’ [indessen]; BReicke, The Disobedient Spirits and Christian Baptism, ’46, 108–15: ‘on that occasion’=when he died).—Before a substantive inf. (oft. LXX; s. KHuber, Unters. über den Sprachchar. des griech. Lev., diss. Zürich 1916, 83): in that w. pres. inf. (POxy 743, 35 [2 B.C.] ἐν τῷ δέ με περισπᾶσθαι οὐκ ἠδυνάσθην συντυχεῖν Ἀπολλωνίῳ; Just., D. 10, 3 ἐν τῷ μήτε σάββατα τηρεῖν μήτε …) βασανιζομένους ἐν τῷ ἐλαύνειν as they were having rough going in the waves=having a difficult time making headway Mk 6:48. ἐθαύμαζον ἐν τῷ χρονίζειν … αὐτόν they marveled over his delay Lk 1:21. ἐν τῷ τὴν χεῖρα ἐκτείνειν σε in that you extend your hand Ac 4:30; cp. 3:26; Hb 8:13. W. aor. inf. ἐν τῷ ὑποτάξαι αὐτῷ τὰ πάντα Hb 2:8. Somet. the circumstantial and temporal (s. 7 and 10) uses are so intermingled that it is difficult to decide between them; so in some of the pass. cited above, and also Hv 1, 1, 8 et al. (B-D-F §404, 3; Rob. 1073).—WHutton, Considerations for the Translation of ἐν, Bible Translator 9, ’58, 163–70; response by NTurner, ibid. 10, ’59, 113–20.—On ἐν w. article and inf. s. ISoisalon-Soininen, Die Infinitive in der LXX, ’65, 80ff. marker of agency: with the help of (Diod. S. 19, 46, 4 ἐν τοῖς μετέχουσι τοῦ συνεδρίου=with the help of the members of the council; Philostrat., Vi. Apoll. 7, 9 p. 259, 31 ἐν ἐκείνῳ ἑαλωκότες) ἐν τῷ ἄρχοντι τ. δαιμονίων ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια Mt 9:34. ἐν ἑτερογλώσσοις λαλεῖν 1 Cor 14:21. κρίνειν τ. οἰκουμένην ἐν ἀνδρί Ac 17:31 (cp. SIG2 850, 8 [173/172 B.C.] κριθέντω ἐν ἄνδροις τρίοις; Synes., Ep. 91 p. 231b ἐν ἀνδρί); perh. 1 Cor 6:2 (s. 1e); ἀπολύτρωσις ἐν Χρ. redemption through Christ Ro 3:24 (cp. ἐν αὐτῷ σωθήσεσθε Just., A I, 60, 3). marker introducing means or instrument, with, a construction that begins w. Homer (many examples of instrumental ἐν in Radermacher’s edition of Ps.-Demetr., Eloc. p. 100; Reader, Polemo p. 258) but whose wide currency in our lit. is partly caused by the infl. of the LXX, and its similarity to the Hebr. constr. w. בְּ (B-D-F §219; Mlt. 104; Mlt-H. 463f; s. esp. M-M p. 210). it can serve to introduce persons or things that accompany someone to secure an objective: ‘along with’ α. pers., esp. of a military force, w. blending of associative (s. 4) and instrumental idea (1 Macc 1:17; 7:14, 28 al.): ἐν δέκα χιλιάσιν ὑπαντῆσαι meet, w. 10,000 men Lk 14:31 (cp. 1 Macc 4:6, 29 συνήντησεν αὐτοῖς Ἰούδας ἐν δέκα χιλιάσιν ἀνδρῶν). ἦλθεν ἐν μυριάσιν αὐτοῦ Jd 14 (cp. Jdth 16:3 ἦλθεν ἐν μυριάσι δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ). β. impers. (oft. LXX; PTebt 41, 5 [c. 119 B.C.]; 16, 14 [114 B.C.]; 45, 17 al., where people rush into the village or the house ἐν μαχαίρῃ, ἐν ὅπλοις). (Just., D. 86, 6 τῆς ἀξίνης, ἐν ἧ πεπορευμένοι ἦσαν … κόψαι ξύλα) ἐν ῥάβδῳ ἔρχεσθαι come with a stick (as a means of discipline) 1 Cor 4:21 (cp. Lucian, Dial. Mort. 23, 3 Ἑρμῆν καθικόμενον ἐν τῇ ῥάβδῳ; Gen 32:11; 1 Km 17:43; 1 Ch 11:23; Dssm., B 115f [BS 120]). ἐν πληρώματι εὐλογίας with the full blessing Ro 15:29. ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ Mt 16:28. ἐν αἵματι Hb 9:25 (cp. Mi 6:6). ἐν τῷ ὕδατι καὶ ἐν τῷ αἵματι 1J 5:6. ἐν πνεύματι καὶ δυνάμει τοῦ Ἠλίου equipped w. the spirit and power of Elijah Lk 1:17. φθάνειν ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ come with the preaching of the gospel 2 Cor 10:14. μὴ ἐν ζύμῃ παλαιᾷ not burdened w. old leaven 1 Cor 5:8. it can serve to express means or instrumentality in terms of location for a specific action (cp. TestAbr A 12 p. 91, 5f [Stone p. 30] κρατῶν ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ ζυγόν; Tat. 9, 2 οἱ ἐν τοῖς πεσσοῖς ἀθύροντες ‘those who play w. gaming pieces’ [as, e.g., in backgammon]): κατακαίειν ἐν πυρί Rv 17:16 (cp. Bar 1:2; 1 Esdr 1:52; 1 Macc 5:5 al.; as early as Il. 24, 38; cp. POxy 2747, 74; Aelian, HA 14, 15. Further, the ἐν Rv 17:16 is not textually certain). ἐν ἅλατι ἁλίζειν, ἀρτύειν Mt 5:13; Mk 9:50; Lk 14:34 (s. M-M p. 210; WHutton, ET 58, ’46/47, 166–68). ἐν τῷ αἵματι λευκαίνειν Rv 7:14. ἐν αἵματι καθαρίζειν Hb 9:22. ἐν ῥομφαίᾳ ἀποκτείνειν kill with the sword Rv 6:8 (1 Esdr 1:50; 1 Macc 2:9; cp. 3:3; Jdth 16:4; ἀπολεῖ ἐν ῥομφαίᾳ En 99:16; 4 [6] Esdr [POxy 1010] ἐν ῥ. πεσῇ … πεσοῦνται ἐν μαχαίρῃ; cp. Lucian, Hist. Conscrib. 12 ἐν ἀκοντίῳ φονεύειν). ἐν μαχαίρῃ πατάσσειν Lk 22:49 (διχοτομήσατε … ἐν μ. GrBar 16:3); ἐν μ. ἀπόλλυσθαι perish by the sword Mt 26:52. ποιμαίνειν ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ Rv 2:27; 12:5; 19:15 (s. ποιμαίνω 2aγ and cp. PGM 36, 109). καταπατεῖν τι ἐν τοῖς ποσίν tread someth. w. the feet Mt 7:6 (cp. Sir 38:29). δύο λαοὺς βλέπω ἐν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς μου I see two peoples with my eyes GJs 17:2 (ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖσιν ὀρᾶν=see with the eyes: cp. Il. 1, 587; Od. 8, 459; Callinus [VII B.C.], fgm. 1, 20 Diehl2). ποιεῖν κράτος ἐν βραχίονι do a mighty deed w. one’s arm Lk 1:51 (cp. Sir 38:30); cp. Ro 5:9. ἐν ἁγιασμῷ πνεύματος 2 Th 2:13; 1 Pt 1:2; ἐν τ. παρακλήσει 2 Cor 7:7. εὐλογεῖν ἐν εὐλογίᾳ Eph 1:3. λαλοῦντες ἑαυτοῖς ἐν ψάλμοις 5:19. ἀσπάσασθαι … ἐν εὐχῇ greet w. prayer GJs 24:1. Of intellectual process γινώσκειν ἔν τινι know or recognize by someth. (cp. Thuc. 7, 11, 1 ἐν ἐπιστολαῖς ἴστε; Sir 4:24; 11:28; 26:29) J 13:35; 1J 3:19; cp. ἐν τῇ κλάσει τοῦ ἄρτου in the breaking of bread Lk 24:35 (s. 10c).— The ἐν which takes the place of the gen. of price is also instrumental ἠγόρασας ἐν τῷ αἵματί σου Rv 5:9 (cp. 1 Ch 21:24 ἀγοράζω ἐν ἀργυρίῳ).—ἐν ᾧ whereby Ro 14:21.—The idiom ἀλλάσσειν, μεταλλάσσειν τι ἔν τινι exchange someth. for someth. else Ro 1:23, 25 (cp. Ps 105:20) is not un-Greek (Soph., Ant. 945 Danaë had to οὐράνιον φῶς ἀλλάξαι ἐν χαλκοδέτοις αὐλαῖς=change the heavenly light for brass-bound chambers). marker of close association within a limit, in fig., of pers., to indicate the state of being filled w. or gripped by someth.: in someone=in one’s innermost being ἐν αὐτῷ κατοικεῖ πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα in him dwells all the fullness Col 2:9. ἐν αὐτῷ ἐκτίσθη τὰ πάντα (prob. to be understood as local, not instrumental, since ἐν αὐ. would otherwise be identical w. δι᾿ αὐ. in the same vs.) everything was created in association with him 1:16 (cp. M. Ant. 4, 23 ἐν σοὶ πάντα; Herm. Wr. 5, 10; AFeuillet, NTS 12, ’65, 1–9). ἐν τῷ θεῷ κέκρυπται ἡ ζωὴ ὑμῶν your life is hid in God 3:3; cp. 2:3. Of sin in humans Ro 7:17f; cp. κατεργάζεσθαι vs. 8. Of Christ who, as a spiritual being, fills people so as to be in charge of their lives 8:10; 2 Cor 13:5, abides J 6:56, lives Gal 2:20, and takes form 4:19 in them. Of the divine word: οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ἡμῖν 1J 1:10; μένειν ἔν τινι J 5:38; ἐνοικεῖν Col 3:16. Of God’s spirit: οἰκεῖν (ἐνοικεῖν) ἔν τινι Ro 8:9, 11; 1 Cor 3:16; 2 Ti 1:14. Of spiritual gifts 1 Ti 4:14; 2 Ti 1:6. Of miraculous powers ἐνεργεῖν ἔν τινι be at work in someone Mt 14:2; Mk 6:14; ποιεῖν ἔν τινι εὐάρεστον Hb 13:21. The same expr. of God or evil spirits, who somehow work in people: 1 Cor 12:6; Phil 2:13; Eph 2:2 al. of the whole, w. which the parts are closely joined: μένειν ἐν τῇ ἀμπέλῳ remain in the vine J 15:4. ἐν ἑνὶ σώματι μέλη πολλὰ ἔχομεν in one body we have many members Ro 12:4. κρέμασθαι ἔν τινι depend on someth. Mt 22:40. esp. in Paul. or Joh. usage, to designate a close personal relation in which the referent of the ἐν-term is viewed as the controlling influence: under the control of, under the influence of, in close association with (cp. ἐν τῷ Δαυιδ εἰμί 2 Km 19:44): of Christ εἶναι, μένειν ἐν τῷ πατρί (ἐν τῷ θεῷ) J 10:38; 14:10f (difft. CGordon, ‘In’ of Predication or Equivalence: JBL 100, ’81, 612f); and of Christians 1J 3:24; 4:13, 15f; be or abide in Christ J 14:20; 15:4f; μένειν ἐν τῷ υἱῷ καὶ ἐν τῷ πατρί 1J 2:24. ἔργα ἐν θεῷ εἰργασμένα done in communion with God J 3:21 (but s. 1e above).—In Paul the relation of the individual to Christ is very oft. expressed by such phrases as ἐν Χριστῷ, ἐν κυρίῳ etc., also vice versa (FNeugebauer, NTS 4, ’57/58, 124– 38; AWedderburn, JSNT 25, ’85, 83–97) ἐν ἐμοὶ Χριστός Gal 2:20, but here in the sense of a above.—See, e.g., Dssm., D. ntl. Formel ‘in Christo Jesu’ 1892; EWeber, D. Formel ‘in Chr. Jesu’ u. d. paul. Christusmystik: NKZ 31, 1920, 213ff; LBrun, Zur Formel ‘in Chr. Jesus’ im Phil: Symbolae Arctoae 1, 1922, 19–37; MHansen, Omkring Paulus-Formeln ‘i Kristus’: TK 4/10, 1929, 135–59; HBöhlig, Ἐν κυρίῳ: GHeinrici Festschr. 1914, 170–75; OSchmitz, D. Christusgemeinschaft d. Pls2 ’56; AWikenhauser, D. Christusmystik d. Pls2 ’56; KMittring, Heilswirklichkeit b. Pls; Beitrag z. Verständnis der unio cum Christo in d. Plsbriefen 1929; ASchweitzer, D. Mystik d. Ap. Pls 1930 (Eng. tr., WMontgomery, The Myst. of Paul the Ap., ’31); WSchmauch, In Christus ’35; BEaston, Pastoral Ep. ’47, 210f; FBüchsel, ‘In Chr.’ b. Pls: ZNW 42, ’49, 141–58. Also HKorn, D. Nachwirkungen d. Christusmystik d. Pls in den Apost. Vätern, diss. Berlin 1928; EAndrews, Interpretation 6, ’52, 162–77; H-LParisius, ZNW 49, ’58, 285–88 (10 ‘forensic’ passages); JAllan, NTS 5, ’58/59, 54–62 (Eph), ibid. 10, ’63, 115–21 (pastorals); FNeugebauer, In Christus, etc. ’61; MDahl, The Resurrection of the Body (1 Cor 15) ’62, 110–13.—Paul has the most varied expressions for this new life-principle: life in Christ Ro 6:11, 23; love in Christ 8:39; grace, which is given in Christ 1 Cor 1:4; freedom in Chr. Gal 2:4; blessing in Chr. 3:14; unity in Chr. vs. 28. στήκειν ἐν κυρίῳ stand firm in the Lord Phil 4:1; εὑρεθῆναι ἐν Χ. be found in Christ 3:9; εἶναι ἐν Χ. 1 Cor 1:30; οἱ ἐν Χ. Ro 8:1.—1 Pt 5:14; κοιμᾶσθαι ἐν Χ., ἀποθνῄσκειν ἐν κυρίῳ 1 Cor 15:18.—Rv 14:13; ζῳοποιεῖσθαι 1 Cor 15:22.—The formula is esp. common w. verbs that denote a conviction, hope, etc. πεποιθέναι Gal 5:10; Phil 1:14; 2 Th 3:4. παρρησίαν ἔχειν Phlm 8. πέπ marker of extension toward a goal that is understood to be within an area or condition, into: ἐν is somet. used w. verbs of motion where εἰς would normally be expected (Diod. S. 23, 8, 1 Ἄννων ἐπέρασε ἐν Σικελίᾳ; Hero I 142, 7; 182, 4; Paus. 7, 4, 3 διαβάντες ἐν τῇ Σάμῳ; Epict. 1, 11, 32; 2, 20, 33; Aelian, VH 4, 18; Vett. Val. 210, 26; 212, 6 al., s. index; Pel.-Leg. 1, 4; 5; 2, 1; PParis 10, 2 [145 B.C.] ἀνακεχώρηκεν ἐν Ἀλεξανδρείᾳ; POxy 294, 4; BGU 22, 13; Tob 5:5 BA; 1 Macc 10:43; TestAbr B 2 p. 106, 23=Stone p. 60 [s. on the LXX Thackeray 25]; πέμψον αὐτοὺς ἐν πολέμῳ En 10:9; TestAbr A 6 p. 83, 22 [Stone p. 14] δάκρυα … ἐν τῷ νιπτῆρι πίπτοντα): εἰσέρχεσθαι Lk 9:46; Rv 11:11; ἀπάγειν GJs 6:1; ἀνάγειν 7:1; εἰσάγειν 10:1; καταβαίνειν Lk 7:17; likew. 1 Th 1:8. The metaphorical expr. ἐπιστρέψαι ἀπειθεῖς ἐν φρονήσει δικαίων turn the disobedient to the wisdom of the righteous Lk 1:17 is striking but consistent w. the basic sense of ἐν. S. also γίνομαι, δίδωμι, ἵστημι, καλέω, and τίθημι. ἐν μέσῳ among somet. answers to the question ‘whither’ (B-D-F §215, 3) Mt 10:16; Lk 10:3; 8:7. marker of a state or condition, in of being clothed and metaphors assoc. with such condition in, with (Hdt. 2, 159; X., Mem. 3, 11, 4; Diod. S. 1, 12, 9; Herodian 2, 13, 3; Jdth 10:3; 1 Macc 6:35; 2 Macc 3:33) ἠμφιεσμένον ἐν μαλακοῖς dressed in soft clothes Mt 11:8. περιβάλλεσθαι ἐν ἱματίοις Rv 3:5; 4:4. ἔρχεσθαι ἐν ἐνδύμασι προβάτων come in sheep’s clothing Mt 7:15. περιπατεῖν ἐν στολαῖς walk about in long robes Mk 12:38 (Tat. 2, 1 ἐν πορφυρίδι περιπατῶν); cp. Ac 10:30; Mt 11:21; Lk 10:13. ἐν λευκοῖς in white (Artem. 2, 3; 4, 2 ἐν λευκοῖς προϊέναι; Epict. 3, 22, 1) J 20:12; Hv 4, 2, 1. Prob. corresp. ἐν σαρκί clothed in flesh (cp. Diod. S. 1, 12, 9 deities appear ἐν ζῴων μορφαῖς) 1 Ti 3:16; 1J 4:2; 2J 7. ἐν πάσῃ τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ in all his glory Mt 6:29 (cp. 1 Macc 10:86). ἐν τ. δόξῃ τοῦ πατρός clothed in his Father’s glory 16:27; cp. 25:31; Mk 8:38; Lk 9:31. of other states and conditions (so freq. w. γίνομαι, εἰμί; Attic wr.; PPetr II, 11 [1], 8 [III B.C.] γράφε, ἵνα εἰδῶμεν ἐν οἷς εἶ; 39 [g], 16; UPZ 110, 176 [164 B.C.] et al.; LXX; Just., A I, 13, 2 πάλιν ἐν ἀφθαρσίᾳ γενέσθαι; 67, 6 τοῖς ἐν χρείᾳ οὖσι; Tat. 20, 1f οὐκ ἔστι γὰρ ἄπειρος ὁ οὐρανός, … πεπερασμένος δὲ καὶ ἐν τέρματι; Mel., HE 4, 26, 6 ἐν … λεηλασίᾳ ‘plundering’): ὑπάρχων ἐν βασάνοις Lk 16:23. ἐν τῷ θανάτῳ 1J 3:14. ἐν ζωῇ Ro 5:10. ἐν τοῖς δεσμοῖς Phlm 13 (Just., A II, 2, 11 ἐν δ. γενέσθαι). ἐν πειρασμοῖς 1 Pt 1:6; ἐν πολλοῖς ὢν ἀστοχήμασι AcPlCor 2:1. ἐν ὁμοιώματι σαρκός Ro 8:3. ἐν πολλῷ ἀγῶνι 1 Th 2:2. ἐν φθορᾷ in a state of corruptibility 1 Cor 15:42. ἐν ἑτοίμῳ ἔχειν 2 Cor 10:6 (cp. PEleph 10, 7 [223/222 B.C.] τ. λοιπῶν ἐν ἑτοίμῳ ὄντων; PGen 76, 8; 3 Macc 5:8); ἐν ἐκστάσει in a state of trance Ac 11:5 (opp. Just., D, 115, 3 ἐν καταστάσει ὤν). Of qualities: ἐν πίστει κ. ἀγάπῃ κ. ἁγιασμῷ 1 Ti 2:15; ἐν κακίᾳ καὶ φθόνῳ Tit 3:3; ἐν πανουργίᾳ 2 Cor 4:2; ἐν εὐσεβείᾳ καὶ σεμνότητι 1 Ti 2:2; ἐν τῇ ἀνοχῇ τοῦ θεοῦ Ro 3:26; ἐν μυστηρίῳ 1 Cor 2:7; ἐν δόξῃ Phil 4:19. marker of a position defined as being in a location, in, among (the basic idea, Rob. 586f) of the space or place within which someth. is found, in: ἐν τῇ πόλει Lk 7:37. ἐν Βηθλέεμ Mt 2:1. ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ 3:1 (Just., D. 19, 5, cp. A I, 12, 6 ἐν ἐρημίᾳ) ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ Ac 5:42. ἐν οἴκῳ 1 Ti 3:15 and very oft. ἐν τοῖς τοῦ πατρός μου in my Father’s house Lk 2:49 and perh. Mt 20:15 (cp. Jos., Ant. 16, 302, C. Ap. 1, 118 ἐν τοῖς τοῦ Διός; PTebt 12, 3; POxy 523, 3; Tob 6:11 S; Goodsp., Probs. 81–83). ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ Mt 20:3. ἐν (τῷ) οὐρανῷ in heaven (Arat., Phaen. 10; Diod. S. 4, 61, 6; Plut., Mor. 359d τὰς ψυχὰς ἐν οὐρανῷ λάμπειν ἄστρα; Tat. 12, 2 τὰ ἄστρα τὰ ἐν αὐτῷ) Ac 2:19 (Jo 3:3); Rv 12:1; IEph 19:2.—W. quotations and accounts of the subject matter of literary works: in (Ps.-Demetr. c. 226 ὡς ἐν τῷ Εὐθυδήμῳ; Simplicius in Epict. p. 28, 37 ἐν τῷ Φαίδωνι; Ammon. Hermiae in Aristot. De Interpret. c. 9 p. 136, 20 Busse ἐν Τιμαίῳ παρειλήφαμεν=we have received as a tradition; 2 Macc 2:4; 1 Esdr 1:40; 5:48; Sir 50:27; Just., A I, 60, 1 ἐν τῷ παρὰ Πλάτωνι Τιμαίῳ) ἐν τῇ ἐπιστολῇ 1 Cor 5:9. ἐν τῷ νόμῳ Lk 24:44; J 1:45. ἐν τοῖς προφήταις Ac 13:40. ἐν Ἠλίᾳ in the story of Elijah Ro 11:2 (Just., D. 120, 3 ἐν τῷ Ἰούδα). ἐν τῷ Ὡσηέ 9:25 (Just., D. 44, 2 ἐν τῷ Ἰεζεκιήλ). ἐν Δαυίδ in the Psalter (by David is also prob.: s. 6) Hb 4:7. ἐν ἑτέρῳ προφήτῃ in another prophet B 6:14. Of inner life φανεροῦσθαι ἐν ταῖς συνειδήσεσι be made known to (your) consciences 2 Cor 5:11. ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ Mt 5:28; 13:19; 2 Cor 11:12 et al. on ἐν τῷ ὄρει (X., An. 4, 3, 31; Diod. S. 14, 16, 2 λόφος ἐν ᾧ=a hill on which; Jos., Ant. 12, 259; Just., D. 67, 9 ἐν ὄρει Χωρήβ) J 4:20f; Hb 8:5 (Ex 25:40). ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ in the market Mt 20:3. ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ on the way Mt 5:25. ἐν πλαξίν on tablets 2 Cor 3:3. ἐν ταῖς γωνίαις τῶν πλατειῶν on the street corners Mt 6:5. within the range of, at, near (Soph., fgm. 37 [34 N.2] ἐν παντὶ λίθῳ=near every stone; Artem. 4, 24 p. 217, 19 ἐν Τύρῳ=near Tyre; Polyaenus 8, 24, 7 ἐν τῇ νησῖδι=near the island; Diog. L. 1, 34; 85; 97 τὰ ἐν ποσίν=what is before one’s feet; Jos., Vi. 227 ἐν Χαβωλώ) ἐν τῷ γαζοφυλακείῳ (q.v.) J 8:20. ἐν τῷ Σιλωάμ near the pool of Siloam Lk 13:4. καθίζειν ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ τινος sit at someone’s right hand (cp. 1 Esdr 4:29) Eph 1:20; Hb 1:3; 8:1. among, in (Hom.+; PTebt 58, 41 [111 B.C.]; Sir 16:6; 31:9; 1 Macc 4:58; 5:2; TestAbr B 9 p. 13, 27 [Stone p. 74]; Just., A I, 5, 4 ἐν βαρβάροις) ἐν τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ in the generation now living Mk 8:38. ἐν τῷ γένει μου among my people Gal 1:14 (Just., D. 51, 1 al. ἐν τῷ γένει ὑμῶν). ἐν ἡμῖν Hb 13:21. ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ in the crowd Mk 5:30 (cp. Sir 7:7). ἐν ἀλλήλοις mutually (Thu. 1, 24, 4; Just., D. 101, 3) Ro 1:12; 15:5. ἐν τοῖς ἡγεμόσιν (=among the commanding officers: Diod. S. 18, 61, 2; Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 21 §84) Ἰούδα Mt 2:6 et al. ἐν ἀνθρώποις among people (as Himerius, Or. 48 [14], 11; Just., A I, 23, 3, D. 64, 7) Lk 2:14; cp. Ac 4:12. before, in the presence of, etc. (cp. Od. 2, 194; Eur., Andr. 359; Pla., Leg. 9, 879b; Demosth. 24, 207; Polyb. 5, 39, 6; Epict. 3, 22, 8; Appian, Maced. 18 §2 ἐν τοῖς φίλοις=in the presence of his friends; Sir 19:8; Jdth 6:2; PPetr. II, 4 [6], 16 [255/254 B.C.] δινὸν γάρ ἐστιν ἐν ὄχλῳ ἀτιμάζεσθαι=before a crowd) σοφίαν λαλοῦμεν ἐν τοῖς τελείοις in the presence of mature (i.e. spiritually sophisticated) adults 1 Cor 2:6 (cp. Simplicius in Epict. p. 131, 20 λέγειν τὰ θεωρήματα ἐν ἰδιώταις). ἐν τ. ὠσὶν ὑμῶν in your hearing Lk 4:21 (cp. Judg 17:2; 4 Km 23:2; Bar 1:3f), where the words can go linguistically just as well w. πεπλήρωται as w. ἡ γραφὴ αὕτη (this passage of scripture read in your hearing). ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς τινος in someone’s eyes, i.e. judgment (Wsd 3:2; Sir 8:16; Jdth 3:4; 12:14; 1 Macc 1:12) Mt 21:42 (Ps 117:23). ἔν τινι in the same mng. as early as trag. (Soph., Oed. C. 1213 ἐν ἐμοί=in my judgment, Ant. 925 ἐν θεοῖς καλά; also Pla., Prot. 337b; 343c) ἐν ἐμοί 1 Cor 14:11; possibly J 3:21 (s. 4c below) and Jd 1 belong here.—In the ‘forensic’ sense ἔν τιν ἐν prep. w. dat. (Hom.+). For lit. s. ἀνά and εἰς, beg. For special NT uses s. AOepke, TW II 534–39. The uses of this prep. are so many and various, and oft. so easily confused, that a strictly systematic treatment is impossible. It must suffice to list the main categories, which will help establish the usage in individual cases. The earliest auditors/readers, not being inconvenienced by grammatical and lexical debates, would readily absorb the context and experience little difficulty. Return to: Rom 2:28	PREP PREPosition
Strongs: G5318 English: that which is outward Greek: φανερῷ Lemma: φανερός Transliteration: phanerós Definition (BDAG): subst. τὸ φανερόν that which is exposed to general view or knowledge, (in) the open, public notice (Hyperid. 1, 13, 11 εἰς τὸ φ. φέρειν [cp. Just. A I, 15, 3 εἰς φανερὸν … φέρειν]; Polyb. 2, 46, 1; Just. A I, 17, 4 εἰς φανερὸν τιθέντων), εἰς φανερὸν ἐλθεῖν come to light Mk 4:22; Lk 8:17b (a proverb? Constant. Manasse 7, 34f H.: ἐστὶ σκότιον οὐδὲν ὅπερ εἰς φῶς οὐχ ἥκει, οὐκ ἔστι κρύφιον οὐδὲν ὃ μὴ πρὸς γνῶσιν φθάνει ‘there is nothing in the dark that does not come into the light, and nothing hidden that does not become known’. εἰς φ. ἐλέγχειν Hippol., Ref. 8, 20, 4). ἐν τῷ φανερῷ (opp. ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ as Ctesias: 688 fgm. 13, 12 p. 460 Jac.) Mt 6:4 v.l., 6 v.l., 18 v.l. (cp. Aeneas Tact. 426; Jos., Ant. 4, 34); preceded by an art. and used as an adj. ὁ ἐν τῷ φανερῷ Ἰουδαῖος the Judean who is one outwardly by reason of being circumcised Ro 2:28a; cp. b.—B. 1233. DELG s.v. φαίνω B. Schmidt, Syn. III 418–34. Cp. δῆλος. M-M. TW. adj. pert. to being evident so as to be readily known, visible, clear, plainly to be seen, open, plain, evident, known τὰ φανερὰ ἕργα (opp. κρύφια) 2 Cl 16:3. Used w. εἶναι (Diod, S. 18, 55, 2 φανεροῦ ὄντος ὅτι=since it was clear that) οἱ καρποὶ φανεροὶ ἔσονται Hs 4:3; cp. 4:4. φ. ἔσονται οἱ δουλεύοντες τῷ θεῷ 4:2. φανερόν (-ά) ἐστιν Ro 1:19 (ἐν αὐτοῖς; s. ἐν 8); Gal 5:19; 1J 3:10 (ἐν τούτῳ by this); Hm 11:10; other passages w. dat. of pers. (TestSol 13:2 C) 1 Ti 4:15; B 8:7 (opp. σκοτεινά). Without a copula, which is to be supplied: w. ὅτι (X., Mem. 3, 9, 2; Teles p. 12, 4; 7; TestAsh 2:3; Iren., 1, 4, 4 [Harv. I, 37, 8]) πᾶσιν φανερόν Ac 4:16 (D has the copula and at the same time the comp.: φανερώτερόν ἐστιν it is quite well known). φανερὸν τὸ δένδρον ἀπὸ τοῦ καρποῦ αὐτοῦ the tree is known by its fruit (cp. Mt 12:33) IEph 14:2 (Vi. Aesopi G, 3 P. φανερὸς ἀπὸ τῆς ὄψεως=clearly recognizable by its appearance).—Used w. γίνεσθαι (BGU 1141, 41 [14 B.C.]; Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 46 §187 τοῦ κακοῦ φανεροῦ γενομένου; 1 Macc 15:9; 2 Macc 1:33; ParJer 6:25; Jos., Ant. 2, 270; 6, 238; Just., A 1, 63, 6) φανερὸν ἐγένετο τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Mk 6:14. Cp. Lk 8:17a (opp. κρυπτόν); 1 Cor 3:13; 11:19; 14:25; Hs 9, 12, 3; w. dat. of pers. added (Ael. Aristid. 29, 24 K.=40 p. 758 D.: φανεροὶ πᾶσι γίγνεσθαι; Just., A I, 23, 1) Ac 7:13. ὥστε τοὺς δεσμούς μου φανεροὺς γενέσθαι ἐν ὅλῳ τῷ πραιτωρίῳ καὶ τοῖς λοιποῖς πᾶσιν Phil 1:13.—Used w. ποιεῖν (Hyperid. 4, 1; Menand., Epitr. 495 S. [319 Kö.]; IBM III, 482 A, 13f; POxy 928, 7; PTebt 333, 12; 2 Macc 12:41; Just., A II, 15, 2; Theoph. Ant. 2, 3 [p. 94, 13]) make (τι someth.) known (Jos., Ant. 12, 189; 204) 1 Cl 21:7; GJs 5:1. τινά make someone known as what he really is, reveal the identity of someone (Jos., Ant. 3, 73; Just., D. 8, 4) Mt 12:16; Mk 3:12. φανερός, ά, όν (φαίνομαι; Pind., Hdt.+; ins, pap, LXX; En 9:5; TestSol; TestAsh 2:3; ParJer 6:25; EpArist, Philo, Joseph., Ar., Just., Tat.) Return to: Rom 2:28	A-DSN Part of Speech: Adjective Case: Dative Number: Singular Gender: Neuter

Rom 2:29
Definition	RMAC
Strongs: G2927 English: is one inwardly Greek: κρυπτῷ Lemma: κρυπτός Transliteration: kryptós Definition (BDAG): a hidden entity, something hidden, subst. τὸ κρυπτόν a hidden thing (Menand., Mon. 225 Mei. [316 J.]; Did., Gen. 171, 1) Lk 8:17. Esp. in pl. τὰ κρυπτά (Dt 29:28; Is 29:10; Sus 42 Theod.; Jos., Bell. 5, 402; 413 ὁ θεὸς τὰ κ. πάντα ἐφορᾷ) τὰ κ. ἐλέγχει it exposes the secret things (so, word for word, Artem. 1, 14 p. 19, 4 and 1, 44 p. 42, 8) IPhld 7:1. τὰ κ. τινος someone’s secret thoughts, plans, purposes (Philemon Com. 233 φίλου; Iambl., Myst. 6, 5 Partey; PGM 57, 13 τὰ κ. τ. θεᾶς Ἴσιδος; Sir 1:30; Jer 30:4) Ro 2:16; IEph 15:3; IPhld 9:1. τὰ κ. τῆς καρδίας αὐτοῦ (TestReub 1:4 ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ μου τὰ κ.; cp. Is 22:9 τὰ κ. τῶν οἴκων τῆς ἄκρας) the secret thoughts of the person’s (unbeliever’s) heart 1 Cor 14:25; cp. Pol 4:3. τὰ κ. τοῦ σκότους what is hidden in darkness 1 Cor 4:5. τὰ κ. τῆς αἰσχύνης the things that are hidden out of a sense of shame 2 Cor 4:2 (on the topic s. RKaster, The Shame of the Romans: TAPA 127, ’97, 1–19 [lit.]). a hidden place ἐν τῷ κ. in secret (Vi. Aesopi W 104 P.; Orig., C. Cels. 8, 74, 4) Mt 6:4ab, 6ab, 18 v.l.; ἐν κ. in a secret place J 7:4; 18:20; in secret, secretly (TestJud 12:5; Orig., C. Cels. 7, 22, 31) ὁ ἐν τῷ κ. Ἰουδαῖος the Judean who is one inwardly, not only by the outward sign of circumcision Ro 2:29; ἀνέβη ὡς ἐν κ. he went up privately, as it were J 7:10.—On Lk 11:33 v.l. s. κρύπτη.—DELG s.v. κρύπτω. M-M. EDNT. TW. pert. to being unknown because of being kept secret, hidden, secret, adj. (Herodian 5, 6, 3 κ. καὶ ἀόρατος; SIG 973, 5f; BGU 316, 28; 3 Km 6:4; Ezk 40:16; 2 Macc 1:16; Jos., Ant. 15, 424; τὰ κρυπτὰ τῆς φύσεως μυστήρια Hippol., Ref. 1, 24, 2) ὁ κρυπτὸς τῆς καρδίας ἄνθρωπος the heart’s inner self 1 Pt 3:4 (s. ἄνθρωπος 5a; cp. Epict. 4, 11, 33). οὐδὲν … κ. ὃ οὐ γνωσθήσεται there is nothing secret that shall not be made known Mt 10:26; Lk 12:2; cp. Mk 4:22 (Philemon Com. 192 χρόνος τὰ κρυπτὰ πάντα εἰς φάος ἄγει; JosAs 6:3 οὐδὲν κρυπτὸν λέληθεν αὐτῷ). κρυπτός, ή, όν (s. κρύπτω; Hom. et al.; pap, LXX; Test- Reub 1:4; TestJud 12:5; JosAs 6:3 [also cod. A 24:5 p. 76, 14 λόγος]) Return to: Rom 2:29	A-DSN Part of Speech: Adjective Case: Dative Number: Singular Gender: Neuter
Strongs: G2588 English: is that which is of the heart Greek: καρδίας Lemma: καρδία Transliteration: kardía Definition (BDAG): interior, center, heart, fig. ext. of 1 (Ezk 27:4, 25; Jon 2:4; Ps 45:3; EpJer 19) τῆς γῆς Mt 12:40.—S., in addition to works on Bibl. anthropology and psychology (πνεῦμα end): HKornfeld, Herz u. Gehirn in altjüd. Auffassung: Jahrb. für jüd. Gesch. u. Lit. 12, 1909, 81–89; ASchlatter, Herz. u. Gehirn im 1. Jahrh.: THaering Festschr. 1918, 86–94; RBultmann, Theologie des NT ’48, 216–22 (Paul), tr., Theol. of the NT, KGrobel, ’51, I, 220–27; RJewett, Paul’s Anthropological Terms, ’71, 305–33. For OT viewpoints s. RNorth, BRev 11/3, ’95, 33 (lit.)—B. 251. EDNT. DELG. M-M. TW. Sv. heart as seat of physical, spiritual and mental life (as freq. in Gk. lit.), fig. extension of ‘heart’ as an organ of the body (Il. 13, 282 al.), a mng. not found in our lit. as the center and source of physical life (Ps 101:5; 103:15) ἐμπιπλῶν τροφῆς … τὰς κ. satisfying the hearts w. food Ac 14:17. τρέφειν τὰς κ. fatten the hearts Js 5:5. as center and source of the whole inner life, w. its thinking, feeling, and volition (νοῦν κ. φρένας κ. διάνοιαν κ. λογισμὸν εἶπέ τις ποιητὴς [Hes., fgm. 247 Rz.] ἐν καρδίᾳ περιέχεσθαι=some poet said that the heart embraces perception, wit, intellect, and reflection), of humans whether in their pre-Christian or Christian experience α. in an all-inclusive sense: said of God’s or Christ’s awareness about the inner life of humans γινώσκειν τὰς καρδίας (cp. 1 Km 16:7; 1 Ch 28:9; s. also Did., Gen. 170, 24) Lk 16:15; δοκιμάζειν 1 Th 2:4; ἐρευνᾶν Ro 8:27; Rv 2:23 (νεφροὺς κ. καρδίας as Ps 7:10; Jer 17:10; 20:12); κριτικὸς ἐνθυμήσεων καὶ ἐννοιῶν καρδίας Hb 4:12; τὰ κρυπτὰ τῆς κ. 1 Cor 14:25 (cp. TestReub 1:4). Generally, of human attitudes ὁ κρυπτὸς τῆς κ. ἄνθρωπος 1 Pt 3:4. ἐκ καρδίας from (the bottom of) the heart=sincerely (Aristoph., Nub. 86) Ro 6:17. Also ἀπὸ τῶν καρδιῶν (M. Ant. 2, 3, 3 ἀπὸ καρδίας εὐχάριστος τ. θεοῖς; Lucian, Jupp. Tr. 19; Is 59:13; La 3:33) Mt 18:35. ἐκ καθαρᾶς καρδίας 1 Ti 1:5; 2 Ti 2:22; 1 Pt 1:22. ἐξ ὅλης τ. καρδίας (TestLevi 13:1) Ac 8:37 v.l. Χριστὸν ἁγιάσατε ἐν ταῖς κ. ὑμῶν 1 Pt 3:15. Opp. κοιλία Mk 7:19. Opp. πρόσωπον and καρδία externals and inner attitude of heart (cp. 1 Km 16:7 ἄνθρωπος ὄψεται εἰς πρόσωπον, ὁ δὲ θεὸς ὄψεται εἰς καρδίαν) 2 Cor 5:12. The same contrast προσώπῳ οὐ καρδίᾳ outwardly, not inwardly 1 Th 2:17. As seat of inner life in contrast to mouth or lips, which either give expression to the inner life or deny it Mt 15:8; Mk 7:6 (both Is 29:13); Mt 15:18; Ro 10:8 (Dt 30:14); vs. 9f; 2 Cor 6:11. ψάλλοντες (+ ἐν v.l.) τῇ καρδίᾳ Eph 5:19. ᾄδειν ἐν ταῖς κ. Col 3:16. β. of inner awareness (see the ‘poet’ under 1b above; Aesop, Fab. 254P.=232H//134b H-H.//184 Ch.; 3 Km 10:2; Job 12:3; 17:4): 2 Cor 4:6; Eph 1:18; 2 Pt 1:19. τῇ κ. συνιέναι understand Mt 13:15b; Ac 28:27b (both Is 6:10). νοεῖν τῇ κ. think J 12:40b. ἐν τῇ κ. λέγειν (Dt 8:17; 9:4; Ps 13:1. Also Aesop Fab. 62 H.=283b 5 H-H.//179c Ch. βοῶν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ alternating w. ταῦτα καθ᾿ ἑαυτὸν λέγοντος) say to oneself, i.e. think, reflect, without saying anything aloud Mt 24:48; Lk 12:45; Ro 10:6; Rv 18:7; διαλογίζεσθαι Mk 2:6, 8; Lk 3:15; 5:22; Hv 1, 1, 2; 3, 4, 3. The κ. as the source of διαλογισμοί Mt 15:19; Mk 7:21; Lk 2:35; 9:47. διαλογισμοὶ ἀναβαίνουσιν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ Lk 24:38. ἀναβαίνει τι ἐπὶ τὴν καρδίαν τινός someth. enters someone’s mind=someone thinks of someth. (s. ἀναβαίνω 2) Ac 7:23; 1 Cor 2:9; Hv 3, 7, 2; m 12, 3, 5; s 5, 7, 2. Also of memory Hv 3, 7, 6; m 4, 2, 2; 6, 2, 8. θέσθαι ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ Lk 1:66. διατηρεῖν ἐν τ. καρδίᾳ Lk 2:51 (cp. TestLevi 6:2). συμβάλλειν vs. 19. ἐνθυμεῖσθαι Mt 9:4. διακρίνειν Hv 1, 2, 2. πάντα τὰ ῥήματά μου ἐν καρδίᾳ λαμβάνων taking all my words to heart AcPl Ha 1, 6.—Likew. of a lack of understanding: ἡ ἀσύνετος κ. the senseless mind Ro 1:21; βραδὺς τῇ κ. slow of comprehension Lk 24:25 (cp. Tetr. Iamb. 2, 31a, 6 the mocking words of the fox ὦ ἀνόητε κ. βραδὺ τῇ καρδίᾳ). ἐπαχύνθη ἡ κ. τοῦ λαοῦ Mt 13:15a; Ac 28:27a (both Is 6:10). πωροῦν τὴν κ. J 12:40a; κ. πεπωρωμένη Mk 6:52; 8:17; ἡ πώρωσις τῆς κ. 3:5; Eph 4:18. ἀπατᾶν καρδίαν αὐτοῦ Js 1:26; cp. Ro 16:18. κάλυμμα ἐπὶ τὴν κ. κεῖται 2 Cor 3:15 (cp. ἐστί τι ‘κάλλυμα’ἀγνοίας ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ Orig., C. Cels. 4, 50, 5).—As the seat of thought, κ. is also the seat of doubt διακρίνεσθαι ἐν τῇ κ. Mk 11:23. διστάζειν Hm 9:5.—The gospel is sown in the heart Mt 13:19 v.l.; Mk 4:15 v.l.; Lk 8:12, 15. God opens the heart Ac 16:14 or the eyes of the heart 2 Cor 9:7 (NRSV) (cp. TestJos 17:3 ἐπὶ προαιρέσει καρδίας). θέτε ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν (s. 1 Km 21:13) make up your minds Lk 21:14; cp. Ac 5:4. πρόθεσις τ. καρδίας 11:23. βάλ καρδία, ας, ἡ (since Hom. [καρδίη, κραδίη]. Rather rare in other wr. in the period of the Gk. Bible [s. Diod. S. 32, 20; Plut., Mor. p. 30a; 63a; Epict. 1, 27, 21; M. Ant. 2, 3, 3; 7, 13, 3; Ps.-Apollod. 1, 4, 1, 5; Lucian; pap, incl. PGM 5, 157; 13, 263; 833; 1066; s. below 1bη], but common LXX, pseudepigr.; Ar. 15, 3; Just., D. 39, 5; 46, 5 al.; Ath. 31, 3. On Philo and Joseph. s. ASchlatter, D. Theol. d. Judentums nach d. Bericht d. Jos. ’32, 21). Return to: Rom 2:29	N-GSF Part of Speech: Noun Case: Genitive Number: Singular Gender: Feminine
Strongs: G4151 English: by the Spirit Greek: πνεύματι Lemma: πνεῦμα Transliteration: pneûma Definition (BDAG): an independent transcendent personality, the Spirit, which appears in formulas that became more and more fixed and distinct (cp. Ath. 12, 2; Hippol., Ref. 7, 26, 2.—Ps.-Lucian, Philopatr. 12 θεόν, υἱόν πατρός, πνεῦμα ἐκ πατρὸς ἐκπορευόμενον ἓν ἐκ τριῶν καὶ ἐξ ἑνὸς τρία, ταῦτα νόμιζε Ζῆνα, τόνδ᾿ ἡγοῦ θεόν=‘God, son of the father, spirit proceeding from the father, one from three and three from one, consider these as Zeus, think of this one as God’. The entire context bears a Christian impress.—As Aion in gnostic speculation Iren. 1, 2, 5 [Harv. I 21, 2]): βαπτίζοντες αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ καὶ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος Mt 28:19 (on the text s. βαπτίζω 2c; on the subject-matter GWalther, Die Entstehung des Taufsymbols aus dem Taufritus: StKr 95, 1924, 256ff); D 7:1, 3. Cp. 2 Cor 13:13; 1 Cl 58:2; IEph 9:1; IMg 13:1b, 2; MPol 14:3; 22:1, 3; Epil Mosq 5. On this s. HUsener, Dreiheit: RhM 58, 1903, 1ff; 161ff; 321ff; esp. 36ff; EvDobschütz, Zwei- u. dreigliedrige Formeln: JBL 50, ’31, 116–47 (also Heinrici Festschr. 1914, 92–100); Norden, Agn. Th. 228ff; JMainz, Die Bed. der Dreizahl im Judentum 1922; Clemen2 125–28; NSöderblom, Vater, Sohn u. Geist 1909; DNielsen, Der dreieinige Gott I 1922; GKrüger, Das Dogma v. der Dreieinigkeit 1905, 46ff; AHarnack, Entstehung u. Entwicklung der Kirchenverfassung 1910, 187ff; JHaussleiter, Trinitarischer Glaube u. Christusbekenntnis in der alten Kirche: BFCT XXV 4, 1920; JLebreton, Histoire du dogme de la Trinité I: Les origines6 1927; RBlümel, Pls u. d. dreieinige Gott 1929.—On the whole word FRüsche, D. Seelenpneuma ’33; HLeisegang, Der Hl. Geist I 1, 1919; EBurton, ICC Gal 1921, 486–95; PVolz, Der Geist Gottes u. d. verwandten Erscheinungen im AT 1910; JHehn, Zum Problem des Geistes im alten Orient u. im AT: ZAW n.s. 2, 1925, 210–25; SLinder, Studier till Gamla Testamentets föreställningar om anden 1926; AMarmorstein, Der Hl. Geist in der rabb. Legende: ARW 28, 1930, 286–303; NSnaith, The Distinctive Ideas of the OT ’46, 229–37; FDillistone, Bibl. Doctrine of the Holy Spirit: Theology Today 3, ’46/47, 486–97; TNicklin, Gospel Gleanings ’50, 341–46; ESchweizer, CDodd Festschr., ’56, 482–508; DLys, Rûach, Le Souffle dans l’AT, ’62; DHill, Gk. Words and Hebr. Mngs. ’67, 202–93.—HGunkel, Die Wirkungen des Hl. Geistes2 1899; HWeinel, Die Wirkungen des Geistes u. der Geister im nachap. Zeitalter 1899; EWinstanley, The Spirit in the NT 1908; HSwete, The Holy Spirit in the NT 1909, The Holy Spirit in the Ancient Church 1912; EScott, The Spirit in the NT 1923; FBüchsel, Der Geist Gottes im NT 1926; EvDobschütz, Der Geistbesitz des Christen im Urchristentum: Monatsschr. für Pastoral-theol. 20, 1924, 228ff; FBadcock, ‘The Spirit’ and Spirit in the NT: ET 45, ’34, 218–21; RBultmann, Theologie des NT ’48, 151–62 (Eng. tr. KGrobel, ’51, I 153–64); ESchweizer, Geist u. Gemeinde im NT ’52, Int 6, ’52, 259–78.—WTosetti, Der Hl. Geist als göttliche Pers. in den Evangelien 1918; HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion. Der Ursprung des Geistbegriffs der syn. Ev. aus der griech. Mystik 1922; AFrövig, Das Sendungsbewusstsein Jesu u. der Geist 1924; HWindisch, Jes. u. d. Geist nach syn. Überl.: Studies in Early Christianity, presented to FCPorter and BWBacon 1928, 209–36; FSynge, The Holy Spirit in the Gospels and Acts: CQR 120, ’35, 205–17; CBarrett, The Holy Spirit and the Gospel Trad. ’47.—ESokolowski, Die Begriffe Geist u. Leben bei Pls 1903; KDeissner, Auferstehungshoffnung u. Pneumagedanke bei Pls 1912; GVos, The Eschatological Aspect of the Pauline Conception of the Spirit: Bibl. and Theol. Studies by the Faculty of Princeton Theol. Sem. 1912, 209–59; HBertrams, Das Wesen des Geistes nach d. Anschauung des Ap. Pls 1913; WReinhard, Das Wirken des Hl. Geistes im Menschen nach den Briefen des Ap. Pls 1918; HHoyle, The Holy Spirit in St. Paul 1928; PGächter, Z. Pneumabegriff des hl. Pls: ZKT 53, 1929, 345–408; ASchweitzer, D. Mystik des Ap. Pls 1930, 159–74 al. [Mysticism of Paul the Apostle, tr. WMontgomery the Spirit of God as exhibited in the character or activity of God’s people or selected agents, Spirit, spirit (s. HPreisker, Geist u. Leben ’33). πνεῦμα is accompanied by another noun, which characterizes the working of the Spirit more definitely: πνεῦμα καὶ δύναμις spirit and power Lk 1:17; 1 Cor 2:4. Cp. Ac 10:38; 1 Th 1:5. πνεῦμα καὶ ζωή J 6:63b. πνεῦμα κ. σοφία Ac 6:3; cp. vs. 10 (cp. TestReub 2:6 πνεῦμα λαλίας). πίστις κ. πνεῦμα ἅγιον 6:5 (cp. Just., D. 135, 6). χαρὰ καὶ πνεῦμα ἅγ. 13:52. Unless frustrated by humans in their natural condition, the Spirit of God produces a spiritual type of conduct Gal 5:16, 25 and produces the καρπὸς τοῦ πνεύματος vs. 22 (s. Vögtle under πλεονεξία). The Spirit inspires certain people of God B 12:2; 13:5, above all, in their capacity as proclaimers of a divine revelation (Strabo 9, 3, 5 the πνεῦμα ἐνθουσιαστικόν, that inspired the Pythia; Περὶ ὕψους 13, 2; 33, 5 of the divine πν. that impels prophets and poets to express themselves; schol. on Pla. 856e of a μάντις: ἄνωθεν λαμβάνειν τὸ πνεῦμα καὶ πληροῦσθαι τοῦ θεοῦ; Aristobulus in Eus., PE 8, 10, 4 [=fgm. 2, 4 p. 136 Holladay] τὸ θεῖον πν., καθ᾿ ὃ καὶ προφήτης ἀνακεκήρυκται ‘[Moses possessed] the Divine Spirit with the result that he was proclaimed a prophet’; AscIs 1:7 τὸ πν. τὸ λαλοῦν ἐν ἐμοί; AssMos fgm. f εἶδεν πνεύματι ἐπαρθείς; Just., A I, 38, 1 al.; Ath. 10, 3 τὸ προφητικὸν πν. Cp. Marinus, Vi. Procli 23 of Proclus: οὐ γὰρ ἄνευ θείας ἐπινοίας … διαλέγεσθαι; Orig., C. Cels. 3, 28, 23). προφητεία came into being only as ὑπὸ πνεύματος ἁγίου φερόμενοι ἐλάλησαν ἀπὸ θεοῦ ἄνθρωποι 2 Pt 1:21; cp. Ac 15:29 v.l.; cp. 1 Cl 8:1. David Mt 22:43; Mk 12:36; cp. Ac 1:16; 4:25. Isaiah Ac 28:25. Moses B 10:2, 9; the Spirit was also active in giving the tables of the law to Moses 14:2. Christ himself spoke in the OT διὰ τοῦ πνεύματος τοῦ ἁγίου 1 Cl 22:1. The ἱεραὶ γραφαί are called αἱ διὰ τοῦ πν. τοῦ ἁγίου 45:2.—The Christian prophet Agabus also ἐσήμαινεν διὰ τοῦ πν. Ac 11:28; cp. Ac 21:11. Likew. Ign. IPhld 7:2. In general the Spirit reveals the most profound secrets to those who believe 1 Cor 2:10ab.—1 Cl claims to be written διὰ τοῦ ἁγ. πν. 63:2. On Ac 19:21 s. 3b. The Spirit of God, being one, shows the variety and richness of its life in the different kinds of spiritual gifts which are granted to certain Christians 1 Cor 12:4, 7, 11; cp. vs. 13ab.—Vss. 8–10 enumerate the individual gifts of the Spirit, using various prepositions: διὰ τοὺ πν. vs. 8a; κατὰ τὸ πν. vs. 8b; ἐν τῷ πν. vs. 9ab. τὸ πν. μὴ σβέννυτε do not quench the Spirit 1 Th 5:19 refers to the gift of prophecy, acc. to vs. 20.—The use of the pl. πνεύματα is explained in 1 Cor 14:12 by the varied nature of the Spirit’s working; in vs. 32 by the number of persons who possess the prophetic spirit; on the latter s. Rv 22:6 and 19:10. One special type of spiritual gift is represented by ecstatic speaking. Of those who ‘speak in tongues’ that no earthly person can understand: πνεύματι λαλεῖ μυστήρια expresses secret things in a spiritual way 1 Cor 14:2. Cp. vss. Ro 8:26b. Of speech that is ecstatic, but expressed in words that can be understood λαλεῖν ἐν πνεύματι D 11:7, 8; cp. vs. 9 (on the subject-matter 1 Cor 12:3; Jos., Ant. 4, 118f; TestJob 43:2 ἀναλαβὼν Ἐλιφᾶς πν. εἶπεν ὕμνον). Of the state of mind of the seer of the Apocalypse: ἐν πνεύματι Rv 17:3; 21:10; γενέσθαι ἐν πν. 1:10; 4:2 (s. γίνομαι 5c, ἐν 4c and EMoering, StKr 92, 1920, 148–54; RJeske, NTS 31, ’85, 452–66); AcPl Ha 6, 27. On the Spirit at Pentecost Ac 2:4 s. KLake: Beginn. I 5, ’33, 111–21. κατασταλέντος τοῦ πν. τοῦ ἐν Μύρτῃ when the Spirit (of prophecy) that was in Myrta ceased speaking AcPl Ha 7, 9. The Spirit leads and directs Christian missionaries in their journeys (Aelian, NA 11, 16 the young women are led blindfolded to the cave of the holy serpent; they are guided by a πνεῦμα θεῖον) Ac 16:6, 7 (by dreams, among other methods; cp. vs. 9f and s. Marinus, Vi. Procli 27: Proclus ἔφασκεν προθυμηθῆναι μὲν π God’s being as controlling influence, with focus on association with humans, Spirit, spirit as that which differentiates God fr. everything that is not God, as the divine power that produces all divine existence, as the divine element in which all divine life is carried on, as the bearer of every application of the divine will. All those who belong to God possess or receive this spirit and hence have a share in God’s life. This spirit also serves to distinguish Christians fr. all unbelievers (cp. PGM 4, 1121ff, where the spirit is greeted as one who enters devotees and, in accordance w. God’s will, separates them fr. themselves, i.e. fr. the purely human part of their nature); for this latter aspect s. esp. 6 below. the Spirit of God, of the Lord (=God) etc. (LXX; TestSim 4:4; JosAs 8:11; ApcSed 14:6; 15:6; ApcMos 43; SibOr 3, 701; Ps.-Phoc. 106; Philo; Joseph. [s. c below]; apolog. Cp. Plut., Numa 4, 6 πνεῦμα θεοῦ, capable of begetting children; s. παρθένο a) τὸ πν. τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 2:11b, 14; 3:16; 6:11; 1J 4:2a (Just., D. 49, 3; Tat. 13, 3; Ath. 22, 3). τὸ τοῦ θεοῦ πν. 1 Pt 4:14 (Just., A I, 60, 6). τὸ πν. τὸ ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 2:12b. τὸ πν. κυρίου Ac 5:9; B 6:14; 9:2 (cp. Mel., P. 32, 222). τὸ πνεῦμά μου or αὐτοῦ: Mt 12:18 (Is 42:1); Ac 2:17f (Jo 3:1f.—Cp. 1QS 4:21); 1 Cor 2:10a v.l.; Eph 3:16; 1 Th 4:8 (where τὸ ἅγιον is added); 1J 4:13.—τὸ πν. τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν Mt 10:20. τὸ πν. τοῦ ἐγείραντος τὸν Ἰησοῦν Ro 8:11a.—Without the art. πν. θεοῦ (JosAs 4:9; Tat. 15:3; Theoph. Ant. 1, 5 [p. 66, 18]) the Spirit of God Mt 3:16; 12:28; Ro 8:9b, 14, 19; 1 Cor 7:40; 12:3a; 2 Cor 3:3 (πν. θεοῦ ζῶντος); Phil 3:3. πν. κυρίου Lk 4:18 (Is 61:1); Ac 8:39 (like J 3:8; 20:22; Ac 2:4, this pass. belongs on the borderline betw. the mngs. ‘wind’ and ‘spirit’; cp. Diod. S. 3, 60, 3 Ἕσπερον ἐξαίφνης ὑπὸ πνευμάτων συναρπαγέντα μεγάλων ἄφαντον γενέσθαι ‘Hesperus [a son of Atlas] was suddenly snatched by strong winds and vanished fr. sight’. S. HLeisegang, Der Hl. Geist I 1, 1919, 19ff; OCullmann, TZ. 4, ’48, 364); 1 Cl 21:2. the Spirit of Christ, of the Lord (=Christ) etc. τὸ πν. Ἰησοῦ Ac 16:7. τὸ πν. Χριστοῦ AcPlCor 2:32. τὸ ἐν αὐτοῖς πν. Χριστοῦ 1 Pt 1:11. πν. Χριστοῦ Ro 8:9c. πν. τοῦ Χριστοῦ AcPl Ha 8, 18. ἀπὸ τοῦ πν. τοῦ χριστοῦ AcPlCor 2:10. τὸ πν. Ἰησ. Χριστοῦ Phil 1:19. τὸ πν. κυρίου 2 Cor 3:17b (JHermann, Kyrios und Pneuma, ’61). τὸ πν. τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ (=θεοῦ) Gal 4:6. As possessor of the divine Spirit, and at the same time controlling its distribution among humans, Christ is called κύριος πνεύματος Lord of the Spirit 2 Cor 3:18 (s. Windisch ad loc.); but many prefer to transl. from the Lord who is the Spirit.—CMoule, OCullmann Festschr., ’72, 231–37. Because of its heavenly origin and nature this Spirit is called (the) Holy Spirit (cp. PGM 4, 510 ἵνα πνεύσῃ ἐν ἐμοὶ τὸ ἱερὸν πνεῦμα.—Neither Philo nor Josephus called the Spirit πν. ἅγιον; the former used θεῖον or θεοῦ πν., the latter πν. θεῖον: Ant. 4, 118; 8, 408; 10, 239; but ἅγιον πνεῦμα Orig. C. Cels 1, 40, 16). α. w. the art. τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον (Is 63:10f; Ps 50:13; 142:10 v.l.; cp. Sus 45 Theod.; TestAbr A 4 p. 81, 10 [Stone p. 10]; JosAs 8:11 [codd. ADE]; AscIs 3, 15, 26; Just., D. 36, 6 al.) Mt 12:32 = Mk 3:29 = Lk 12:10 (τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα; on the ‘sin against the Holy Spirit’ s. HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion 1922, 96–112; AFridrichsen, Le péché contre le Saint-Esprit: RHPR 3, 1923, 367–72). Mk 12:36; 13:11; Lk 2:26; 3:22; 10:21; J 14:26; Ac 1:16; 2:33; 5:3, 32; 7:51; 8:18 v.l.; 10:44, 47; 11:15; 13:2; 15:8, 28; 19:6; 20:23, 28; 21:11; 28:25; Eph 1:13 (τὸ πν. τῆς ἐπαγγελίας τὸ ἅγιον); 4:30 (τὸ πν. τὸ ἅγιον τοῦ θεοῦ); Hb 3:7; 9:8; 10:15; 1 Cl 13:1; 16:2; 18:11 (Ps 50:13); 22:1; IEph 9:1; Hs 5, 5, 2; 5, 6, 5–7 (on the relationship of the Holy Spirit to the Son in Hermas s. ALink, Christi Person u. Werk im Hirten des Hermas 1886; JvWalter, ZNW 14, 1913, 133–44; MDibelius, Hdb. exc. following Hs 5, 6, 8 p. 572–76).—τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα (Wsd 9:17; OdeSol 11:2; TestJob 51:2; ApcEsdr 7:16; Just. D. 2 an independent noncorporeal being, in contrast to a being that can be perceived by the physical senses, spirit (ELangton, Good and Evil Spirits ’42). God personally: πνεῦμα ὁ θεός J 4:24a (Ath. 16, 2; on God as a spirit, esp. in the Stoa, s. MPohlenz, D. Stoa ’48/49. Hdb. ad loc. Also Celsus 6, 71 [Stoic]; Herm. Wr. 18, 3 ἀκάματον μέν ἐστι πνεῦμα ὁ θεός). good, or at least not expressly evil spirits or spirit-beings (cp. CIG III, 5858b δαίμονες καὶ πνεύματα; Proclus on Pla., Cratyl. p. 69, 6; 12 Pasqu.; En 15:4; 6; 8; 10; TestAbr A 4 p. 81, 15f [Stone p. 10, 15f] πάντα τὰ ἐπουράνια πνεύματα; TestAbr B 13 p. 117, 26 [Stone p. 82] ὑψηλὸν πν.; PGM 3, 8 ἐπικαλοῦμαί σε, ἱερὸν πνεῦμα; 4, 1448; 3080; 12, 249) πνεῦμα w. ἄγγελος (cp. Jos., Ant. 4, 108; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 3, 33; 8, 12) Ac 23:8f. God is ὁ παντὸς πνεύματος κτίστης καὶ ἐπίσκοπος 1 Cl 59:3b.—Pl., God the μόνος εὐεργέτης πνεύματων 1 Cl 59:3a. Cp. 64 (s. on this Num 16:22; 27:16. Prayers for vengeance fr. Rheneia [Dssm., LO 351–55=LAE 423ff=SIG 1181, 2] τὸν θεὸν τὸν κύριον τῶν πνευμάτων; PGM 5, 467 θεὸς θεῶν, ὁ κύριος τῶν πν.; sim. the magic pap PWarr 21, 24; 26 [III A.D.]); the πατὴρ τῶν πνευμάτων Hb 12:9. Intermediary beings (in polytheistic terminology: δαίμονες) that serve God are called λειτουργικὰ πνεύματα Hb 1:14. In 1:4; 3:1; 4:5; 5:6; s. ASkrinjar, Biblica 16, ’35, 1–24; 113–40.—Ghost Lk 24:37, 39. evil spirits (PGM 13, 798; 36, 160; TestJob 27, 2; ApcSed [both Satan]; AscIs 3:28; Just., D. 39, 6 al.; Ath. 25, 3), esp. in accounts of healing in the Synoptics: (τὸ) πνεῦμα (τὸ) ἀκάθαρτον (Just., D. 82, 3) Mt 12:43; Mk 1:23, 26; 3:30; 5:2, 8; 7:25; 9:25a; Lk 8:29; 9:42; 11:24; Rv 18:2. Pl. (TestBenj 5:2) Mt 10:1; Mk 1:27; 3:11; 5:13; 6:7; Lk 4:36; 6:18; Ac 5:16; 8:7; Rv 16:13; Ac 19:15f. Pl. (En 99:7; TestSim 4:9; 6:6, TestJud 16:1; Just., D. 76, 6) Lk 7:21; 8:2; Ac 19:12f.—πν. ἄλαλον Mk 9:17; cp. vs. 25b (s. ἄλαλος). πν. πύθων Ac 16:16 (s. πύθων). πν. ἀσθενείας Lk 13:11. Cp. 1 Ti 4:1b. πνεῦμα δαιμονίου ἀκαθάρτου (s. δαιμόνιον 2) Lk 4:33. πνεύματα δαιμονίων Rv 16:14 (in effect = personified ‘exhalations’ of evil powers; for the combination of πν. and δαιμ. cp. the love spell Sb 4324, 16f τὰ πνεύματα τῶν δαιμόνων τούτων).—Abs. of a harmful spirit Mk 9:20; Lk 9:39; Ac 16:18. Pl. Mt 8:16; 12:45; Lk 10:20; 11:26.—1 Pt 3:19 (s. 2 above) belongs here if the πνεύματα refer to hostile spirit-powers, evil spirits, fallen angels (so FSpitta, Christi Predigt an die Geister 1890; HGunkel, Zum religionsgesch. Verständnis des NT 1903, 72f; WBousset, ZNW 19, 1920, 50–66; Rtzst., Herr der Grösse 1919, 25ff; Knopf, Windisch, FHauck ad loc.; BReicke, The Disobedient Spirits and Christian Baptism ’46, esp. 54–56, 69).—Hermas also has the concept of evil spirits that lead an independent existence, and live and reign within the inner life of a pers.; the Holy Spirit, who also lives or would like to live there, is forced out by them (cp. TestDan 4) Hm 5, 1, 2–4; 5, 2, 5–8; 10, 1, 2. τὸ πν. τὸ ἅγιον … ἕτερον πονηρὸν πν. 5, 1, 2. These πνεύματα are ὀξυχολία 5, 1, 3; 5, 2, 8 (τὸ πονηρότατον πν.); 10, 1, 2; διψυχία 9:11 (ἐπίγειον πν. ἐστι παρὰ τοῦ διαβόλου); 10, 1, 2; λύπη 10, 1, 2 (πάντων τῶν πνευμάτων πονηροτέρα) and other vices. On the complicated pneuma-concept of the Mandates of Hermas s. MDibelius, Hdb. exc. on Hm 5, 2, 7; cp. Leutzsch, Hermas 453f n. 133. a part of human personality, spirit when used with σάρξ, the flesh, it denotes the immaterial part 2 Cor 7:1; Col 2:5. Flesh and spirit=the whole personality, in its outer and inner aspects, oft. in Ign.: IMg 1:2; 13:1a; ITr ins; 12:1; IRo ins; ISm 1:1; IPol 5:1; AcPl Ant 13, 18 (=Aa I 237, 3).—In the same sense beside σῶμα, the body (Simplicius, In Epict. p. 50, 1; Ps.-Phoc. 106f; PGM 1, 178) 1 Cor 5:3–5; 7:34.—The inner life of humans is divided into ψυχὴ καὶ πνεῦμα (cp. Ps.-Pla., Axioch. 10 p. 370c τὶ θεῖον ὄντως ἐνῆν πνεῦμα τῇ ψυχῇ=a divine spirit was actually in the soul; Wsd 15:11; Jos., Ant. 1, 34; Tat. 13, 2; 15, 1 et al.; Ath. 27, 1. S. also Herm. Wr. 10, 13; 16f; PGM 4, 627; 630. ἐκ τριῶν συνεστάναι λέγουσι τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐκ ψυχῆς καὶ σώματος καὶ πνεύματος Did., Gen. 55, 14) Hb 4:12. Cp. Phil 1:27. τὸ πνεῦμα καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ καὶ τὸ σῶμα 1 Th 5:23 (s. GMilligan, Thess. 1908, 78f; EvDobschütz in Meyer X7 1909, 230ff; EBurton, Spirit, Soul, and Flesh 1918; AFestugière, La Trichotomie des 1 Th 5:23 et la Philos. gr.: RSR 20, 1930, 385–415; CMasson, RTP 33, ’45, 97–102; FGrant, An Introd. to NT Thought ’50, 161–66). σαρκί, ψυχῇ, πνεύματι IPhld 11:2. as the source and seat of insight, feeling, and will, gener. as the representative part of human inner life (cp. PGM 4, 627; 3 Km 20:5; Sir 9:9 al.; Just., D. 30, 1; Did., Gen. 232, 5) ἐπιγνοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς τῷ πν. αὐτοῦ Mk 2:8. ἀναστενάξας τῷ πν. αὐτοῦ λέγει 8:12 (s. ἀναστενάζω). ἠγαλλίασεν τὸ πν. μου Lk 1:47 (in parallelism w. ψυχή vs. 46, as Sir 9:9). ἠγαλλιάσατο τῷ πν. 10:21 v.l., Ἰησοῦς ἐνεβριμήσατο τῷ πν. J 11:33 (s. ἐμβριμάομαι 3); Ἰησ. ἐταράχθη τῷ πν. 13:21. παρωξύνετο τὸ πν. αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ Ac 17:16; ζέων τῷ πν. with spirit-fervor 18:25 (s. ζέω). τὸ παιδίον ἐκραταιοῦτο πνεύματι Lk 1:80; 2:40 v.l.; ἔθετο ὁ Παῦλος ἐν τῷ πν. Paul made up his mind Ac 19:21 (some would put this pass. in 6c, but cp. Lk 1:66 and analogous formulations Hom. et al. in L-S-J-M s.v. τίθημι A6). προσκυνήσουσιν τῷ πατρὶ ἐν πνεύματι of the spiritual, i.e. the pure, inner worship of God, that has nothing to do w. holy times, places, appurtenances, or ceremonies J 4:23; cp. vs. 24b. πν. συντετριμμένον (Ps 50:19) 1 Cl 18:17; 52:4.—2 Cl 20:4; Hv 3, 12, 2; 3, 13, 2.—This usage is also found in Paul. His conviction (s. 5 below) that the Christian possesses the (divine) πνεῦμα and thus is different fr. all other people, leads him to choose this word in preference to others, in order to characterize a believer’s inner being gener. ᾧ λατρεύω ἐν τῷ πν. μου Ro 1:9. οὐκ ἔσχηκα ἄνεσιν τῷ πν. μου 2 Cor 2:13. Cp. 7:13. As a matter of fact, it can mean simply a person’s very self or ego: τὸ πνεῦμα συμμαρτυρεῖ τῷ πνεύματι ἡμῶν the Spirit (of God) bears witness to our very self Ro 8:16 (cp. PGM 12, 327 ἠκούσθη μου τὸ πνεῦμα ὑπὸ πνεύματος οὐρανοῦ). ἀνέπαυσαν τὸ ἐμὸν πν. καὶ τὸ ὑμῶν they have refreshed both me and you 1 Cor 16:18. ἡ χάρις τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰ. Χρ. μετά τοῦ πν. (ὑμῶν) Gal 6:18; Phil 4:23; Phlm 25. Cp. 2 Ti 4:22. Likew. in Ign. τὸ ἐμὸν πν. my (unworthy) self IEph 18:1; IRo 9:3; cp. 1 Cor 2:11a—On the relation of the divine Spirit to the believer’s spiritual self, s. SWollenweider, Der Geist Gottes als Selbst der Glaubenden: ZTK 93, ’96, 163–92.—Only a part of the inner life, i.e. that which concerns the will, is meant in τὸ μὲν πνεῦμα πρόθυμον, ἡ δὲ σὰρξ ἀσθενής Mt 26:41; Mk 14:38; Pol 7:2. That which is inferior, anxiety, fear of suffering, etc. is attributed to the σάρξ.—The mng. of the expr. οἱ πτωχοὶ τῷ πνεύματι Mt 5:3 is difficult to determine w. certainty (cp. Pla., Ep. 7, 335a πένης ἀνὴρ τὴν ψυχήν. The dat. as τῇ ψυχῇ M. Ant. 6, 52; 8, 51). The sense is prob. those who are poor in their inner life, because they do not have a misdirected pride in their own spiritual riches (s. AKlöpper, Über den Sinn u. die ursprgl. Form der ersten Seligpreisung der Bergpredigt bei Mt: ZWT 37, 1894, 175–91; RKabisch, Die erste Seligpreisung: StKr 69, 1896, 195–215; KKöhler, Die ursprgl. Form der Seligpreisungen: StKr 91, 1918, that which animates or gives life to the body, breath, ( life-)spirit (Aeschyl. et al.; Phoenix of Colophon 1, 16 [Coll. Alex. p. 231] πν.=a breathing entity [in contrast to becoming earth in death]; Polyb. 31, 10, 4; Ps.-Aristot., De Mundo 4 p. 394b, 8ff; PHib 5, 54 [III B.C.]; PGM 4, 538; 658; 2499; LXX; TestAbr A 17 p. 98, 19 [Stone p. 44] al.; JosAs 19:3; SibOr 4, 46; Tat. 4:2) ἀφιέναι τὸ πνεῦμα give up one’s spirit, breathe one’s last (Eur., Hec. 571; Porphyr., Vi. Plotini 2) Mt 27:50. 19:3 (cp. ApcMos 31 ἀποδῶ τὸ πν.; Just., D. 105, 5). Of the return of the (life-)spirit of a deceased person into her dead body ἐπέστρεψεν τὸ πν. αὐτῆς Lk 8:55 (cp. Jdg 15:19). εἰς χεῖράς σου παρατίθεμαι τὸ πν. μου into your hands I entrust my spirit 23:46 (Ps 30:6; for alleged focus on ἐλπίζειν s. EBons, BZ 38, ’94, 93–101). κύριε Ἰησοῦ, δέξαι τὸ πνεῦμά μου Ac 7:59; composite of both passages AcPl Ha 10, 23 (cp. ApcMos 42). τὸ πν. μου ὁ δεσπότης δέξεται GJs 23:3 (on the pneuma flying upward after death cp. Epicharm. in Vorsokrat. 23 [=13, 4th ed.], B 9 and 22; Eur., Suppl. 533 πνεῦμα μὲν πρὸς αἰθέρα, τὸ σῶμα δ᾿ ἐς γῆν; PGM 1, 177ff τελευτήσαντός σου τὸ σῶμα περιστελεῖ, σοῦ δὲ τὸ πνεῦμα … εἰς ἀέρα ἄξει σὺν αὑτῷ ‘when you are dead [the angel] will wrap your body … and take your spirit with him into the sky’). τὸ σῶμα χωρὶς πν. νεκρόν ἐστιν Js 2:26. πν. ζωῆς ἐκ τ. θεοῦ εἰσῆλθεν ἐν αὐτοῖς (i.e. the prophet-witnesses who have been martyred) Rv 11:11 (cp. Ezk 37:10 v.l. εἰσῆλθεν εἰς αὐτοὺς πνεῦμα ζωῆς; vs. 5). Of the spirit that animated the image of a beast, and enabled it to speak and to have Christians put to death 13:15.—After a person’s death, the πν. lives on as an independent being, in heaven πνεύματα δικαὶων τετελειωμένων Hb 12:23 (cp. Da 3:86 εὐλογεῖτε, πνεύματα καὶ ψυχαὶ δικαίων, τὸν κύριον). According to non-biblical sources, the πν. are in the netherworld (cp. En 22:3–13; Sib Or 7, 127) or in the air (PGM 1, 178), where evil spirits can prevent them from ascending higher (s. ἀήρ2b). τοῖς ἐν φυλακῇ πνεύμασιν πορευθεὶς ἐκήρυξεν 1 Pt 3:19 belongs here if it refers to Jesus’ preaching to the spirits of the dead confined in Hades (so Usteri et al.; s. also JMc- Culloch, The Harrowing of Hell, 1930), whether it be when he descended into Hades, or when he returned to heaven (so RBultmann, Bekenntnis u. Liedfragmente im 1 Pt: ConNeot11, ’47, 1–14).—CClemen, Niedergefahren zu den Toten 1900; JTurmel, La Descente du Christ aux enfers 1905; JMonnier, La Descente aux enfers 1906; HHoltzmann, ARW 11, 1908, 285–97; KGschwind, Die Niederfahrt Christi in die Unterwelt 1911; DPlooij, De Descensus in 1 Pt 3:19 en 4:6: TT 47, 1913, 145–62; JBernard, The Descent into Hades a Christian Baptism (on 1 Pt 3:19ff): Exp. 8th ser., 11, 1916, 241–74; CSchmidt, Gespräche Jesu mit seinen Jüngern: TU 43, 1919, 452ff; JFrings, BZ 17, 1926, 75–88; JKroll, Gott u. Hölle ’32; RGanschinietz, Katabasis: Pauly-W. X/2, 1919, 2359–449; Clemen2 89–96; WBieder, Die Vorstellung v. d. Höllenfahrt Jesu Chr. ’49; SJohnson, JBL 79, ’60, 48–51; WDalton, Christ’s Proclamation to the Spirits ’65. S. also the lit. in Windisch, Hdb.2 1930, exc. on 1 Pt 3:20; ESelwyn, The First Ep. of St. Peter ’46 and 4c below.—This is prob. also the place for θανατωθεὶς μὲν σαρκὶ ζωοποιηθεὶς δὲ πνεύματι: ἐν ᾧ καὶ … 1 Pt 3:18f (some mss. read πνεύματι instead of πνεύμασιν in vs. 19, evidently in ref. to the manner of Jesus’ movement; πνεῦμα is that part of Christ which, in contrast to σάρξ, did not pass away in death, but survived as an individual entity after death; s. ἐν 7). Likew. the contrast κατὰ σάρκα … κατὰ πνεῦμα Ro 1:3f. Cp. 1 Ti 3:16. air in movement, blowing, breathing (even the glowing exhalations of a volcanic crater: Diod. S. 5, 7, 3) wind (Aeschyl. et al.; LXX, EpArist, Philo; Jos., Ant. 2, 343; 349; SibOr 8, 297) in wordplay τὸ πνεῦμα πνεῖ the wind blows J 3:8a (EpJer 60 πνεῦμα ἐν πάσῃ χώρᾳ πνεῖ. But s. TDonn, ET 66, ’54f, 32; JThomas, Restoration Qtrly 24, ’81, 219–24). ὀθόνη πλοίου ὑπὸ πνεύματος πληρουμένη MPol 15:2. Of God ὁ ποιῶν τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ πνεύματα who makes his angels winds Hb 1:7; 1 Cl 36:3 (both Ps 103:4). the breathing out of air, blowing, breath (Aeschyl. et al.; Pla., Tim. 79b; LXX) ὁ ἄνομος, ὅν ὁ κύριος Ἰησοῦς ἀνελεῖ τῷ πνεύματι τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ 2 Th 2:8 (cp. Is 11:4; Ps 32:6). πνεῦμα, ατος, τό (πνέω; Aeschyl., Pre-Socr., Hdt.+. On the history of the word s. Rtzst., Mysterienrel.3 308ff). Return to: Rom 2:29	N-DSN Part of Speech: Noun Case: Dative Number: Singular Gender: Neuter
Strongs: G1121 English: not by the letter Greek: γράμματι Lemma: γράμμα Transliteration: grámma Definition (BDAG): pl. learning, knowledge. The mng. of γράμματα J 7:15 is connected w. 1 above; γ. without the article used w. a verb like ἐπίστασθαι, εἰδέναι means elementary knowledge esp. reading and writing (X., Mem. 4, 2, 20; Dio Chrys. 9 [10], 28; SIG2 844, 6. Very oft. in pap: POxy 264, 19; 275, 43; 485, 48; PFay 24, 21; 91, 45; PGen 8, 31; 9, 27; Is 29:12; Da 1:4; Jos., Ant. 12, 209; s. ἀγράμματος; J 7:15 therefore implies an evaluation of social status). On the other hand, τὰ γ. can also mean higher learning (X., Cyr. 1, 2, 6; Pla., Apol. 26d; Aristoxenus, fgm. 31 p. 16, 29: Pythagoras γράμματα ἐν Κορίνθῳ ἐδίδασκε; Sext. Emp., Gramm. 1, 2, 48 γραμμάτων ἔμπειρον … , τουτέστιν οὐ τ. στοιχείων, ἀλλὰ τ. συγγραμμάτων; PLond I, 43, 3 [II B.C.]; Da 1:4; EpArist 121; TestReub 4:1, TestLevi 13:2) Ac 26:24.—Field, Notes 92f; Goodsp., Probs. 102–4.—B. 1285; 1286. DELG s.v. γράφω. M-M. EDNT. TW. a set of written characters forming a document or piece of writing, a document, piece of writing, mostly in pl., even of single copies (Appian, Hann. 52 §221 al.; Polyaenus 7, 7; 7, 19; Alciphr. 4, 15; 4, 16, 1; pap; 1 Esdr 3:9, 13f; Esth 8:5, 10 al.; Jos., Ant. 7, 137; 8, 50 al.). a piece of correspondence letter, epistle (since Hdt. 5, 14; PGrenf I, 30, 5 [103 B.C.]; PAmh 143, 10; 1 Macc 5:10; EpArist 43.—γράμματα of a single letter: Diod. S. 13, 93, 1; GDI 4566, 10 [Laconia]; Sb 7995, 17; 7997, 3) Ac 28:21; Pol 13:1. a promissory note (Jos., Ant. 18, 156; PTebt 397, 17; cp. βιβλίον in Rv 5:1 and see ORoller, ZNW 36, ’37, 98–113) Lk 16:6f. a relatively long written publication writing, book (Ael. Aristid. 46, 41 K.=3 p. 46 D.: ἀσεβῆ γράμματα; Arrian, Peripl. 19, 4 ἐν πολλοῖς γράμμασιν; Biogr. p. 29 δύο γράμματα; Esth 6:1; Just., A I, 2, 3) of the books of Moses J 5:47. Of the OT gener. ἱερὰ γράμματα (in the same sense τὰ ἱερ. γ.: Philo, Mos. 2, 290; 292, Praem. 79, Leg. ad Gai. 195; Jos., Ant. 1, 13; 10, 210, C. Ap. 1, 54. Cp. OGI 56, 36 [339 B.C.] τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, ἐν ᾗ ἐπιτέλλει τὸ ἄστρον τὸ τῆς Ἴσιος, ἣ νομίζεται διὰ τῶν ἱερῶν γραμμάτων νέον ἔτος εἶναι, and the description of imperial letters as ἱερὰ or θεῖα γράμματα in Dssm., LO 321f [LAE 380]) 2 Ti 3:15 (because of the technical character of the expression no article is needed; cp. Philo, Rer. Div. Her. 106 ἐν ἱεραῖς γραφαῖς; 159, Poster. Cai. 158; Ro 1:2;16:26; 2 Pt 1:20).—Of the literally correct form of the law Ro 2:27 (BSchneider, CBQ 15, ’53, 163–207, ‘Book of the Law’ in contrast to the more general referents for γράμματα and γραφή, s. esp. 188–91). Opp. spirit (cp. Pla., Gorg. 484a.—Heraclitus, Ep. 9, 2 opp. γ. … θεός. Ps.-Archytas [IV B.C.] in Stob., Ecl. 4, 135 ed. Hense, IV p. 82, 21: νόμος ὁ μὲν ἔμψυχος βασιλεύς, ὁ δὲ ἄψυχος γράμμα=the law, if it is alive, is indeed king; but if it is lifeless, it is nothing but a letter.—Romualdus, Stud. Cath. 17, ’41, 18–32) Ro 2:29; 7:6; 2 Cor 3:6. a unit of an alphabet, in our lit. only of a Greek character: letter (Ps.-Aristot., Mirabilia 133 ἐπιγραφὴ ἀρχαίοις γράμμασιν an inscription in old-fashioned letters; Diod. S. 2, 13, 2 a rock-cut inscription Συρίοις γράμμασιν; Procop. Soph., Ep. 28; Lev 19:28; Jos., Bell. 5, 235, Ant. 3, 178; Tat. 9, 3 al.) Lk 23:38 v.l. (UPZ 108, 30 [99 B.C.] official placard in Gk. and Egypt. script. Naturally script and language coincide, as plainly in Diod. S. 19, 23, 3 ἡ ἐπιστολὴ Συρίοις γεγραμμένη γράμμασιν=the letter was written in the Syrian language); 2 Cor 3:7 (CHickling, NTS 21, ’74/75, 380–95); Gal 6:11 (cp. Plut., Cato Maj. 348 [20, 7] συγγράψαι ἰδίᾳ χειρὶ κ. μεγάλοις γράμμασιν; PHib 29, 9 [265 B.C.]). Letter as a numeral B 9:7f. μεταγράφεσθαι πρὸς γ. copy letter for letter Hv 2, 1, 4. δι᾿ ὀλίγων γραμμάτων in a few lines, IRo 8:2; IPol 7:3. γράμμα , ατος, τό (s. γράφω; Aeschyl., Hdt.+). Return to: Rom 2:29	N-DSN Part of Speech: Noun Case: Dative Number: Singular Gender: Neuter
Strongs: G1868 English: and his praise Greek: ἔπαινος Lemma: ἔπαινος Transliteration: épainos Definition (BDAG): a thing worthy of praise (Sir 39:10 ἔ. αὐτοῦ=‘what is praiseworthy in him/his praiseworthy deeds’) Phil 4:8. B. 1189.—DELG s.v. αἶνος. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv. the act of expressing admiration or approval, praise, approval, recognition toward humans (freq. in honorific ins) α. from humans ἔκ τινος 1 Cl 30:6; Ro 2:29; 13:3. εἰς ἔπαινόν τινος to give recognition to someone 1 Pt 2:14 (Wvan- Unnik, NTS 2, ’55, 198–202, w. ref. to Diod. S. 15, 1, 1). ὁ ἀδελφός, οὗ ὁ ἔ. ἐν τ. εὐαγγελίῳ διὰ πασῶν τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν the brother whose fame in connection with the gospel has gone through all the churches 2 Cor 8:18. β. from God (cp. Wsd 15:19; Just., D. 123, 4) 1 Cl 30:6; Ro 2:29 (AFridrichsen, Symbolae Arctoae 1, 1922, 39–49). ὁ ἔ. γενήσεται ἑκάστῳ ἀπὸ τ. θεοῦ 1 Cor 4:5 (on ἔ. γίνεταί τινι cp. SIG 304, 24).—εἰς ἔ. καὶ δόξαν (for the combination of the two nouns cp. IPriene 53, 15 [II B.C.] ἀξίως ἐπαίνου καὶ τιμῶν ποιεῖσθαι τ. κρίσεις; 199, 9 [I B.C.]; Dio Chrys. 14 [31], 111 δόξα κ. ἔ. 1 Ch 16:27; s. b below) 1 Pt 1:7 (w. τιμή and δόξα; for the honorific aspect, cp. IPriene 53, 15 ἐ. w. τιμή; 119, 9 ἐ. w. δόξα). toward God (cp. Ps 21:26; 34:28; Sir 39:10; concrete ‘song of praise’ in God’s honor: Diod. S. 3, 73, 5; Arrian, Anab. 7, 3, 3 ἔπαινοι θεῶν) εἰς δόξαν καὶ ἔ. (s. aβ above) θεοῦ Phil 1:11; cp. Eph 1:6, 12, 14. ἔπαινος, ου, ὁ (s. prec. entry; Simonides, Pind., Hdt.+). Return to: Rom 2:29	N-NSM Part of Speech: Noun Case: Nominative Number: Singular Gender: Masculine
Strongs: G444 English: is not from men Greek: ἀνθρώπων Lemma: ἄνθρωπος Transliteration: ánthrōpos Definition (BDAG): ἄνθρωπος, ου, ὁ (Hom.+; loanw. in rabb.; ἡ ἄνθρωπος [Hdt. 1, 60, 5] does not appear in our lit.) ‘human being, man, person’. a person of either sex, w. focus on participation in the human race, a human being ἐγεννήθη ἄ. J 16:21; εἰς χεῖρας ἀ. Mk 9:31; ψυχὴ ἀνθρώπου Ro 2:9; συνείδησις ἀ. 2 Cor 4:2; μέτρον ἀ. Rv 21:17. in contrast to animals, plants, etc. Mt 4:19; 12:12; Mk 1:17; Lk 5:10; 1 Cor 15:39; 2 Pt 2:16; Rv 9:4, 7; 13:18 al. To angels (cp. Aristaen. 1, 24, end σάτυροι οὐκ ἄνθρωποι) 1 Cor 4:9; 13:1. To God (Aeschyl., Ag. 663 θεός τις οὐκ ἄνθ.; Aeschines 3, 137 θεοὶ κ. δαίμονες; Ael. Aristid. 30 p. 578 D.; Herm. Wr. 14, 8 θεοὺς κ. ἀνθρ.; οὐκ ἐλογίσατο ὅτι ἄ. ἐστιν PsSol 2:28) Hb 13:6 (Ps 117:6); Mt 10:32f; 19:6; Mk 10:9; J 10:33 (ἄνθ. ὤν=‘as a mortal human’, a favorite formula: X., An. 7, 6, 11; Menand., Epitr. 592 Kö.; fgm.: 46; 395, 2 Kö; Comp. I 282; Alexis Com., fgm. 150; Polyb. 3, 31, 3; Chariton 4, 4, 8 [WBlake ’38]; Heliod. 6, 9, 3; As early as Eur., Hipp. 472ff ἄνθρωπος οὖσα … κρείσσω δαιμόνων εἷναι θέλειν); Ac 10:26; 12:22; 14:11, 15; 1 Th 2:13; Phil 2:7. ἐντάλματα ἀνθρώπων human precepts Mt 15:9; Mk 7:7 (Is 29:13); w. οὐρανός (=God) Mt 21:25; Mk 11:30. ἀδύνατα παρὰ ἀνθρώποις Lk 18:27, cp. Mt 19:26. δοῦλοι ἀνθρώπων people’s slaves 1 Cor 7:23. πείθειν and ἀρέσκειν ἀ. Gal 1:10. μεσίτης θεοῦ καὶ ἀ. 1 Ti 2:5 al. θεὸς πάντας ἀνθρώπους θέλει σωθῆναι 1 Ti 2:4 (cp. Epict. 3, 24, 2 ὁ θεὸς πάντας ἀνθρώπους ἐπὶ τὸ εὐδαιμονεῖν ἐποίησεν). in pl. w. gener. mng. (cp. Hom., Il. 21, 569; Od. 1, 351) οἱ ἄ. people, also one’s associates (Jos., Ant. 9, 28) Mt 5:13, 16; 6:1f, 5, 14, 18; 7:12; 8:27; 23:5; Mk 8:27 and often. οἱ τότε ἄ. the people of that time Pol 3:2.—οἱ υἱοὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων the offspring of human beings or simply human beings, people (Gen 11:5; 1 Esdr 4:37; Ps 10:4; En10:7 al.; PsSol 9:4) Mk 3:28; Eph 3:5. Sim. ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀ. as a self-designation of Jesus but s. next, also 2a and υἱός 2dγ. Jesus Christ is called ἄ. as one who identifies with humanity (cp. ὁ Σωτὴρ ἄ. γενόμενος Did., Gen. 41, 28) 1 Ti 2:5; Hb 2:6a (Ps 8:5a; cp. Just., A II, 6, 4). He is in contrast to Adam Ro 5:15; 1 Cor 15:21, the πρῶτος ἄ. 1 Cor 15:45, 47 (cp. Philo, Abr. 56; s. DDD 112) as δεύτερος ἄ. vs. 47. On the nature and origin of this concept cp. Ltzm. and JWeiss on 1 Cor 15:45ff; WBousset, Kyrios Christos2 1921, 120 ff, Jesus der Herr 1916, 67ff; Rtzst., Mysterienrel.3 343ff, Erlösungsmyst. 107ff; ARawlinson, The NT Doctrine of the Christ 1926, 124ff; BStegmann, Christ, the ‘Man from Heaven’, a Study of 1 Cor 15:45–47: The Cath. Univ., Washington 1927; CKraeling, Anthropos and Son of Man 1927. S. on Ἀδάμ and on οὐρανός 2b.—On ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀ. as a self-designation of Jesus s.c end, above, and υἱός 2dγ. a member of the human race, w. focus on limitations and weaknesses, a human being of physical aspect Js 5:17; subject to death Hb 9:27; Rv 8:11; Ro 5:12; sunken in sin (cp. fr. a different perspective Menand., fgm. 432 Kö [499 K.] ἄνθρωπος ὢν ἥμαρτον; Herodas 5, 27 ἄνθρωπός εἰμι, ἥμαρτον; schol. on Apollon. Rhod. 4, 1015–17a σὺ ἄνθρωπος εἶ, οἷς τὸ ἁμαρτάνειν γίνεται ῥᾳδίως; cp. Orig. C. Cels. 3, 62, 17) 5:18f al., hence judged to be inferior Gal 1:1, 11f; Col 2:8, 22 (Is 29:13) or even carefully to be avoided προσέχειν ἀπὸ τ. ἀ. beware of (evil) men Mt 10:17; cp. Lk 6:22, 26. of status κατὰ ἄνθρωπον (Aeschyl., Sept. 425; Pla., Phileb. 370f; Diod. S. 16, 11, 2; Athen. 10, 444b; Plut., Mor. 1042a; Witkowski 8, 5 [252 B.C.]) in a human way, from a human standpoint emphasizes the inferiority of human beings in comparison w. God; λαλεῖν 1 Cor 9:8; λέγειν Ro 3:5; Gal 3:15; περιπατεῖν 1 Cor 3:3. κ. ἄ. ἐθηριομάχησα perh. like an ordinary man (opp. as a Christian sure of the resurrection) 15:32. Of the gospel οὐκ ἔστιν κ. ἄ. Gal 1:11. Pl. κ. ἀνθρώπους (opp. κ. θεόν) 1 Pt 4:6. a male person, man adult male, man (Pla., Prot. 6, 314e, Phd. 66, 117e; Gen. 24:26ff; PsSol 17:17; TestAbr A 3 p. 79, 25 [Stone p. 6]; ParJer 5:20) Mt 11:8; Lk 7:25. σκληρὸς εἶ ἄ. Mt 25:24; cp. Lk 19:21f. In contrast to woman (Achilles Tat. 5, 22, 2; PGM 36, 225f; 1 Esdr 9:40; Tob 6:8) Mt 19:5; prob. Lk 13:19 (cp. vs. 21); Eph 5:31 (both Gen 2:24); 1 Cor 7:1; Ox 840, 39. married person husband Mt 19:10. an immediate descendant son, opp. father (Sir 3:11) Mt 10:35. a person owned and therefore under the control of another slave (X., Mem. 2, 1, 15, Vect. 4, 14; Herodas 5, 78; BGU 830, 4; POxy. 1067, 30; 1159, 16) Lk 12:36. οἱ τοῦ πυρὸς ἄ. the persons in charge of the fire MPol 15:1; ἄ. τοῦ μεγάλου βασιλέως AcPl Ha 9, 1 (Aa I 111, 10). Perh. J 6:7. practically equiv. to the indef. pron., w. the basic mng. of ἄ. greatly weakened (cp. 1c.) someone, one, a person. with- out the art. α. used w. τὶς: ἐὰν γένηταί τινι ἀνθρώπῳ Mt 18:12. ἄνθρωπός τις κατέβαινεν a man was going down Lk 10:30. ἀνθρώπου τινὸς πλουσίου 12:16. ἄ. τις ἦν ὑδρωπικός 14:2, cp. vs. 16; 15:11; 16:1, 19; 19:12. ἦν τις ἄ. ἐκεῖ J 5:5. τινῶν ἀ. αἱ ἁμαρτίαι 1 Ti 5:24. β. without τὶς, and somet. nearly equiv. to it (Paus. 5, 7, 3 ἐξ ἀνθρώπου=from someone) εἷς ἄ.=εἷς τις an individual J 11:50, cp. 18:14. εἶδεν ἄνθρωπον καθήμενον he saw someone sitting Mt 9:9. ἰδοὺ ἄ. χεῖρα ἔχων ξηράν there was someone with a shriveled hand 12:10. λαβὼν ἄ. a person took 13:31; cp. Mk 1:23; 3:1; 4:26; 5:2; 7:11; 10:7 (Gen 2:24); Lk 2:25; 4:33; 5:18; 6:48f; 13:19; J 3:4, 27 al. Used w. negatives ἄ. οὐκ ἔχω I have nobody J 5:7. οὐδέποτε ἐλάλησεν οὕτως ἄ. nobody has ever spoken like that 7:46. γ. in indef. and at the same time general sense, oft.=one (Ger. man, Fr. on) οὕτως ἡμᾶς λογιζέσθω ἄ. lit. this is how one or a person (i.e. you) should regard us 1 Cor 4:1; cp. Mt 16:26; Ro 3:28; 1 Cor 7:26; 11:28; Gal 2:16; 6:7; Js 2:24. δ. w. relative foll. δεῦτε ἴδετε ἄ. ὃς εἶπέν μοι come and see someone who (contrast w. ἀνήρ vss. 16–18) told me J 4:29. ἄ.ὃς τὴν ἀλήθειαν ὑμῖν λελάληκα 8:40. ὁ ἄ., ἐν ᾧ ἦν τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ πονηρόν For Ac 19:16 s. 6 below. ε. used pleonastically w. a noun (cp. usage s.v. ἀνήρ 1dα) (Il. 16, 263; Lev 21:9; Sir 8:1; 1 Macc 7:14) ἄ. φάγος a glutton Mt 11:19; Lk 7:34; ἄ. ἔμπορος a merchant Mt 13:45; ἄ. οἰκοδεσπότης vs. 52; 21:33; ἄ. βασιλεύς (Horapollo 2, 85; Jos., Ant. 6, 142) 18:23; 22:2; ἄ. θηριομάχος AcPl Ha 5, 30.—Likew. w. names indicating local or national origin (X., An. 6, 4, 23; Ex 2:11 ἄ. Αἰγύπτιος) ἄ. Κυρηναῖος a Cyrenaean Mt 27:32; ἄ. Ἰουδαῖος Ac 21:39; ἄ. ῾Ρωμαῖος 16:37; 22:25. W. adj., giving them the character of nouns (Menand., fgm. 518 Kö ἄ. φίλος; PFlor 61, 60; PAmh 78, 13 ἄ. αὐθάδης; PStras 41, 40 πρεσβύτης ἄ. εἰμι; Sir 8:2 al.) ἄ. τυφλός (EpJer 36) a blind person J 9:1; ἄ. ἁμαρτωλός (Sir 11:32; 32:17) vs. 16; ἄ. αἱρετικός Tit 3:10. Likew. w. ptc. ἄ. σπείρων a sower Mt 13:24. ζ. pleonastic are also the combinations τίς ἄ.; who? Mt 7:9; Lk 15:4; πᾶς ἄ. (PsSol 2:9; 17:27 [both times after οὐ]; ParJer 8:7; cp. Just., D. 3) everyone J 2:10; Js 1:19; πάντες ἄ. all people Ac 22:15, everyone 1 Cor 7:7; εἷς ἄ. J 11:50; δύο ἄ. Lk 18:10. Likew. the partitive gen. ἀνθρώπων w. οὐδείς (cp. Mimnermus 1, 15f Diehl2 οὐ δέ τίς ἐστιν ἀνθρώπων) Mk 11:2; Lk 19:30, μηδείς Ac 4:17, τίς 19:35; 1 Cor 2:11.—MBlack, An Aramaic Approach3, ’67, 106f. w. the generic art. (Wsd 2:23; 4 Macc 2:21; PsSol 5:16; Just., D. 20, 2) ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄ. the good person, opp. ὁ πονηρὸς ἄ. the evil person Mt 12:35. οὐκ ἐπ᾿ ἄρτῳ ζήσεται ὁ ἄ. no one can live on bread (Dt 8:3) 4:4. κοινοῖ τὸν ἄ. defiles a person 15:11, 18; cp. Mk 7:15, 20; τὸ σάββατον διὰ τὸν ἄ. ἐγένετο 2:27; τί ἦν ἐν τῷ ἀ. J 2:25; κρίνειν τὸν ἄ. 7:51; ὁ νόμος κυριεύει τοῦ ἀ. Ro 7:1; ὁ ποιήσας ἄ. everyone who does it 10:5 (Lev 18:5; 2 Esdr 19:29); κακὸν τῷ ἀ. τῷ διὰ προσκόμματος ἐσθίοντι wrong for anyone who eats w. misgivings Ro 14:20 al. w. qualifying gen. ἄνθρωποι εὐδοκίας Lk 2:14 (εὐδοκία 1). ὁ ἄ. τῆς ἀνομίας (v.l. ἁμαρτίας) 2 Th 2:3. ἄ. (τοῦ) θεοῦ man of God 1 Ti 6:11; 2 Ti 3:17; 2 Pt 1:21 v.l. (3 Km 12:22; 13:1; 17:24; 4 Km 1:9ff; 2 Ch 8:14 al.; TestJob 53:4; EpArist 140; Philo, Gig. 61, Deus Imm. 138f. But also Sextus 2; 3; Herm. Wr. 1, 32; 13, 20; PGM 4, 1177, where no comma is needed betw. ἄ. and θ. Cp. Callim. 193, 37 [Pf.]). a being in conflict at a transcendent level the two sides of human nature as ὁ ἔξω ἄ. the outer being, i.e. human beings in their material, transitory, and sinful aspects 2 Cor 4:16, and, on the other hand, ὁ ἔσω ἄ. the inner being, i.e. humans in their transcendent significance, striving toward God Ro 7:22; 2 Cor 4:16; Eph 3:16 (cp. Pla., Rep. 9, 589a ὁ ἐντὸς ἄνθρωπος; Plotinus, Enn. 5, 1, 10 ὁ εἴσω ἄ.; Philo, Plant. 42 ὁ ἐν ἡμῖν πρὸς ἀλήθειαν ἄ., τουτέστιν ὁ νοῦς, Congr. Erud. Grat. 97, Det. Pot. Insid. 23; Zosimus in Rtzst., Poim. 104 ἔσω αὐτοῦ ἄνθρωπος πνευματικός. Cp. Rtzst., Mysterienrel.3 354f; WGutbrod, D. paulin. Anthropologie ’34; KSchäfer, FTillmann Festschr. ’34, 25–35; RJewett, Paul’s Anthropological Terms, ’71, 391–401). Similar in mng. is ὁ κρυπτὸς τῆς καρδίας ἄ. the hidden person of the heart=ὁ ἔσω ἄ. 1 Pt 3:4. from another viewpoint, w. contrast of παλαιὸς and καινὸς (νέος) ἄ. Ro 6:6; Eph 4:22, 24; Col 3:9 (cp. Dg 2:1; Jesus as καινὸς ἄ. IEph 20:1 is the new being, who is really God), or of ὁ ψυχικὸς ἄ. and ὁ πνευματικὸς ἄ. 1 Cor 2:14f (s. πνευματικός 2aγ). τὸν τέλειον ἄ. GMary 463, 27. a person who has just been mentioned in a narrative, w. the art. the person (Diod. S. 37, 18 ὁ ἄ. εἶπε; Just., A II, 2, 12) Mt 12:13; Mk 3:5; 5:8; J 4:50; Ac 19:16 al. a pers. perceived to be contemptible, a certain person w. a connotation of contempt (Diogenianus Epicureus [II A.D.] in Eus., PE 6, 8, 30 calls Chrysippus, his opponent, contemptuously ὁ ἄ.; Artem. 5, 67 ἡ ἄνθρωπος of a prostitute; UPZ 72, 6 [152 B.C.]; BGU 1208 I, 25; Plut., Mor 870c.—ASvensson [ὁ, ἡ, τό beg.]; AWilhelm, Anzeiger der Ak. d. W. in Wien, phil.- hist. Kl. ’37 [XXIII–XXVI 83–86]) οὐκ οἶδα τὸν ἄ. I don’t know the fellow (of Jesus, as oft. in these exx.) Mt 26:72, 74; Mk 14:71. προσηνέγκατέ μοι τὸν ἄ. τοῦτον Lk 23:14; ὁ ἄ. οὕτος AcPl Ox 6, 18 (= Aa I 242, 1). εἰ ὁ ἄ. Γαλιλαῖός ἐστιν Lk 23:6. τίς ἐστιν ὁ ἄ. J 5:12. ἰδοὺ ὁ ἄ. here’s the fellow! 19:5 (on the attempt to arouse pity, cp. Nicol. Dam.: 90 fgm. 68, 4 Jac., Cyrus in connection w. the downfall of Croesus; Diog. L. 2:13 Pericles in the interest of Anaxagoras, his teacher; Jos., Ant. 19, 35f). μὴ οἰέσθω ὁ ἄ. ἐκεῖνος such a person must not expect Js 1:7. in address, varying from a familiar tone to one that is more formal ἄνθρωπε friend (X., Cyr. 2, 2, 7; Plut., Mor. 553e) indicating a close relationship between the speaker and the one addressed Lk 5:20; sir Ἄνθρωπε, ποῦ πορεύῃ; ‘Sir, where are you going?’ GJs 19:1 (not pap), the woman is a stranger to Joseph. W. a reproachful connotation, man! (Diogenes the Cynic in Diog. L. 6, 56; Diod. S. 33, 7, 4; Chariton 6, 7, 9; Ps.-Callisth. 1, 31, 1) Lk 12:14; 22:58, 60; Hm 10, 1, 2 (ἄνθρωπος Joly). Also in rhetorical address, in a letter Ro 2:1, 3; 9:20 (Pla., Gorg. 452b σὺ δὲ … τίς εἶ, ὦ ἄνθρωπε); Js 2:20. (Cp. Pla., Apol. 16 p. 28b; Epict. index Schenkl; Mi 6:8; Ps 54:14.—JWackernagel, Über einige antike Anredeformen: Progr. Gött. 1912.) a heavenly being that looked like a person, a human figure of GPt 11:44 (cp. Just., D. 58, 10 ἐν ἰδέᾳ ἀνθρώπου [on Gen 32:25]; Tat. 21, 1 θεὸν ἐν ἀνθρώπου μορφῇ γεγονέναι).—JNielen, D. Mensch in der Verkünd. der Ev.: FTillmann Festschr. ’34, 14–24; Gutbrod op. cit. 2cα; WKümmel, Man in the NT, tr. JVincent, ’63; also Vock and Seiler ἀνήρ end.—B. 80. EDNT (lit.). DELG. M-M. TW. Sv. Return to: Rom 2:29	N-GPM Part of Speech: Noun Case: Genitive Number: Plural Gender: Masculine
Strongs: G2316 English: but from God Greek: θεοῦ Lemma: θεός Transliteration: theós Definition (BDAG): of the devil ὁ θ. τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου 2 Cor 4:4 (s. αἰών 2a and WMüllensiefen, StKr 95, 1924, 295–99).—DDD 668–99. RAC XI 1202–78; XII 81–154; B. 1464. LfgrE s.v. θεός col. 1001 (lit.). Schmidt, Syn. IV 1–21. DELG. M-M. TW. Sv. that which is nontranscendent but considered worthy of special reverence or respect, god (Artem. 2, 69 p. 161, 17: γονεῖς and διδάσκαλοι are like gods; Simplicius in Epict. p. 85, 27 acc. to ancient Roman custom children had to call their parents θεοί; s. 2 above and note on σέβομαι). of humans θεοί (as אֱלֹהִים) J 10:34f (Ps 81:6; humans are called θ. in the OT also Ex 7:1; 22:27; cp. Philo, Det. Pot. Insid. 161f, Somn. 1, 229, Mut. Nom. 128, Omn. Prob. Lib. 43, Mos. 1, 158, Decal. 120, Leg. All. 1, 40, Migr. Abr. 84). θ. γίνεται τῶν λαμβανόντων (a benefactor) proves to be a god to recipients Dg 10:6 (cp. Pliny, NH 2, 7, 18; s. 2 above, beg.— Aristot., Pol. 3, 8, 1, 1284a of the superior pers. as a god among humans; Arcesilaus [III B.C.] describes Crates and Polemo as θεοί τινες=‘a kind of gods’ [Diog. L. 4, 22]; Antiphanes says of the iambic poet Philoxenus: θεὸς ἐν ἀνθρώποισιν ἦν [Athen. 14, 50, 643d]; Diod. S. 1, 4, 7 and 5, 21, 2 of Caesar; for honors accorded Demetrius, s. IKertész, Bemerkungen zum Kult des Demetrios Poliorketes: Oikumene 2, ’78, 163–75 [lit.]; Dio Chrys. 30 [47], 5 Πυθαγόρας ἐτιμᾶτο ὡς θεός; Heliod. 4, 7, 8 σωτὴρ κ. θεός, addressed to a physician; BGU 1197, 1 [4 B.C.] a high official, and 1201, 1 [2 B.C.] a priest θεός and κύριος; PMich 209, 11f [II/III A.D.] οἶδας ἄδελφε, ὅτει οὐ μόνον ὧς ἀδελφόν σε ἔχω, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὡς πατέρα κ. κύριον κ. θεόν; Just., A I, 26, 2 [Σίμων] θεὸς ἐνομίσθη καὶ … ὡς θεὸς τετίμηται; Tat. 3, 2 μὴ θεὸς ὤν [Empedocles]; Ath. 30, 2 Ἀντίνους … ἔτυχε νομίζεσθαι θεός of benefactors in gener. AcJ 27 [Aa II/1, 166, 4]).—JEmerton, JTS 11, ’60, 329–32. of the belly (=appetite) as the god of certain people Phil 3:19 (cp. Athen. 3, 97c γάστρων καὶ κοιλιοδαίμων. Also Eupolis Com. [V B.C.] fgm. 172 K. [in Athen. 3, 100b]; on the use of θ. in ref. to impersonal entities [e.g. Eur., Cyclops 316 of wealth as a god] s. DDD 693f). God in Israelite/Christian monotheistic perspective, God the predom. use, somet. with, somet. without the art. ὁ θεός Mt 1:23; 3:9; 5:8, 34; Mk 2:12; 13:19 (cp. TestJob 37:4); Lk 2:13; J 3:2b; Ac 2:22b; Gal 2:6 al. With prep. εἰς τὸν θ. Ac 24:15. ἐκ τοῦ θ. J 8:42b, 47; 1J 3:9f; 4:1ff, 6f; 5:1, 4; 2 Cor 3:5; 5:18 al.; ἐν τῷ θ. Ro 5:11; Col 3:3 (Ath. 21, 1). ἔναντι τοῦ θ. Lk 1:8; ἐπὶ τὸν θ. Ac 15:19; 26:18, 20 (Just., D. 101, 1); ἐπὶ τῷ θ. Lk 1:47 (Just., D. 8, 2); παρὰ τοῦ θ. J 8:40 (Ar. 4, 2; Just., A I, 33, 6 al.; without art. Just., D. 69, 6 al.). παρὰ τῷ θ. Ro 2:13; 9:14 (Just., A I, 28, 3; Tat. 7, 1; Ath. 31, 2 al.); πρὸς τὸν θ. J 1:2; Ac 24:16; AcPl Ha 3, 8 (Just., D. 39, 1 al.; Mel., HE 4, 26, 13 al.); τὰ πρὸς τὸν θ. Hb 2:17; 5:1; Ro 15:17 is acc. of respect: with respect to one’s relation to God or the things pert. to God, in God’s cause (s. B-D-F §160; Rob. 486. For τὰ πρὸς τ. θ. s. Soph., Phil. 1441; X., De Rep. Lac. 13, 11; Aristot., Pol. 1314b, 39; Lucian, Pro Imag. 8; Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 109, 3 [III B.C.] εὐσεβὴς τὰ πρὸς θεούς; Ex 4:16; 18:19; Jos., Ant. 9, 236 εὐσεβὴς τὰ πρὸς τ. θεόν). τὰ πρὸς τ[ὸν] θεὸν ἐτήρουσαν, when they were observant of matters pert. to God AcPl Ha 8, 13 (=τα π̣ρος θ̣̄ν̄\| ἐτήρουσαν Ox 1602, 10f=BMM recto 16 restored after the preceding). without the art. Mt 6:24; Lk 2:14; 20:38; J 1:18a; Ro 8:8, 33b; 2 Cor 1:21; 5:19; Gal 2:19; 4:8f; 2 Th 1:8; Tit 1:16; 3:8; Hb 3:4; AcPl Ha 8, 20=BMM recto 25 (s. also HSanders’ rev. of Ox 1602, 26, in HTR 31, ’38, 79, n. 2, Ghent 62 verso, 6); AcPlCor 1:15; 2:19, 26. W. prep. ἀπὸ θεοῦ J 3:2a; 16:30 (Just., A II, 13, 4 τὸν … ἀπὸ ἀγεννήτου … θεοῦ λόγον). εἰς θεόν IPhld 1:2. ἐκ θεοῦ (Pind., O. 11, 10, P. 1, 41; Jos., Ant. 2, 164; Just., A I, 22, 2; Mel., P. 55, 404) Ac 5:39; 2 Cor 5:1; Phil 3:9. ἐν θεῷ J 8:21; Ro 2:17; Ro 8:27; 2 Cor 7:9ff; IEph 2:1. ἡ κατὰ θ. ἀγάπη godly love IMg 1:1; cp. 13:1; ITr 1:2. παρὰ θεῷ (Jos., Bell. 1, 635) Mt 19:26; Lk 2:52. w. gen. foll. or w. ἴδιος to denote a special relationship: ὁ θ. Ἀβραάμ Mt 22:32; Mk 12:26; Lk 20:37; Ac 3:13; 7:32 (all Ex 3:6). ὁ θ. (τοῦ) Ἰσραήλ (Ezk 44:2; JosAs 7:5) Mt 15:31; Lk 1:68; cp. Ac 13:17; 2 Cor 6:16; Hb 11:16. ὁ θ. μου Ro 1:8; 1 Cor 1:4; 2 Cor 12:21; Phil 1:3; 4:19; Phlm 4. OT κύριος ὁ θ. σου (ἡμῶν, ὑμῶν, αὐτῶν) Mt 4:7 (Dt 6:16); 22:37 (Dt 6:5); Mk 12:29 (Dt 6:4); Lk 1:16; 4:8 (Dt 6:13); 10:27 (Dt 6:5); Ac 2:39. ὁ κύριος καὶ ὁ θ. ἡμῶν Rv 4:11 (Just., D. 12, 3; the combination of κύριος and θεός is freq. in the OT: 2 Km 7:28; 3 Km 18:39; Jer 38:18; Zech 13:9; Ps 29:3; 34:23; 85:15; 87:2; TestAbr A 3 p. 79, 19 [Stone p. 6]; JosAs 3:4; 12:2 κύριε ὁ θ. τῶν αἰώνων. But s. also Epict. 2, 16, 13 κύριε ὁ θεός [GBreithaupt, Her. 62, 1927, 253–55], Herm. Wr.: Cat. Cod. Astr. VIII/2, p. 172, 6 κύριε ὁ θεὸς ἡμῶν, the PGM ref. at the beg. of this entry, and the sacral uses τ. θεῷ κ. κυρίῳ Σοκνοπαίῳ [OGI 655, 3f—24 B.C.]; PTebt 284, 6; τῷ κυρίῳ θεῷ Ἀσκληπίῳ [Sb 159, 2]; deo domino Saturno [ins fr. imperial times fr. Thala in the prov. of Africa: BPhW 21, 1901, 475], also Suetonius, Domit. 13 dominus et deus noster [for the formulation s. 4a: PMich 209]; Ar. 15, 10; Just., D. 60, 3 al.) τὸν ἴδιον θ. AcPl Ha 3, 22.—ὁ θ. τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰ. Χ. Eph 1:17. used w. πατήρ (s. πατήρ 6a) ὁ θ. καὶ πατὴρ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ Ro 15:6; 2 Cor 1:3; Eph 1:3; Col 1:3; 1 Pt 1:3. ὁ θ. καὶ πατὴρ ἡμῶν Gal 1:4; Phil 4:20; 1 Th 1:3; 3:11, 13. ὁ θ. καὶ πατήρ 1 Cor 15:24; Eph 5:20; Js 1:27. θ. πατήρ Phil 2:11; 1 Pt 1:2; cp. 1 Cor 8:6. ἀπὸ θεοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ro 1:7b; 1 Cor 1:3; 2 Cor 1:2; Gal 1:3; Eph 1:2; Phil 1:2; Col 1:2; Phlm 3; ἀπὸ θ. π. Gal 1:3 v.l.; Eph 6:23; 2 Th 1:2; 2 Ti 1:2; Tit 1:4; παρὰ θεοῦ π. 2 Pt 1:17; 2J 3. w. gen. of what God brings about, in accordance w. the divine nature: ὁ θ. τῆς εἰρήνης Ro 15:33; 1 Th 5:23. τῆς ἐλπίδος the God fr. whom hope comes Ro 15:13. πάσης παρακλήσεως 2 Cor 1:3b. ὁ θ. τῆς ἀγάπης 13:11. ὁ θ. πάσης χάριτος 1 Pt 5:10. In οὐ γάρ ἐστιν ἀκαταστασίας ὁ θεός 1 Cor 14:33, θεός is to be su Some writings in our lit. use the word θ. w. ref. to Christ (without necessarily equating Christ with the Father, and therefore in harmony w. the Shema of Israel Dt 6:4; cp. Mk 10:18 and 4a below), though the interpretation of some of the pass. is in debate. In Mosaic and Gr-Rom. traditions the fundamental semantic component in the understanding of deity is the factor of performance, namely saviorhood or extraordinary contributions to one’s society. Dg. 10:6 defines the ancient perspective: ὃς ἃ παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ λάβων ἔχει, ταῦτα τοῖς ἐπιδεομένοις χορηγῶν, θεὸς γίνεται τῶν λαμβανάντων one who ministers to the needy what one has received from God proves to be a god to the recipients (cp. Sb III, 6263, 27f of a mother). Such understanding led to the extension of the mng. of θ. to pers. who elicit special reverence (cp. pass. under 4 below; a similar development can be observed in the use of σέβομαι and cognates). In Ro 9:5 the interpr. is complicated by demand of punctuation marks in printed texts. If a period is placed before ὁ ὢν κτλ., the doxology refers to God as defined in Israel (so EAbbot, JBL 1, 1881, 81–154; 3, 1883, 90–112; RLipsius; HHoltzmann, Ntl. Theol.2 II 1911, 99f; EGünther, StKr 73, 1900, 636–44; FBurkitt, JTS 5, 1904, 451–55; Jülicher; PFeine, Theol. d. NTs6 ’34, 176 et al.; RSV text; NRSV mg.). A special consideration in favor of this interpretation is the status assigned to Christ in 1 Cor 15:25–28 and the probability that Paul is not likely to have violated the injunction in Dt 5:7.—If a comma is used in the same place, the reference is to Christ (so BWeiss; EBröse, NKZ 10, 1899, 645–57 et al.; NRSV text; RSV mg. S. also εἰμί 1.—Undecided: THaering.—The transposition by the Socinian scholar JSchlichting [died 1661] ὧν ὁ=‘to whom belongs’ was revived by JWeiss, D. Urchristentum 1917, 363; WWrede, Pls 1905, 82; CStrömman, ZNW 8, 1907, 319f). In 2 Pt 1:1; 1J 5:20 the interpretation is open to question (but cp. ISmyrna McCabe .0010, 100 ὁ θεὸς καὶ σωτὴρ Ἀντίοχος). In any event, θ. certainly refers to Christ, as one who manifests primary characteristics of deity, in the foll. NT pass.: J 1:1b (w. ὁ θεός 1:1a, which refers to God in the monotheistic context of Israel’s tradition. On the problem raised by such attribution s. J 10:34 [cp. Ex 7:1; Ps 81:6]; on θεός w. and without the article, acc. to whether it means God or the Logos, s. Philo, Somn. 1, 229f; JGriffiths, ET 62, ’50/51, 314–16; BMetzger, ET 63, ’51/52, 125f), J 20:28 (on the combination of κύριος and θεός s. 3c below). Tit 2:13 (μέγας θ.). Hb 1:8, 9 (in a quot. fr. Ps 44:7, 8). S. TGlasson, NTS 12, ’66, 270–72. Jd 5 P72. But above all Ignatius calls Christ θεός in many pass.: θεὸς Ἰησοῦς Χριστός ITr 7:1; Χριστὸς θεός ISm 10:1. ὁ θεὸς ἡμῶν IEph ins; 15:3; 18:2; IRo ins (twice); 3:3; IPol 8:3; τὸ πάθος τοῦ θεοῦ μου IRo 6:3. ἐν αἵματι θεοῦ IEph 1:1. ἐν σαρκὶ γενόμενος θεός 7:2. θεὸς ἀνθρωπίνως φανερούμενος 19:3. θεὸς ὁ οὕτως ὑμᾶς σοφίσας ISm 1:1.—Hdb. exc. 193f; MRackl, Die Christologie d. hl. Ign. v. Ant. 1914. ὁ θεός μου Χριστὲ Ἰησοῦ AcPl Ha 3, 10; Χριστὸς Ἰησοῦς ὁ θ[εός] 6, 24; cp. ln. 34 (also cp. Just., A I, 63, 15, D. 63, 5 al.; Tat. 13, 3; Ath. 24, 1; Mel., P. 4, 28 al.).—SLösch, Deitas Jesu u. antike Apotheose ’33. Cp. AWlosk, Römischer Kaiserkult ’78. In the Gr-Rom. world the term θεός primarily refers to a transcendent being who exercises extraordinary control in human affairs or is responsible for bestowal of unusual benefits, deity, god, goddess (s. on θεά) Ac 28:6; 2 Th 2:4 (cp. SibOr 5, 34 ἰσάζων θεῷ αὐτόν; Ar. 4, 1 οὐκ εἰσὶ θεοί; Tat. 10, 1 θεὸς … κύκνος γίνεται …; Ath. 18, 3 θεός τις δισώματος); θεὸς ῾Ραιφάν Ac 7:43 (Am 5:26; s. entry ῾Ραιφάν). οὐδεὶς θεὸς εἰ μὴ εἷς there is no god but one 1 Cor 8:4 (cp. AcPl Ha 1, 17 restored). θεοῦ φωνὴ καὶ οὐκ ἀνθρώπου Ac 12:22.—ἡ θεός the ( female) god, goddess (Att., later more rarely; Peripl. Eryth. c. 58; Lucian, Dial. Deor. 17, 2; SIG 695, 28; ins, one of which refers to Artemis, in Hauser p. 81f; Jos., Ant. 9, 19; Ar. 11, 2 [Artemis]; Ath. 29, 2 [Ino]) Ac 19:37.—Pl. Ac 7:40 (Ex 32:1). Cp. 14:11; 19:26; PtK 2 p. 14, 21. εἴπερ εἰσὶν λεγόμενοι θεοί even if there are so-called gods 1 Cor 8:5a; s. vs. 5b (on θεοὶ πολλοί cp. Jos., Ant. 4, 149.—Maximus Tyr. 11, 5a: θ. πολλοί w. εἷς θ. πατήρ). οἱ φύσει μὴ ὄντες θεοί those who by nature are not really gods Gal 4:8b (cp. Ar. 4, 2 μὴ εἶναι τὸν οὐρανὸν θεόν al.). θεοὶ … λίθινοι etc. AcPl Ha 1, 18 (cp. JosAs 10:13 τοὺς χρυσοῦς καὶ ἀργυροῦς). Of the devil μὴ ὢν θεός AcPlCor 2:15. θεός, οῦ (Hom.+; Herm. Wr.; ins, pap, LXX, pseudepigr., Philo, Joseph.) ὁ and ἡ, voc. θεέ (Pisidian ins [JHS 22, 1902, 355] θέ; PGM 4, 218 θεὲ θεῶν; 7, 529 κύριε θεὲ μέγιστε; 12, 120 κύριε θεέ; 13, 997; LXX [Thackeray 145; PKatz, Philo’s Bible ’50, 152f]; ApcMos 42; Jos., Ant. 14, 24 ὦ θεὲ βασιλεῦ τ. ὅλων; SibOr 13, 172 βασιλεῦ κόσμου θεέ) Mt 27:46, more frequently (s. 2 and 3c, h below) ὁ θεός (LXX; ParJer 6:12; ApcEsdr 7:5; ApcMos 32; B-D-F §147, 3m; JWackernagel, Über einige antike Anredeformen 1912; Mlt-H. 120). On the inclusion or omission of the art. gener. s. W-S. §19, 13d; B-D-F §254, 1; 268, 2; Rob. 758; 761; 780; 786; 795; Mlt-Turner 174; BWeiss, D. Gebr. des Artikels bei den Gottesnamen, StKr 84, 1911, 319–92; 503–38 (also published separately). The sg. article freq. suggests personal claim on a deity. ‘God, god’. Return to: Rom 2:29	N-GSM Part of Speech: Noun Case: Genitive Number: Singular Gender: Masculine

Verb tenses: (algorithm - NA27 Greek: when possible use NASB for English, when Strong's not present -> KJV)

Chapter	Verse	English	Strong's	Greek Lemma	Greek Actual	RMAC Decoded	RMAC
2	11	{there is, KJV}	G2076	ἐστί	ἐστιν	Tense: Present Voice: no voice stated Mood: Indicative Person: third Number: Singular	V-PXI-3S
2	12	have sinned	G264	ἁμαρτάνω	ἥμαρτον	Tense: second Aorist Voice: Active Mood: Indicative Person: third Number: Plural	V-2AAI-3P
2	12	perish	G622	ἀπόλλυμι	ἀπολοῦνται	Tense: Future Voice: Middle Mood: Indicative Person: third Number: Plural	V-FMI-3P
2	12	have sinned	G264	ἁμαρτάνω	ἥμαρτον	Tense: second Aorist Voice: Active Mood: Indicative Person: third Number: Plural	V-2AAI-3P
2	12	will be judged	G2919	κρίνω	κριθήσονται	Tense: Future Voice: Passive Mood: Indicative Person: third Number: Plural	V-FPI-3P
2	13	will be justified	G1344	δικαιόω	δικαιωθήσονται	Tense: Future Voice: Passive Mood: Indicative Person: third Number: Plural	V-FPI-3P
2	14	who do not have	G2192	σχέω	ἔχοντα	Tense: Present Voice: Active Mood: Participle Case: Nominative Number: Plural Gender: Neuter	V-PAP-NPN
2	14	do	G4160	ποιέω	ποιῶσιν	Tense: Present Voice: Active Mood: Subjunctive Person: third Number: Plural	V-PAS-3P
2	14	not having	G2192	σχέω	ἔχοντες	Tense: Present Voice: Active Mood: Participle Case: Nominative Number: Plural Gender: Masculine	V-PAP-NPM
2	14	{are, KJV}	G1526	εἰσί	εἰσιν	Tense: Present Voice: no voice stated Mood: Indicative Person: third Number: Plural	V-PXI-3P
2	15	in that they show	G1731	ἐνδείκνυμι	ἐνδείκνυνται	Tense: Present Voice: Middle Mood: Indicative Person: third Number: Plural	V-PMI-3P
2	15	bearing witness	G4828	συμμαρτυρέω	συμμαρτυρούσης	Tense: Present Voice: Active Mood: Participle Case: Genitive Number: Singular Gender: Feminine	V-PAP-GSF
2	15	accusing	G2723	κατηγορέω	κατηγορούντων	Tense: Present Voice: Active Mood: Participle Case: Genitive Number: Plural Gender: Masculine	V-PAP-GPM
2	15	defending	G626	ἀπολογέομαι	ἀπολογουμένων	Tense: Present Voice: middle or passive depoNent Mood: Participle Case: Genitive Number: Plural Gender: Masculine	V-PNP-GPM
2	16	will judge	G2919	κρίνω	κρίνει	Tense: Future Voice: Active Mood: Indicative Person: third Number: Singular	V-FAI-3S
2	17	you bear the name	G2028	ἐπονομάζω	ἐπονομάζῃ	Tense: Present Voice: Passive Mood: Indicative Person: second Number: Singular	V-PPI-2S
2	17	and rely	G1879	ἐπαναπαύομαι	ἐπαναπαύῃ	Tense: Present Voice: middle or passive depoNent Mood: Indicative Person: second Number: Singular	V-PNI-2S
2	17	and boast	G2744	καυχάομαι	καυχᾶσαι	Tense: Present Voice: middle or passive depoNent Mood: Indicative Person: second Number: Singular	V-PNI-2S
2	18	and know	G1097	γινώσκω	γινώσκεις	Tense: Present Voice: Active Mood: Indicative Person: second Number: Singular	V-PAI-2S
2	18	and approve	G1381	δοκιμάζω	δοκιμάζεις	Tense: Present Voice: Active Mood: Indicative Person: second Number: Singular	V-PAI-2S
2	18	the things that are essential	G1308	διαφέρω	διαφέροντα	Tense: Present Voice: Active Mood: Participle Case: Accusative Number: Plural Gender: Neuter	V-PAP-APN
2	18	being instructed	G2727	κατηχέω	κατηχούμενος	Tense: Present Voice: Passive Mood: Participle Case: Nominative Number: Singular Gender: Masculine	V-PPP-NSM
2	19	and are confident	G3982	πείθω	πέποιθάς	Tense: second peRfect Voice: Active Mood: Indicative Person: second Number: Singular	V-2RAI-2S
2	19	{art, KJV}	G1511	εἶναι	εἶναι	Tense: Present Voice: no voice stated Mood: iNfinitive	V-PXN
2	20	having	G2192	σχέω	ἔχοντα	Tense: Present Voice: Active Mood: Participle Case: Accusative Number: Singular Gender: Masculine	V-PAP-ASM
2	21	who teach	G1321	διδάσκω	διδάσκων	Tense: Present Voice: Active Mood: Participle Case: Nominative Number: Singular Gender: Masculine	V-PAP-NSM
2	21	do you not teach	G1321	διδάσκω	διδάσκεις	Tense: Present Voice: Active Mood: Indicative Person: second Number: Singular	V-PAI-2S
2	21	You who preach	G2784	κηρύσσω	κηρύσσων	Tense: Present Voice: Active Mood: Participle Case: Nominative Number: Singular Gender: Masculine	V-PAP-NSM
2	21	that one shall not steal do you steal	G2813	κλέπτω	κλέπτειν	Tense: Present Voice: Active Mood: iNfinitive	V-PAN
2	21	do you steal	G2813	κλέπτω	κλέπτεις	Tense: Present Voice: Active Mood: Indicative Person: second Number: Singular	V-PAI-2S
2	22	You who say	G3004	λέγω	λέγων	Tense: Present Voice: Active Mood: Participle Case: Nominative Number: Singular Gender: Masculine	V-PAP-NSM
2	22	that one should not commit adultery	G3431	μοιχεύω	μοιχεύειν	Tense: Present Voice: Active Mood: iNfinitive	V-PAN
2	22	adultery do you commit	G3431	μοιχεύω	μοιχεύεις	Tense: Present Voice: Active Mood: Indicative Person: second Number: Singular	V-PAI-2S
2	22	You who abhor	G948	βδελύσσω	βδελυσσόμενος	Tense: Present Voice: middle or passive depoNent Mood: Participle Case: Nominative Number: Singular Gender: Masculine	V-PNP-NSM
2	22	do you rob temples	G2416	ἱεροσυλέω	ἱεροσυλεῖς	Tense: Present Voice: Active Mood: Indicative Person: second Number: Singular	V-PAI-2S
2	23	boast	G2744	καυχάομαι	καυχᾶσαι	Tense: Present Voice: middle or passive depoNent Mood: Indicative Person: second Number: Singular	V-PNI-2S
2	23	do you dishonor	G818	ἀτιμάζω	ἀτιμάζεις	Tense: Present Voice: Active Mood: Indicative Person: second Number: Singular	V-PAI-2S
2	24	IS BLASPHEMED	G987	βλασφημέω	βλασφημεῖται	Tense: Present Voice: Passive Mood: Indicative Person: third Number: Singular	V-PPI-3S
2	24	as it is written	G1125	γράφω	γέγραπται	Tense: peRfect Voice: Passive Mood: Indicative Person: third Number: Singular	V-RPI-3S
2	25	is of value	G5623	ὠφελέω	ὠφελεῖ	Tense: Present Voice: Active Mood: Indicative Person: third Number: Singular	V-PAI-3S
2	25	you practice	G4238	πράσσω	πράσσῃς	Tense: Present Voice: Active Mood: Subjunctive Person: second Number: Singular	V-PAS-2S
2	25		G1510	εἰμί	ᾖς	Tense: Present Voice: no voice stated Mood: Subjunctive Person: second Number: Singular	V-PXS-2S
2	25	has become	G1096	γίνομαι	γέγονεν	Tense: second peRfect Voice: Active Mood: Indicative Person: third Number: Singular	V-2RAI-3S
2	26	keeps	G5442	φυλάσσω	φυλάσσῃ	Tense: Present Voice: Active Mood: Subjunctive Person: third Number: Singular	V-PAS-3S
2	26	be regarded	G3049	λογίζομαι	λογισθήσεται	Tense: Future Voice: Passive Mood: Indicative Person: third Number: Singular	V-FPI-3S
2	27	will he not judge	G2919	κρίνω	κρινεῖ	Tense: Future Voice: Active Mood: Indicative Person: third Number: Singular	V-FAI-3S
2	27	if he keeps	G5055	τελέω	τελοῦσα	Tense: Present Voice: Active Mood: Participle Case: Nominative Number: Singular Gender: Feminine	V-PAP-NSF
2	28	{he is, KJV}	G2076	ἐστί	ἐστιν	Tense: Present Voice: no voice stated Mood: Indicative Person: third Number: Singular	V-PXI-3S

Historical Background:

(from "The IVP Bible Background Commentary - New Testament", author Craig S. Keener)

Verse	Commentary
Rom 2:12	Rom 2:12 (section 2:12-16) Paul's point is that everyone should know better than to sin but those with more access to the truth will be judged far more strictly than those without. Woe to those who thought themselves righteous by comparing themselves with others! Judaism was right that most pagans did evil; but Jewish people knew God's standard better than the pagans and still did evil. This point underlines Paul's argument of the common predicament of Jews and Gentiles under sin. (2:12) Paul is stricter than most of Judaism here. Most Jews acknowledged that Gentiles could be saved simply by keeping the Noahide (also spelled Noachian) commandments, because they did not have the whole law. Paul argues that anyone who has sinned with or without the law will be strictly judged (unless atonement for the sin is accepted in Christ as he argues in 3:24-26).
Rom 2:13	2:13 Jewish teachers agreed that hearing the law was not enough; one must also obey it. Few would challenge Paul's argument on this point.
Rom 2:14	2:14-16 Paul plays on the Greco-Roman philosophical view of the law of nature written in people's hearts, according to which all people had some measure of innate knowledge of right and wrong, although it was less explicit than the written law. (Greek moralists and especially Sotic thinkers heavily emphasized the knowledge of the "conscience.") That they could know enough to do right some of the time renders them without excuse for ever doing wrong. Only when God's law is fully written on the heart in Christ (8:2; Jer 31:33) will it be internalized enough for people to live out God's righteousness.
Rom 2:17	2:17 (section 2:17-24) This diatribe style often used by philosophers was meant to teach and exhort rather than to attach; the imaginary opponent represents an idealized wrong position, which the speaker or writer destroys reductio ad absurdium (by reducing it to its absurd logical conclusion). The opponent of 2:17-29 is the idealized hypocrite but points up the evils of any measure of hypocrisy (Similar attacks were made on "pretntious philosophers" in Greco-Roman diatribes.) (2:17-18) Jewish sages often warned that sages should be humble and not boast in their knowledge. But Israel could boast in their sole possession of the law, because they alone worshipped the one true God.
Rom 2:19	2:19-20 Some of Paul's languagehere come from the OT (cf. Is 42:6-7, 18-20) and some from typical Cynic-Stoic philosophical terminology, which was probably adapted by Jewish teachers outside Palestine. Paul again shows his mastery in relating to his ancient readers.
Rom 2:21	2:21-23 Diatribe often used brief, pointed rhetorical questions. Philosophers typically reviled the inconsistency of their hearers' lifestyles. Temple robbery was considered one of the most impious crimes, and even though Jewish teachers warned against disturbing pagan temples, pagans sometimes thought Jews inclined toward such crimes (Acts 19:37). But those who would rob temples would have to value their contents.
Rom 2:24	2:24 See Ezekiel 36:20-23. Jewish teachers complained that public sin profaned God's name among the Gentiles; misbehaving Jews could bring reproach on the whole Jewish community. (A case in point was a charlatan in Rome earlier in the century whose behavior had led to the expulsion of Jews from Rome under Tiberius.)
Rom 2:25	2:25-29 Moses had complained that Israel was uncirumcised in heart (Lev 26:41), and the prophets had reinforced this conviction (Jer 4:4; 9:25-26; cf. Is 51:7). God's people were responsible to circumcise their hearts (Deut 10:16), and someday God would circumcise their hearts (Deut 30:6). The 2:25-29 Moses had complained that Israel was uncirumcised in heart (Lev 26:41), and the prophets had reinforced this conviction (Jer 4:4; 9:25-26; cf. Is 51:7). God's people were responsible to circumcise their hearts (Deut 10:16), and someday God would circumcise their hearts (Deut 30:6). The rabbis commented little on this issue; Paul makes it central and defines religious Judaism in terms of possession of the Spirit (Rom 2:29; an internalized law - 8:2; cf. Ezek 36:27). Both Jewish and Greco-Roman writers emphasized caring what the deity thinks, not what other people think (Rom 2:29)

Observations:

(author unless otherwise noted: Kevin Carlson)

Verse	Observations
Rom 2:11	(Rom 2:11) For there is no partiality with God. partiality - "a right that is specially conferred, privilege" We all need God, and God has provided a savior for all of us - Jew and Greek (gentile). We all fall short on the merits of our own works, our own good. God provided Jesus for us all.
Rom 2:12	(Rom 2:12) For all who have sinned without the Law will also perish without the Law; and all who have sinned under the Law will be judged by the Law; all - inclusive, all sinned - V-2AAI - aorist, active, indicative - indefinite undefined action, done by "all", with certainty Law - Mosaic Law perish - V-FMI - "to cause or experience destruction act. ruin, destroy". action done by oneself, to oneself or for oneself that will certainly happen in the future. Very interesting voice - middle voice. So, the destruction is self inflicted. This is very true in that God gives everyone a choice to trust in the work that Jesus has done on their behalf on the cross, and in the resurrection. This should help reiterate the urgency to tell people the Gospel, and that people do have a choice to trust in Christ. 12a: without the law, parallel to Rom 1:18-32 12b: with the law, parallel to Rom 2:1-11 difference - perish 12a, judged by the law 12b judged - V-FPI - "to engage in a judicial process, judge, decide, hale before a court, condemn, also hand over for judicial punishment, freq. as a legal t.t." judged by God - action done to those under the law in the future with certainty. The judicial punishment in this case is also destructions. We know that everyone has fallen short of the glory of God, and sinned. Without the cross, without Christ taking the punishment for our sin, we too would face this same sentence of destruction.
Rom 2:13	(Rom 2:13) for not the hearers of the Law are just before God, but the doers of the Law will be justified. Paul clarifies further: hearers - exactly that, one who hears something. In this case, those who have heard the Law. Remember context, Paul talked in 2:1-11 about those who condemn sinful actions, but do those actions themselves. They knew what is right, but didn't do it. How does one know what is right? Of course the answer is that the Law does tell us that. are just - "righteous in the sight of God". Knowing the law doesn't make one justified before God is Paul's point. You would have to be perfect in doing, perfect in keeping the law. before - "in the sight or judgment of someone" doers - "one who does what is prescribed" will be justified - V-FPI. Action done by God, in the future. "to render a favorable verdict, vindicate. as activity of humans justify, vindicate, treat as just"
Rom 2:14	(Rom 2:14) For when Gentiles who do not have the Law do instinctively the things of the Law, these, not having the Law, are a law to themselves, do - "to carry out an obligation of a moral or social nature, do, keep, carry out, practice, commit do, keep the will or law obediently" instinctively - "the regular or established order of things, nature" Gentiles are capable of doing the things prescribed in the law instinctively and sometimes do, even though they have not heard the law.
Rom 2:15	(Rom 2:15) in that they show the work of the Law written in their hearts, their conscience bearing witness, and their thoughts alternately accusing or else defending them, show - V-PMI - "to direct attention to or cause someth. to become known, show, demonstrate". The gentiles demonstrate in that they instictively keep the law in some cases based on conscience that God's revelation that even without hearing the law. written on their hearts - Jer 31:31-34 (Jer 31:31) “Behold, days are coming,” declares the LORD, “when I will make a new covenant with the house of Israel and with the house of Judah, (Jer 31:32) not like the covenant which I made with their fathers in the day I took them by the hand to bring them out of the land of Egypt, My covenant which they broke, although I was a husband to them,” declares the LORD. (Jer 31:33) “But this is the covenant which I will make with the house of Israel after those days,” declares the LORD, “I will put My law within them, and on their heart I will write it; and I will be their God, and they shall be My people. (Jer 31:34) “And they shall not teach again, each man his neighbor and each man his brother, saying, ‘Know the LORD,’ for they shall all know Me, from the least of them to the greatest of them,” declares the LORD, “for I will forgive their iniquity, and their sin I will remember no more.” Sounds an awful lot like the new covenant, when God will miraculously transform the Jewish people, writing the Law on their hearts. The new covenant will be perfect though, and people will be able to keep the law. Now, neither Jew nor Gentile is able to completely, whether you have heard the Law or not. So how do the gentiles have at least a foreshadowing of what will happen to Israel under the new covenant on their hearts instinctively? (I would argue this isn't just the gentiles). This is a bit of a mystery, but in context talking about God's revelation, we all at least have some revelation of God's moral character as part of us, being created in the image of God. Paul speaks of this a little more as the conscience. conscience - "the inward faculty of distinguishing right and wrong, moral consciousness, conscience" bear witness - V-PAP - "then also gener. to provide supporting evidence by testifying, confirm, support by testimony" thoughts - "the product of a cognitive process, calculation, reasoning, reflection, thought in our lit." accusing - V-PAP - "nearly always as legal t.t.: bring charges in court before a human judge: against someone" defending - V-PNP - "to speak in one’s own defense against charges presumed to be false, defend oneself"
Rom 2:16	(Rom 2:16) on the day when, according to my gospel, God will judge the secrets of men through Christ Jesus. the day - the day of the Lord. Paul's teaching of the Gospel included the concept of the day of the Lord and Christ's second coming as judge. Some references to day of the Lord: (Is 2:11-12, 13:6, 9, 13; Ezek 30:2-3; Joel 1:15; 2:1-2, 31; 3:14; Amos 5:18-20; Obad 15; Zeph 1:7; 1:14 - 2:2; Mal 3:2; 4:5) according - "marker of norm of similarity or homogeneity, according to, in accordance with, in conformity with, according to" gospel - "God’s good news to humans, good news as proclamation" will judge - V-FAI - "to engage in a judicial process, judge, decide, hale before a court, condemn, also hand over for judicial punishment, freq. as a legal t.t." secrets - "hidden entity, something hidden" Judgment passages (some would be at the day of the Lord, which would generally be interpreted as judgment of non-believers): From Ryrie's Basic Theology: 1 Cor 3:10-15 of believers Ezek 20:34-38 of Jewish survivors of the Tribulation Matt 25:31-46 of gentile survivors of the Tribulation Rev 20:11-15 of unbelievers at the Great White Throne Matt 25:46 punishment is eternal
Rom 2:17	(Rom 2:17) But if you bear the name “Jew,” and rely upon the Law, and boast in God, bear the name Jew - V-PAP - "you call yourself a Judean (Jew)" rely upon - V-PNI - "rest upon" ... Paul's implication here is rest or rely upon the Law alone when facing this judgment (for salvation) boast - V-PNI - "to take pride in someth., boast, glory, pride oneself, brag"
Rom 2:18	(Rom 2:18) and know His will, and approve the things that are essential, being instructed out of the Law, know - V-PAI - "to have come to the knowledge of, have come to know, know" ... what is Paul talking about here? The Law? Salvation in Christ? ... it seems to be a rhetorical argument against someone focusing on the Law for salvation, someone with detailed knowledge of the Law but someone who is a hypocrite. His (God's) will - what is this in this case? Is Paul speaking only of the Law here in this rhetoric? or is this salvation through Christ? "what one wishes to happen, objective sense, what is willed" approve - V-PAI - "to draw a conclusion about worth on the basis of testing, prove, approve, here the focus is on the result of a procedure or examination. " are essential - V-PAP - "differ to one’s advantage fr. someone or someth., be worth more than, be superior" qualitative sense, distinguish the things of quality. being instructed (by the Law) - V-PPP - passive - the Law is doing the instruction - "teach, instruct, in our lit. only of instruction in theological matters."
Rom 2:19	(Rom 2:19) and are confident that you yourself are a guide to the blind, a light to those who are in darkness, are confident - V-2RAI - second perRfect active indicative - "the gift or art of persuasion, persuasiveness" ... persuaded in the past with ongoing effects ... so persuaded and still sure of it, confident. guide - "one who assists another in following a path, guide, leader, in imagery" blind - "pert. to being unable to understand, incapable of comprehending, blind, of mental and spiritual blindness" light - "that which is illuminated by light" darkness - "the state of spiritual or moral darkness, darkness, of darkening by sin, of the state of unbelievers and of the godless" both words for light and darkness have figurative interpretation which seems logical here, and literal - i.e. - source of light, and absense of light. The figurative does seem appropriate here, as Paul does seem to be using a figure of speech.
Rom 2:20	(Rom 2:20) a corrector of the foolish, a teacher of the immature, having in the Law the embodiment of knowledge and of the truth, corrector - "the emphasis is on the idea of correcting or disciplining" foolish - "pert. to lack of prudence or good judgment, foolish, ignorant" teacher - didáskalos - teacher immature - "a very young child, infant, child" again, seems to be figures of speech where the more figurative interpretation seems to fit. Instead of only teachers of young children, the idea is a teacher of those who have not been taught yet. having - V-PAP - "to possess or contain" embodiment - "the state of being formally structured, embodiment, formulation, form" knowledge - "the content of what is known, knowledge, what is known" truth - "the content of what is true, truth" Paul is setting this theoretical? person up as the embodiment of knowledge - from a knowledge standpoint they know all that they should.
Rom 2:21	(Rom 2:21) you, therefore, who teach another, do you not teach yourself? You who preach that one should not steal, do you steal? teach - first V-PAP, second V-PAI ... "to provide instruction in a formal or informal setting" preach - V-PAP - "to make public declarations, proclaim aloud gener. speak of, mention publicly" steal - "kléptō, steal"
Rom 2:22	(Rom 2:22) You who say that one should not commit adultery, do you commit adultery? You who abhor idols, do you rob temples? commit adultery - V-PAN - "commit adultery. of both sexes, w. ref. to the Ten Commandments" ... continuing series of rhetorical questions of do you practice what you preach abhor - V-PNP - "to detest someth. because it is utterly offensive or loathsome, abhor, detest" idols - "fabricated/imaged deity" rob temples - it would be defilement to even touch an idol for a Jew, and breaking the law (as well as the more obvious violation of the 10 commandments of stealing).
Rom 2:23	(Rom 2:23) You who boast in the Law, through your breaking the Law, do you dishonor God? Coming to the end of the rhetorical questions. Many of the above someone probably could dismiss as not them, although the point is - do you keep the whole law - every time, no exceptions. Paul could have asked a huge variety more of rhetorical questions to make his point and find something where everybody has not fully kept the law. We are all guilty. So, in boasting the law, we all fall woefully short, and if that is our source of pride, and source from which we should be judged, we all have dishonored God at some point and should not try to pretend we haven't. boast - V-PNI - "to take pride in someth., boast, glory, pride oneself" breaking - "act of deviating from an established boundary or norm, overstepping, transgression" dishonor - V-PAI - "deprive someone of honor or respect, to dishonor/shame, an especially grievous offense in the strongly honor-shame oriented Semitic and Gr-Rom. societies"
Rom 2:24	(Rom 2:24) For “THE NAME OF GOD IS BLASPHEMED AMONG THE GENTILES BECAUSE OF YOU,” just as it is written. See: (Ezek 36:20) “When they came to the nations where they went, they profaned My holy name, because it was said of them, ‘These are the people of the LORD; yet they have come out of His land.’ (Ezek 36:21) “But I had concern for My holy name, which the house of Israel had profaned among the nations where they went. (Ezek 36:22) “Therefore, say to the house of Israel, ‘Thus says the Lord GOD, “It is not for your sake, O house of Israel, that I am about to act, but for My holy name, which you have profaned among the nations where you went. (Ezek 36:23) “And I will vindicate the holiness of My great name which has been profaned among the nations, which you have profaned in their midst. Then the nations will know that I am the LORD,” declares the Lord GOD, “when I prove Myself holy among you in their sight. (Ezek 36:24) “For I will take you from the nations, gather you from all the lands, and bring you into your own land. (Ezek 36:25) “Then I will sprinkle clean water on you, and you will be clean; I will cleanse you from all your filthiness and from all your idols. blasphemed - V-PPI - "an esp. sensitive matter in an honor-shame oriented society. to speak in a disrespectful way that demeans, denigrates, maligns in relation to humans slander, revile, defame"
Rom 2:25	(Rom 2:25) For indeed circumcision is of value, if you practice the Law; but if you are a transgressor of the Law, your circumcision has become uncircumcision. See: (Lev 26:38) ‘But you will perish among the nations, and your enemies’ land will consume you. (Lev 26:39) ‘So those of you who may be left will rot away because of their iniquity in the lands of your enemies; and also because of the iniquities of their forefathers they will rot away with them. (Lev 26:40) ‘If they confess their iniquity and the iniquity of their forefathers, in their unfaithfulness which they committed against Me, and also in their acting with hostility against Me– (Lev 26:41) I also was acting with hostility against them, to bring them into the land of their enemies–or if their uncircumcised heart becomes humbled so that they then make amends for their iniquity, (Lev 26:42) then I will remember My covenant with Jacob, and I will remember also My covenant with Isaac, and My covenant with Abraham as well, and I will remember the land. (Deut 10:16) “Circumcise then your heart, and stiffen your neck no more. (Deut 30:6) “Moreover the LORD your God will circumcise your heart and the heart of your descendants, to love the LORD your God with all your heart and with all your soul, in order that you may live. practice - V-PAS - "to bring about or accomplish someth. through activity: transgressor - "only violator, transgressor"
Rom 2:26	(Rom 2:26) If therefore the uncircumcised man keeps the requirements of the Law, will not his uncircumcision be regarded as circumcision? keeps - V-PAS - "to continue to keep a law or commandment from being broken act. observe, follow" be regarded - V-FPI - "prim. a mathematical and accounting term, then of cognitive processes. In our lit. esp. used by Paul". Calculated, attributed. Future, passive - so action done by another to the person in question. In this case, God.
Rom 2:27	(Rom 2:27) And will not he who is physically uncircumcised, if he keeps the Law, will he not judge you who though having the letter of the Law and circumcision are a transgressor of the Law? keeps - V-PAP - "to carry out an obligation or demand, carry out, accomplish, perform, fulfill, keep" judge - V-FAI - "to pass judgment upon (and thereby seek to influence) the lives and actions of other people judge, pass judgment upon, express an opinion". Same word as God judging, but the sense here has to be opinion vs judicial. transgressor - repetition. Same word.
Rom 2:28	(Rom 2:28) For he is not a Jew who is one outwardly; neither is circumcision that which is outward in the flesh. outward - "subst. τὸ φανερόν that which is exposed to general view or knowledge, (in) the open, public notice"
Rom 2:29	(Rom 2:29) But he is a Jew who is one inwardly; and circumcision is that which is of the heart, by the Spirit, not by the letter; and his praise is not from men, but from God. inwardly - "a hidden entity, something hidden, subst. τὸ κρυπτόν a hidden thing" circumcision of the heart comes from the Holy Spirit - not by keeping the Law, as we can't keep the law perfectly. praise - "the act of expressing admiration or approval, praise, approval, recognition toward humans"

Significance to a modern audience:

(author unless otherwise noted: Kevin Carlson)

Verse	Observations
Rom 2:11 - Rom 2:29

Post Discussion Observations:

(author unless otherwise noted: Kevin Carlson)

Verse	Observations
Rom 2:11 - Rom 2:29